^ , ^ i ^ f ' 
 
 M 
 
 *r '4 
 
 ♦> •* 
 
 4 ' 
 
 ♦^ '4 
 
 ♦» •* 
 
 ■V .' 
 
 ^^jr 
 
 9 
 
 
 fc 
 
 
 
 
 
 » ». ' > ^ • ^ 
 
 
 :#> 
 
 >•. 
 
 
 
 :*>'*^ ,>.*> 
 ^ J > 
 
 
 '4^ 
 
 4 
 
 /•*> 
 
 
 
 
 4 " 
 
 •» '* 
 
 
 '^7' 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 •' ^-i-i^ %•./••; v,.;^*, 
 
 I « I 
 
 K 
 
 :•> -;v 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 .#>
 
 Ex Libris 
 C. K. OGDEN
 
 
 ' r/r^^re,J .
 
 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 i 
 
 CONTAINING THE 
 
 MEDICAL PART.- 
 
 A PHYSICAL AND ASTRONOMICAL DESCRIPTION of MAN. 
 
 GOD, the omnipotent and wife Creator, having made all things out of no* 
 thing, and from a crude and undigefted mafs, according to his will, and by 
 his word, brought all things into a decent frame and majeftic ftrufture : 
 out of a cbnfuled chaos made the heavens and the earth; out of that which was 
 dark and void he created light, he feparated the waters from the earth, and gave 
 bounds to the unruly waves; and indued the dry and barren earth with prolific 
 virtue, richly adorning it with grafs, herbs, and fruit-trees; he made the fun, moon, 
 and ftars, to divide the light from the darknefs, to enligliten and rule both day and 
 night, to be for figns,~ and to diftinguifh feafons, days, and years; by his word he 
 created every living thing that moveth. 
 
 Having thus far proceeded in his fo excellent and admirable workmanlhipof crea- 
 tion, he made man a fummary of the world's fabric, a fmall draught of the divine 
 nature: he was made after all other creatures, not only as the moft perfeft, but as the 
 fuperintendant and mafter, of all things : created ^lod dominetur in pijcis tnaris, et in 
 volucres c.eli, et in tecudes, et in miverfam t err am, at que in omnia reptilia reptantiaftiper 
 terrain : " To rule over the fifh in the lea, and over the fowls of the air, and over 
 cattle, and over the earth, and over every creeping thing." 
 
 26. B Irt 
 
 i n^-7r^A i
 
 2 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 In man he ended his work ; on man he ftamped his feal and fign of his power, on 
 him he has imprinted his own image and fiiperfcription, his arms and his portraiture. 
 Dixit Deus,faciamushomi}iumadmagitiefn 7toftram,fecundHmJimilitudinem ticjlram : "God 
 faid, let us make man in our image, after our likenefs." In the creation of man, 
 God feemed to deliberate and take council withhimfelf, how to ipitomize and gather 
 together all his works in fo fmall a compafs, to contraA his book of creation into fo 
 fmall a volume. Hence he is called the microcofm, or little world, the recapitula- 
 tion of all things, the ligament of angels and beafts, heavenly and earthly, fpiritual 
 and corporeal, the perfection of the whole work, the honour and miracle of nature. 
 He created him naked, being a pure, near, and delicate, creature, made up of thin, 
 fubtile, well tempered and feafoned, humours, innocent, and far more beautiful 
 than the reft. 
 
 He was created upright, but little touching the earth, quite oppofite to the vegeta- 
 ble plant, whofe root is therein fixed ; far different alfofrom the beaft, who is a mean 
 between a plant and himfelf, and goeth downv/ard, his two extremes tending to the 
 bounds of the horizon : this upright gait belonging only unto the human fpecies, as 
 the holieft and moft divine creature, his head tending to the heavens, on which he 
 looks, and contemplates with grateful adoration the omnipotence of his Creator. 
 
 His body being thus formed of pure fubtile earth, as a houfe and habitation for 
 the foul, God breathed into him the breath of life, and he became a living creature ; 
 fo, in the ordinary generation and formation, which is made of the feed in the womb, 
 nature obferveth the felf-fame order ; the body is firft formed, as well by the elemen- 
 tary force, which is in the feed and the heat of the matrix, as by the celeftial influence 
 of the fun; according to the adage, Sol et homo generant hominem: "The fun and 
 man do engender man ;" which is done, according to the opinion of the moft eminent 
 naturalifts and phyficians, in fuch order that the firft feven days the feed of the man 
 and the ova of the woman mingle and curdle like cream, which is the beginning of 
 conception ; the fecond feven days, the feed is changed into a formlefs bloody fub- 
 ftance, and concofted into a thick and undigefted mafs of fledi, the proper matter of 
 the child ; the next feven days, from this mafs is produced and falhioned a grofs 
 body, with the three moft noble parts, viz. the liver, heart, and brain ; the fourth 
 feven days, or near thirty, the whole body is perfefted, jointed, and organized, and 
 js fit to entertain the foul, which inverts itfelf into the body (according to the beft 
 ' authority) about the feven-and-thirtieth or fortieth day: at the third month, or 
 thereabout, the infant hath motion and fenfe ; and at the ninth month is brought 
 forth. Thefe times cannot be fo exadlly prefixed, but that by the ftrength or de- 
 bility of the feed or matrix they may be either haftened or prolonged. But I ftiall 
 
 not
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 3 
 
 not enter minutely upon thisfubjecl now, but give a more particular defcription of 
 it hereafter. 
 
 The body of man conlifts of a number of bones and cartilages, which are the bafis 
 and upholding pillars of the whole fabric, the joints are compared with many liga- 
 ments, and are covered with innumerable membranes: the members are fiipplied with 
 above thirty pair of fenfitive nerves, as with little cords •, and all filled with as many 
 arteries, like water-pipes, conveying vital fpirits to all parts ; the empty places are 
 filled up with above four hundred mufcles of different forts, all covered with a (kin. 
 
 Man, for whom all things were made, is nourifhed by the balfamic fpirits of vege- 
 tables, and therefore doth confift of all thcfe faculties, that fpring up as a token of 
 health or ficknefs. The celeftial planets have alio great influence over him •, the 
 moillening power of the Moon is reprefented by the marrow which flows from the 
 brain ; in the genital part is Venus feated -, eloquence and comelinefs are the efi^edis 
 of nimble-witted Mercury, the Sun hath a near affinity to the heart; benevolent 
 Jupiter hath his feat in the liver, the fountain of nutritive blood; the fiery fury of 
 Mars is lodged in the gall ; the fpungy and hollow melt, the feat and receptacle of 
 melancholic humours, is a perfeft reprefentation of the cold planet Saturn, Indeed, 
 the fpirits of the body do manifeft and hold forth the quinteflence of all thing's. Tlie 
 four humours in man anfwer to the four elements : as the bile, which is hot and dry, 
 reprefenteth the fire ; hot and moift: blood, the air ; phlegm, cold and moift, the wa- 
 ter ; cold and dry melancholy, the earth. Man is an admirable creature, the univerfe 
 and epitome of the world, and the horizon of corporeal and incorporeal things. I 
 fhall conclude this part with the faying of Zoroaftes : " O man ! the workmanfliip 
 of mofl; powerful nature, for it is themofl: artificial mafter-piece of God's hands '." 
 
 A DESCRIPTION of the HEAD. 
 
 THE head of man poflTeflTes the highefl: place in the body, and reprefents the 
 uppermoft and angelical region : it is the fort of man's mind, the feat of reafon, the 
 habitation of wifdom, the place of memory, judgment, and cogitation : it containeth 
 the brain, cold and fpongious by nature, inclofed with two flvins, the one, more 
 hard and thick, joining itfelf to the dura mater ; the other, more thin and eafy, 
 wherein lieth the brain inclofed, aWtdpiatnater; it is foft and tender to the brain, 
 and nourifheth it, as a loving mother doth her young and tender babe; from thtpia 
 mater ifTue the finews and marrow that defcendeth and falleth down through the 
 vertebr<c of the back to the reins. In the brain is the feat and throne of the rational 
 foul, in which are a very great number of veins and arteries running through all the 
 
 fubftance
 
 4 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fubftance thereof, adminiftering to the brain both fpirit and life, vital and nutri- 
 mental nourifliment, which comes from the heart and liver by very minute or 
 fmall veins and arteries ; and concoded and re-concodled, elaborated, and made • 
 very fubtile, pafllng through thofe woven and interlaced, tufning and winding, in 
 which labyrinth the vital fpirit, often palTing and re-pafling, is perfeded and refin- 
 ed, and becomts animal. 
 
 The pia mater divides the fubftance of the brain into three certain cells and divi- 
 fions, the foremoft p^rt of which contains the moft, the middle part lefs, and the 
 hindmoft part the leaft. In the foremoft part ot the brain imagination is feated ; in 
 the middle, judgment ; in the hiodmoft part, memory % imagination is hot and dry in 
 quality, quick and aflive, from whence it comet h that frantic men, and fuch as are 
 fick of hot maladies, are excellent in that whi^h belongs to imagination ; many, up- 
 on fuch a diftemper, have been excellent in poetry and divination •, it never fleepcth, 
 but is always working, whether the man be fleeping or waking ; and, by the vapours 
 that arile from the heart, form variety of cogitations, which, wanting the regula- 
 tion of judgment, when manjleepeth, becomes a dream. 
 
 Hence it appears that fubtilety, promptitude, and that which they commonly call 
 wit, belongeth to a hot imagination : it is aftive, ftirring, undertaketh all, and 
 fets all the reft to work •, it gathers the kinds of figures of things, both prefent, by 
 the ufe of the five fenfes, and abfent, by the common fenfe. 
 
 Judgment is feated in the midft of the brain, there to bear rule over the other 
 faculties; it is the feat of the rational foul, and the judge of men's aftions : if you 
 would know the mean vvliereby it knoweth and judgech of things, fome authors have 
 been of opinion, that the fpirit knoweth by the help of the fenfes, and that the un- 
 derftanding without the fenfes is but as white paper. Nil eft in intelleSlu, quodnon 
 fueritprius infenfu: " There is nothing in the underftanding which was not firft in the 
 fenfe." But this opinion is falfe, becaufe the feeds of fcienceand virtue are infinuated 
 into our fpirits, elfe is the ftate of the reafonable foul worfe than the vegetative or 
 fcnfitive, which of themfelves are able to exercife their functions. It were abfurd 
 to think that fo noble and divine a faculty fiiould beg affiftance of fo vile and cor- 
 ruptible a one as the fenfes. which apprehend only the fimple accidents, not the na- 
 tures nor efience, of things : and, were it fo, it muft follow, that they who have their 
 fenfes moft perfeft fnould be moft witty, whereas we many times fee the contrary. 
 Yet let no one think that the fpirit hath no fervice from the fenfes ; for, in the begin- 
 ning or diicovery and invention of things, the fenfes do much fervice to the fpirir, 
 but the fpirit dependeth not upon the fenfes. Some are of opinion, that it is hot and 
 moift in quality ; others fay, that a dry temperature is proper to the underftanding, 
 
 3 whereby
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. j 
 
 whereby it conies to pafs that aged perfons excel thcfe In underftanding that are 
 young, becaufe, as years increafe, moilture doth decrcafe in the brain ; hence it fol- 
 loweth, that melancholic perfons, that are affliiSted witii want, and fafl: mucli, arc 
 wife and ingenious, for heavinefs and fading are great driers : Splendor ficcus, amnus 
 fapienti£imus,vexatio dat intelle'Jum; "Heat and draught refine the wit, alHiftion 
 gi veth underilanding -," and that is the reafon that great perfons, who feed high, and 
 take little or no care, that have nothing to vex them, afe for the molt part not very 
 wife. 
 
 Beads that are of a dry temperature, as ants, beei, elephants, ^'C. are cunning 
 and ingenious ; on the contrary, they that are of a moift conliitution are ftupid and 
 without fpirit. Memory is feated in the hinder cell of the brain, as the grand ac- 
 countant or regifter-, fome fay its temperature is cold antl dry, and that is thought 
 to be the reafon why melancholic people have good memories; others arc of opinion 
 that it is moift, becaufe children have better memorie« than old men : men are more 
 apt for memory in the morning, by reafon of the moifture gained by fleep in the 
 night ; but, let it be as it may, it is mod certain that thofe who have a good memo- 
 ry are not in general very wife. 
 
 Itis true, that many have been excellent inthi« faculty. Seneca repeated two thou- 
 fand names as they were firft fpoken ; he alfo, hearing two hundred verfes, rehearfcd 
 them, and began at the laft. Cyrus and Scipio knew every foldier's name in their 
 armies. Mithridates learned the languages of two-and-twenty nations. Efdras the 
 prieft had thewhok Jewifh doiftrine by heart. Julius Csefar would didtate to four 
 at the fame time v and, that which is more ftrange, Pliny would diftate to one, hear 
 another, and read at the fame inftant. As thefe were fo excellent and acute in me- 
 mory, others were as dull : Atticus could never learn the letters of the alphabet by 
 heart j others could not count above four. It is faid, that Theodore Beza, two 
 years before he died, as he languifhed, his mind grew fo feeble that he forgot things 
 prefent, yet he held thofe things which were printed in his mind before-time, when 
 his underftanding and memory were good. What fhall we fay of Mellalla Cornivus, 
 who forgot his own name? or Franciftus Barbarus, of Athens, a very learned man 
 in the Greek tongue, who, having received a blow on the head with a ftone, forgot 
 his learning, which he had fpent the greatefl; part of his life-time upon, yet remem- 
 bered all things elfe ? Thefe things are brought to pafs either by the ftrength or 
 debility of men's genitures, and from direftions and accidents thence proceedinc^. 
 Wit and underftanding, and all the faculties of the foul, depend on a certain tem- 
 perament ; and hence it comes to pafs that thofe who are acute and wife in fome 
 things are flupid and dull in others. 
 
 27. C Of
 
 6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of the interior PARTS of the HEAD. 
 
 The fenfitive faculty has its refidence in the fia mater; it is that which gives 
 virtue to all the particular ienfes, and keeps a harmony amongft them : they are five 
 in number, viz. feeing, hearing, fmelling, tailing, and feeling; although thefe 
 are all united in one in the brain, yet operatively they are diilinguiflied in their fc- 
 veral feats and places of refidence. 
 
 The SIGHT refides in the eyes, and particularly in the chryftalline humour ; they 
 are two in number, and collateral, planted in the highefl ftage, as centinels ; they 
 are the luminaries of the microcofm ; Galen fays, the brain and head were made for 
 the eye, that they might be in the higheft, as a beholder in a tower ; they are next 
 in nature unto the foul; for in the eye is feen and known the difturbances and 
 griefs, gladnefs and joys, of the foul, as love, wrath, and other pafljons ; they are 
 compounded and made of feven tunicles, or coats, and three humours -, they pro- 
 ceed out of the fubftance, they take a panicle to defend it from annoyance. They 
 meet and are united into one finew about half an inch in length before they enter 
 the ikull, and after divided into two, each goeth into one eye; they are called na-vi 
 optici, the optic nerves, and through thefe are brought the vifible fpirirs to the eye. 
 
 Thefe are the moft noble outward parts of the body, in beauty, utility, mobility, 
 and activity. They are to the vifage that which the vifage is to the body ; they are 
 the face of the face ; and, be<:aufe they are tender, delicate, and precious, they arc 
 fenced on all fides with fkins, lids, brows, and hair. The objecft of the eye or fighC 
 is colour (according to the commonopinion), which is an adherent quality in bodies, 
 whereof there are fix fimples, as white, yellow, red, purple, green, and blue: the 
 compounds are infinite ; to fpeak more fully, the true objeft is light, which is ne- 
 ver witliout colour, and v/ithout which the colours are invifible. 
 
 The kiii't of feeing excelleth all the reft in many things ; it apprehendeth farther 
 off, and extendeth itfelf even to the ftars. It is certainly reported, ttiat Strabo 
 had fuch acute e>es, that from Lilibaeum he could dilcern fhips going forth of 
 the Carthaginian haven, and could number them; the-diftance was one hundred 
 and thirty-five miles. It hath more variety of objects ; for to all things, and gene- 
 rally in all, there is a light and colour, the objefts of the eyes, as I hinted before. 
 h is moll exquifite, for it is moft exafb, in the leaft and fineft thing that prefcnts^ 
 itfelf. It is more prompt and fuddcn ; for it apprehendeth even in a moment, and 
 without motion, when the other fenfes require motion and time. It enjoyeth a 
 liberty incomparable to others ; the eye feeth, or feeth not, and therefore hath lids 
 
 to
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY, y 
 
 to open or ihjt; it js aftive; all the reft purely pallive. But thai which is moft 
 noble in this fenfe is, that the privation of the object thereof, which is darknefs, 
 brings fear, and that naturally, becaufe then a man findeth himlelf robbed of fo 
 excellent a guide; the fight in the light is inftead of company, wherein man much 
 delighteth. 
 
 Hearing is the next fenfe to be confidered, whofe refidence is in the ears ; it 
 is in quality cold and dry, under the dominion of Saturn. They are placed on the 
 outfide of the head, in the felf-fame height as the eyes are, as the fcouts of the 
 body, porters of the fpirit, the receivers and judges of the founds, which always 
 afcend. They have their entrance oblique and crooked, that To the found may not 
 enter all at once, whereby the fenfe of hearing might be hindered, and not fo well 
 able to judge; and again, that the founds, being fugitive, might there lurk, and 
 abide under his (hadow, till the inftruments of hearing have gvjttcn pofieffion 
 thereof. The finews, that are the organs of hearing, fpring each from the brain, 
 and, when they come to the hole of the ear, they are wreathed together ; the end is 
 like a worm, or little teat, into which is received the found, and from thence 
 carried to the common wits, to diftinguifh. The objeft of the ear, or hearing, is 
 a found or noife proceeding from the encounter of two bodies; a pleafant and 
 melodious found fweeteneth and appeafeth the fpirit, confequcntly the body too, 
 and drives maladies from them both; the Iharp and penetrant doth trouble and 
 wound the fpirit. This fenfe hath many fingularities ; for the fervice of the body, 
 the fight is moft necefiTary, but, for the fpirit, hearing hath the fuperiority ; it is 
 fpiritual, the agent of underftanding; many that have been blind have been great 
 and wife philolophers, but never any th.-it were deaf. In brief, fcience, truth, and 
 virtue, have no entrance into the foul but by the ear. Chriftianity teaches, that 
 faith Cometh by hearing, which the fight doth ratiier hurt than help. Faith is the 
 belief of thole things which are not feen, which belief is acquired by hearing. For 
 all thfife reafons, and many more that might be inferted, the wifeft have fo much 
 commended hearing, the pure guardian frgm all corruption, the health of the in- 
 ward man. , _ 
 
 Smelling is feated in the nofe, governed by Mars, and is hot and dry in quality, 
 and therefore martial creatures, or fuch as are hot and dry of couftitution, excel in 
 this faculty, as dogs, &c. From the brain cometh two finews to the holes of the 
 brain-pan, where beginneth tiie concavity of the nofe, and thefe two are the pro- 
 per organs or. inftruments of fmelling; they have heads like paps, into which is 
 received the virtue of fmelling, and prefenting it to the common fenfe. Over thefe 
 two organs is placed collatorluWy or the noftrils, whicji concavity or ditch was made 
 
 ''""'_ for
 
 8 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 for two caufes : Firft, that the air, that bringeth the fpirit of fmelling, might reft 
 therein, till it was received by its proper organs. Secondly, that the excrement of 
 the brain might be hidden under it till it be fit to be ejefted. From this concavity 
 go two holes into the mouth, of which we may take notice of three conveniencies : 
 firft, that when a man's mouth is clofed, either by eating or fleeping, air might 
 come through them to the lungs, or he would be forced to keep his mouth open al- 
 ways. Secondly, they are helpful to a man's fpeech ; for, when one or both of thofe 
 paflages are flopped, a man fpeaketh in the nofe, as we commonly fay. Thirdly, they 
 are ufefiil in cleanfing the concavities of the nofe, either by fnuffing, or drawing 
 it through the mouth. The objeft of fmell is an odour, or fcent, which is a fume 
 rifing from an odoriferous objeft, afcending through the nofe to the ventricles of 
 the brain; the ftrong and violent hurteth the brain, the temperate and good doth 
 rejoice, delight, and comfort. This fenfe is oftentimes very ufeful in difcovering 
 meats and drinks of an evil odour, which otherwife would much prejudice the fto- 
 mach, and work evil effefts in the body of the man. 
 
 The TASTE is hot and moift, and under the influence of Jupiter: this fenfe 
 bath its refidence in the palate of the mouth and tongue. Its office is to choofe what 
 food is congruous to the ftomach, and what not. The fkin of the palate of the 
 mouth is the fame with the inward part of the ftomach, and the fame with tlie way 
 of the meat to the ftomach ; and hence it cometh to pafs, that, when a man is touched 
 upon the palate of the mouth, it tickleth the ftomach -, and, fo much the nearer to 
 the throat, fo much more the ftomach abhorreth. The objeft of tafting is a favour 
 or fmack, whereof there are fix fimple kinds, as fweet, four, fliarp, tart, fair, 
 bitter ; the compounds are many. And, being led to the mouth, it is not amifs 
 if I fpeak a few words of the compofition thereof. In the mouth are five parts to b© 
 confidered, the lips, the teeth, the tongue, the uvula, and the palate of the mouth, 
 of which I have already fpofken. The lips are made of a mufculous flefti : their office 
 is, firft, as the door to the houfe, to keep the mouth clofe till the meat be chewed -, 
 fecondly, they help to pronounce the fpeech. The teeth, the hardeft members, are 
 faftened into the mandible : their office is, firft, to grind the meat before it goech into 
 the ftomach, that lb it may the better digeft ; fecondly, that it might be a lielp to 
 the fpeech, for they that want any of their teeth are defedtive therein. The number 
 :s uncertain, fome have more, fome have lefs, they who have their full number have 
 thirty-two. The tongue is a carnous member, compound, and made of many nerves, 
 ligaments, veins, and arteries, ordained principally for three purpofes: firft, that 
 when a man eateth, the tongue might turn the meat in the mouth till it be chewed ; 
 /econdly, by the tongue, and the palate of the mouth, near the root of the tongue, is re- 
 
 ^ ceived
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. a 
 
 ocived the tafte of fweetor four, and thence preferred to common fenfes to pafs Judg- 
 ment thereof: thirdly, and principally, the tongue is ordained for the pronunciation 
 of fpeech, of which faculty I muft crave leave to infift on, and that as briefly as may 
 be. Speech is an excellent prefent, and very neceffary, given only unco man, anmi 
 index i^ fpeciilum •, it is the interpreter and image of the foul ; the heart's meffenger: 
 the gate through which doth pafs all that lieth within the dark and hidden corners 
 of man: by this the fpirit becomes vifible. Of all the external and vifible parts of 
 the body, that which cometh neareft to the heart is the root thereof, and that which 
 cometh neareft the thoughts is fpeech: "Out of the abundance of the heart the 
 mouth fpeaketh." It is a powerful matter, an imperious commander ; it ftirreth up, 
 animateth, exafperateth, appeafeth, maketh fad, merry, it imprinteth whatever 
 padion it handleth •, feedeth the foul of the hearer ; it maketh him blufli, wax pale, 
 laugh, cry, tremble, mad with choler, leap for joy, what not ? It is the agent of all 
 our concerns; by it we traffic, peace is handled, affairs are managed, it is the band 
 of human fociety ; hearing and fpeech anfwer and are accommodated the one to the 
 other ; by thefe two the fouls are poured the one into the other ; fo that, if thefe two 
 gates be fhut (as it is in thofe that are deaf and dumb), the fpirit remaineth folitary 
 and miferable. Hearing is the gate to enter, by it the fpirit rsceiveth all things from 
 without. Speech is the gate to go out, through it the fpirit fendeth forth that which 
 was within. From the communication of thefe two, as from the ftroke of two flints, 
 there cometh forth the fire of truth ; and fo by the polifhing and rubbing of thefe 
 two, knowledge cometh to perfeflion ; but hearing is the firfl and principal, for 
 there can nothing come forth which did not firfl enter ; and therefore he that is deaf 
 altogether by nature is alfo dumb. 
 
 I might enlarge a great deal more in the defcription of the head, but, my purpofe 
 being to declare nothing but what may be pertinent in the manifcfl:ation of the hu- 
 man faculties and virtues, I fhall conclude this difcourfe with a word or two of the 
 fenfe of feeling, which is of no particular quality, but of all, hot, cold, dry, and 
 moift: it is deputed to no particular organ, but is fpread abroad over the whole body, 
 it is the index of all tangible things, its objeft then muft be heat or cold, drought or 
 moifture, things pleafant and polite, fliarp and fmarting, motion, reft, tickling. It 
 is known that man and other creatures may live without fome particular fenfe ; it is 
 the opinion of moft, that a man cannot live without this fenfe of feeling, being only 
 neceflary unto life; yet Auguftine proveth the contrary, in the fourteenth book,D? 
 Civitate Dei, byexampleof aprcfbyter, that lay as though he were dead, and did not 
 feel thofe that pulled him, nor would he ftir though they burned him with fire; yet 
 confcflx;d that he could then hear men fpeak (if they fpoke aloud) as though they 
 
 ^7* -O .. were
 
 10 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 •were far from him, by which it appears, that this he did, not by refilling, but for 
 want of the fenfc of feeling, which afterwards was reftored to him again. I fliail 
 pafs by what the Englifh hifbory relates of one Elizabeth Barton, a maid of Canter- 
 bury, who oftentimes was deprived of her fenfes by reafon of a dileafe fhe had. 
 
 I fhall alfo wave difputes concerning the number of the fenfes, fome fuppoling 
 there are no more in nature than are apparent in us. There may very well be more, 
 yet greatly to be doubted that there are ; it is impofllble for us to know them, to 
 affirm them, or to deny them, bccaufe a man fhall never know the want of that fenfe 
 which he never had : one fenfe cannot difcover another; and, if a man want one by 
 nature, yet he knows not which way to affirm it. A man that is born blind, and 
 hath not heard what fight is, cannot conceive that he feeth not, nor defire to lee. 
 Soman, being not ableto imagine more than the five that he hath, cannot know how' 
 to judge whether there be more in nature : who knoweth whether the difficulties that 
 we find in many of the works of nature, and the effedts of many creatures which v/e 
 cannot underftand, do proceed from the want of fome fenfe that we have not ? There 
 are hidden properties which we fee in many things, and a man may fay that there 
 are fenfible faculties in nature, proper to judge and apprehend them, yet mull con- 
 clude we have them not -, who knoweth whether it be fome particular fenfe that dif- 
 covereth the hour of midnight to the cock, and moves him to crow, or how beafts 
 are taught to chufe certain herbs for their cure, and many fuch-like wonders ? 
 
 Of the stomach. 
 
 THE stomach is a member compound and fpermatic, finewy and fenfible, 
 
 •wherein is made the firft perfeft digeftion of chyle : it is a neceflary member to the 
 
 body, for, if it fail in its operations, the whole fabric is corrupted. It is in the little 
 
 world the fame as the terreftrial globe is in the great world ; in it is expreflrd the 
 
 fublunary part of the world ; in it are contained the parts that ferve for nutrition, 
 
 concoflion, and procreation. And this leads me to difcourfe of the adminiftering 
 
 virtues in man, which are here feated, and to wind up all with a touch of the office 
 
 of the microcofmical ftars with as much brevity as may be. The ftomach is framed 
 
 of two panicles, the outer is carnous, the inner nervous, from which is ftretched to 
 
 the mouth ^fopbagus, or the way of the meat, by which the ftomach draweth to itfelf 
 
 meat and drink as with hands. By the virtue of the fubtile will, which is in this 
 
 mufcus longitudinalis, is mad» the attraftive virtue, which is hot and dry, by a quality 
 
 adiive, or principal, which appears by the fun, the fountain of all heat, which is of 
 
 an attraftive quality, which is evident by his attraclmg and exhaling the humidity 
 
 from
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. i 
 
 from this inferior globe into the airy region, as into the neck or higher part of an 
 dembic; and, being refolved into water, (by reafon of their weight,) fall down again 
 upon the earth, which is the veffcl receiving : fo, through continued dillillations by 
 fublimation of the water, by cohabation, by drawing off tiie liquor (being often 
 poured on), and fortified by the influence of the cele[tial and central fun, the body 
 becomes endued with a concoftive, nutritive, and procreacive, virtue. So in the llo- 
 mach, by the aftive quality of the microcofmicallun, his benevolent rays, and 
 friendly heat, meat and drink arc defired, and attraded into the ftomach, for the 
 nourilhment of the whole body. 
 
 In the itomach is a tranfverf; mufcle, to withhold or make retention ; by this 
 retentive virtue, thofe things that are brought into the (tomach are kept and with- 
 holden until nature hath wrought her end, and every faculty hath executed its office. 
 It is in quality cold and dry : cold, becaufe the nature of cold is to comprefs or hold 
 together, as you may fee in ice; dry, becaufe it is the nature of drinel's tokeepand 
 hold what is compreffed. It is under the influence of Saturn, and that is the reafon 
 why, for the moft part, men that are cold and dry of temperature, or, as aftronofriers 
 fay, Saturnine people, are covetous and tenacious •, and that is the reafon that old men 
 are naturally covetous, becaufe Saturn ruleth old age, and, by the decay of nature, 
 the temperature becomes cold and dry. It hath the fpleen, the reprefentative of Sa^ 
 turn, lying toward the left fide, and furnilheth the ftomach with humours neceflfary 
 to fortify the retentive virtue. 
 
 The digefl;ive faculty, which is the chief and moft principal, (the others like hand- 
 maids attending it,) is hot and moift, nature's cook and principal workman, the 
 archseus and central fire which in this philofophical veflel, viz. the llomach, digeft- 
 eth the victuals into a chaos, or confufed mafs, that fo a natural feparation may be 
 made. It is under the influence of Jupiter, whofurnifhethit with friendly heat and 
 moifture, by the liver, (the micrccofmical Jupiter,) chafing and heatinp- the ric^hc 
 fide of the ftomach. 
 
 The ftomach hath alfo a latitudinal mufcle, or will, which makes the expuifive 
 faculty; it is naturally cold and moift; cold, to comprefs the fuperfluity; moift, 
 to make the matter flippery and fit for ejection, alfo to work a fuitable difpofition in 
 the body. It is a neceftary operation by it, after the feparation of the pure from the 
 impure, the elements from the capui mortttum^ or rather/^(f j, is removed and carried 
 away, all that is needlefs or prejudicial to nature. It is under the dominion of the 
 Moon, (with whom you may join Venus, being of the fame nature,) whofe epitome 
 or microcofmical fubftitute, viz. the brain, fendeth a branch of nerves to the fto- 
 mach, and thereby furnifiieth it with humours, cold and moift, fit for expulfion. 
 
 3 Or
 
 12 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, ^ 
 
 Of the heart. 
 
 THE HEART hath two ventricles or concavities, and the left is higher than the 
 right ; the caufe of its hollownefs is to keep the blood for his nourifliing, and the 
 air to abate and temper the great heat which is included and fhut up in the conca- 
 vities. 
 
 As he hfol corporis, and center of the reft of the members and ruler of the family, 
 he communicates to them life and motion, yet by his heat he attrads what is need- 
 ful for himlelf from the other members, as a fubfidy or tax impofed upon his fub- 
 jefts. And therefore to the right ventricle of the heart cometh a vein from the 
 great vein, which receivech all the fubftance of the blood from the liver; this vein 
 pafTeth to the right ventricle of the heart, and bringeth a great portion of the thick- 
 eft and pureft blood to nourifh the heart. The refidue that is left of this is made 
 more fubtile through the virtue and heat of the heart, and then fent into a concavity 
 or pit, in the midft of the heart, between the two ventricles ; therein it is made hoc 
 and pure, and from thence it paflcth to the left ventricle, and there is engendered in 
 a fpirit that is clearer, brighter, and fubtiler, than any corporeal or bodily thing 
 which is engendered of the four elements, for it is a mean between the body and the 
 foul J wherefore, of the philofophers, it is likened more to heavenly than earthly 
 things. 
 
 From the left ventricle of the heart fpring two arteries, the one having but one 
 coat, and therefore is called arteria venalis, which carries blood from the heart to the 
 lungs, which blood is vaporous and fit for its nouriftiment, and carrieth back air 
 from the lungs to refredi the heart. 
 
 The other artery hath two coats : it is called, vena arterialis, or the great artery, of 
 which fpringeth all the other arteries, that fpread to every member of the body, 
 which carry the fpirits, which are the treafures of the foul's virtue ; thus it pafTeth 
 till it come to the brain, and be made an animal fpirit ; at the liver it is made nutri- 
 mental, and at the teftides generative. Thus by the heart is made a fpirit of every 
 kind, and (like the fun in the heavens) by his royal prefence he doth confer life and 
 liberty to his fuppliants. 
 
 The motion of the heart is wonderful ; it continues to the utmoft period of life, 
 day and night, without a fingle moment's interruption or intermifTion ; and is per- 
 formed more than an hundred thoufand times every day. Here is, indeed, fome- 
 thing like what the mechanifts want, under the name of a perpetual motion ; and 
 the ftupendous wifdom of the Creator is in nothing exprefiedmore glorioully. 
 
 Of
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 13 
 
 O F T H E L U N G S, L I V E R, &c. 
 
 THE LUNGS are made of a fubftance very foft and fpongious ; fupple to draw 
 and inforce from, like a pairof bellows ; they are aninftrumentof refpiration, whereby 
 the heart is refrcQied, drawing unto it the blood, the fpirits, and the air, and difbiir- 
 thening itfelf of thofe fumes and excrements which opprefs it. They are naturally 
 cold and dry, accidentally cold and moift ■, naturally cold and dry, waving about the 
 heart, abating its heat by a refrefliing blaft ; they are accidentally moid, by reafon 
 of catarrhs and rheums, which they receive from the brain. 
 
 There are three principal parts in the lungs confiderable. One is a vein coming 
 from the liver, which bringeth with it the crude and undigefted part of the chyle to 
 feed the lungs. Another is arteria vemlis, coming from the heart, bringing the fpi- 
 rit of life to nouridi the lungs. The third is trachia arteria^ that bringeth air to the 
 lungs •, and it pafleth through all the left part of them to do its office. 
 
 The lungs are divided into five portions or pellicles, three on the right fide and 
 two on the left fide; that, in cafe any impediment or hurt Ihould happen in any one 
 part, the other fliould be ready to fupply the office. 
 
 But I fliall give no further defcription of the lungs, but defcribe the liver, which 
 is a principal member in the little world, reprefenting the planet Jupiter, quaftjuvans 
 pater, hot and moift, inclining towards the right fide, under the fhort ribs. The 
 form of the liver is gibbous, or bunchy, on the back-fide; on the other fide hollow 
 like the infideof an hand, that it might be pliable to the ftomach, (as a man's hand 
 is to an apple, or any thing that is round,) to further its digeilion ; for his heat is to 
 the ftomach as the heat of a fire is to the pot which hangeth over it. It is the ftore- 
 houfe of the blood, the fountain of the veins, the feat of the natural nouriffiin^fa- 
 culty, or vegetative foul, engendered of the blood of that chyle which it draweth 
 from the ineicraique veins, and receiveth by the vcnaporia, which entereth into the 
 con-cavities thereof, and afterwards is fent and diftributed through the whole body 
 by the help of vena cava, which arife from the bunch or branches thereof, which 
 are in great numbers, as the rivers from the ocean. 
 
 The natural and nutrimental faculty hath its refidence in the liver, and is difp«-f- 
 ed through the whole body with the veins, from which are bred four particular hu- 
 mours, viz. blood, choler, phlegm, and melancholy. 
 
 Blood is made of meat perfeftly coneofted, in quality hot and moift, Jupiter's 
 darling, the moft perfedt and neceflTary humour (the other three being fuperfluities, 
 yet neceflTary too). The blood thus concodled is drawn out by the vem cava, whofe 
 branches, ramifying upwards and downwards, carry and convey it to all the 
 
 ^7" E other
 
 14 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 other members of the body for their nourifhment, where, by a third digellion, it is 
 tranfmuted into the flelli. 
 
 Choler, or bile, is made of meat more than perfeftly concodled; it is the fpumeor 
 froth of blood ; it clarifieth all the humours, heats the body, and nouriflieth the ap- 
 prehenfion. It is in quality hot and dry j it fortifieth the attraftive faculty as blood 
 doth thedigeftive; it moveth man to aftivity and valour: it is under the planet 
 Mars, whofe refidence is in the gall, which is an official member, a purfe or paniculac 
 vertlcle placed in the hollownefs of the liver, whofe office is to receive the choleric 
 fuperfluities, which are engendered in the liver as aforefaid. Which purfe, or bag, 
 bath three holes or necks. By the firft it draweth to itfelf the choler from the liver, 
 that fo the blood be not hurt by the bile, or choler. By the fecond it fendeth cho- 
 ler to the bottom of the ftomach, to fortify the attraftive faculty. And, laftly, it 
 fendeth choler regularly to every gut, from one gut to another, to cleanfe them from 
 fuperfluities and drofs. 
 
 Phlegm is made of meat not perfeftly digeflred: it fortifieth the virtue expulfive, 
 and maketh the body fit for ejection; it is kind to, and fortifieth, the brain by its 
 confimilitude with it; it is antipathetical to the apprehenfion, and doth much injure 
 it, therefore phlegmatic perfons have but weak apprehenfions ; it is cold and moift 
 in quality, its receptacle is in the lungs, it is governed by the Moon and Venus ; 
 therefore it qualifies the bile, cools and moiftens the heart, thereby fuftaining it and 
 the whole body from the fiery effects which continual motion would produce. 
 
 Melancholy is the fediment of blood : it is cold and dry in quality ; it maketh men 
 fober, folid, and ftaid, fit for ftudy, or any ferious employments; it curbs the un- 
 bridled pafllons incident to the fanguine complexion : it ftayeth wandering and idle 
 thoughts, and reduces them home to the centre ; it is like a grave counfellor to the 
 whole body. It is governed by the planet Saturn, it ftrengtheneth the retentive fa- 
 culty, and its receptacle is in the fpleen; which in the body is placed on the left fide 
 tranfverfely linked to the ftomach. 
 
 Of the reins and KIDNEYS. 
 
 THE REINS and KIDNEYS are placed within the region of the nutrites 
 backwards, and they are ordained to cleanfe the blood from the watery fuperfluities. 
 They have two paflages : by the one is drawn the water from the venakelis, by two 
 veins, which are called vena emdgentes, the emulgent veins ; and by the other is fent 
 the fame water to the bladder, and this is cMed pores urithedes. 
 
 The kidneys are made of a hard fubftance, and full of hard concavities, and there- 
 fore the fores of them are hard to cure •, they are harder in fubftance than any other 
 
 fleOiy
 
 AND FAMILY DI3PENSATGRY. 15 
 
 flefliy member, and that for two caufes ; thefirft is, that they be not much hurt by 
 the fliarpnefs of the urine -, the other is, that the urine that paffeth from them might 
 be the better cleanfed. The heart fendeth an artery to convey to them blood, hear, 
 fpirit, and life. And from the liver there cometh a vein, which bringeth nutrimental 
 blood. Their fatnefs is, as of other members, made of thin blood congealed by cold ; 
 there is the greater quantity in this place, becaufc it fhould temper the heat of the 
 kidneys, which they have from the biting fharpnefs of the urine. 
 
 The next thing is the bladder, which is compounded of two nervous panicles -, in 
 complexion it is cold and dry, whofe neck is carnous, and hath two mufcles to with- 
 hold and to let it go ; in man it is long, and is contained with the yard, paffing 
 through {.he peritoneum ; but in women it is fhorter, and is contained with the vulva. 
 The place of the bladder is between the fhare-bone and longaon. In women it is be- 
 tween the aforefaid bone and the matrix. In the bladder are implanted the uterers, 
 which bring the urine or water from the kidneys thither, and enter into the holes 
 and panicles thereof, which is done by a natural motion between tunicleand tunicle, 
 till the urine findeth the hole of the nether tunicle, where it entereth privily into the 
 concavity. And the more the bladder is filled with urine, the ftraiter are the pani- 
 cles comprefled together ; the holes are not fet one againft the other, fo that, if the 
 bladder be never fo full, none can go back again. 
 
 This is the microcofmical ocean, into which all the rivers of the body difcharge 
 themfelves. There muft needs be more than a watery fubftance in it, for many times, 
 in difeafes, it is plentifully made, though the patient drinketh little or nothing ; and 
 it is obferved that creatures that drink nothing will make water. Phyficians often- 
 times foretel many things by its colour, thinnefs, and thicknefs. Salt you know is 
 hid in meats, and that plants have very much fait in them you may find by diftilling 
 them ; and it is very well known, that by the chymical art many kinds of fait may 
 be fetched out of urine. The artificial cryfocolla is made of urine. Nitre is made of 
 earth moiftened with the urine and dung of living creatures. 
 
 Of the generative PARTS. 
 
 THE inftrumcnts of generation are of two forts, male and female •, their ufe is the 
 procreation of mankind, the operation is by aftion and pafHon, the agent is the feed, 
 the patient the blood. Although this cometh to be fpoken of in the laft place, yet 
 it might have defervedly been been put in the firft ; for nature regards not only the 
 confervation of itfelf, but to beget its like and conceive its fpecies. Venus hath the 
 principal government of the members of generation, in which members there are 
 many parts deferving our attention. 
 
 Firftj
 
 i6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Firft; of the genitals of men : — The firft thing to be confidered is, that which 
 anatomifts call vafa preparentia, or preparing veflels, which bring blood and vital 
 fpirits to the tefticles ; they are four in number, and before they come to the tefticles 
 they make a curious implication, intertexture, or twifting, the one with the other, 
 the arteries into the veins, and the veins into the arteries, which phyficians call corpus 
 varicofum j fome call it potnpinifcrmis : this interweaving reacheth down even into the 
 fubftance of them ; their ufe is to mix the blood and vital fpirit togetlier, that fo they 
 may have a fit matter to work on. 
 
 The tefticles are of a white, foft, and fpongy, fubftance, full of fmall veins and ar- 
 teries ; or elfe, when humours flow to them, they could not fwell to fuch a bignefs: 
 their form is oval ; of their bignefs few are ignorant. Each tefticle hath a mufcle, 
 which the learned call cremajler, which ferveth to pull them up in the aft of genera- 
 tion, as its name in the Greek fignifieth, that fo the veflels, being flackened, may 
 better void the feed. 
 
 The feed being thoroughly concofted by the tefticles, there are two other fmall 
 pipes called vafa deferentia : they are alfo called fpermatic pores : their office is to 
 carry the feed to the feminary veflels, which are to keep it till need requireth its ex- 
 pulfion. From the ftones they arife very near to the preparing veflTels into the cavi- 
 ty of the belly, then, going back again, they turn to the back fide of the bladder, 
 between it and the right gut, where they are joined to the feminal veflTels, which are 
 foft and fpongy, fome what like kernels, through which pafleth the urethra, or com- 
 mon paflage in the yard both for feed and urine. 
 
 Hiftories make mention, and experience evinces, that fome are born without tef- 
 ticles, fome with one. Philip, Landgrave of HefTia, had three; he was fo full of 
 feed, and prone to venerous aftious, that his wife could not fuffer him fo often as 
 nectlfity urged him to it, he otherwife being chafte andhoneft; he, relating his 
 mind to the priefts, with the confent of his wife, took a concubine. 
 
 It is unneceflary for me here to defcribe the yard, and all the parts thereof, as their 
 form, office, texture, fympathy, &c. will hereafter be more particularly treated of in 
 the anatomical analyfis, in this place therefore I only mean to give a brief touch of 
 the»m0il confiderable parts. 
 
 I now come to the generative parts of women ; and firft of the chioris, which is a 
 finewy an-' hard body, much like the yard of a man, and fufFers ereftion and falling, 
 caufeth lurt in women, and giveth delight in copulation : Avicenna calleth it the 
 wand, or albathara; and Albucafis calleth it tentigo; and Fallopious faith, that 
 this hath fometimes grown fo big, that women would copulate with others like men. 
 This obferve, that the pafTage of the urine is not through the neck of the womb ; 
 ,, near
 
 AND FAMILY D I STE N'S A T O R V. 17 
 
 near the paflage of the urine are four caruncles or flelhy knobs, they are called myrti- 
 formes, becaufe they refemble myrtle berries-, the uppermoft of them is largeft and 
 forked, to receive the neck of the paflage of the urine; the others lie below this on 
 the fides, and are to keep back the air or any hurtful rhing from the womb, In vir- 
 gins thefe knobs are joined together by a thin fl<in, interlarded with hnall veins, with 
 a hole in the middle about the bigneis of one's little finger, through which paflech the 
 menllruous blood: this fkin is a note of virginity, for the firtt aft of copulation 
 breaketh it. I believe that this was that note of virginity which God gave to the 
 Hebrews. Thefe knobs joined together do much refemble a rofe not quite blown, 
 therefore called a flower, whence came the word to deflower a virgin. If I fhould 
 take upon me to declare the opinions of authors, i: would prove (almoft) an endlefs 
 tafk; this I fliall add, that 1 conceive it not a certain note of virginity, becaufe it 
 may be broken without the aft of copulation; as, namely, by applying pefl"aries to 
 provoke the menftrues, or by a defluxion of fharp humours, &c. but it is probable 
 that the Jewifh virgins were more careful of it, their reputations depending thereon. 
 ■ The wom.b in figure is almoft perfeflly round, in virgins about the bignefs of a 
 •walnut, yet, when a woman has conceived with child, it dilates itfelf to fuch a capacity, 
 that it is able to contain the child ; the mouth of it is no bigger than to receive the 
 glans of the yard, yet at the delivery makes roorn for the child to come out, be it 
 ever fo big: this made Galen admire, and it^Tiay be a great admiration to all, if we 
 confider the wonderful works of God in the creation of man : he who knows himfelf 
 may know there is an all-powerful God ! and therefore it was engraven with letters 
 of gold over the porch of the temple of Apollo, the god (according to the Panim?) 
 of knowledge and wifdom, this katence—Knoiv thvfelf-—as a falutation unto all ; 
 fignifying, that he who would have accefs unto that divinity, and entrance into that 
 temple, muft firft know himfelf. 
 
 The womb before conception is fmall, becaufe the feed, being but little in quan- 
 tity, might be clofe embraced and cheriflied. Women have telliclts or ftones as 
 men have, but they differ from men's in thefe particulars : they are within the belly 
 in women, in men without ; they are not fo fmooth in women as in men ; tiiey are 
 lefs than the ftones of men; they are not ftaid by mufclcs, but by ligaments ; as 
 men's are oval, they are flattifh ; they have but one fkin, men's have four, becaulc 
 they are without the body, and expofed to the cold; they are more foft and cold 
 than men's are. But they are ordained both in men and women for the fame ule 
 viz. to concodt feed ; and, though Ariftotle denied feed in women, yet Hippocrates, 
 one of the ancients of phyfic, was of this judgment; and reafon and experience 
 confirm it. 
 
 27* F Tlie
 
 i8 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 The vafa preparentia, the preparing veflels, and va/a deferentia, carrying veffels, are 
 of the fame nature and office as they are in men; they differ only in this, that they 
 arc fomewhat fhorter, having a fhorter way to go, the tefticles being within the belly 
 in women ; but, left the fhortnefs of the palTage fhould hinder their operation, God 
 and nature have fo provided, that they are more twifted and interwoven than they 
 are in men, that they may the better mingle the blood and vital fpirit. 
 
 Thus have I given you a fliort defcription of man, the mafter-piece of God's 
 workmanfliip : and in whom is comprifed a fmall draught of all things in the uni- 
 verfe. In man, as in a perfpe(5tive glafs, may our mother-earth with her innumera- 
 ble offspring be difcovered ; in him may the unruly and reftlefs waves of the ocean 
 be delineated ; nor doth he only epitomize theelemental world, but alfo the celef- 
 lial ; in him are difcovered the prudent, majeftical, fumptuous, magnificent, honour- 
 able,affable, and humane, folar quality : the unfteadfaft, timorous, foon-daunted, oft- 
 changing, and fhifting, temper, among men, anfwers to the various motionr. of the 
 low and oft-changing Luna. Others in profundity of imaginatior!, relervednefs of 
 words, aufterity of adlions, &c. are a fit portrait of the melarxhoiy planet Saturn. 
 There are yet a few in the world who are faithful lovers of fair dealing, beneficent. 
 to all men, doing glorious, honourable, and religious, adtions ; juft, wife, prudent, 
 virtuous, &c. of the temper of benevolent Jupiter. There are (in ojr apprehen- 
 fions) too many of the Martial temper, who are valiant, lovers of wars, frays, and 
 commotions, fubjeft to no reafon, bold, confident, willingly obeying nobody, &c. 
 Nor is Venus excluded thofe people's affc6lions who love mirth in words and 
 aftions, mufical, delighting in venery, drinking, and merry-meetings, who trouble 
 not themfelves with ftate-affairs, nor are inquifitive after armies or navies. Nor is 
 Mercury without his party among us, who are fubtile and politic, excellent difpu- 
 tants and logicians, fharp-witted, and able to learn any thing, men of unwearied 
 fancies, and fit for any employment, yet unconftant. The planetary influence in the 
 good or ill difpofition of the air is lively reprefented in man. A healthy fanguine 
 conftitution, or a delicate compofure of heat and moifture, anfwers to a ferene and 
 temperate air, with feafonable moiftening dews and (howcrs, which are the fweet 
 influence of the Sun, Jupiter, and Venus. The feverifh, hot, and parching, diftem- 
 pers of the body, anfwcr to the hot and fcorching weather occafioned by the fiery 
 beams of Mars. Nor is the cold, chilly, melancholy, weeping, and lamenting, dif- 
 pofition of many people, lefs reprefented by the melancholy, dark, cold, and wet, 
 weather, proceeding from Saturn's influx. The intelleftual world hath alfo in man 
 its portraiture •, witnefs the foaring contemplations of the foul of man, which cannot 
 (like the body) be confined to any place, but in a moment furrounds this terreftrial 
 
 globe i
 
 Jioa'^Jf, 

 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 19 
 
 globe ; nor tliere content, but as foon mounts itfelf to the heavens, and fearcheth 
 their fecret corners ; nor there fatisfied till he conntrs to the highell, for by his con- 
 templations (having his original from the uncreatea light) he reflects thither, viz. 
 to the divine Majefty of heaven ! 
 
 ANATOMICAL ANALYSIS of the HUMAN FRAME. 
 
 Of the skin. 
 
 THE SKIN is a membranous covering of the body, fimilar, fpermatic, having 
 blood mixed with it, reddifh, -white, loofe, and the inftniment of feeling. It hath 
 cutaneous veins and arteries, as alfo nerves ; from the laft of which, it receives its 
 quicknefs of fenfe. From the capillary veins and arteries it receives blood for 
 nouriftiment and vital fpirit for quickening. Its temperature is cold and dry, or 
 rather exquifitely temperate, yet fo that it may be the judge of feeling. The fkin 
 on the topof the head isthickeft, that on the fides thin, that on the fece and palms 
 of the hands thinner, that on the lips thinned of all; that on the tops of the fingers 
 is mean, fo that the fenfe of touching may be the more perfect : its texture is flight, 
 and very full of fmall holes or pores, for the infenfible tranfpiration of fumes, va- 
 pours, and fweat. It takes it colour from the predominant humour, unlefs it be 
 fuch from the birth, as in Ethiopia. It has a double fubftance: the one is exter- 
 nal, called cuticula, or the fcarf-fkin, becaule it is placed upon the fkin, as a cover 
 or defence, every where perforated with pores, without blood and without feeling: 
 its connexion is to the true fkin, from whence it has its figure and colour; but, in 
 blackmoors, the «;/?Wrt being pulled off, the fkin itfelf is white. It has no action, 
 only ule, which is to.lhut the pores of the fkin, that the ichoous fubftance may not 
 iffue from the veins and arteries ; to defend the fkin from immoderate heat or cold ; 
 and to make it fmooth, beautiful, polifhtd, and even. It is generated of a vifcous 
 and oleaginous vapour of the blood. The other is the true fl<in, of which we have 
 firft fpoken, which is fix times thicker than the fcarf-fkin ; its pores will appear in 
 winter-time, if it be made bare and expofed to the cold : for, where they are, the 
 cuticula will appear like a goole-lkin. The fliin receives two cutaneous veins, 
 through the head and neck, from the jugulars : two through the arms, breaft, and 
 back, from the axillaries : two through the lower belly, loins, and legs, from the 
 groins, which are confpicuous in women after hard labour, and in fuch as have the 
 varices in many branches. It has a few arteries, and thofe very fmall, in the temples 
 and forehead, fingers, fcrotum, and yard. 
 
 Of
 
 20 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of the flesh. 
 
 THE FLESH is a fimilar, foft, thick, fubftance, well compared, made of 
 blood alone, if it be red ; but of blood and feed, if it be white. It is four-fold, 
 viz. mufculous, vifcerous, membranous, and glandulous ; of which thetwo firft 
 are very red, but the two latter white, Mufculous flefli is foft and red, and that 
 wiiich is properly termed fiefli. Vifcerous fle(h is that of the bowels, which is the 
 proper fubftance of the lungs, heart, liver, fpleen, and kidneys ; it is red, hard, 
 fitted to prop up the veflels, and to alTift them in their particular and various opera- 
 tions. Membranous flefh is the flefhy fubftance of every membranous parr, as in 
 the gullet, fl;omach, guts, womb, bladder. Glandulous flefh is the fiefh of kernels ; 
 it is white, thick, and fpongy, formed of feed (and therefore cannot properly be 
 called flelh), of which fome anatomifls make many diverlities ; but tlie true fearcher 
 may find that the glandules diifer not fo much in fubftance as in their ufeand humour; 
 which are, firft, to fupport the divifions of the veffels •, fecondly, to drink up fuper- 
 fiuous humours, becaufe they are of a hollow fpongy fubftance, and are therefore 
 vulgarly termed eimiilories, or cleanfcrs of the noble parts, thofe in the neck being 
 accounted cleanfers of the head, thofe in the arm-pits of the heart, and thofe in the 
 groin of the liver-, thirdly, to moiften the parts for their more eafy motion, or to 
 prohibit drinefs, fuch are thofe which are fituated by the tongue, larynx, eye- 
 corners, &c. 
 
 Of the MEMBRANES. 
 
 A MEMBRANE is a fimilar, fpermatic, part ; broad, foft, dilatable, white, con- 
 taining and invefting the parts, and carrying fenfe to them. If, being a hollow 
 body, it receives Ibmething, as tlie ftomach, bladder, gall, eye, it is called /«kzV^, a 
 coat ; butj-if it embraces and covers a folid body, it is called membrana^ a covering : 
 and thofe which cover the brain are called meninges. It is indued with fenfe from it- 
 fclf. Membranes are the only true organs of feeling, ferving the animal fpirits to 
 this purpofe. Its ufe is, to inveft the parts of the body, to defend it from injuries 
 by reafon of its hardnefs and compaftnefs, to give them the fenfe of feeling, to 
 ilrengthen them, to join parts to parts, and to keep them united; to feparate alio 
 the parts, and to clofe the mouthsof the vefTels. Some membranes are thin, fome 
 thick : the thin membranes alio differ ; for the periojlion of the ribs is thinner than 
 the pleura; the pcricjiiofi of the head is thinner than the pericranium; the pia 
 tnaUr is thinner than the dura mater. The proper membrane of the mufcles 
 
 o is
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY, ar 
 
 is thin, and is knit unto the mufcles by moft thin filaments. Its ufe is to clothe the 
 miifcles, and to feparate them one from another ; and to impart to them fenfe and 
 feeling: The thick membrane is called by fome a membranous mulcle, by others 
 a nervy or fatty coat -, it is called flefhy, becaufe in fome places, as about the loins, 
 neck, ears, forehead, &c. it retains a flefhy fubflance; but, in the abdomen of a man 
 ripe in years, it has no flefhy appearance at all. Its temperature is hot and moifl', 
 having its origin from blood : it is fituated under the fat, and ftretched out over 
 the whole body univerfally, and is the fourth covering of the body, (but in beafts it 
 is next to tne fkin ;) it has no figure but that of the body which it covers : its co- 
 lour is various in divers places : in the neck, forehead, and privities, it is redder than 
 eliewhere : in fome places it is joined to the fat infeparably, in other places it may 
 be feparated ; and it communicates with the principal parts by the extremities of the 
 veins, arteries, and nerves. It is very fenfible, fo that the rigour and trembling of 
 the body depends thereupon : its ufe is to give foundation to the collefting and ge- 
 nerating the fat, and to keep the fat in its due place, as alfo to divide one mufcle 
 from another, and all of them from the other flefh ; to clothe the body, cherifh the 
 internal heat, and to detend it from external injuries : ic flicks clofe to the fat, to the 
 mufcles, and to the ligaments of the bones, and is firmly joined to the back in fa- 
 fliion of a membrane, from whence it is faid to arife ; it is fo clofely joined to the 
 mufculus latiis, that in the neck and forehead it can fcarcely be feparated from ir, 
 whereby it is thought to conftitute the fame : to the fl<in it flicks by very many 
 veins, fome few arteries, branches of nerves, and an innumerable quantity of 
 membranous fibres. 
 
 Of a fibre. 
 
 A FIBRE is a fimilar fpermatic part, difperfed through the fkin, flefh, and mem- 
 branes, to make them the more, firm, and, being naturally diftended, to contract 
 again in the fame manner. By reafon of the various fituation thereof, it is faid to 
 be either right, oblique, tranfverle, or round, whereby it may not only help the 
 membrane, but flrengthen it, as alfo the fkin and flefh or mufcles ; and, when dilat- 
 ed, reduce them to their natural ftate. Each fort of fibre is faid to perform a feve- 
 ral adlion : as, the right to attraft or draw to; the oblique to expel or thrufl forth j 
 the tranfverfe to retain or hold ; and the round to conftrain or bind. But thefe 
 actions of the fibres are not made fo much by their own fingular virtue as by the 
 virtue of the member which they ferve, or belong unto, from which they have their 
 fenfe and nourilhment j for of themfelves they are fenfelefs. 
 
 28. G Of
 
 22 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of a ligament. 
 
 A LIGAMENT, or band, is a fimilar, fpermatic, dry, parr, adhering firmly to 
 the bones, tying the parts of the body mutually together. Its fubftance is folid, 
 white, bloodlefs, fofterthan agriftle, and harder than nerves and membranes; being 
 of a middle fubftance between them. It is without cavity, fenfe, or motion: their 
 fubftance is in fome places fofter and more membranous than others, as in all liga- 
 ments which go about the joints. Their ufe is like a cord to connedt or bind the 
 parts of the body one to another, chiefly the bones, and to keep them fo together, 
 that they may not be luxated or disjointed. As to fituation, fome are within or 
 among the bones, as the griftly ligaments, which are thick and round: fome are ex- 
 ternally wound about the bones, which are thin and membranous. As to figure, 
 fome are broad, which are called membranous -, others round and nervous : but 
 they are called membranous and nervous only in refped; to their external form or 
 refemblance, not to their internal effence ; for they are all vofd of fenfe, which they 
 would not be were they compofed of the true fubftance of a nerve or mem- 
 brane. All the ligaments are folid, none hollow, except the flender ligaments of 
 the womb. 
 
 Of a cartilage or GRISTLE. 
 
 A GRISTLE is a fimilar, fpermatic, part, drier and harder than a ligament, but 
 moifter and fofter than a bone, rendering the articulation the more pliable, and de- 
 fending feveral parts from external injuries. Some are fofter, efpecially about the 
 joints ; others harder, and not much diff'ering from the nature of a bone ; and fome 
 are in procefs of time turned into bones, efpecially in aged people. It is without 
 marrow, cavities, or fenfe, being endowed neither with nerves nor membranes. Its 
 matter is the fame with that of the bones, being a moift earthy part of the feed, 
 partly clammy and gluey, and partly fat, but more vifcous than fat : its ufe is to 
 facilitate motion, that the bones rubbing one againft another fhould not wear and 
 fret; to defend fome parts from external injuries, itfelf being fcarcely fubjed to any: 
 to ftiape parts prominent or hollow, as in the ears, larnyx, &c. to fill up hollownefs 
 in the joints, as in the knees ; to ferve for a cover, as in the epiglottis; to fuftain or 
 underprop fomewhat, as the griftles of the eye-lids to" bear the hairs ; and to make a 
 connexion or joining of the bones. Their fituation, magnitude, and figure, are 
 avrious, according to the bones they are joined with: their fubftance is fomerimes 
 harder, as thofe which in time become boney : fometimes fofter, refembling a liga- 
 ment,
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 23 
 
 ment, and are therefore called griftly ligaments -, yet, though hard, they are flexi- 
 ble and tough, becaule encompafTed with vifcous flimy matter. As to th^;ir con- 
 neftion, feme conftitute parts in themfelves, as that of the nofe; others grow to the 
 bones which knit them together, without any other medium, as in the fliare or 
 breaft bones ; or by common ligaments coming between, as in that joining called 
 loofe articulation. 
 
 Of a tendon. 
 
 A TENDON is a fimilar, fpermatic, folid, part, cold and dry, having a peculiar 
 fubftance, continued from the beginning to the end of a mufcle, and the chiefeft 
 part thereof upon which the action of the mufcle depends, and no where to be found 
 out of a mufcle. It has a nervous-like fubftance, yet extremely differing from a 
 nerve; white, thick, hard, fmooth, and extended according to the length of the muf- 
 cle, being ten times bigger than a nerve. Its figure is either folid and round, as in 
 the tnufculus biceps ; or plain and membranous, as in the mufcles of the abdomen, 
 being alfo either (hort or long, and of a uniform fubftance in all its parts ; fo that, 
 if it is nervous at the beginning, fo it is at the end; but fometimes it is nervous at 
 the end, when the head of it is flefhy ; and, if its beginning is like fmall ftrings, 
 they are united to form the tendon afterwards. The hard and ftifF tendons have 
 much fat about them, to foften them, that they may be the more pleafantly moved ; 
 and therefore thofe fibres difperfed among the flefh are nothing elle but the tendon 
 divided, and the tendon nothing elfe but fibres united ; and therefore a tendon is 
 either folid, compaft, and united, or elfe difgregated, fevered, and divided into fibres. 
 United is> where the whole tendinous part appears white, and hard, either in the 
 beginning, end, or middle, or in all thofe parts. Severed or divided, when pro- 
 duced into innumerable fmall fibres, fcarcely difcernible to the fight ; beinc com- 
 paffed about with l^elh. 
 
 Of the FAT. 
 
 FAT is a fimilar, foft, oily, white, infenfible, part: made to preferve the natural 
 heat, to helpchylificaiion, to facilitate motion, to moiften other parts, and to nourifli 
 the body in famine. Its fubftance is twofold, viz. greafe and fuer, which, although 
 it is fomewhat folid, yet, is foft and oily, as may be perceived by handling: greafe 
 or axungia is eafily melted, but not fo eafily congealed ; faviim or fuet is not fo 
 eafily melted, but more eafily hardened. Its origin is from the thinner parts of 
 the blood, fweating through the veins like dew, and congealing about the flefh : 
 this is the efl'ential matter of fat; its efficient caufe is a moift and temperate hear, 
 (which is alfo the quality thereof;) the caufe of its congealing is the coldnefs of the 
 
 membranes
 
 24 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 membranes from whence it has it'? white colour: but this coldnefs is not fimple, 
 but refpe6live to other parts. Melc-dlead or wax will congeal in hot places, if the 
 heat be lefs than that heat which will melt them : hence Galen determines fat to 
 proceed from coldnefs ; fo that the fat, thin, and light, part of the blood, in colder 
 conltituiions is referved; whilil in hotter bodies it turns to nutriment, lo that hot 
 and dry bodies are hardly ever fat. Its fituation is immediately under the fkin, 
 univerfally over the v/hole body, the forehead, eyelids, and privities, excepted: 
 whence it is, that the fatty membrane is as large as the fkin, and fcicks firmly to it, 
 neither can it be divided from it without fcraping ; and fo alfo it (licks to the 
 flefhy membrane. It cannot communicate with the principal parts, becaufe it is not 
 truly nourifhcd -, nor yet lives, unlefs by oppofition, as ftonts do, nor is it indeed 
 fcnfible; therefore it wants both veins, arteries, and nerves, yet all three of them pafs 
 through it to the flcin. The fat of the belly has three veins : the external mammil- 
 lary, defcending from above ■, the vena epigaftrica, arifing from beneath, or out of 
 the crural vein, through the groin ; and that coming out of the loins having many 
 veins accompanied with arteries : through thefe, and the vcfTels of the fkin, cup- 
 ping-glafles, and fcarifications, draw humours out of the inward parts. It has a 
 great number of kernels, which receive excrements out of the body into themfelves; 
 and they are more numerous in fickly perfons, and fuch as abound with excre- 
 mentitious moifture. Its ufes are to cherifh the natural heat ; to help the concoc- 
 tion of the ftomach ; to moiften hot and dry parts, fuch as the heart ; to facilitate 
 motion in the principal parts, as in the griftles and jointings of the greater bones, 
 and about certain ligaments, as alfo in the focket of the eye, left by its continual 
 motion it (hould become dry and withered ; to ferve as a pillow or bulwark againfl: 
 blows, bruifes, and contufions, and therefore the palms of the hands, buttocks, and 
 foles of the feet, have plenty of fat ; to nourifh the body in time of long fafting; 
 to fill up the empty places in the mufcles, and to underprop the veflels, that they 
 may pafs fafely ; and laftly, to fill up all the vacuities of the other parts, veflels, and 
 fkin, that the body may be rendered fmooth, white, foft, fair, and beautiful. 
 
 Hitherto we have treated of parts abfolutely fimilar ; thofe which are fo only in 
 appearance or to fenfe are in number five, viz. veins, arteries, nerves, mufcles, and 
 bones ; of all which we (hall now treat in order. 
 
 Of VEINS. 
 
 A VEIN is a fimilar, fpermatic, membranous, round, long, hollow, part, every where 
 
 joined by anaftomofes to the arteries •, allotted to receive and contain the blood 
 
 from them, to be farther. conceded, and to be carried to the heart and liver, and to 
 
 2 diftribute
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 25 
 
 diflribute it over the whole body. The original of their difpenfation, or place from 
 whence they rife, is the liver, where blood is made ; and that the firft fanguification 
 is made there, and not in the heart, is apparent, becaufe there are no pafTages to con- 
 vey the chylus to the heart, nor any receptacles for the excrements of the firft con- 
 codion placed by the heart -, all which requifites are found in the liver. More- 
 over blood is carried from the liver to the heart, but not from the heart to the 
 liver : for it cannot go out of the heart into the liver, becaufe of the valves, though 
 mediately, when it runs back out of the arteries, it may be carried thither. Alfo the 
 vena cava and porta enter not into the heart, but the liver; and, in a child in the 
 womb, the navel-vein with blood (which nouriflies the child j goes not into the heart, 
 but into the liver-, nor is languification ever hurt but when the liver is hurt. The 
 veins have only one tunicle, with many valves within, efpecialiy in the external 
 joints ; they are nourilhed with blood, not with that contained within themfelves, 
 but with that from the little arteries •, for their connection is fuch with the arteries, 
 that every vein is for the moft part attended with an artery, over which it lies, and 
 which it touches. Galen faith, a vein is feldom found witlvaut arteries : but no ar- 
 tery is ever found without a vein. Their form is that of a conduit-pipe : their mag- 
 nitude according to their place : in the liver, and their original, they are great, be- 
 caufe they are hot, foft, and in perpetual motion, and becaufe all the blood in the 
 body pafles this way, out of the right into the left ventricle of the heart : in the 
 heart they are great, by reafon of its heat, and becaufe it is to furnifh the whole body 
 with arterial blood, received in, and fent our, by continual pulfations. The emul- 
 gent veins are great, becaufe of the plenty of blood, and ferofities, brought back 
 from the kidneys to the vena cava: but, where the fubftancc of the part is lafting, 
 and the heat fmall, the veins are lefs, as in the brain, bones, &c. and in all parts 
 towards their ends they are very fmall, and called capillary veins, being divided 
 minutely, fprinkled into, and for the moft part confounded with, the fle(h -, by this 
 way the arterial blood is mediately pafled through the porous flefh to the veins ; 
 and, by the fame way alfo, blood made of chyle in the liver is infufed into the lit- 
 tle branches of the vena cava. The veins and arteries confpire together, and tlie 
 veins receive out of the arteries fpirit and blood; and this is apparent, becaufe if 
 the veins be quite emptied, the arteries are empty alfo : moreover, by a vein opened 
 in the arm or hand, all the blood in the body may be drawn out ; alfo it is necefiary 
 in refped of the circular motion of the blood ; and in many places it may be de- 
 monftrated to the eye-fight, where the conjundtions of the veins with' the arteries 
 are vifible. The veins are endowed with feeling both from the nerves that are near 
 them, and from their own membrane, which is one only, where they are inferted 
 into fome bowel; otherwife they are befides invefted with a common membrane, or 
 28. // fome
 
 26 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fome external thick one, borrowed fiom the neighbouring parts, when either they 
 are iufpended and carried a long way without the bowels and mufcles, or when 
 they reft upon hard bodies. This happens in the abdomen to the veins and arteries 
 from the peritonaeum ; and in the chell: from the pleura. Their ufe is to receive the 
 blood not fufficiently elaborated from the arteries, and to return it to the liver and 
 heart, there to be more perfeflly concodted. For neither is the venal blood, nor do 
 the veins carry any thing, ufcful for nutrition ; but they bring back all the blood to 
 the heart, only by circulation, either mediately by the liver, as the mefaraic veins-, or 
 immediately, as the cava ; and that either from the whole body, from the fmalleil; 
 branches to the greateft, by the upper and lower branch, or, from the liver, whe- 
 ther it be there generated, or is derived from the mefaraics and arteries. Hence it 
 appears, that the veins carry and re-carry the blood to the liver ; and to this end 
 the valves of the veins do confpire, which are fo contrived, that they ftand ail wide 
 open towards the heart, and afford an eafy pafTage from the fmalleft veins to the 
 greateft, and from thence to the heart; bur, from the heart and great veins being 
 Ihut, they fuffer nothing to go back. The liver fends only to the heart, the heart 
 only to the lungs and all the arteries. Seeing therefore the blood is thus fent into 
 all parts, and cannot now be inftantly repaired by diet, nor return back to the heart 
 by the mitre-faftiioned valves of the aorta ; nor abide flill in the arteries, which are 
 contmually moving forward the fame ; norlaftly, that tliere can be fo much fpent 
 by the parts to be nouriftied : it necelTarily follows, that what remains over and 
 above is brought back again to the heart, and enters the veins by circulation. The 
 fubftance of the veins is membranous, that they may the more eafily ftretch and 
 fhrink in again: they have only one tunicle which is proper to them, which is thin 
 and rare : it is fo thin, that through it the blood may be received after the partsare 
 nourifhed, and lo be re-carried to the heart, to be there again perfefled. The valves 
 of the veins are little foldings, or gates : they are made of moft thin little mem- 
 branes in the inner cavities of the veins, and certain particles as it were of the 
 coats of the veins : they are fituated in the cavities of the veins chiefly of the 
 limbs, viz. of the arms and legs, after the glandules of the arm-holes and groins, 
 be^innino- prefently after the rifes of the branches, but not in the rifes themfelves ; 
 nor is there any of them in the external fmall veins, becaufe they need them not ^ 
 nor in the jugulars (except two in the inner orifice, looking from above downwards), 
 becaufe the biood doth hardly afcend upwards ; nor in the vena cava, becaufe the 
 valves in the divarications do fufficiently hinder the regrefs of the blood : they are 
 alfo found in the emulgents, and in the branches of the mefentery, looking towards 
 the vena cava and poria, as' alfo in the milky veins. They all of them look the 
 fame way, one after another, towards the heart : and are placed at convenient dif- 
 
 tances.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 27 
 
 tances, as two, three, fonr, or five, fingers between each, according to the length 
 of the veffel. As to their magnitude, they are greater where the plenty and rccourfe 
 of the blood is moft vehement, being in form like the nail on a man's finger, or the 
 horned moon, as the figma-fhaped valves of the heart •, and in their fubftance ex- 
 ceeding thin, but very compaft, left they fhould break by a ftrong intercourfe of 
 the blood. The iifcs of the valves are, i. To ftrengthen the veins, whereas the 
 arteries are othervvife made ftrong by the double coats. 2. Toftopthe too violent 
 motion of the blood, left it ftiould move violently out of the great veins into the 
 little ones, and tear them. 3. To hinder the blood from regurgitating, or going 
 backwards. Hence the caufe of a varix is apparent, becaufe thick heavy blood 
 long retained againft the valves makes a dilatation •, for without the valves the veins 
 would fwell uniformly and all of an equal bignefs, and not in the manner of varices. 
 
 The chief veins of the whole body are of three kinds: fir ft, x.\\t vena cava; fecondly 
 ihtvena porta; thirdly, veiue lacle^e; from which feveral other eminent veins ari,e, 
 having particular denominations. The vena cava or jnagna is fo called becaufe of 
 its largenefs, being the greateft in the whole body, and the original of all other veins 
 which do not proceed from the vena porta. It takes its beginning from the liver, 
 where, having fpread many veins through the upper parts thereof, they are about the 
 topcollefled into one trunk, which is prefently divided into parts, viz. the upper 
 or afcending trunk, and the lower or defcending trunk. 
 
 Theafcending trunk of the vena cava, which is the greater, perforates ([itdiaphra^- 
 ma or midriff, and is fpread through the breaft, neck, head, and arms. It is carried 
 undivided as far as the Jugulum, and has four branches ; viz. i. Phrenica vena dia- 
 phragmatica; the midriff veins, on each fide one, which fend their branches to the 
 ■pericardium and diaphragma. 2. The venacoronaria, which is fometimes double, encom- 
 paffing the bafis oi the heart, at whoferife a little valve is placed to hinder the blood 
 returnmg to the trunk ; and with a continued pafiage it is joined to the artery, that 
 it may thecetrom receive the blood, which is to return to the cava. 3. Azvgos fine- 
 pari, the folitary vein, fends chief intercoftal branches to the eight lower ribs arfirig 
 about the fifth vertebra of the breaft, from the hinder part of the vena cava ; then, 
 about tiie fleftiy appendices oi iht diaphragma, it enters the cavity of the abdomen, 
 where on the left fide it is inferted in the emidgent vein ; on the right fide into the 
 trunk of the cava. 4. Subclavii, or branches of the cava by the channel- bones, are 
 divided into only two branches, one on each fide-, each of which is divided into 
 two others, called the fuhclavii and axillaris. From the fubclavii come forth two 
 feveral branches, a lupenorand an inferior. From the fuperior proceeds, firft, the 
 vmfculafuperior, Ipread out into tiie lldn and mulcles of the hinder part of the neck : 
 fecondly the jugular veins, by the fides of the neck ; and they are either external or 
 
 3 internal.
 
 28' CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 internal. The external jugular creeps up to the neck, chin, head, and face : under 
 the root of the ear it is divided into internal and external branches : the internal goes 
 to the mulcles of the mouth, fauces, hyoides, &c. from this branch fpring the veias 
 which are opened under the tongue. The external is propped with kernels, and is 
 divided into two parts : the one is carried to the fore-parts of the face, cheeks, and 
 nofe; and in the middle of the forehead, being joined with a branch of the other 
 fide, it makes the vein of the forehead ; the other is carried through the fides, the 
 temples, and the occiput. The internal jugular is called apopk5Ia, and afcends to 
 the fide of trachea to which it fends branches : and, going to the bafis of the fkuU 
 in its hinder part, it is divided into two branches : the greater of which is carried 
 backward through the hole of the os occipitus, and enter-< into the cavity of the 
 duramater or thick menin of the brain : the lefs enters in at the hole or fmus of the 
 third and fourth pair, and is carried alfo to the dura mater. From the inferior 
 branch, proceed five veins, thz mammaria, intercpjialis fuperior, mediajiina, cervicalis, 
 
 and mufctda inferior. 
 
 The vena axillaris, or arm-vein, when it is come to the arm-pir, is divided into 
 two veins, viz. the vena cephalica, or upper branch -, and the vena bafdica, or lower 
 branch, to which is added the mediana. The cephalica, or head-vein, is carried in 
 the furface of the body between the flelhy membranes and coat of the mufcles. 
 The bafdica, or liver-vein, is placed near a nerve of the third and fourth pair j 
 and therefore furgeons in opening of it ought to be careful, left they wound it, 
 iiom whence follow great pain, fever, convulfion, and death. From the bafdica, 
 or lower branch, arife two veins : firft, thoracica fuperior, which goes into the muf- 
 cles of the cheft, and into women's breafts: fecondly, thoracica inferior, which 
 fometimes grows out of tlie fuperior, creeping all over the fide of the chefl: ; its 
 branches are joined by anaftomofis with the branches of the ozvgos, which proceed 
 out of tlie cheft. The bafdica is divided (under the tendon of the peftoral mufcle) 
 into three branches : the firft goes with the nerve of the arm, the fecond is divided 
 into an external, which fends veins to the thumb, fore and middle fingers ; and an 
 internal, running along the middle bone of the cubit, fending branches along the 
 fingers to the internal mufcle of the hand ; the third, called fubcutaneus, at the in- 
 ner^'fwellingof the arm, is the inner branch of th^ cephalica, which conftitutes in 
 
 part the median. 
 
 The defending trunk of the vena cava, which is fmaller and narrower, pro- 
 ceeds undivided °s far as the fourth vertebra of the loins j and fends forth the 
 four following branches. i. Verne adipofr, which furnifli the coats of the 
 kidneys, and their fat, the finifter being commonly higher than the dexter. 2 . The 
 emul^ens, or emulgent veins, dcfcending to the kidneys by a fiiort and crocked
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY; 29 
 
 pafTage, bringing back the blood, being purified, from the kidneys to the vena cava. 
 3. The fpermatu^, or fpermatic veins, the right arifing a little below the rife of the 
 emulgent; and the left arifing from the emulgent, feldom from ih^cava, fometimes 
 from both. 5. Lumbnres, or loin- veins, fometimes two, three, or four, which are 
 carried between the four ffr^^/rrf of the loins. 6. After thefe branches the trunk. 
 goes towards the osfacrum, and at the fourth vertebra of the loins it goes under the 
 aorta, and is divided into two branches, called rami ilii or iiiaci^ becaufe they go over 
 the OS ilii and os pubis, to the thigli : the iliac branches, as foon as they have left thfi 
 cavity of the beily, are called ven.s crurales, or the leg-veins. 
 
 From the ram ilii anle two veins: firfb, mufcula fuperior, which fends veins to 
 the peritoneum, and mulcles of the loins and belly; fecondly, vena facra, which is 
 fometimes fingle, fometimes double, for the marrow of the osjacrum. From thence 
 the ramus iliacus is forked out on each fide into the external greacer and internal 
 fmaller. From the internal fmaller proceed two veins: firfi:, mufcula media without, 
 which fends veins to the mufcles on the outfide of the hip, and fkin of the buttocks; 
 fecondly, hypogaftrica, which is fometimes double, fending veins to many parts of 
 the hypogafiricum, as to the bladder and its neck, to the penis or yard, to the muf- 
 cles of the inteftinum reSium, whence are the hemorrhoides externa, and to the lower 
 fide and neck of the womb, whence are thofe veins by which the courfes flow 
 in maidens and women with child ; but, when the courfes are naturally voided, 
 they flow from the arteries, as appears from their excellent colour and the common 
 office of the arteries. From the external greater proceed three veins : i. Epigaf- 
 trica, which fend branches to the peritoneum and mufcles of the abdomen ; the 
 principal parts afcend under the right mufcles to the mammaria, with whom they 
 are often joined about the navel. 2. Pudenda, which fends to the privities in men 
 and women, and goes acrofs to the middle of the cs pubis. 3. Mufcula inferior, which, 
 paffing over the hip, ferves the mufcle and fkin of the part ; from hence downwards 
 the iliac branches, as foon as they have left the belly, are called crurals. 
 
 The crural veins are interwoven with little glandules in the bendingof the thigh, 
 and from them proceed fix branches, i. The ifchias or ifchiatica minor, which is 
 oppofite to the faph^na, and ferves the fkin and mufcles of the hip. 2. Ifchias or 
 ifchiatica major fends branches to the hip, and a part to the mufcles of the calf, and 
 then divides itfelf into ten branches, bellowing a couple upon each toe. 3. Poplitea, 
 the ham-vein, made of a double crural branch, mixed together : it runs fl:raight 
 under the skin behind, through the midfi: of the bending of the ham to the heel, 
 and fometimes to the skin of the external ancle. 4. Suralis, a great vein, and is di- 
 vided into the external and fmaller and internal and greater i and each of them again 
 
 28. / into
 
 30 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 into exterior and interior : all which fend veins to the mufcles of the calves of the 
 legs. Thofe on the back of the foot, being mixed with the poplitea, make the 
 fame various texture of veins, which are feen under the skin. 5. Septum, (fo termed 
 form its apparency,) or vem makoli, the ancle- vein, is, long and large, carried on 
 through the infide of the thigh, between the skin a.ndmembrana carnofa, to the knee; 
 and from thence, by the inner pare of the leg, it runs to the inner ancle, and to 
 the upper part of the foot and toes. 6. The mufcula^ a vein arifing from the trunk 
 or branch hidden among the mufcles : it is double, and remarkable, giving veins 
 to the mufcles of the thigh. As to the veins of botii arms and legs, it is to be 
 noted; firft, that their various branches fend diverle twigs outward to he skin, 
 called cutaneous veins: fecondly, that even the grand branches are variouQy diftri- 
 buted in every perlon, being feldom in one man as they are in another : and tnat the 
 right arms or legs rarely agree with the left. In opening the veins of the foot, you 
 may indifferently make choice of any, feeing they are all derived from one and the 
 fame trunk. 
 
 The vena porta, or gate-vein, is the next great vein to the cava-, its prime 
 original is the veiza umbilicalis, or navel-vein, the firft of all the veins arifing from 
 feed, and that by which the child is nourifhed in the womb ; afterwards it rifes 
 out of the hollow part of the liver, where with many roots it is inferted. The 
 trunk, before it is divided into lower branches, lends two fmall veins to the gall- 
 bladder, called vena cyjtide ; and another vein to the ftomach called gajlrica 
 dexlra, which is divided about the lower orifice of the ftomach. Afterwards the 
 trunk is divided into two eminent lower branches, viz. the fplenetic, and the 
 mefenteric. Ramus fpkneticus goes into the fpleen. Before it is divided, it fends 
 fromitfelf two upper branches to the ftomach, ?iv?i gajlrica fmiftra-, or major, {iht larg- 
 eft of all the ftomach veins,) which afterwards conititute the coronaria ; then it fends 
 lower branches, one to the omentum or caul, and one to the pancreas. Afterwards 
 the trunk of the ramus fpknicus is divided into the upper and lower branches : the 
 former produces the vas breve and other little branches carried into the fpleen : 
 the latter produces, i. Gajlroepiploica finijlra, which runs out upon the bottom of 
 the ftomach, and gives many branches both to the ftomach itfelf and to the 
 omentum. 2. Vena epipkis, which runs out upon the fame parts ; and a multitude 
 of other fmall branches, which are fent up and down all over the fpleen. The 
 mefenteric branches of the vena porta, called ramus dexter, whofe principal part 
 goes into the mefentery, fends forth two veins ; one to the middle of the duodenum, 
 from whence certain capillary twigs go through the pancreas and omentum upwards ; 
 and another to the right fide of the ftomach and omentum. Afterwards the trunk 
 
 3
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 31 
 
 of the ramus mefentericus is divided into two parts, the right and the left. The 
 right-hand branch is iwo-fold : i. Gajlroepiploica dextra, which runs to the bottom 
 of the ftomach, and joins wich tne gajlrcepiploica finijlra, fending branches 
 thfough the omenaim and ftoma;.h. 2. Ttie right mcfentcric brancti itfclf, which is 
 divided into 14 nacnelcls little branches, and thofe again into innumerable other 
 little veins, which are called miferaic veins, and are dilperfed into the jejunum^ 
 ikon,fiSCU>n, and part of the colon. The Icfc-hand mefenteric branch, firft, fends 
 out the vena hamorrhoidalis interna, which diffufes itfelf through the mefentery, and 
 fends forth blanches to the fpleen, womb, andintejlinum reStm, which is the in- 
 ternal hemorrhoidal vein : hence appears a communion between the womb and 
 the hemorrhoidal ot the anus, and that poffibly the courfes or terms may be con- 
 veyed alio this way. Afterwards this left mefenteric branch fpreads itfelf abroad 
 into the left and centrical part of the mefentery, whence comes vena cecalis, which 
 goes to tne blind gut ; and ramus mefocolicus, which from the left fide of the 
 ftomach goes to the colon. Vena cava firft receives the cruder blood from the arte- 
 ries, and remits it to tlie heart : the vena porta takes the blood not fufficiently ela- 
 borated, from the arteries, and carries it to the liver, for the more perfeft concodion 
 and ieparation of the choler. 
 
 The hemorrhoidal veins are fltuate in the fundament or intejlinum re£ium, and are 
 of two kinds, either internal or external. The internal proceed from the vena porta; 
 the external from the vena cava, with which the hjemorrhoidal arteries are af- 
 fociated, and through which the humours to be evacuated are carried oiF. In 
 their evacuation, the internal have a flux, not very plentiful, attended with a great 
 deal of pain -, the external emit a flux fo large as may fometimes caufe death, or fome 
 grievous difeafe, but without any pain at all. The internal defcend alone, not 
 aflTociated with arteries ; however, the arteries are either hidden, or they depend on 
 arteries not far oiF: the external deicend with arteries to the mufcles of the anus ; 
 and therefore the extu .la* haemorrhoids may more properly be called vafa kemor- 
 rhoidalia, whereby the arteries are included with the veins. 
 
 The veme labJe.-e, or milky veins, are peculiar palfages, much differing from 
 the meferaics : they are called la^ea from milk, which they refemble in whitenefs 
 foftnefs, and fatnefs. Their fituation is in the abdomen, where they are for the raofr ■ 
 part accompanied with far, to cherifh the natural heat for the attraftion and 
 conco(5lion of the chylus. The great laftean vein, lying between the arteria aorta 
 and the vertebra of the loins, covered with fat, runs upward, and, above the heart, 
 afcends by the gullet to the left fubclavian vein, where it ends .in one, two, or three 
 branches : here a mofl; thin valve occurs at the very end of the vein, looking 
 
 inwardly.
 
 St CULPEPER*s ENGLISH PHYSICIAN. 
 
 iowardly, that the chyle niTght not run back again, or run farther into the arm: out of 
 this fubclavial they defcend by the afcending trunk of thet>fw^ c^iirt into the right ven- 
 tricle of the heart, that there, by thehelpof theheacand the natural faculty, they may 
 be changed into blood. Their fubftance is the fame with that of a vein itfelf, which 
 it refembles in all things, the milky juice only excepted : having but a fingle mem- 
 brane, though in the mefentery they receive from it another external coat. They 
 grow continually one to another, of an equal magnitude ; being for the mofl: 
 part fmall, left the thick and unprofitable parts of the chyle fhould go into them ; 
 or left they fhould make a diftribution thereof too fuddenly : they are alfo infinite 
 in number, difperfed through the liver, mefentery, pancreas, and bowels. They 
 are colder and moifter than the ordinary veins ; very thin, exceeding fubtii, (where 
 they enter into the body of the liver,) tender, fmooth outwardly, rare, but rough by 
 reafon of the fibres within them. Their aAion and ufe are, i. To carry or convey 
 the chyle to the livei'. 2. To digeft and better concofb the chyle, to make it more 
 fit to receive the form of blood in the liver: for the chyle is not changed at all 
 till it comes into the liver, where it grows red by little and little. 3. To fhew a 
 ready way for the diftribution of the chyle: that the blood is made in the liver, not 
 in the veins ; and that the fucking of the veins is no caufe of hunger, becaufe none 
 are carried to theftomach. I'o fhew the caufes of fome difeafes, before obfcure: as, 
 of the chylous flux -, of hypochondriac melancholy ; of an atrophia, or pining away of 
 the body for want of nourifhment, by reafon of the glandules of the mefentery being 
 filled with fchirrous fwellings ; of intermitting agues quartered in ihcmefar^um, ^c. 
 The beft method of tracing the general courfe of the veins, is to begin with the 
 main trunks, or" primary veins, and end with their ramifications and capillary extre- 
 mities, according to their feveral divifions and fubdivifions. In this manner they 
 are traced in the annexed plate, where fig. i reprefents the veins as attached to the 
 body •, fig. 2, the veins abftrafted from the body ; and fig. 3, the pulmonary vein : 
 of each of which the following is an explanation. 
 
 1. Vena cava, (fig. i and 2) 10. 10. Auxiliary veins 
 
 2. Cava defcendens 11. 11. Cephalic veins 
 
 3. Cava afcendens 12. 12. Bafilic veins 
 
 4. Vena azygos I3- ^S- Vena mediana 
 
 5. 5. Subclavian veins 14- U- Diaphragmatic, hepatic, and re- 
 
 6. 6. Jugular veins external nal or emulgent, veins 
 
 7. 7. Jugular veins internal I5- ^5- Spermatic and iliac veins 
 
 S. The intercoftals 16. 16. Hypogaftric, epigaftric, and cru- 
 
 §. 9. The mareltnary veins ral, veins. 
 
 Fig.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 33 
 
 Fig. 3. reprefents the pulmonary vein in the time of expiration-, a being its trunl<, 
 cut clofe to the bale of the heart ; by b, its divifions to the rigiit and lett lobe of the 
 lungs ; c, the canalis arteriofus ; ^, d, the extremities of the arteries freed from the 
 veflicles of the lungs, and their inolcuiations with the pulmonary veins. 
 
 OftheARTERIES. 
 
 AN ARTERY is afimilar, fpermatic, membranous, long, round, hollow, part, 
 a common pipe-like organ, confifting of a double coat proceeding from the heart, 
 joined every where to the veins, by the afTiltance of man> olculations, containing 
 and carrymg the nutritious blood and vital fpirits to all parts of the body. It is 
 called arteria, from us containing and preferving air or fpirit, and therefore the an- 
 cients, as, riippocrates, Plato, and Ariftotlc, call the wind-pipe arteria magna : but 
 Galen makes a diftindtion, and calls the wind-pipe afpera arteria, the rough artery, 
 and thofe of which we here ipeal<. arteria leves, the fmooth arteries, which Ariftotlc 
 calls fomet mes venam aortam, and fometimes fimply aorta. 1 heir matter is a cold 
 clammy part of the feed : the original of their difpenlation is the heart, and they 
 proceed out ot the left ventricle thereof, and not the middle (as Ariftotle would 
 have it) ; and therefore the aorta, or arteria magna, proceeds particularly from the 
 left ventricle ; but the pulmoniac arteria (fallely called by the ancients vena arteriofa) 
 from the right ventricle. Their ufe is, firft, to carry the vital blood and fpirits, 
 made in the heart, to all parts of the body : fecondly, to breed animal fpirits in the 
 noble ventricle of the marrow, (to wit) the brain : thirdly, for the nounihment of 
 the body, and all its parts, which aie only nourilhed by the arterial blood, and not 
 by the venal : fourthly, to carry the excrements of the body.and blood, either to the 
 outward parts of the body, or to the kidneys, or mefcntery or womb, or hfemor- 
 rhoidal veins, &c. The arteries flow only by puliation : whereby, lift, the heat 
 of the parts is cooled and tempered : fecondly, the nourifhing arterial blood is caft 
 continually into the fmalleft and molt remote arteries: which is proved by the 
 continual pulfation of the heart, which drives the blood into the greater arteries : 
 thirdly, the ftagnatioo of the venal blood is hereby prevented : for the pulfation 
 keeps it always in motion, by forcibly calling the more than neceffary arterial blood 
 for nourifhment into the veins, which convey it to the heart for fupply, left it 
 fhould be deftitute of its fanguine humour by its continual expulfion. The 
 caule of the pulfation, or pulfe, is, according to Bartholine, from both the blood 
 filling, and the faculty of the arteries direding. But I judge the caufe to be from 
 fpirit, wind, air, or breath : for, if you blow with a reed or pipe being put into 
 
 28. K water.
 
 34 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 water, it will make an apparent puliation, or bubbling, much more if the water was 
 contained in long narrow vefTcls with valves, that it miglit not return back ; but, 
 if you fuck with the pipe, then it runs Imoothly, without puliation or leaping: 
 therefore the blood in the arteries flows with puliation, from the expulfive faculty 
 of the heart, caufed by its fpirits ; but it flows in the veins fmoothly, or without pul- 
 iation, becauie it is fucked or drawn back again by the attraftive faculty, caufed 
 by want of fpirits, or blood, or their being wafted by the heart's perpetual expul- 
 fation. The fituation of the arteries is deep, always under the veins both in the 
 external and internal parts, the abdomen, a little below the kidneys, only except- 
 ed ; for, after.that the vena cava and aorta defcending from the diaphragma have paf- 
 fed the region of the kidneys, the cava hides itfelf under the aorta, through all that 
 region, till they pafs out of the" abdomen ; and then the artery again hides itfelf 
 under the cava. The magnitude of the aorta is very great, but the defcendant part 
 is greater than the afcendant, becaufe the number of the internal parts is greater 
 than of the external. The number of the arteries is lefs than of the veins, becaufe 
 the paflage of the blood is quick through the arteries, but flow through the veins ; 
 but there are more arteries than we can well difcern, becaufe the capillary arteries 
 are very much like the veins. Their fubfl:ance is membranous, fo that they can be 
 both diftended and contrafted more than the veins : and it confifts of two peculiar 
 tunicles ; the exterior is thin, foft, and rare, like the tunicle of a vein ; the interior 
 is compaft, hard, and very thick, five times thicker than the tunicle of the veins-, 
 that thereby the arteries may be ft rong, to endure their perpetual motion, and to 
 keep in their thin and fpirituous blood, which would foon vanifh and fly away. 
 
 The arteria magna, or aorta, the great and chieieft artery, comes from the left ven- 
 tricle of the heart, with a wide orifice-, it has a double tunicle, the innermoft of 
 which is five times thicker, left, by continual puliation about the hard and folid 
 parts, it might incur an incurable rupture. From the ventricle of the heart, before 
 it perforates the pericardium, it fends forth to the heart itfelf the coronary artery, 
 which compafl"es the bafis of the heart, fometimes fingle, fom.ctimes double. Af- 
 terwards, coming through the pericardium, or heart-bag, it is divided into two 
 trunks, the fmallcr afcending and the greater defcending. 
 
 The fmaller or afcending trunk of the aorta, or arteria magna, refting upon the 
 wind-pipe, provides for all the parts about the heart, and is divided into two fub- 
 Clavial branches, the latter rifing lower, and going more obliquely to the arm ; the 
 others, before they go out of the thorax, (for afterwards they are called axillares,) 
 produce the intercojlales fuperiores, proper to three or four upper ribs ; from their 
 upper part arife four arteries : i, mammari^, which go to the papsi 2. cervicaks, 
 
 which
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 35 
 
 vhich go to the mufcles of the neck ; 3. artrna mufcitU, which are approxiinare to 
 the jugular veins ; 4. thtcoroiides, or flcep-arttrics, which are two, unequal, and al- 
 ccnd upwards to the head by the fides of the wind-pipe, being knit to the internal 
 jugulars : when they come to the fauces, before they enter the fcull, they give 
 branches to the larynx and tongue, and then they divide themfelves into the carotis 
 externa and carotis interna. The carotis externa, being the fmaller, furniflies the cheeks 
 and mufcles of the face: at the root of the ears it is divided into two branches: 
 the fiift is lent to the hinder part of the ear, whence arile two other branches, 
 which go to the lower jaw, and the root of all the lower teeth ; the fecond goes to 
 the temples, the forehead, and mufcles of the face. The carotis interna at the 
 faddle of the os fphamides, under the dura mater, makes the reta mirabile, then 
 pafiTes through the dura mater, and fends forth t^vo branches : the firft, which is the 
 fmaller, goes with the optic nerve to the eyes : the fecond, which is the greater, af- 
 cends to the fide of the glandula pituitaria, and is diftributed through the j)ia 'mater 
 and the fubftance of the brain. 
 
 When the fubclavial branches have left the bread orthorax, they are called ax///<3ra, 
 and carry nourifhment to the outward partof the breaft-, and to the whole arm. From 
 the axillares arife the thoracicafuperior, or upper breaft- artery; thoracica inferior, or 
 lower breaft-artery ; thefcapularis, or flioulder-blade artery. From the upper part 
 of the fame axillares ariies the humeraria : the remainder goes from the axillary on 
 each fide to the arm; where it is carried along through the arm, defcending be- 
 tween the mufcle, with a vein and nerve of the arm. Under the bending of the 
 elbow, it is divided into two branches, the upper and the lower, which accompany 
 the branches of the vena cava, and are called by the fame names. The upper goes 
 right forwards through the middle to the wril]-, where the pulfe is commonly felt : 
 from thence, proceeding under the ring-fhaped ligament, it beftows branches upon 
 the thumb, fore-finger, and middle-finger. The lower branch runs through the 
 ulna to the wrifts, and fends twigs to the ring or little finger, and fo proceeds to 
 the wrift beneath, where the pulfe may alfo be felt, efpecially in fuch as are lean, 
 and have a ttrong pulfe ; but the beating of the pulfe is much better felt in the 
 upper branch, that being lefs covered or hid by the tendons. 
 
 The defcending trunk of the aorta fends out branches from itfelf unto the thorax, 
 abdomen, and thighs. From the thorax it fends forth two arteries : i. the intercof- 
 tales inferior es, which runs to the intervals of the eight lower ribs, and the neigh- 
 bouring mufcles ; 2. ihtphrenica, which fends to the diaphragma or midriff, and 
 pericardium oi htiTt-bzg. The reft of the trunk pierces through the clift of the 
 3 feptum.
 
 J 
 
 36 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 feptim, and fends ramifications through the abdomen ; fome of which go along with 
 branches of the vena porta ; others the branches of the vena cava. 
 
 Afterwards the arteria magna, or aorta, haftens the beginning of the os facrum, 
 where it goes above the vena cava, and no longer under, left, by reai'on ot us con- 
 tinual motion, it (hould be hurt agamft (ome bone ; and here it is called the iliac 
 artery. It is divided like the vena cava into two iliac trunks, and each trunk into 
 an inner and lefs branch, and into an outward and g-rrarer, which go to the thigh. 
 Thefe trunks fend out on each fide fix branc hes : i. the Jacta, imiiiediatcly after the 
 bipartition : 2. mufcula inferior : 3. hypogajlrica : ^. umbilicalis : which laft three come 
 from the inner trunk : 5. epigaftrica :''b. pudenda : which two laft come from the ex- 
 terior trunk. 
 
 The reft of the artery (out of the abdomen), being carried to the thigh, changes 
 its name, and there makes the crural arteries-, from wnenceon each fidefpring ban- 
 ches above and under the ham. Above the haai, from the out \ard part oi^ the 
 trunk : i. mufcula cruralis exlerna, to the foreinoft mufcles of the thighs, from ihe in- 
 ner; 2. mufcula crura/is interna, which go to the inner mufcles of the thigh -, and this 
 is mixed at the knee with a little twig of the hypogajlrica. Undet the ham arife, i. 
 popliteus, which goes to the hinder mufcle of the thi^h : z.furalis, which is divided 
 into, firft, tibicusextej'ior-., kcond,poflerior altus •,th\rd,pofterior humitis, for themufcles 
 of the leg : 3. the laft ot them is lent to the loot and toes, all along accompanied with 
 the veins, from which they borrow their names. To enter into a more minute detail 
 of their fubdivifions would be uleleis ; the arteries being all delineated on the annex- 
 ed plate, with references to their fcveral names, as follows : 
 
 I. Aorta, cut from its origin at the left ventricle of the heart. 2. 2. Trunks of 
 the coronal arteries. 3. The three femilunar valves. 4. 4. Subclavian arteries. 
 5. 5. Carotid arteries. 6.6. Vertebral arteries. 7. 7. Arteries of the tongue, &c. 
 8. 8. Temporal arteries. 11. 11. Occipital arteries. 13. 13. Contorfions of the 
 carotides. 15. 15. Ophthalmic arteries. 16. 16. Arteries of the cerebellum. i8. 18. 
 Ramifications of the arteries within the fcull. 19. ly. Arteries of the larynx. 
 21.21. Mammery arteries. 23.24.25.26. Arteries of the arm. 27. Arteries ot the 
 hand and fingers. 28. 28. Defcending trunk of the aorta. 29. Bronchial artery. 
 31. 31. Intercoftal arteries. 32. Trunk of the coeliac artery. 33. 33.33. Hepatic 
 arteries. 34. Arteria cyftica. 35. 2,6. 37. 38. 39. Arteries of the ftomach, pylorus, 
 and epiplois. 40. 40. Phrenic arteries. 41. Trunk of the fplenic artery. 43. 44. 
 45. 46. 47. Mefenteric arteries. 49. 49. Emulgent arteries. 51. 51. Spermatic arte- 
 ries. 52. Arteria facra. 53. ^i. Iliac arteries. 54. 54. 58. 58. lliaci externi. 55. 55- 
 
 59'
 
 
 27fe -A.rleriat' ofir/ir /// 
 
 ///////// 
 
 Jir,,/, 
 
 '/
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. Z7 
 
 gg. i^g. Iliaci interni. 56. 56. Umbilical arteries. 57. 57. Epigadric arteries. 60. 
 62. Arteries of the penis and pudendum. 6i. 61. Arteries of the bladder. 69. 69. 
 70.70. Crural arteries. 72. Arteries of the leg. -^i. Arteries of the foot. 
 
 Of the nerves. 
 
 A NERVE or finew is a fimilar, fpermatic, membranous, long, and white, hol» 
 low, part: a common organ, ferving to carry the animal fpirits into all parts of the 
 body for fenfe and motion. Its efficient caufe is the vis nervifica, the nerve-making 
 power or faculty : its matter is a cold and clammy part of the feed. Their original 
 difpenfation is from the medulla oUongala^ partly as it is within the flcull, and 
 partly as it is in the back-bone. Their end and uie is to carry the animal faculty 
 with the animal fpirits from the brain, for the fenfe and motion of the whole 
 body. And therefore the nerves inferted into the parts, give either fenfe alone, or 
 both fenfe and motion, there being neither without help of a nerve: for, a nerve 
 being cut, the fenfe and motion of the part is loft. But this fenfe or motion is ac- 
 cording to the parts where they are difleminated, becaufe the nerves of themfelves 
 are neither fenfitive nor motive; if they are inferted into mufcles, (the organs of 
 motion,) they are termed «fm OTo/ir/V, motive nerves: if into the inftrument of fenfe, 
 nervi fentientia, the fenfitive. Their fituation is, for fecurity, deeper than that of an 
 artery: their magnitude is various, according to the nature of the organ, and 
 dignity of the aftion. Thofeof the eyes are great, becaufe of the adion : thofe 
 of the limbs, very great and thick, becaufe of their diftance and magnitude : thofa 
 of the fenfory parts are in a middle proportion; thofe of the neareft parts, as in 
 the mufcles of the face, are the fmalleft of all. The number of the nerves are 
 taken from their conjugations or pairs, and are fo called, from their coupling or 
 being double, for that they fprout out on both fides, except the laft orloweft, pro- 
 ceeding from the fpinal marrow. The form or figure of the nerve is long, round 
 and fmooth, like conduit pipes : folid to appearance, having no fuch hollownefs as 
 the veins and arteries have ; but they have cavities or pores, for the carrying off the 
 animal fpirits, though not perceptible to the eyes. The fubftance of all the nerves 
 is compofed of many nervous fibres, which grow mutually together by little mem- 
 branes ; and this fubftance is thought to be three-fold : i. the internal white and 
 marrowifh, from the marrow of the brain, but more compaft and thickened : 2. 
 an inner coat, from the pia maler ; 3. an outward coat, i:om iht dura tnater -, but 
 thcfe things fenle cannot dilcover. The fubftance of the nerves are alio either 
 harder or fofter : the harder are fuch as either go a great way, or through feme 
 hard body, or by a crooked way, or are ordained for motion, which requires ftrength; 
 
 29. L and
 
 3S CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 and all parts which have voluntary motion have hard nerves, for that which is 
 hard is fuced to ad, that which is fof: to fuffcr : the fofter nerves are fuch as are 
 thefhorteft, and which belong to the organs of the fenfes, as the feeing, tailing, 
 hearing, and fmelling, which laft are fofteft of all j and thefe require fofc nerves, 
 as being the objtdls of fuffering. As their ufe is to carry the animal fpirits and 
 
 faculties into all parts for fenfe and motion -, fo, if they be obftrufted in their ori- 
 ginal, or beginning, or totally, they both peridi, and an apoplexy is caufed: if the 
 cbftruiflion be but in part, then one part is deprived of fenfe and motion: if they 
 are cut afunder, the motion of the part into which they are inferted is loft : more- 
 over, the nerves diffufe animal light into the parts, by which they are diredled in 
 their operations. Herice it appears how neceffary it is for a phyfician to know the 
 nerves, their original, differences, and diftribution, that he m;iy underftand to what 
 part Q^ thejplna dor/I topic medicaments are to be applied, when fenfe or motion is 
 hurt in t lie face, neck, arms, hands, mufcles of the belly, womb, bladder, anus, 
 yard, thighs, legs, or feet. Moreover the caufe of the gout feems chiefly to be the 
 extravafating of the nervous juice ; for the nervous juice, being over-heated or rati- 
 fied by too much heat, cannot be contained in its proper place ; but feeking more 
 room flies out of the folid capacity of the nerve (its proper domicil) into the hol- 
 low of the nerve, the channel of the animal fpirits, thereby interfering with them, 
 caufing an extenHon of the nerve, oppofuion, and confequently pain. In the an- 
 nexed plate all the nerves are delineated, agreeable to the following defcription and 
 arrangement. 
 
 The nerves of the brain are nine pair. i. The olfaftory pair, (fig. 2.) a a, which, 
 pafling through the cs cribrofum, are fpread over the membrane of the noftrils. 
 2. The optic pair, l> b^ which by their expanfion form the retina oi the eye. 3. The 
 motary pair of the eyes, c f, each of which is divided, near the orbit, into fix parts, 
 or branches ; of which, in human fubjecls, the firft branch goes to the elevator 
 palpebrs; the fecond, to the elevator of the eye; the third, to the deprelTor; the 
 fourth, to the adducent; the fifth to the inferior oblique muftle; and the fixth 
 into the tunics of the eje; but, in other animals, they are divided much otherv/ife. 
 4. The pathetic pair, dd, which are very fmall, and run to the trochlear mulde of 
 the eye. 5. The guftatory pair, which are very large, and divided within the cra- 
 nium into three branches,//, immediately under the dura mater : of thefe the firft 
 branch, called the ophthalmic, runs to various parts of and about the eye, the eye- 
 lids, the mufcles of the forehead and nofe, and the integuments of the face. The 
 fecond branch m.ay be called the fuperior maxillary one, as being finally diftributed 
 through all parts of the upper jaw, the lips, nofe, palate, uvula, gums, teeth: a 
 
 branch
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 39 
 
 branch of it alfo runs to the ear, and, joining with a branch of the feventh pair, 
 forms the chorda tympani. The third branch may be called the maxillaris inferior, 
 as being diftributed over the feveral parts of the lower jaw, the tongue, and other 
 parts of the mouth ; whence the whole pair of nerves has obtained the nameofp^r 
 gujlatorium ; though a great part of them ferves to very different purpofes, and is 
 carried to parts that have nothing to do with tailing. 6. The abducent pair,^_g-, 
 except a branch, for the formation of the intercoftal nerve, is wholly carried to the 
 abducent mufcle of the eye j whence its name. The iniercoftal nerve (fig. i and 
 .2) / ii, II, niy &c. is formed either of ramifications of the two preceding nerves, 
 or only of thofe of the fixth pair. It makes its way out of the cranium by the 
 paffage of the internal carotid, and defcends near the eighth pair through the neck ; 
 and thence through the bread and abdomen, even to the pelvis ; and, in its way, 
 makes various plexufes and ganglia, and fends branches to almoft all the parts con- 
 tained in the bread and abdomen. 7. The ruditory pair, h h, arife with two trunks ; 
 the one of which is called the portio dura, or hard portion ; the other the portio 
 mollis, or foft portion. The. lad enters the foramen of the os petrofum, and 
 thence through various little apertures gets into the labyrinth of the ear, where it is 
 expanded over all its parts, and ccnditutes the primary organ of hearing. I'he 
 harder portion, pafTing the aqusduft of Fallopius, fends back one branch into the 
 cavity of the cranium; it alio fends ofT" another branch, wiiich helps to form the 
 chorda tympani; and others to the mufcles of the tympanum. The reft of this 
 pair goes to the external ear ; the pericranium, the mufcles of the os hyoides, the 
 lips, the eye-lids, and the parotiils. 8. The par vagum, k k k, with the accejjoriiis 
 of Willis, pafs out near the lateral finufes of the dura mater; and, defcending 
 through the neck and thorax to the abdomen, fend out branches by the way to the 
 larynx, the pharynx, the heart, the lungs, and efpecially to the ftomach. It alfo 
 fends off from the upper part of the thorax large branches, which are varioufly im- 
 plicated in the neck, thorax, and abdomen, with the Unguals, the cervicals, and the 
 intercoftals. 9. The lingual pair go immediately to the tongue, and are called by 
 fomethe motory nerves of the tongue -, bur, by others, with morejuftice, the guf- 
 tatory nerves. 
 
 We are to obferve, fays Heifter, that the pair of nerves, which the generality of 
 writers have called the tenth pair of the head, are, for many unanfwerable reafons, 
 to be properly called the firft pair of nerves of the neck. Of the nerves which 
 arife from the fpinal marrosv there are proptrly thirty-two pair. Thofe of the 
 neck are no lefs than eight pair ; and from them there are innumerable branches 
 diftributed through the mufcles of the head, the neck, the fcapula, and the hu- 
 merus.
 
 40 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 merus, marked A, B, C, D, &c. to O O, the eighth and laft pair : from the third, 
 fourth, and fifth, pair, are formed the nerves of the diaphragm -, and the fixth, 
 fcventh, and eighth, pair, together with P P, the firft pair of the back, form the fix 
 rubuft nerves of the arm and hands. To this divifion is the acceffory fpinal nerve 
 of Willis to be referred, which arifes about the origin of the third or fourth pair. 
 
 The nerves of the back are twelve pair, marked P P, Q_Q_, R, S, &c. to Z, and 
 «, /5, &c. which, befides the branch they give to the brachial nerves, run entirely in 
 the fame furrow along the courfe of the ribs, and' are difperfed over the pleura, the 
 intercoftal, peroral, and abdominal, mufcles. the breaft, and other parts of the thorax. 
 
 The nerves of the loins are five pair, marked t, 9, «T,r,0j with their branches, t<,x:j 4', 
 &c. Thefe are in general difperfed over the loins, the peritonseum, and the integu- 
 ments and mufcles of the abdomen : and, befides this, their firft pair often gives, 
 on each fide, a branch to the diaphragm. The lecond pair, after inofculating with 
 the branches of the firft, third, and fourth, pair, forms the crural nerves, 6 6, 77, 
 8 8, &c. which are diftributed over the anterior part of the thigh : and, in the fame 
 manner, a branch is formed of the conjunftions of the fecond, third, and fourth, 
 pair, which pafleth through the great foramen of the os pubis to the fcrotum, the 
 tefticles, and the adjoining parts. The fourth and fifth pair of the nerves of the 
 loins, joining with the firft, fecond, third, and fourth, pair of the os factum, com- 
 pofe the nerve called ifchiatic, which is the largeft in the body, being marked 3 3, 
 in fig. 2. it defcends along the hinder part of the thigh, and its branches are diftri- 
 buted over the whole leg, the foot, and toes -, being marked 15, 17, 18, &c. 
 
 The nerves of the factum form five or fix pair, though not always determinatcly 
 and regularly fo : they pafs through the foramina of this bone, and the fuperior 
 ones of them, as already obferved, compofe the ifchiatic nerve -, and what remains is 
 difperfed, in a multitude of ramifications, over the parts contained in the pelvis, the 
 inteftinum reftum, the bladder, the parts of generation, and the parts adjacent. 
 They are marked, in the figure, a, h, n, s, &c. 
 
 We ftiall only add, that i, i, fig. 2. reprefent the brachial nerves-, 2, 2, &c. the 
 communications of the vertebral nerves with the intercoftals; //, remarkable com- 
 munications between the phrenic nerves and the intercoftals •, /, k, «, &c. the ac- 
 cefiTory nerve of the eighth pair •, x, x, the phrenic nerves-, and z z, the nerves which 
 go to the teftes, uterus, &c. 
 
 Of the muscles. 
 
 A MUSCLE Is a fimilar, fpermatic, fanguinous, membranous, flelhy, fibrous, 
 
 part, and the inftrument of voluntary or free motion. It is compofed of fibres, for 
 
 the intenuon of the motion : of flefli, for the fubftance ; of tendons, which perform 
 
 J the
 
 T/fi'j] ^rn'r-( /^'fW/r //r/r/zr/z/J j<>(/y
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 41 
 
 the aftion : of arteries, by which it is nouriflied -, of" veins, which carry back the 
 fuperfluous nourifhment ; of nerves, which give fenfe, and convey the motive fa- 
 culty to the brain ; of membranes, which encompafs and keep the muicles together; 
 of fat, which moiftens them and keeps them from being dried by too much mo- 
 tion. The fibres and flefh are only extended according to the flraight poficion of 
 the fibres; the tendon is in the beginning and end; the arteries and veins run 
 through the fubftanceof the mufcle; the nerve, as foon as it is entered into the fub- 
 ftance, is difperled into a great number of twigs, which end in it, and become in- 
 confpicuous ; the membrane is proper to the mufcle only, and fprings either fronn 
 the tendons, or is framed by nature in the firfl conformation of the parts ; thr fat 
 lies in void fpaces to prevent a vacuum or emptinefs. The adlion of a mufcle is 
 voluntary or free motion. This aftion or motion is three-fold : firrt, when the 
 mufcle is contraded towards its head within itielf, thereby relaxing the oppofite 
 mulcle: kcondly, when the motion is tonic, fo that being contraftcd it remains fo; 
 the two motions are primary, perfe, and not accidental : thirdly, when (after con- 
 tradion) it is relaxed, or rellored to its former pofition, which motion is acciden- 
 tal, and proceeds from another ; and therefore mufcles are always placed one againft 
 another as antagonitls. The manner of this adtion or motion varies according to the 
 variety of parts ; for, in the throat, it is fwallowing ; in the arm, bending and 
 ftrctching forth ; in the anus, expulfion and retention ; &c. This motion is vo- 
 luntary or free ; for we can halten or flackcn, make or flop, this motion, as we 
 plcafe : but there are feme fingular mufclts, as of the infide of the ear, the midriff, 
 the mufcles of the cheft, and of the eye-lids, whole motion is partly voluntary, 
 partly natural, btrcaufe they often perform their aftions when we have no thought 
 or will thereto. Thofe muicles which only perform continual or flrong motions, 
 which are all iuch as are appomted for moving the bones, have tendons ; but thofe 
 which move other parts, as the tongue, li,s, forehead, face, bladder, anus, &c. 
 feldom have any ; tor the muicles move themfclves only, as thofe of the anus and 
 bladder ; or they move with themfclves and the fkin alfo, as in the lips, forehead, 
 and face; or they move a bone, and fuch, by reafon of the flrong motion, require 
 tendons. The diverfuy of this motion comes from the diverfity of the fuuation: 
 fo a flraight mufcle has a flraight motion ; a tranfverfe, a tranfverle motion ; an 
 oblique, an oblique motion ; and that which compares a part has an orbicular 
 motion, as the fphinfters. The efficient caufe of thefe adlions, or motions, is the 
 foul of the creature, inclined thereto by the appetite or will: now the foul ufes 
 three inflruments to perform the a6lion : firfl, the brain, to receive the charge; 
 "fecondly, f he nerve, to carry it to the mulcle ; thirdly, the mulcle, to perform the 
 29. M action
 
 42 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 aftion itfelf. The differences of mufcles are various : firft, from their fubftance?. 
 fome are fledi, as feveral of the tongue and larynx •, fome membranous, as the con^ 
 ftrictores of the nofe ; fome partly flefhy, partly nervous, as the temporal mufcles: 
 fecondly, from their quantity ; the greateft of ail is the firil of thofe which extend 
 over the breaft ; for it afcends from the end of the os.facrum,,to the firft vertebra 
 of the thorax : the leaft of all is the internal mufcle of the ear : thirdly, from their 
 fituation fourthly,, from their figure, or form, or number,, as the mufcle dd- 
 toides ; the mufcle bicipites, having tw^o heads ; alfo fome have two tails: fifthly, 
 from their beginnings •, fome proceed from bones, fome from cartilages, as thofe 
 of the larynx; fome from tendons, as the lum.bricales -, fixchly,.from the a6lion,j 
 fome move by fympathy, as the fraterni, or congeneres ; or by. antipathy, as ths 
 antagoniji^; fome move themfelves only, as the fphinclers ; fom.e move other parts ; 
 fome have only one motion, as moft of the mufcles ; fome have more than one, as 
 the mafleter and trapefius •, fome are fiexores, fome exUn/ores, fome roiatores, foroe 
 fupinatores. As to its being a fimilar part, it is only faid to be fo according to fenfe 
 or appearance-, and that it is fuch, it appears, forafmuch as it forms not of itfelf 
 alone the moft fimple crganical part, as a finger or toe, &c. but they take into 
 their compofition, with a mufcle, feveral other fimilar parts, as bones, cartilages, 
 membranes, fl<in, &c. Moreover a truly difiimilar or organical part is only found 
 in itfelf, not in other parts : but a mufcle, as it is but a part of all diffimilar parts, 
 ff) it goes univerfally or every where to the conftitution of all organical partSj which 
 even the moft fimple organical parts do not. 
 
 The mufcles of the head are either proper, from which comes the primary mo- 
 tion upon the firft vertebra, to which it is immediately and clofely joined, being 
 bent forward and backward, or turned round; and they are in number eighteen 
 fingle, or nine pair : or common, which are thofe, which together with the head 
 move the neck, and thefe are the mufcles of the neck, of which in their proper place. 
 The firft pair is cMed fpkmus or fpknicus, or triangularis; it proceeds from the 
 firft vertebra of the breaft, is fpread out on each fide upon the vertebra, reaching to 
 the third vertebra of the neck,, from whence it is carried to the middle of the occL- 
 put V its ufe is to draw the head direftly backwards : but, if only one of the mufcles 
 aft, the motion is circular to one fide. The fecond pair is called complexiis or tri- 
 geminus: it isa large mufcle affifting the other. It has divers beginnings at the 
 fevemh vertebra of the neck, and at the firft, third, and fourth, of the breaft, and is 
 after a different manner terminated in the occiput. The third pair is called fub 
 fecundo, and inferted into the hindermoft root of t^eprocefus mcmmillaris : its ufe is 
 i^htlyta bring. the head backwards j or backwards to one fide, if but one muf- 
 cle
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 43' 
 
 cle afts. The fourth pair, called reSii majores^ are fmall, flefliy, and lean, and fpring" 
 from the edge of the fecond fpondil or vertebra of the neck, ending in the middle of 
 the occiput. The fifth pair, czWtd re£fi minores^ lie concealed under the former, 
 proceeding from the back part of the firft fpondil, or vertebra of the neck, and is 
 inferted into the occiput } its ufe is the fame with the third and fourth pair. Tha 
 fixth pair is called ohliqui majores ; it lies beneath and fprings from the procefs of the 
 firft vertebra, and ends in the occiput, by the outfide of the re^i. The feventh pair 
 is called obliijui minores ; it arifes from the fecond vertebra of the neck, is inferted 
 into the tranverfe procefs of the firft vertebra, and terminates in the occiput : the ufa 
 of thefe two oblique pair is to bring the head about to the fides. The eighth pair, 
 called majloides, is placed in the forepart -, they arife for the moft part double, longi 
 and round, in the forepart of the neck, from the upper part of the Jiernum or breaft- 
 bone, and midft of the davicula, and is obliquely inferted into the mammillary 
 procefs, which it embraces--, its ufe is- to turn the head. The ninth pair, called 
 fallopiani, lies under the throat in the forepart of the neck, and near the firft pair of 
 the neck ; it arifes nervous from the ligaments of the vertebra of the neck, and is 
 inferted into the bafis of the head, which it turns in like manner as the former;- 
 
 The mufcJes of the forehead have their original from the upper parts of the fore- 
 head and fkuU, nearth'e coronal future, and, being fpread out upon the bone there-, 
 of, they end at the eye-brows, that they might lift them up, being fevered in the 
 midft of the forehead, right above the nofe ; but knit at the fides to the temporal 
 mufcles, 
 
 Themufcles of the occiput, or hind part of the head, are rather membranes, whicii 
 draw backwards the fkin of the head, in fuch perfons as have the fiiin moveable. 
 
 The two eye-lids are moved by four mufcles : the- firft .is the frontalis, which is- 
 ftraighr, belonging to the upper eye-lid, to lift up the brow. The fecond is the 
 mufciihis ciliar is primus, which compafTes about each of the eye-lids. Tiie third is the 
 mufculus ciliaris fecundus, which is drawn out under the eye-lids, and arifing from the. 
 circumference of the ori'zVrt, or focket of the eye ; the ufe of thefe «7/flm is to-fliut 
 the eye lids. The fourth is orbicularis niaj or \ it is of a finger's breadth, encompafies 
 the furface of the orbita, or focket, and being placed under each eye-lid, and reach- 
 ing as far as th« eye-brow, it clofely fhuts the eye-lids, by lifting up the lower, and 
 drawing down the eye-brow. 
 
 The eye hath fix mufcles, of which four are ftraight,- and two oblique or circu- 
 lar; they are all feated within the cavity of the flcuU, and accompany the optic 
 nerve. The firft mufcle is called attolkns qv fuderbus ; it is the upper and thicker, 
 and is the lifter up of the eye, being the proud yr Icornful mufcle. The lecond is 
 
 caljed
 
 44 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN; 
 
 caUed depfimeifs (the deprefler) and mufculus htmilis ; it is placed oppofite to the 
 other, and draws the eyes downwards towards the checks. The third is called ad- 
 dacens, the drawer to ; alio U^crius, the reading mufcle, becaule i. moves he eye in- 
 wards towards the nofe. The fourth is called aMucens, the drawer from, becaufe ic 
 draws the eye to the outward corner ; it is alfo termed the indignatorius, as being t!ie 
 mulcle of indignation. All thefe four mufcles have the fame original, progrels, and 
 end ; the beginning of them all is acute, near the hole where the opnc nerve enters 
 into the fockct of theeye,from the membrane whereof they arife; thei;- belly is flcihy 
 and round, and their end a very fmail tendon : by all thefe four ading together, the 
 eye is kept from flirring. The fifth mufcle, called obliquus major^ or Juperi.r, 
 arifcs Irom a common beginn'ng with the firft four, is cavried right out to the inner 
 •corner of the eye, wher-" it p ■!! s our and afeends in a right angle to the upper fide 
 ■of the cornea: this mufcle is the fmallell of all, and has the longeft tendon, by 
 which it wheels the eye about unto the inner corner. The fixth mufcle, calied obli- 
 fuus interms minor et inferior, is a fhort, lean, round, and oblique, mukie, levied 
 between the eyes and tendons of the fecond and third mufcle; it fprings from the 
 lower and almoll outward part of the orbit of the eye, and, afcending by the out- 
 ward corner to the upper pare of the eye, is infened into the cornea by the region of 
 the iris. It whirls about the eye obliquely downwards to its external or outward 
 corner. 
 
 The mufcles of the external part of the ear are four pair: of the internal part, 
 two pair ; but in moft people the ears are immoveable, becaufe of the fmallnefs of 
 the mufcles and little need of their motion. Of the four firft mufcles, three are 
 common with other parts •, the fourth is proper to itielf. The firft mufcle is called 
 ■deprimens, common to the ear and each lip, and is a part of the firft mufcle which 
 moves the cheeks and fkin of the face, and is called quadratus, the fquare mufcle, 
 very thin and broad, and is implanted into the root of the ear, and pulls it down. 
 The fecond is called anttorjtim ducens, or the drawer forwards ; it is a part of the 
 frontal mufcle, which is carried above the temporal mufcle, and is inferred into the 
 upper part of the ear. The third mufcle is called retrorfum ducens, or abdiicejts ad 
 pojleriera, the drawer back, and arifes from a part of the occipital mufcle. above the 
 frocejfus tnammllaris, with a narrow beginning, from whence, growing broader, it is 
 carried downwards tranfverfely, and inferted into the hinder part of the ear. The 
 fourth mufck is called triparitus, or atiokns, the lifter up ; it arifes from the procejjus 
 mammillairis, and being broad it grows narrow by little and little, till at laft it ends 
 in a tendon, and is inferted into the root of the ear. This is the only proper mufcle 
 
 to the.ear, and is rather ihree^fold, becaufe ic has three infer tions, though all fpring 
 
 from
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 45 
 
 from one place. The fifth mufcle which belongs to the external part of the ear is 
 called externus ; it is very ftnall, fpringing from the (kin and membrane which cover 
 the palTage of the ear-, then, becoming flefhy, it paffcth by a fhort tendon to the out- 
 ward part of the tympanum, and is inferted about the centre of it. The fixth mufcle 
 which belongs to the internal part of the ear, is called iniermis, it is fmall, and placed 
 VI kh'mihc OS pet rofunty with a double tendon, one of which is fixed to the higher 
 procefs of the malleolus or hammer, the other to its neck. It arifes from the bafis of 
 the wedge-like bone, then becomes fomewhat flefhy, afterwards narrower, and end* 
 in a double tendon. Its ufe is to draw the head of the hammer obliquely inward. 
 
 The nofe has eight mufcles, or four pair, efpecially in large nofcd people, but they 
 are fmall, becaufe the motion of the nofe is little. The firft pair are called opener» 
 or wideners ; they are flefhy, arife from the cheek-bone near the mufcle of the lips 
 and fides of the nofe; they are inferted partly into a part of the upper lip, partly 
 into the lower wing, and end in the top of the nofe. The fecond pair are called 
 ere£fores or aperientes, openers : they are mofl:ly triangular, and with a fharp and flefliy 
 beginning fpring from the future of the forehead by the foramen lachrymale, under 
 the tear glandule, and, cleaving to the bone, are outwardly inferted and carried to the 
 pinna, wings, or fides of the nofe. The third pair are called conftringentes, or pullino- 
 together: they are little, arife fiefliy about the roots of the pinna, are carried along 
 tranfverfely, and inferted into the corners of the wings : their ufe is a little to fhuc 
 the noflirils. The fourth pair are called deprimentes: thefe are exceeding firm, and 
 membranous, lie hid under the coat of the noftrils in the inner part; they arife from 
 the extremity of the os naft, and are implanted into ihe pinna or wings; their ufe is 
 to deprcfs the nofe, or pull it downwards. 
 
 The mufcles common to both cheeks and lips are, i. Zigomaticus or quadratus 
 detrahens : it is a thin mufcle like a membrane, interlaced with flefhy fibres. Ic 
 arifes from the vertebra of the neck, in the outward fide, and afcending up by the 
 oblique fibres to the face is implanted in the chin, and terminated in the meeting 
 of the two lips : this pair draws the lips backwards. 2. BucciruUor, the trumpeter, 
 or cheek driver or mover : this pair lieth under the former in the upper part of it ; 
 and makes up all that part of the cheek which is blown up when a trumpet is 
 founded. It arifes from the top of the gums near the fartheft grinders, and ends 
 in each lip. The mufcles proper to the lips, are either proper to each lip, or 
 common to both. The upper lip has two pair of mufcles proper to it; the 
 lower has but one. The firft pair is attokns or furfum trahens, which draws the 
 lip upwards : it fprings from the corner between the eyes and the nofe, and is 
 inferted into the fubftance of the upper lip. The fecond pair, called deorjum movens, 
 29. N arifes
 
 46 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 arifcs from the upper jaw-bone, juft in the cavity of the cheeks, under the focket 
 of the eye, tliin, but broad and flefhy. The third pair, called deorftim trahens, 
 proper to the lower lip only, arifes from the middle of the chin, with a broad 
 beginning, and afcends direilly to the middle of the lower lip, which it moves 
 upwards. The mufcle alfo common or belonging to both lips are alfo three pair : 
 Firft, Oblique furfum trahens, that which obliquely draws upwards. The fecond pair 
 common is oblique deorfum lrahe?is, or deprimens, moving the lips obliquely down- 
 wards. The third common to both lips is circular, encompafling and conftituting 
 the whole mouth, making the proper fubftance of the lips : by help whereof, the 
 mouth is purfed up, or drawn together. 
 
 The mufcles of the lower jaw are in number twelve, viz. fix pair, being fix on 
 either fide. i. Temporalis, crotaphites, the temporal mufcle, fo called from its fitua- 
 tion, becaufe it poflTeflrs the cavities of the temples: it is the greateft of all the jaw 
 mufcles, being very firm and ftrong, it runs along under the as zigoma, and is by a 
 very ftrong and nervous tendon inferted into the fiiarp procefs of the jaw-bone. Its 
 ufe is forcibly to pull up the lower jaw, and to fhut the mouth. 2. Majfeter, the 
 chewing mufcle, or firft chewer : it is placed in the cheeks, and arifes from a double 
 head. It is inferted into the inferior jaw-bone, by a very broad and ftrong connec- 
 tion. 3. Alare exierman, the outward wing mufcle. It ariies from the os fphanoidei 
 and the external procejfus alaris, with a beginning partly nervous and partly fiefhy, 
 and is inferted into the neck of the lower jaw-bone, and in the inner feat of the head. 
 Its ufe is to move forwards and thruft out. 4. Majfeter internus, the other chewer, is 
 thick and fhort, and is implanted into the inner and hinder part of the jaw, with 
 a broad and ftrong tendon. Its ufe is to afTift the temporal mufcle. 5. Mujcuhts latus, 
 the double- bellied mufcle, or broad mul'cle. It is nervous in the middle, and flefhy 
 at the ends, and is inferted into the chin, under the bending of the jaw, faftened to 
 a ligament, left it fhould go too far back. Its ufe is to draw the jaw downwards to 
 open the mouth. 6. Mufculus latus, the broad or broadeft mufcle. It arifes from 
 the upper part oi ihejlernum, the clavicula, and ftioulder-point, and, covering the 
 whole neck and face, it cleaves firmly to the inferior jaw, and is fixed in the middle 
 of the chin. Thefourlaft mufcles draw the jaw upwards, and are exceeding ftrong; 
 the laft two only draw it downwards, becaufe it would be apt to deprefs itfelf. 
 
 The mufcles of the os hyoides or tongue bone, which is the foundation of the 
 
 tongue, are in number four pair. i. Sterno-byoides ■• it arifes from the inner but upper 
 
 part oiihejlcrmini, and refting upon the windpipe lies concealed in the fore part 
 
 vnder the fliin. 2. Genio-hjoides, which arifes from the inner part of the chin, fleftiy, 
 
 I broad.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 47 
 
 broad, (hort, and is inferted into the middle or hollow of the os hyoides. 2. Stylo~ 
 cerato-hyoides : it arifes from the root of the procejfusjiyloldes, being lean, round, and 
 feated under the chin. 4. Ceraca hyoides : it arifes at the firft, fmall, lean, and long^ 
 from the upper fide of thefcapula, becomes flefhy about the neck, and, pafiing under 
 the levator of the flioulder- blade, is inferted into the point of ihthyoides. This pair 
 is long, and has two bellies, being extenuated in the middle like a tendon. 
 
 The mufcles moving the tongue are in number five pair : i. S/ylogloJfum, arifing 
 from theoutfide oi the appendix Jiyloidcs, and ending with tranfverfe fibres, in both 
 fides of the tongue ; it moves the tongue inwards ; and by reafon of the interwoven 
 fibres, they lift the tongue upwards, if they adb both together: or upwards only on 
 one fide, if only one ads. 2. Myloglojfum, arifing from the fides of the lower jaw, 
 at the roots of the grinding teeth, and ending under the bafis of the tongue in the 
 ligament : when boih a6l, they move the tongue to the palate and upper teeth, 
 but when one ads the tongue is moved obliquely upwards. 3. Genioglop'.m, arifing 
 inwardly from the middle of the chin, and terminates almofb in the middle of the 
 tongue inwardly. Its ufe is tothruft the tongue out of the mouth, and alfo to draw 
 it in again, fo that it feems to perform contrary adtions. 4. Hypftloglojjum^ arifing 
 flefhy out of the upper and middle region of the os hyoides^ runs along accord- 
 ing to the length of the tongue ; and is terminated into the middle of it : this 
 pair draws the tongue inward. 5. Ceratoglofftim, which arifes from the upper horns 
 of the hyoides, and is obliquely inferted into the fides of the tongue, near the root 
 thereof. It moves the tongue downward toward the inward parts, when both afl ; 
 but to the right or left fide, if only one be contraified. 
 
 The mufcles of the /arvw-v, or wind-pipe, are either common or proper-, the com- 
 mon are two pair, Jlernothyroides and hyothyroides. t. Sternothyroides arifes from the 
 inner fide of the Jiermtn, runs along by the laryfix, and is inferted beneath into the 
 fides of the fcuiiformis, or fiiield-fafbened gridle. This ftraightens the chink of the 
 larynx, by drawing down the fcuiiformis. Hyothyroides, arifes from the lower fide 
 of the OS hyoides, being broad and flefhy, and touches the fcutiformis, and is inferted 
 into its bafi:^. It widens the chink, by lifting up the fcutiformis. Thefe common 
 mufcles are implanted into the larynx, but do not arife therefrom. The proper 
 mufcles are five pair : i. T'hyrccrycoides, arifes from the lowed part of the fcutiformis 
 and ends at the annularis, and is inferted into the laternal parts of the thvroides. 2. 
 Crycothyroides rifes from the hinder fide of the annulAris, flefhy ; and is inferted into 
 the lower part of theglottalis, with a nervous end, opening the larynx by drawing 
 afunder the two griftles called arytenoides. 3. Crycoarytenoides laterale, fprings above 
 from the fide of the annularis ^ and is implanted at the fides of theglottalis into the 
 
 joint.
 
 4? CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 joint, and opens the larynx with the fame oblique motion of the griftks. 4. Thyroary' 
 tencides, or glottoides; this helps the former, and, fpringing from the inner and 
 forepart of the thyroides, is terminated into the laternal part or fides of the glottalis, or 
 arylcnoides, which fhuts the larynx by a ftraight paflfage ; if this pair is inflamed in a 
 quinfey, it is mortal, becaufe it exaftly fhuts the chink. 5. Arytenoides is a round 
 mufcle, compaffing the ewer-lils.e cartilage: it arifes from the hinder line of the 
 guttdis, and, being carried along with tranfverfe fibres, is inferted into the fides 
 thereof. 
 
 The uvula has two pair of mufcles, two on either fide, viz. an external and inter- 
 nal pair. I. Ptery-Jlaphflinus extermts rifes from the upper jaw, and under the lad 
 grinding tooth, ends in a fmall tendon, which paffes through a chink on the upper 
 fide of the pterygoides. 2. Ptery-ftaphylimts intertms proceeds from the lower part of 
 the internal wing of the pterigoides, and alcsrnding according to the longitude of the 
 wing is inferred in like manner into the uvula. 
 
 The pharynx or throat, which is the beginning of the cefophagus or gullet, has fe- 
 ven mufcles belonging to it, viz. three pair, and one without a fellow, i. Spha- 
 ffii/)Z'^r/«o-<««, whichfprings from the (harp point of ihefpkenoides, and, paffing down- 
 wards, is inferted into the lateral parts of the pharynx, or throat, to pull up the 
 mouth of the ftomach, that it may receive the ineat. 2. Chepbalepharyngceus, which 
 fpringsfrom the part where the head is joined to tlie neck, and, running down, is 
 fpread about the pharynx or cefophagus, feeming to make the membrane of it. 3. Sty- 
 bpharingaus, which fprings from ihe fiyloides procefs, and is inferted into the fides of 
 the pharynx, both to dilate and amplify it. 4. CE/ophagus, the mufcle without a 
 fellow, being only a fphinder-like mufcle, encompaffing the gullet. It fprings from 
 one fide of theihyroides, and circularly encompaffing the hinder part of the pharynx 
 is tied to both the fides of the thyroides^ to contrad the mouth of the ftomach as 
 nhe fphinlfer doth the anus. 
 
 The mufcles of the neck are four pair. The two firft pair, to wit, mufculus longus 
 and mufculus fcalenus, bend the neck -, the two latter pair, viz. mufculus tranfverjalis 
 and mufculus fpinatus, extend it. i. Longus, lies under the afophagus or gullet, fprings 
 from the fifth vertebra of the breaft, with a beginning tlelhy and (harp, afcends la- 
 terally, annexed to all the bodies of the vertebra, terminating in the cxtuberant pro- 
 cefs of the vertebra, with an acute tendon, andfometimes is inferted into the occiput ^ 
 near its great holej 2. fcalenus, it arifes flelhy, at the fide of the neck, from the firft rib, 
 and is inferted inwaidly, by oblique fibres, into all the tranfverfe procefies of the 
 vertebra of the neck ; through this pair, the veins and arteries enter into the ar.Ti. 
 £. Tranfverfalis, arifing from tlie tranfv'erfe eminences or procefies of the fix upper- 
 
 moft
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 49 
 
 mod vertebra of the breaft, and is infcrtcd into ail the external tranfverfe eminences 
 of the neck. 4. SpinatiiSy arifing from the roots of the feven uppermofl: vertebrae of 
 the bread, five of the neck, and is infertcd into the fpine or point of the fecond ver- 
 tebra of the neck. 
 
 The mufcles of the bread or thorax are in number fixteen, viz. eight on either fide, 
 of which the firft five widen or life up the breaft : the laft three contrad it ; to thefe 
 add, as a ninth, one peculiar mufcle, called diaphragma or the midriff, i. Subclavius^ 
 it arifes from the inner part of the clavictila, is of a flefhy fubftance, and is drawn up- 
 wards and outwards, and inferted into the upper part of the firft rib. 2. Serratus 
 tnajor, the greater faw-like mufcle ; it reaches from the inner bafis of the fcapula 
 unto fix and fometimes feven of the ribs. 3. Serratus pcjikus fuperior, which grows 
 out of the fharp points or fpines of the three lower vertebra of the neck, and the firft 
 of the back, and inferted into the three upper ribs, and fometimes into the fourth. 
 4. Mujculi intercojlales exterm, thefe are eleven pair in number, but perform the office 
 of one mufcle only ; are interwoven, totally flefiiy, and arife from the lower parts 
 of the upper ribs, and, defcending obliquely towards the back parts, are inferted 
 into the upper parts of the lower ribs, terminating on the cartilages. 5. Triangula- 
 ris, it is fmall and thin in lean perfons, fprings out of the inner and lower part of the 
 Jlernum, and is inferted into the cartilages of the lower ribs, as far as the third or 
 fourth of the baftard ribs. 6. Sacrolumbus, which fprings from the osfacrum, and the 
 fpinous proceflTes of the loins, and is inferted into the upper ribs near their roots, 
 beftowing upon each rib a double tendon, one external, the other ifiternal. 7. Ser- 
 ratus pojiicus inferior, it is oppofite to the fuperior ; and both of them, by a broad 
 and membranous tendon, fo grow together, chat they ferve inftead of a band to 
 keep the hinder mufcle of the back-bone together : it grows out of the fpines or 
 procefles of the three loweft vertebra of the back, and firft of the loins, is terminated 
 into three or four of the lower ribs. 8. Mufculi intercoftales i»terni, thefe are the fame 
 in number and place with the exlrnii, and lie diredly under them ; they are carried 
 obliquely from the nether rib to the uppermoft, and have fibres contrary to thofe 
 of the external, crolTwife interfered. 9. Diaphragnia or midriff, called alfo precor- 
 dia, becaufe it is ftretched out before the heart ; and phrenes, becaufe, being affedled, 
 the mind and fenfes aredifturbed, by reafon of the conlent it has with the brain : fo 
 that, when the midriff is inflamed, a phrenzy is caufed. It is one in number, an in. 
 ftrument of free motion, and an admirable kind of mufcle, both in regard of its 
 compofition and continual aflion or motion, fcrving alfo as a wall of partition to 
 fever the vital and natural parts one from another. The head of it is in the nervous 
 centre, but the tail in, the circumference of the lower fliort ribs, from whence it 
 29- arifes. 
 
 ^
 
 ,50 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 arifes, and through which it is obliquely drawn about, as far as to the vertebra ot 
 the loins. It has a double membrane for ftrength fake : the upper is from ihcpkura^ 
 to which the pericardium is firmly fattened, and fometimes alfo the lobes of the lungs; 
 the lower is from the peritonaeum. 
 
 The mulcles of the back and loins are four pair; the firfl: pair is quadratum, ad- 
 hering to the tranfverfe procefles of the vertebra of the loins, arifing inwardly from- 
 ihe OS ilium and osfacrum, broad and flefhy. Its ufe is to bend the vertebra of the 
 loins. 2. Longijfmm, arifes with an acute and ftrong tendon from the extremity of 
 the OS facrum^ the vertebra of the loins, and os ilii, having the fame beginning with 
 the facrolum bus ; to the vertebra of the back it gives tendons like clafps, terminating 
 fometimes in the firft vertebra of the breaft , and fometimes at the mammillary procejfes. 
 3. Sacrum arifes from the osfacrum behind, being flefhy, and terminates in the twelfth 
 vertebra of the bread. 4. Semifpinatum, which arifes where the former ends, and em- 
 bracing all the fpines of the vertebra of the breaft, and giving them tendons, it ter- 
 minates in the fpine of the firft vertebra of the breaft. The ufes of thefe three laft 
 are to extend the breaft, loins, and their vertebrae : if all the eight mufcles adt, they 
 hold the back ftraight, and as it were uphold a man. 
 
 The mufcles of the abdomen or belly cover the lower belly, and have their nameg 
 partly from their ficuation and rife, and partly from their figure. They are in 
 number ten, or five pair, whofe principal ufes are to impel the internal parts, and 
 to move the osfacrum and ilium : or to make a proper retention and comprefiion of 
 the parts in the belly : to provoke voiding the excrements, or help the expulfive 
 faculty of the womb and bladder. Their temperament is hot and moift, to cherilh 
 natural heat and concoflion : they are moderately thick, to defend the parts, and, 
 when very flefhy, they add much to the comelinefs of the body. The firft pair is 
 obliquus defcendens, fo called by reafon of its fibres, which defcend obliquely. Ic 
 rifcs in the breaft from the lower part of the fixth, feventh, and eighth, ribs, and 
 terminates in the white line by a broad tendon. 2. Obliquus afcendens is fituated 
 next the former, in a triangular figure, rifing flefhy from the rib of the os ilii, but 
 membranous from the fharp procefles of the vei'tebr^e of the loins, and from the 
 Iliarp points of ihe os facrum : it afcends obliquely, and terminates in a double 
 tendon embracing the mufculus reSfus like a fheath ; but the duplicity appears only 
 above the navel, for below it it is united infeparably. 3. Mufculus reBus; its ori- 
 ginal is flefhy, from ihe Jlermm, on each fide the fword-like cartilage, and from the 
 cartilages of the four baftard ribs: it has three nervous infertions which ftrength- 
 en it ; and veins which run along the longitude of it, viz. the mammari^ defcendens 
 tes from the breafts, and the epgaflriccs afcendentes from the womb in women, but 
 
 from
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 51 
 
 from the vena cava in men •, which meet about the middle of this mufcle, extend- 
 ing as far as the region of the navel, and are there terminated. Thefe two veins are 
 joined by anajlomafis, from whence the coni'ent of the womb with the breafls is 
 caufcd ; which, being handled, excites women to venery. 4. Mufculi piramidaks^ the 
 pyramidal mufcles, lie upon the extremities of the mtifculi re£fi, and rife with a fielhy 
 beginning from the external fhare bone, where all the nerves enter •, and, growing 
 narrower by degrees, they terminate with a fliarp point in the tendon of the tranf- 
 verfe mufcle. Their office is to comprefs the bladder, and therefore they fend their 
 tendons, between the mufculi redii, into that part of \.\\t peritonaum which include.'! 
 the bladder. 5. Mufiuli tranfverji, the crofs mufcle, arifing from a certain ligament 
 which fprings out of the csfacrum; and, terminating by a broad membranous ten- 
 don in the linea alba, ftick extremely fall: to xhtperitou^emt every where except abouj 
 i\\f: pubis. Its proper ufcis to comprefs the colon. 
 
 The mufcles of the os ilium undfacrum are moved forward in coition by the mufa;, 
 lireSii and obliq^ui defcendentes of the belly, the breaft refting and the thigh remaining 
 unmoved. They are moved backwards by the mufcuks facer and femifpinaius, which 
 arifefrom the vertebra of the back, &c. 
 
 The mufcles of the /mj or yard are two pair ; the firfl: pair caWcd ere f/or, or 
 dire^or ; the latter, accelerator. 1. EreSfor, or pencM erigens, is a ftiort and thick pair, 
 arifing nervous under the beginning of the yard, from the innermolt bunching out 
 of the ifchium, and, being knit unto the ligament of the yard, growing Bclhy, it 
 reaches fide-ways as far as the middle of the body thereof: their ufes are to eredl 
 and keep up the yard in coition. 2. Mufculi accekrateres, or par uretbram dilatanSy . 
 are longer than the former, but thinner or leaner ; they arife both from thcfphivM^r 
 oi xhz anus and internal tuberofity of the ifchium or huckle-bone, are fpread ous 
 under the urethra., carried beneath, and inlerted into the fides thereof, about its mid- 
 dle : its ufe is to dilate or widen the urethra both for the pafiage of the urine and 
 for the feed in coition. Thefe are the mufcles where an appertion is commonly 
 made in cutting for the ftone. 
 
 The mufcles of x\\z clitoris, proper to female fubjedls, are like thofe in a mane's 
 yard, the fame in number, and to the fame intent. The two uppermoft being round, 
 rife from the internal knob of the ifchium, and, being placed by the lateral ligaments, 
 caufe the ereftion of it. The two lower are broad and fmooth, and proceed frorri 
 l\\s fphinoler of the anus. 
 
 The mufcles of the tefticles are either proper or common. The proper mufcles' 
 are only the pair called crcmajier, arifing from a ftrong ligament in the es pubis^ 
 where the tranfverfe mufcles of the belly end, of which they feem to be parts -, they 
 
 I pajs
 
 5?. CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 pafs through the produflion of the pcrilon.nm which they compafs nearly about, and 
 pafs with the fpermatic vcITels to the ftones; they are fhorter in won:ien than in men, 
 and are placed above the produftion of the peri fo/hsum : their ufe is to fuftain or hold 
 up the ftones. The common mufcle is the membrane of the fcrotum called daTtos, 
 being a continuation of the flefhy membrane j and this mufculous membrane fuf- 
 jiends both tefticles. 
 
 The bladder has but one mufcle, c^iWedfphinner, which encompafles the neck of 
 the bladder, in an orbicular form, as alfo are the fibres. It is fle(hy, drawn back 
 over the projiatie or auxiliary tefticles ; it ejaculates the feed in coition. In women 
 it readies to the hole by which the urine pafles, and it feems to form it. 
 
 The mufcles of the anus, or fundament, are either the fphinSler or the levatores -, 
 the Jphincier mufcle, called am conftriulor, the fhutteror contraclor, is flefhy, (and 
 witliout the ftraight gut two inches broad ;) arifes from the lower vertebra of the 
 csjacrum ; and is encompafled with the tranfverfe fibres all along the anus : it is faft- 
 ened on the fore part to the paflage of the bladder by fibrous couplings, to the yard, 
 to whofe mufcles it gives beginning ; and to the neck of the womb : on the hinder 
 partit is inferred into the coccyx or crupper-bone, and at the fides it is faftened into 
 the OS coxs. The nmfculi levatores are four, or two pair •, one pair of which are broad, 
 and one narrow. AlufcuU levatores lati, arlfe from the osfacrtim and os ilium, and are 
 inferted into the Xaxge'c fphinSlcr, Mufculi levatores tenues, the narrow mufcles: of 
 which the foremoft arifes from the tranfverfe ligament ; the hindermoft from the 
 coccyx, whereunto they are terminated. 
 
 The mufcles of the ftioulder-blade, or fcapula, are four, according to the number 
 of its motions, viz. forward and backward, upward and downward : i.ferratus minor, 
 the fmaller faw-like mufcle, arifing from the four upper ribs, and afcending ob- 
 liquely upwards, with an end partly flefhy, partly tendinous, and is inferted into the 
 fcapula ; it ufe is to draw forwards into the breaft : 2. trapezius, cuculares, arifes flefhy 
 from the hinder part of the head towards the ear, from whence it defcends to the 
 eighth vertebra of the breaft, and, from thence growing fmall by degrees, it is inferted 
 into the back-bone, top of the flioulder, and clavicula ; it moves the fcapula varioufiy, 
 according to its oblique fibres : 3. rhomboides, or diamond-like mufcle, fituatc under 
 the cucularis, thin and broad, arife from the three lovjer vertebra: of the neck and the 
 three upper vertebra of the breaft, and in the fame breadth are inferted into the ex- 
 ternal bafis oi the fcapula ; it draws back a little obliquely upwards : 4. levator muf- 
 culuspatientict, arifes from the tranfverfe apophyfes of the fecond, third, and fourth, 
 vertebra of the neck, and is inferted into the higher and lower corners of the fcapula-, 
 its ufe is to lift the fhoulder up. 
 
 The
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 53 
 
 The arm is varioudy moved, therefore has it many mufcles, to wit, nine in num- 
 ber. I. Pe5ioralis is great and flefhy, arifingfrom the whole breaft-bone, and griftle 
 thereof, the Jiernum, and above half the clavicula, and is by a fharp tendon inferted 
 into the (houlder-bone, between the delloides and the biceps. 2. Deltoides, from 
 likenefs to the letter a, fprings from the middle of the clavicula, and the acromium, 
 and is inferted into the middle of the arm or flioulder bone. 3. Latijfimus, fprings 
 from the vertebra of the loins, and of nine vertebrae of the back, and is inferted 
 into a part of the arm, between the peftoral and round niufcle, with a ftrong, • 
 fhort, and broad, tendon : this with its fellow of the other arm covers almoft the 
 whole back : it is called anifcalptor, becaufe it draws the arm backwards and down- 
 wards. 4. Rotundus major is fielhy, thicker, and rounder, than the reft, obliquely 
 feared behind under the axilla, and arifes from the lower rib of the fcapula, which, 
 afcending a little with its tendon, (hort, broad, and ftrong, is inferted (with the 
 pedtoral mufclej into the middle of tlie arm. 5. Rotundus minor, is (hort, round, 
 quite flefhy, and arifes with a fharp beginning out of the lower corner of the fcapula, 
 terminating with an acute end in that ligament, with which the head of the ftioulder 
 is involved. 6. Infra fpinatus, arifes in the middle between the fmaller round mufcle 
 and the fpina, covers the whole external bunching part of the fcapula ; then, becom- 
 ing more narrow, it is inferted into the neck of the arm, or flioulder. 7. Supra- 
 fpinalus, is fleflTy, and arifes out of the fpine of the upper rib oi' the fcapula, then, 
 being conveyed under the acromium, it is inferted with a broad and ftrong tendon 
 into the neck of the arm, at the ligament of the joint. 8. Subfcapularis, or immerfus, 
 is very fleftiy, and paffes between the fcapula and ribs, pofleffing the hollow and 
 inward part of the flioulder-blade, then is carried out, and inferted, with a broad 
 tendon, internally into the fecond ligament of the humerus. Coracoides, is inferted 
 into the inner part of the flioulder, about the middle of the arm, by the tendon of 
 the deltoides. Its beginning is nervous and fliort : and its belly has an hole in 
 it (whence its name) to give a paflage to the nerves running to the mufcles of the 
 cubit. 
 
 The cubit or elbow has two bones, the ulna and radius : the ulna ferves for flexion 
 and extenfion J but the radius for pronation and fupination. The ulna is bended 
 by two mufcles, the biceps and brachieus internus, and extended by four, viz. longus, 
 brevis, cubitalis, und brachieus externus. 1. Biceps, arifes from the fcapula, round and 
 tendinous, which is inferted into the inner part of the radius. 2. Brachieus internus 
 is placed beneath the biceps, fmaller than the former, and arifing from the middle 
 of the osbrachii, and is inferted before into the common beginning oi' the radius and 
 ulna. 3. Longus, or extendens primus, arifes from the lower rib of the ftioulder-bJade, 
 
 30. P near
 
 54 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 near the neck, with a double beginning, and is terminated in the elbow. 4, Brevis 
 extendensfecundus, fprings from the hinder neck, of the arm, mixed with the forego- 
 ing mufcle, clothes the humeri^ and terminates on theoutfide of the elbow, 5. An- 
 coneus extendens tertius, it is fituate in the bending of the cubit, on the hinder fide ; it 
 arifes out of the lower and hinder part of the arm, between the ulna and radius, and 
 is inferted by a nervous tendon into the fide of the cubit. 6. Brachieus externus, 
 being fpread out upon the outfide of the brachium : it is a flelhy lump, made of the 
 two former, and is placed under them, being inferted into the fame place. 
 
 The radius has four mufcles, two of which are pronatores or pullers down ; and 
 tv^o ftipinatores ox p\A\tT5 \\p. i. Pronator fuperior anks from the inner apophyfis 
 of the arm, by a ftrong and flefliy beginning, and ends with a membranous tendon, 
 obliquely running into the middle of the radius. 2. Pronator inferior, from the 
 lower pare of the cubit ulna, unto the lower part of the radius, and is there inferted. 
 3. Supinator longior, from the top of the brachium, above the external knob,and, 
 being drawn out upon the radius, is inferted on the infide of the lower epiphyfis 
 thereof. 4. Supinator brevior, fprings from the outward apophyfis of the arm, flefhy 
 within, membranous without, and is inferted nearly into the middle of the radius. 
 
 To the wrift belong four mufcles, of which the firft two bend it and the latter 
 two extend it. i. Cubiteusinternus, the firft bender, arifes from the internal apophy- 
 fis of the arm, and, being ftretched over the elbow, is inferted with a thick tendon 
 into the fourth bone of the wrilt. 2. Radieus iiiternus, the iccond bender, is drawn 
 along the radius, arifes from the beginning with the former, and terminates in the 
 firft bone of the metacarpium, under the fore-finger. 3. Radieus externus, ariles 
 •with a broad beginning, from the external apophyfis of the arm, and terminates in 
 a double tendon at the firft and fecond bones of the os metacarpi. 4. Cubiteus exter- 
 mis, arifes from the fame beginning, through the length of the cubit; when it comes 
 to the wrift, it becomes a ftrong, round, tendon, and is inferted into the ui)per part 
 of the fourth bone of the metacordus, under the little finger. 
 
 In the palm or hollow of the hand are two mufcles, called palmares, of which the 
 one is long, the other fhort. i. Palmaris longus, arifes from the inward apophyfis 
 of the arm, with a round and tendinous beginning, is fpread into the Irollow ot the 
 hand, cleaving exceeding faft to the fkin, where under the fkin, in the hollow of 
 the palm, is a broad tendon, giving exquifite fenfe to that part •, it is terminated into 
 the firft intervafs between the joints of the fingers. 2. Pabnaris brevis, is a certain 
 four-fquare flelhy fubftance, fpringingfrom the membrana carnofa, from whence it 
 is carried under the former mufcle, to the middle of the palm of the hand, and is in- 
 ferted into the outfide of that tendon, which bears the little finger from the reft. 
 
 The
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 55 
 
 The thumb Is bent by two mufcles -, extended by two -, and drawn fide-ways by fix. 
 Flexor primus, arifing from the upper part of the radius, is inferted into one of the 
 joints. 2. Flexor feamdus, arifing from the wrift-bone, is inferted into the middle of 
 the thumb, and lies wholly under the former. 3. Ext enfor primus, arifing out of the 
 upper and outward fide of the cubit, runs along th^radius, is carried beyond the wrift, 
 and is inferted into the firft and fecond joint of the thumb, by a double and fometimes 
 triple tendon. 4. Extenfor alter, arifes from the fame part of thecubir, butlower near 
 the wrift, and is inferted into the third joint of the thumb. 5. Adducens primus, is 
 joined unto and feated beneath x.\\t thenar, arifing out of the three lower bones of the 
 metacarpium,&nd is inferted into the fecond joint of the thumb ; this draws the thumb 
 to the fore-finger. 6, Adducens fecundus, the fecond drawer of the thumb to the fore- 
 finger ; it arifes out of the metacarpium, and is inferted as the other. 7. Adducens ter- 
 tius, drawing alfo the thumb to the fore-finger, arifes out of the external fide of the 
 metacarpium, which fuftains the thumb, and is inierted mto the firfl: joint. 8, Abdu- 
 cens primus, or thenar, the firft drawer away, ariles from the infide of the wrift, and 
 is inierted into the fecond joint of the thumb, to draw it from the fingers, g, 10. 
 Abduccns fecundus and tertiiis, they arife and are inferted as the former, to draw the 
 thumb alio from the fore- finger. 
 
 The fingers are bent, extended, and moved laterally, for the performance of 
 which are fcvenieen mufcles ; they are as follows: Sublimis or perf or atus, it arifes 
 from the inner apophyjis of the arm, it i-s divided into four tendons inclofed in a 
 ligament, as it were in a ring, which are inferted into the fecond jointing of the 
 fingers, a cleft being firft made, through which the tendons of the following muf- 
 cles pafs. Profundus or perforans, is fprcad out under the former, and is inferted 
 through the clifts of the former tendons, into the third jointings of the fingers ; it 
 arifes from the upper parts of the ulna or radius under thejoinr, and is divided into 
 four tendons. Hypothcnar digita minimi, prcprius auricularis, the mufcle proper to the 
 little finger, it arifes in the hollow ot the hand, from the third and fourth wrift-bones 
 of the fecond rank, and is inferted externall> into the fide of the firft joint of the faid 
 finger. Extenfor jnagnus, arifes from the exterior apophyfis of the arm about the 
 wrift, and the ring-faftiioned ligament ; is divided mto four tendons, which end in 
 the lowermoft joints of the fingers, Indicator indicis extenfor, it ariles from the middle 
 and external part of the cubit or ulna, and is terminated with a double tendon into 
 the lecond interjointure of the fore-finger. Auricularis, the extenfor of the little fin- 
 ger, it arifes from the upper part of the radius, and, being carried along with the 
 ulna and radius, is externally inferted into the little finger with a double tendon. 
 Lumbricaks, adducens primus, fecundus, tertius, quartus, the four worm-like mufcles ; 
 
 they
 
 f 
 56 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 they arife from the tendons of the mufculus profundus by the wrift ; and, being drawn 
 out along the fides of the fingers, are obliquely carried and inferted into the third 
 jointing of every finger. AbduSiores interojjei externi and interni, the drawers from the 
 thumb J they arife from the upper parts of the bones of the metacarpium near the 
 wrift-, and in the firftinternodum or fpace between the joints, with a very fmall ten- 
 don, which, joining with the vermiculares, run along the fides of the fingers, over 
 the three bones, till they come to the roots of the nails ; in the former and upper 
 part whereof, the tendons, being firfl: united, are terminated. Abdu5ior indicis, it ari- 
 ies from the firft: interjointing of the thumb, and is inferted into the bones of the fore- 
 finger, by which it is drawn from the reft of the fingers towards the thumb. 
 
 The thighs are capable of being bent, extended, drawn to or wheeled inward, 
 or turned about outwards ; for the performance of which, they have the fol- 
 lowing fixteen mufcles. I. Pfoas primus lumbarus, the firft loin mufcle; it arifes 
 from the vertebrse of the loins, and is inferted into the fore part of the fmall trochan- 
 ter, with a round and ftrong tendon. 2. Pfoas minor, it is fometimes fpread over, 
 fometimes under, the former •, its beginning is fleftiy, fometimes one, two, or three, 
 fingers broad in its middle ; its original, with a fmall and flat tendon, being carried 
 over or under the pfoas, comes to the iliac, and with a very broad and ftrong tendon 
 is inferted into the upper brim of the os ilii. 3. IliacHS mufculus, rifes out of the 
 internal cavity of the os ilium, is joined by its tendon with the lumbal mufcle, and 
 is terminated between the great and little trochanter. Mufculus pe^ineus, the comb 
 mufcle, fprings out of the upper part of the os pubis, and isinfcrted with a fhortten- 
 <3on into the inner fide of the thigh. 5. Triceps primus, arifes from the upper jointing 
 of the os pubis, and, paffing by the inner head of the thigh-bone, is inferted into the 
 middle of the thigh. 6. Triceps fecundus, arifes from the loweft jointing of the os pu- 
 bis, and, paffing by the inner head of the thigh, runs along to the end of the thigh. 
 7. Triceps tertius, arifes from the middle of theos pubis, and is inferted juft below the 
 neck of the thigh-bone. Thefe three mufcles many reckon but one, and call it 
 tticeus, from its threefold beginning, but fo accounted it is the greateft of all the 
 mufcles of the body : and often ends in one mufculous tendon, inferted into the 
 hinder part of the bone. 8. Glouteus major, arifes from the coccyx or crupper, (the 
 fpine of the ilii and os facrum,) and is inferted into the os femeris, under the great 
 trochanter. 9. Glouteus medius, the mlddlemoft both in fituation and tnagnitude, 
 arifes from the inner fide of the fpine of the os ilii, and is inferted into the great tro- 
 chanter, with a broad and ftrong tendon. 10. Glouteus minimus internus, fprings from 
 the back of the os ilii, near the acetabulum, with a broad and ftrong tendon, and is 
 inferted into the great trochanter : thefe laft three make up the flcfhy fubftance of 
 
 2 the
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 57 
 
 the buttocks. 11. ^{adrigeminiis primus^ it arifcs from the lower part of the os fa- 
 cruin, and is placed upon the articulation of the thigh, in the hinder part thereof. 
 12. ^tadrigemums fecHjjdiis, arifes from the tuberofity of the iiuckle-bone, and covers 
 the articulation of the thigh, as aforefaid. 13. ^adrigetninus tertius, is contiguous 
 to the former, and arifes from the fame part ; thefe three laft are inferted into the ca- 
 vity of the great trochanter. 14. ^adrigeminorum quartus, is broader and more 
 flethy than the other three, being ditlant from the third of the quadrigernini two 
 fingers breadth ; it fprings from the inner fide of the apophyfis of the iichium or 
 huckle-bone, and is inferted into the external part of the great trochanter. 15. Ob- 
 turator exterms takes up the wide hole between the os pubis and os ifchii, and arifes 
 from the outward circle of the os pubis, is circumducted through the neck of the 
 thigh, and carried into the cavity of the great trochanter, under the fourth quadrige- 
 minal mufcle. 16. Obturator intrrnus rifes from the inward circle of the os pubis, 
 and by a tripartite tendon is inferttd into the cavity of the great trochanter. 
 
 Tothelegsbelongelevenmufcles, viz. i. 5/V^j, having two heads; the firft fprings 
 from the joining of the os pubis, the fecond from the outward part of the thigh ; 
 both of them are inferted with one tendon into the hinder- or inward part of the leg. 
 2. Semimembramfus, arifes from the fwelling in the ifchium, and is inferted into the 
 inner fide of the leg backwards. 3. Seminervofus, has the fame original and infei tion 
 •with the former, only in the hinder part is carried a little forwards obliquely, before 
 it terminates at the infide of the leg. 6. Gracilis and gracilis pojiicus, rifes from that 
 line where the hip-bone and fhare-bones join together, and, defcending along the 
 infide of the thigh is inferted into the inner part of the leg. 5. Re^us gracilis fprings 
 with an acute tendon out of the outward and lower fpine of the os ilium, is carried 
 along the thigh, and terminates in the fore-part of the leg. 6. Fajlus exterfius borders 
 upon the reclus gracilis, and arifes out of the great trochanter, and is inferted into the 
 leg, a little blow the patella on the outfide. 7. Fajlus interfius, borders as the former 
 on the reflus gracilis, and ariles out of the root of the fmall trochanter, and falls into 
 the inner fide of the leg, a little below the patella. 8. Crureiis, arifes out of the thigh 
 bone, between the two trochanters, and, cleaving to the thigh, produces its tendon 
 over the epigonatis, unto the fore-part of the leg ; the four laft mufcles are inferted 
 all into one tendon, which terminate in the beginning of the leg. 9. Mitfcidus longtis^ 
 it is nearly the longeft of all the mufcles ; arifes from the former fpine of the os ilii, 
 and defcends obliquely into the inner and forepart of the leg. 10, Foplitaus^\x. arifes 
 from the lower and exterior tubercle of the thigh, and is inferted four-fquare into 
 the inner and upper part of the leg, obliquely. 11. Membranofus fafcia lata, arifes 
 from the fpine of the OS ilii, runs obliquely into the outward part of the leg, and, 
 with a broad and lon^ tendon, invefls almoft all the mufcles of the thigh. 
 
 30. ^ The
 
 68 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 The foot, or inftep, has eight mufcles. i. Tii/i^us anticus, it is faftened to the leg, 
 and arifes near the fibula, and, cleaving to the tibia all along, it degenerates into a 
 tendon, which beneath the riiig-lilce ligament of the foot is divided into two tendons. 
 2. Percneus ««^/Vw, joined to the peroneus pofticus, and has its rile with two heads, one 
 from the middle and external part of the perone or fmaller focile; the other from 
 the upper epiphyfis of the fibula: thefe, being carried through the chink of the ancle, 
 terminate in a double tendon, the fmaller of which is carried into the bone of the 
 little toe ; the greater running obliquely under the fole of the foot. 3. Gemellus exter- 
 nus; this has two heads ; they both arife from under the ham, the one from the in- 
 ner, the other from the outward, parts of the end of the thigh-bone, and pafs down 
 the back part of the leg, then become tendinous, and, being united, make one 
 ftrong, broad, and nervous, tendon, which is inferted into the heel. 4. Gemellus inter- 
 nus, this with the other confticutes the ancle, and lies under the former, of a livid 
 colour; It arifes under the ham, by a ftrong nervous fubftance; having pafTed the 
 middle of the tibia, it becomes narrower and tendinous : it is inferted into the heel. 
 Thefe make the belly or calf of the leg. 5. Soleiis, it is a broad and thick mufcle 
 arifing from the upper and hindermore appendix of the fibula, and is inferted by a 
 tendon into the heel. 6. Tibiifus pofticus f.dduce?ts pedem, it arifes from the upper part 
 of the tibia, or greater and fmaller focile, and from the ligament which ties them to- 
 gether, runs along the tibia, and through the cleft of the ancle-bone, where it produ- 
 ces two tendons. 7. Peroneus pofticus, it arifes from the upper but hinder part of the 
 fmall focile, by a nervous and ftrong beginning, and, cleaving to the outfide of the 
 perone, it runs down round and flelhy : it is inlei ted under the fole of the foot, into 
 the bone let before tlie great toe. 8. Plantaris covers the whole fole of the toot-, 
 and, fpringing from the outer part of the thigh bone under the ham, by a round 
 and flefliy beginning, pafTing withm the leg, between the gemelli, it goes thence to 
 the fole, and is inferted into t le five toes. 
 
 The great toe has five mufcles. i. Primus, or flexor poUicis, arifes from the upper 
 part of the fibula, and is inlerted into the third joint of the great toe. 2. Secundus, or 
 exteiiforpollicis, ^nks from the middle of the fibula, or from the outfide of the tibia, 
 where it isfcparate from the fibula, creeps along the furface of the foot, and ends in 
 two tendons, the one of which is inferted into the upper fide, the other into the 
 lower fide, of the great toe. 3. 'Tertius pollicis, addu^or primus, that which draws the 
 toe inward, and fprings from the ligament which ties the heel-bone, and the iaulis, is 
 faftened inwardly to the bone fet before the great toe, and by a round tendon is in- 
 ferted into the firft joint of the fame. 4. partus pollicis, adduSfor fecundus, it arifes 
 from the ligament of the firft interjundure of the little toe, then, becoming flefhy, 
 
 runs
 
 J^fJJ. 
 
 \ •/' 
 
 T/jeJ///'i'r/f.f o/'f/u JI^/maT? Bo (A/. 
 
 rL•l^e I.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 59 
 
 runs over the firft joint of the toes, and with a fliort and broad tendon is infcrted a 
 little inwards into the firft joint of the great toe. 5. ^.ititus pollicis, ahduBor ejufdem, 
 it arifes flefiiy, from the inner part of the heel, and is infcrted extrinfically into the 
 firft bone of the great toe. 
 
 The mufcles of the four little toes are eighteen, having tendons comprehended 
 with a circular and tranfverfe ligament, which encompafles them beneath the ancles, 
 juft as in the wrift, Miifculus major, arifing from the upper apophyfis of the tibia 
 under the ham, by a long and fiediy beginning, paiTes under the inner ancle, and 
 by the hoUownefs of the heel goes to the fole of the foot, where it is divided into 
 four tendons, inferted into the third and laft joint of the four toes. Flexor minor^ 
 lies in the midft of the fole of the foot, arifing from the inner part of the heel- bone, 
 and is divided into four round tendons, which are carried and inierted into the fecond 
 articulation of the four toes. Extenforlongus, arifes with a nervous and fhort begin- 
 ning from the upper appendix of the tibia, and, cleaving to the ligament which 
 unites the focils, runs down to the foot, pafiing firft under the tranfverfe liga- 
 ment ; then, being divided into four tendons, they are inferted into the fecond and 
 third joints of the four toes. Extenfor brevis, lies under the former, arifes from the 
 tranverfe ligament, flefhy and broad, and is by four tendons inferted into the 
 firft joints of the four toes. Lumbricaks quatuor, they arife from the tendons of the 
 perforans, fmall and round, and are inferted by fo many fmall tendons into the fides 
 of the firft joints of the four toes. Inter ojfei decern, they arife from the bones of the 
 pedium, and are placed between the bones of the foot, filling the void fpaces of the 
 metapcdium, being ten in number, five external and five internal. They arife by 
 the fides of the bones of the inftep, the former to the firft interjointing; the ninth 
 of the interofl"ei is the abduflor of the great toe, the tenth and laft is the fpecial ab- 
 duftor of the little toe. 
 
 As to the number of the mufcles in the human body, authors are ftrangely difa- 
 greed about it : however they are certainly more than five hundred ; the principal 
 ones whereof are reprefented in the two annexed plates ; thofe confpicuous in the 
 fore-part of the human body being exprefPed in plate I. where i. i, are the frontal 
 mufcles ; 2. 2. the orbiculares palpebrarum ; 3. the attollens auriculam ; 4. the 
 temporalis; 5. the mafleter; 6. reprefents the mufcle called conftridtor, or de- 
 preflbr pinnse narium -, 7. the dilatator ate nafi ; 8. the zigomaticus ; 9. the place of 
 the elevator labiorum communis, called by Lancifi, gracilis; 10. the elevator labii 
 fuperioris proprius ; 11. 11. the conftriftor, or fphindler labiorum, or orbicularis 
 labiorum; by fome called ofculatorius ; 12. the buccinator ; 13, 13. the mufculi 
 maftoidei i 14. 14. the fternohyoidei ; 15. 15. ihofe parts of the mufcles which arife 
 
 from
 
 Co CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 from the clavicle ; i6. i6. the caracohyoidei ; 17. the fcaleni ; 18. reprefents part of 
 the cucullaris on the right fide; 18. on the left fide, is the levator, or elevator fcapu- 
 is, other wife called mufculus patientisE ; 19. 19. the place where the fibres of the pec- 
 toraiis unite in fome meafure with thofe of the deltoides ; 20. 20. the dekoides ; 21; 
 the place in the carpus where the palmaris longus pafies through a ring in the annu- 
 lar ligament; 22. a remarkable union of the tendons of the extenfors of the three 
 lafl: fingers; 2j. 23. the produdtions of the peritoneum, wliich, perforating the 
 mufcles of the abdomen at the rings, defcend to the fcrotum ; 24. 24. the plac^ 
 where the three tendons of the fartorius, gracilis, and leminervofus, are inferted 
 into the interior part of the tibia, juft under the knee ; 25. 25. the tendons of the 
 extenfors of the toes, which are fecured by a ligament at the ancle, as appears on 
 both fides ; but on the right fide, internally, another ligament is reprefented, which 
 fixes the tendons of the extenfor longus digitorum, the tibiseus pofticus, and the 
 flexor pollicis ; 26. 26. the mufculus peftoralis ; 27. the triceps extenfor cubiti on 
 the right fide ; 28. and 30. the biceps on the left fide, according to Lancifi's expli- 
 cation ; 29. part of the triceps extenfor on the left fide ; 30. the biceps on the right 
 fide; 31. the brachiceus internus ; 32. the anconseus ; 2'^. the prenator rotundus ; 
 34. 34, the fupinator longus ; 35. ^s- ^^^ radius externus, according toLancifi ; 36. 
 the extenfor carpi ulnaris ; 37. 37. the cubitaeus internus, according to Lancifi ; 38. 
 the radius internus, according to Lancifi ; 39. the palmaris with its tendinous 
 expanfion ; 40. 40. the tendons of the mufcles of the thumb ; 41. the tendon of the 
 addudor pollicis; 42. the extenfor magnus digitorum; 43. ligamentum carpi; 
 44. 44. the tendons of the iliaci interni ; 45. the peftinasus ; 46. one of the heads of 
 the triceps; 47. 47. the rectus femoris on each fide ; 48. 4S. the vaftus externus on 
 each fide; 49. 49. the vaftus internus on each fide; 50. the gracilis ; 51. the feminer- 
 vofus; 52. the fartorius on each fide; 53. a part of the origin of the vaftus externus 
 54. 54. the membranofus ; ^s- '^he tibialis anticus ; 56. the gemelli ; 57. sj. the fotei 
 58. the tendon Achilles; sg. according to Lancifi, is the extenfor digitorum longus 
 60. the tendons of the extenfors of the toes; 61. the tendons of the extenfor longus, 
 tibiseus pofticus, and flexor pollicis : A. A. portions of the latiffimus dorfi on each 
 fide; B. B. the indentations of the ferratus major anticus ; C. C. the fternum. 
 
 The fecond plate reprefents themufcles of the back part of the human body; where 
 I.I. exprefs the two mufcles upon the occiput, called by Euftachius, quadrati ; 2. the 
 mufculus cucullaris; 3.thefplenius ; 4. the mufculus maftoideus ; 5. themufculus pati- 
 ently, or levator fcapule proprius; the rhomboides; 7. the articulation of the clavi- 
 cle with the fcapula on the right fide ; 8. the deltoides; 9. the teres minor; 10. the 
 teres msjor ; ic. 11. the latiffimus dorfi on each fide ; 12. theglutasus major; 13. the 
 
 I gluteus
 
 MU 
 
 TLrj\f7/AWf,r of ^ft" //zmui7t. Bociif. 
 
 VUw'l
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 6i 
 
 glutrEUS mediu3-, 14. themiifculuspyriformis •, 15. thequadratusfemoris-, 16. the bi- 
 ceps femoris ; 17. the femimembraaolus, 18. the membranolus, according to Lan- 
 cifi ; 19. 19. the vail externi ; 20. the galtrocnemii ; 21. the foleus ; 22. the plantaris. 
 
 Of the bones, or H U iVI A N SKELETON. 
 
 A BONE is a fimilar, fpermatic, part, cold and dry, endowed with hardnefs, 
 ft-rength, and folidity, that it might give force to the body, fuftain it, and help its 
 motion. Its lubRance is naturally hard and folid, covered with a membrane, called 
 periojiion^ white, with fome rfdnefs ; hollow in the middle, (except the ribs, &c.) 
 imooth ; covered in its extremities with a cartilage, and moiftened with a fat humour, 
 called medulla, or marrow. Some bones are perfectly generated in the womb, as 
 thofe in the ear, being the fmalleft in the whole body ; they are nouriQied by arterial 
 blood, as may appear in the bones of young animals, whofe marrow is yet bloody, 
 as alfo by blood contained in the marrow : but the proximate and immediate nutri- 
 ment of hollow bones is the marrow ; but of bones not hollowed, thick blood lent 
 in through tiie pores. 'I he proper matter tiierefore of a bone is feed, which confifts 
 of humours and fpirits. The efficient caufc is the vis qffifica, or an innate faculty, 
 ading by the alTutance of heat. 
 
 The bones are joined together, either hy fmphyfis, for firmnefs, and union -, or by 
 crthrqfis, articulation or jointing. Natural union or growing together, is when the 
 connexion or joining of bones is without motion : and this is with, or without, a 
 medium, Symphyfa without a medium is three-fold, viz. b'j futura, harmonia, and 
 gompbcjis. Sufiira, a future, is the joining of bones by identure, as if the teeth of 
 two faws were thruft one into another, as in the bones of the cranium or n<ull. Har- 
 monia, is the joining of bones by a fingle line, whether ftraight, obhque, or circular, 
 as in the bones of the nofe, and upper-jaw, and fo all epiphyfes in a manner are joined. 
 Gowphofis, or nailing, when one bone is fattened into another, as a nail in a port, fo 
 the teeth are laftcned in the jaw-bones. 
 
 The whole ftruclure of the bones of the head is called cranium, the flcull, becaufe 
 it is as it were an helmet ; it is alfo called calva and calvaria : its fubftance is boney, 
 to fecurethe brain-, but, in new-born children, it is fofter than ordinary. 
 
 The bones of the head are either proper or common ; the proper are in number 
 fix: I. cs fronds ; 2. 3. cjfafincipitis ; 4. occipitis ; 5. 6, offa temporum. The common 
 bones are only two in number : os fph.tnoides , and os ethmoides. Osfroniis, the fore- 
 head-bone, called alfo coronale, is bounded before by the coronal and firft common 
 future, and in the fides by the temporal bones ; it is but one in thofe of ripe age, 
 but in children it is double, being divided by a future paffing from the coronal to 
 30. R the
 
 62 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the nofe ; it alfo has a two-fold table, an internal and an external : on each fide 
 of this bone, above the eye-brows, there are large cavities, commonly two in num- 
 ber, between the two tables, clothed fometimes with a green membrane, and con- 
 taining a foft, clammy, and marrowifh, fubftance ; from whence two holes pafs 
 into the wide fpaces of the noftrils -, and another, which ends into the fkuU above 
 the feptum of the os ethmoides, to diftinguilh the organs of fmelling. 
 
 OJfafmcipUis, the bones of the fore-part of the head : thefe cover the moifteft part 
 of the brain, are in (hape four-fquare and unequal, and of a more rare or fpongy fub- 
 ftance than the other bones, whence the wounds of thcfinciput are deadly : they are 
 joined before with the bones of the forehead, with the coronal future -, to the os occipi- 
 tis, by the lambdoide future; and to the offa temporum, by ihe future fquamofcc : without 
 they are fmooth, but within unequal, by rcafon of the prints which the jugular 
 veins of the dura mater leave behind them. 
 
 Os occipitis, the bone of the hinder part of the head, conftitutes almoft all the hin- 
 der part of the fkull ; and is in children three or four bones, but in grown perions 
 but one. Its form is that of a fpherical triangle, and is joined to the crown-bones 
 by thi: future lambdoides. It is the thickeft and molt compatl of all the bones of the 
 head, chiefly at the bafis of the flcull ; (becaufe there the noble ventricle is feated, 
 and from thence the nerves arife as from a fountain ;) but at the edges it is the 
 thinneft of all. It is fmooth without, but within it has many finuofities to receive 
 the mennings fafely. It has five holes, through the greateft whereof the fpinaiis me- 
 dulla pafles to the back- bone. The fmaller ferve for the going forth of the nerves, 
 and entrance of veins and arteries. Ic has nine cavities, feven within and two 
 without V and two broad procefTes at the bafis, covered with a griftle, which is more 
 eminent, and inferted into the cavities of the firft vertebra for the motion of the head; 
 as alfo another fmall procefs behind joined to the firft vertebra. Offa temporum, the 
 bones of the temple. Their form is uneven, almoft circular, becaufe of their va- 
 rious fubftance, which is like rocks and craggy clifts, for which caule they are alfo 
 called offapetrofa, the ftoney or rocky bones. In their upper part they are attenu- 
 ated like a fcale, lb as to be tranfparenr, and are joined to the bones oi the finciput 
 like fcales; before they are joined to the firft bone of the upper jaw, by itsfiift pro- 
 cefs ; and to the as occipitis, by the baftard future : they have fix holes without, two 
 within: the firft external hole is large, viz. the auditory paflage; the other five are 
 fmall, for veiTels to pafs through. They have two cavities, an outer, covered with 
 a griftle, which receives the lower jaw-bone; and an inner, which is rather long, 
 and common to the os occipitis. The auricularis is internal, with a long protuberan- 
 cy, wherein there is a three-fold cavity, viz. the drum, the labyrinth, and the cochlea. 
 
 2 The
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 6^ 
 
 The tytnpanurit or drutn, called 2i\k pelvis, which contains the internal or inbred air, 
 and the four bones, called malleolus, incus, ftapes, and erbiculare ; as alfo a ligament, 
 tviofeneftr^y or windows, (which are little holes in the cavity,) and a water paflTage } 
 from this cavity goes a channel into the palate of the mouih. The labyrinthus, cal- 
 led zMo fodina, is a cavity full of crooked and manifold turnings; the entrance 
 hereinto is the oval feaeftra, and joins itfelf to the following cavity ; it has four holes 
 befides the oval, and a fifth, which is terminated in ihe cochlea or third cavity. The 
 cochlea has three or four windings, (with a wreathed or fnail-like figure,) the wind- 
 ings mutually receiving one another : thofe that are thick of hearing have only one 
 or two of thofe windings; this cavity is clothed with an exceeding thin and foft 
 membrane, and adorned with multitudes of little veins, which turn themfelves about 
 the wreathings of the cochlea, and by many branches creep into the fecret turnings 
 of the labyrinth. 
 
 Os fphenoides, or the wedge-fa(hioned bone, becaufe it is feated as a wedge in 
 the middle of the bones of the fkull ; at the fides it goes along with the os 
 petrofum, from whence it is feparated by a rough chink ; above it touches the firft, 
 fourth, and fixth, bones, of the upper jaw ; below it touches the bone of the palate 
 of the mouth, and is placed under the brain, as a foundation, fo that it touches al- 
 moft all the bones of the head and upper jaw : in children it is made of four bones, 
 but in grown perfons it is but one. It is folid, and the thickeft of all the bones of 
 the head, where it makes the bafis of the fkull. In the external table are two re- 
 markable i^^o/i^iy^j, near the fides of the holes of the nofe, formed like the wings of 
 a bat. In the internal table are four little procefl"es, in fliape of a Turkifh faddle, 
 called yi'//^ Turcica, full of little holes, whofe ufes are to elaborate the in-breathed 
 air, to make fpirits, and to pafs onx. pituitous excrements through the funnel, out of 
 the ventricles of the brain. It has fundry perforations, by which the optic and mo- 
 tory nerves of the eye, and other nerves for the motion of other parts, as alfo veins 
 and arteries for nourifliment, pafs. 
 
 Os ethmoides, the fponge or fieve-fafhioned bone, having in it many holes, (by 
 which fmells pals to the brain,) efpecially in the inner fide of it, where it joins the 
 head, and this part is properly called cribrofa: from this within the fkull arifes a 
 fharp«/>o/'/&i^^, refembling a cock's-comb, by which the ethmoides is divided into 
 two parts-, from this procefs is oppofed another, without the noftrils, and diftin- 
 guifhing them, called the divider of the noflrils, as a\(ofeptum iiafi. The chief ufes 
 of the ethmoides is to alter the air drawn in with fmells, that the fpecics of odours 
 may, with the air, be carried to the organs of fmelling, which end in thcfe holes; 
 and therfore in a coryza, this bone being obftruded, the fmelling is loft : alio here- 
 by
 
 64 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 by the brain is purged, for phlegm is not only evacuated by t\\t glandtila pituitaria 
 into the palate, but alfo by the os cribrojum into the noltriis. 
 
 The bones of the upper jaw are in number eleven, five on either fide, and one 
 without a fellow : firft pair, offa zygomatica, the yoke-bones, is in a manner trian- 
 gular, and confticutes the greateft part of the os •zygomatis ov jugale, and a great 
 part of the crbila and outward angles of the eye, on the lower fide. Second pair, 
 OS lachrymale, is a round, little, and thin, bone, in the inner corner of the eye : by 
 this a branch of the fifth pair of nerves of the brain pafs to the inner membrane of 
 thenofe. Third pair, os maxillare, the cheek-bone, the greatefl: and thickeft of them 
 all ; it contains all the upper teeth, and makes up the holes of the nofe, and moft of 
 thefe bones which belong to the upper part of the face: it has large cavities on 
 both fides very remarkable, both that it might be lefs ponderous, and that it might 
 contain marrow to nourifh the bones and upper teeth. Fourth pair, os nafi, the 
 bone that conftitutes the external and prominent boney part of the nofe -, it is thin, 
 hard, folid, and quadrangular: tliefe two bones are joined with a future; within they 
 are rough, that the griftles of the nofe may be the better faftened. Fifth pair, os pa- 
 lati, feated at the end of the palate, where the holes of the noftrils go into the fauces 
 or throat; they are thin, folid, and broad, and conftitute the hinder part of the ca- 
 vity of the palate and noftrils. Sixth, vomer, the bone without a fellow, like a 
 plough ; it is the inmoft and middlemoft under the fphcenoides, and above the pa- 
 late : it holds up the bridge of the nofe like a partition wall, to which it is joined by 
 . the future, harmonia. Six bones conftitute the orbit of the eye : i. the frontak, which 
 makes the upper vaulted part : 2. ■zygomaticum that on the outfide where the fmaller 
 corner is, and a portion of the os fphosnoides : 3. another on the outfide, concur- 
 ring with the former part of the os Jpcenoides : 4. maxillare, and 5. lachrymale, which 
 conftitute the inner part: 6. the fcaley table of the os ethmoides, which makes up the 
 lower fide, all united partly by common, partly by proper, futures. 
 
 In children, till about feven years of age, the lovi^er jaw confifts of two bones, 
 which are joined together by fyncondroojis ; but in grown perfons it is but one. The 
 arched part of this bone is the chin ; at each end of the flianks are two proceffes, 
 whereof one is fharp, called corone, going forward, into which the tendon of the 
 temporal mufcle is implanted ; the other articularis, becaufe it fcrves for articula- 
 tion with the temple bones, which articulation is covered with a common mem- 
 branous ligament. Its fubftance is exceeding hard and ftrong, thar it may hold out 
 in biting and chewing; within it, there is a long cavity, where marrow is contain- 
 ed to nourilh the teeth, and by which a branch of our fifth pair of nerves of the 
 brain run unto the roots of the teeth with a little vein and artery : this cavity goes 
 /quite through the jaw-bone like a pipe, fo that a copper wire, put in at one end, 
 
 will
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 6.^ 
 
 will come out at the other. It is movable, and contains fockets for the teeth ; and 
 in old age, when the teeth fall out, the fockets draw together, and become Iharp. 
 
 The teeth are bones properly fo called, white, fmooth, hard, and folid, being 
 indeed harder than other bones, that they might bite and chew hard things, not 
 much inferior in hardnefs to ftones. They are naked, without any perioftion, yet 
 endowed with a kind of fenfe, as may be perceived by cold drink, or when fet on 
 edge; which fenfe is lodged in the inner, fofter, and more nervous, part. They 
 receive into their cavities nerves, which other bones do not, and by which they are 
 tied to the mandible with a finneurofis. The teeth continually grow, all a man's 
 life, becaufe the> are daily worn by biting and grinding. The cavities of the teeth 
 are clothed with a little membrane of exquifite fenfe, whence it is that pains of the 
 teeth are fo exceeding vehement: they have five little nerves from our firft pair, 
 which are fpread abroad within, and by fmall twigs mixed with the mucilaginous 
 fubftance in the middle of the teeth ; as alfo little arteries to give natural heat and 
 nourirtiment, and little veins to carry back the blood after nutrition. 
 
 The tongue- bones are feated under the lower jaw, and in the uppermofl part of 
 the larynx. They are commonly accounted but one bone, though made up of three. 
 Tiie ufe of thefe bones is to keep the throat open, both for the paflage of the food, 
 and for receiving in of air in fpeaking or breathing. 
 
 The bones of the ears are the lead of all, being the bones fubfervient to hearing ; 
 and are four on each fide. They are all placed in the firft cavity ; their fubftance 
 is hard and denfe, but hollow within, that they might be lighter, and contain mar- 
 row for their nourilhment -, they are as big in new-born babes as in men, but not fo 
 hard. The principal of thefe bones are called malleus, the hammer ; ?;;a«, the anvil ; 
 Jlapes^xht ftirrup ; and os erbiadare, which is round and fmall, joined by a fmall li- 
 gament to the ftirrup fide, where it is joined to the anvil. The ufes of thefe bones 
 are to ferve the fenfe of hearing, and to make a paflage for the excrements of the 
 ears : for the ftirrup, ftiutting the oval, is moved by the anvil, and the anvil being 
 fmitten by the hammer, and the hammer by the membrane of the drum, through 
 the impulfe of the external air, the membrane of the drum is in the mean while dri- 
 ven inwards, whereby the inbred air is affeifted, which, pafllng through the cochlea, 
 caufes the branches of the auditory nerve to receive the fpecies of founds, and to 
 communicate the fame to the brain. 
 
 The bones of the neck, and the whole vertebra of the back, from the cranium 
 or (kull to the os coccygis or crupper-bone, are termed ^/«a, the thorn, becaufe the 
 hinder part of it is ftiarp-pointed like a thorn-branch. The parts of the fpine are 
 called vertebra, whirl-bones, becaufe by their means the body is turned feveral ways. 
 
 30- S All
 
 66 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 All thefe vertebrae are hollowed to contain the fpinal marrow; they are many, for the 
 conveniency of motion. The figure is fometimes inclining inwards, as the verte- 
 bra of the neck, to fuflain the gullet ; and afpera arteria ; and the vertebrae of the 
 loins, to uphold the trunks of the aorta, and cava defcending : fometimes outwards, 
 as the vertebra of the back, and a little of the os facrum, that there may be a larger 
 fpace for the heart, lungs, bladder, anus, womb, &c. The figure of each verte- 
 bras, above and below, is plain and broad, that luxation may not eafily be made : 
 round within, convex, and bunching out ; but in the neck broader, and more even. 
 The 'vertebra of the back are in number twelve, to which as many ribs anfwer, 
 Thefe vertebrae are round on the fore-part, but behind fomewhat hollow. They are 
 thicker than thofe of the neck, lefs folid, and full of little holes for the paflageof the 
 nourifliing veflTels. 
 
 The verSebr^e of the loins are five in number ; and belong to the abdomen or 
 lower belly : they are thicker and greater than thofe of the breaft, becaufe they 
 uphold them, and the lowermoft are biggeft. Their figure is long and femi-circu- 
 lar ; their fubftance fpongy, and full of holes to give paflage to the veins i their 
 connection is loofer than that of the back, that we might the more eafily ftoop to the 
 ground. 
 
 The OS facrum is broad and immovable, being the bafis or foundation of the back, 
 upholding the whole frame of the vertebrae. In infants it is commonly compofed of 
 fix bones united by a cartilage, but in men of ripe years it feems but one bone at 
 the firft view, yet, being boiled a long time in oil, it is divided for the moft part into 
 fix feveral vertebras ; for each of them has a body, and proceffes, and has a large 
 hole to receive the fpinalis medulla. But in this they differ from the other vertebras, 
 becaufe in thofe the lower part is the bigger, but in thefe the fmaller-, wherefore, 
 the uppermoft is the biggeft, and the loweft the leaft. Its figure is almoft triangu- 
 lar : in its fore-part hollow, fmooth, and even ; in its hinder-part, bunching and 
 rough, with little holes to fend out nerves. 
 
 The OS coccygis^ the crupper or rump-bone, is under the former, confifting of three 
 bones and two grifties, and is called os coccygis, the cuckoo's bill, from the) ikenefs 
 thereof. It is joined by a cartilage •, for the firft bone of it has a fmall hollownefs 
 which receives the laft vertebrae of the os facrum. Of thefe three bones, the lower 
 isftill the fmaller: and in men, they are bent inwards to ftay the great gut, and the 
 fphincler mufcle which are tied to it : but in women they bend outward to give 
 way to the womb in the time of travail. Thefe bones are of a fpungy and foft 
 fubftance, and have neither procefs nor any hoUownefs, Their union with the os 
 facrum is loofe, to give way for the exclufion of large excrements j for otherwife a 
 
 luxation
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 67 
 
 luxation might happen, caufing exceeding great pains ; as in hard labour it nov/ 
 fometimes happens. 
 
 The OS imominalum, the hoop-bone, or flank-bone, confi lis of three bones, viz. 
 csiliutUt OS ifcbium, and os pubis, all which are joined together by griftles till about 
 the feventh year : afterwards, efpecially in thofe of ripe years, the cartilages being 
 dried, they feemto be but one bone. Thefe three bones, together with the os facrum, 
 make that cavity which is called pelvis, the bafon or bow), which is bigger in a wo- 
 man than in a man, that the womb of a woman with child may the better reft upon it. 
 In hard labour the fliare-bone, or os pubis, and the os facrum, will part, the car- 
 tilages and ligaments (being bedewed with fuperfluous humidity) giving way. i. 
 Osiliunty the huckle-bone, fo called becaufe it contains the gut ilium, is the firft 
 part, the higheft, the broadeft, and the greateft, in figure femi-circular, arched with- 
 out and hollow within : the femi-circle is caWtdfpina, the arched part dorfutn, and the 
 hollow part cojia. 2, Os pubis, the fhare-bone, is feated in the fore-part -, and is 
 parted in the middle by a cartilage not very hard : it is joined to the bone of the 
 other fide by fyncondrofis, which in women is twice as thick and as wide as in men, 
 that thefe bones in child-bearing may not be luxated or disjointed, but only loofened 
 and made wide for the coming forth of the child. 3, Os ifcbium, the hip-bone, is the 
 lower and more outward part, wherein is a large and deep cavity, called acetabulum, 
 the faucer, or pixis, the box, which receives the large head of the thigh-bone : the 
 cartilaginous procefs of this cavity, is called fupercillum, the brow. The eoxendix 
 is placed between the huckle and fhare bones, and is knit to the os facrum by a 
 double ligament •, the one is inferted into the fharp procefs of thehipj the other be- 
 hind into its appendix, that the inteftinum redum and its mufcles may be fuftained. 
 The coJla;, or ribs, in figure referable a bow, orfegment of a circle ; their original 
 from the vertebra is narrower and rounder, growing broader as they come to the 
 breaft : in their upper fides they are blunt and thick -, in their under part fharp and 
 thin: the uppermofl ribs are more crooked and fhorter ; the middlemoft are longer 
 and broader; the lower are cut again fhorter. Their lubftance is partly cartilaginous, 
 and partly boney, the boney part being towards the 'vertebrae; where they are fur- 
 nifhed with two little apophyfes or knobs : the firfl: of which is articulated with tlie 
 hollow of the vertebrcc: the fecond is joined to the tranfverfe procefs of the vertebra: 
 bat the five lower ribs by a fimple knob. The number of the ribs are twelve on 
 each fide : feldom thirteen, more rarely eleven : and, when they are fo found, you 
 may account their numbers either fupernumerary or deficient. They are two-fold, 
 viz. either legitimate and true, or illegitimate^nd falfe. The true or legitimate are 
 the feven upper ribs,, becaufe they touch the breaft- bone by their length, and make
 
 68 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 as it were a circle : they alfo make a perfect articulation with the breatl-bone. The 
 illegitimate or baftard ribs are the five lower ribs, which are (horter, fmaller, and fof- 
 ter, not reaching to the breaft-bone : they are femi-circular and arched without, hol- 
 low within : they terminate into longer griftles than the true ribs, which, being turned 
 back upwards, flick one to another, the laft excepted, which 1s theleaft, and fticks 
 to none. The eleventh rib, and fometimes the twelfth, are tied to the feptum tranf- 
 verfum; and fometimes the laft grows to the oblique defcendent mufcles of the belly, 
 without the midriff-, or has the circumfcription of its proper mufcle. The ufe of 
 the ribs is to defend the breaft, and the heart, lungs, and other bowels, therein con- 
 tained ; as alfo to help the motion of the breaft and parts adjacent, in I'uftaining the 
 mufcles and fiefhy parts thereof. 
 
 Tht Jlernum, or breaft-bone, is placed upon the fore-part of the cheft, and refts 
 upon the ribs : its fubftance is partly boney, but fpungy and red ; partly griftly -, its 
 figure is convex, broad, and long. It is compofed of three bones, as may be feen 
 in young people; but in old men it commonly appears but one : they are diftinguifh- 
 cdby tranfverfe lines, and are knit together by fynchondrofis, for griftles are inter- 
 pofed like ligaments. Under this is the pit of the ftomach, where the upper andleft 
 orifice is, called fcrobiculus cordis. The ufe of the fternum is, firft, to defend the 
 heart (like a fhield) from outward dangers : fecondly, to uphold the mediaftinum: 
 thirdly, to coUeft and faften the ribs. 
 
 The collar-bones, being in number two, are called clavicula, keys, becaufe they 
 ihut up the breaft or thorax ; and as it were lock the fcapula, or fhoulder- blades, to 
 the fternum. They are fituated crofs-wife, under the lower part of the neck, on the 
 top of the thorax on each fide : externally, they are convex, on the infide a little 
 concave : their fubftance is thick, butfiftulous and fpungy, and therefore eafily bro- 
 ken ; their fuperficies are rough and uneven. Their ufe is to afllft in the various 
 motions of the arms ; as alfo to uphold the ftioulder-blades, that they fhould not fair 
 upon the breaft, together with the fhoulder- bone; moreover the bone of the arm 
 refts upon this bone, as upon a prop, that it may be the more eafily.moved upwards 
 and backwards. Hence brutes have no collar-bone, the ape, fquirrel, hedge-hog, 
 and moufe, excepted. 
 
 The fhoulder-blade is a broad and thin bone, refting upon the upper ribs behind, 
 like a fhield. Its fubftance is hard and folid -, its figure almoft triangular, the out- 
 fide fomewhat arched, but the infide hollow ; it has alfo a fpine or fharp point, 
 looking both above and beneath the cavities, called interfcapulia. In the infide of 
 this bone, about the middle, there is a hole, by which a vein doth pafs for its 
 nourifhment. It has five epiphyfes, three at the infide, and two at the bafis : it has 
 2 alfo
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 69 
 
 alfo ligaments, vjWich join its head to the humerus and the acromion, or fhoulder to 
 the clavicula : and common, thin, and membranous, ligaments, which compafs the 
 joint of the flioulder-blade and arm. It ufes are, i. to ftrengthen the ribs : 2. for 
 the articulation oi the humerus and daz-ki'Ja : 3. for the infertion of the mufcles : 
 4. to cover the heart, and defend the back from being hurt, 
 
 Os brachii, or bone of the arm, called alfo the fliouldcr-bon'e, is but one, grear 
 ftrong, long, roundifh, and uneven. Its fubdance is hard and folid ; it is hollow all 
 along within, containing marrow, but at the two ends more broad, and a little fpun- 
 gy. In its upper pare it has an appendix, epiphyfis, or great head, growing to it; 
 which is round, covered with a griftle, and articulated with the fcapula or diar- 
 throfis. In the top of it is alfo a long chink, through which the nervous head of 
 the mufculus biceps doth pafs. The longer part is articulated to the ulna and radius, 
 where there are two apophyfes -, an external, which is lefs, and crufted with a griftle; 
 and an internal, having two cavities, repreienting a pulley, with which the cubic 
 is joined by ginglymus, fo that it may be bent to a moft acute angle, but not ex- 
 tended beyond a right line. 
 
 The bones of the cubit, or elbow, are two : the fmaller above, called radius, and 
 a larger below, called ulna. They are fliorter than the Ihoulder, have epiphyfes on 
 euher fide, and, refting mutually one upon another, are joined by a membranous 
 ligament: above, the idna receives the radius; but below, the r<7^/«j receives it. 
 Their fubftance is firm and folid, they are long, and contain a marrowy fubftancc; 
 but their furface is fomewhat rough, by reafon of the lines appointed for the 
 mufcles. 
 
 Carpus, the wrift, hath eight difl;in6t bones, all of them unequal, and differing in 
 fhape and magnitude. At firft they are grifl;les, afterwards fpungy bones, covered 
 with very ftrong griftly ligaments, which faften them together as if they were but 
 one bone : thefe ligaments, arifing from the lower procefl'es of the ulna and radius ^ 
 ferve for articulation : but there are angular or ring-fhaped ligaments, which are 
 tranfverfe, and compafs the wrift, to comprehend, ftrengthen, and fafely carry, the 
 tendons, which pafs through the carpus ; thefe are many, though they feem to be 
 but one ligament, the internal comprehend the tendons of the mufcles which bend 
 the fingers ; the external, the tendons of the mufcles which extend them. 
 
 The metacarpus, or palm of the hand, has four bones, of a hard and folid fub- 
 ftance, and hollow, containing marrow ; they are round, and bigger than thofe of 
 the fingers ; that which anfwers to the fore-finger is biggeft, and fo ftill the lower- 
 moft are fmaller. Between each bone a diftance is left for the mufculi interojiai of 
 the fingers : and in the palm therq is a tranfverfe ligament, which ties the bones of 
 
 31- T the
 
 70 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the fingers to the metacarpium. Above and beneath they have epiphyfes : by the up- 
 per, they are joined to the carpus^ or wrift ; by the lower, they enter into the hollow- 
 nefs of the fingers. 
 
 The bones of the fingers are in number fifteen, each of them having three bones, 
 and anfwering the bones of the metacarpus, the thumb excepted. The thumb has no 
 connexion with the bones of the metacarpium, becaufe it is articulate with the wrift, 
 with a manifeft motion ; whereas the bones of the palm are joined to the wrift without 
 manifeft motion ; as alfo becaufe the upper joint of the thumb is fiiorter than 
 the bones of the metacarpium, and not anfwerable to them. Each finger has liga- 
 ments on their infides, according to their length, like channels, whereby they are 
 faftened one to another. 
 
 The thigh has but one bone, which is the greateft and longeft in the whole body. 
 In itsfuperior extremity, the head is round, to which a flenderpart is added, called 
 the neck ; from the neck are two apopbyfes produced, to which the mufcles, called 
 rotatores, are faftened, and therefore they are called trochanters. The lower part of 
 the thigh has two low prominences or heads, called condyli, a cavity being left be- 
 tween of a thumb's breadth, through which the veflels pafs, with a nerve of the 
 fourth pair, which cavity alfo admits the middle and eminent apophyfis of the tibia 
 or leg: in like manner the condyli are received by the cavities of the leg, by a loofe 
 articulation, cAkd ginglymus : the inner of thefe heads is more thick, the outer more 
 broad and flat. The upper part of this articulation is called the knee, the hinder- 
 moft the ham. 
 
 The patella, or knee-pan, is fomewhat round, about two inches broad; plain, with- 
 out having many holes, but within bunched, and there covered with a cartilage : 
 its fubftance in young children is cartilaginous, but in grown perfons boney ; its 
 figure is almoft like a buckler or ftiield; its fituation is upon the jointing of the 
 thigh and leg, where the knee is compaflTed with a membranous ligament, ihe patella 
 excepted. It grows to, and is faftened by, certain thick tendons of fome mufcles of 
 the thigh; as the fecond, third, and fourth, mufcles, which extend the tibia, and 
 pafs by the knee to it, and are inferted into the fore-knob of it: its ufe is taken from 
 its fituation, being fet before the thigh-bone and tibia, toftrengthen the articulation, 
 left the thigh-bone, in going down any hill, fhould flip out forwards ; as alfo to de- 
 fend the tendons of the mufcles. 
 
 The (hank, or leg, is compofed of two bones ; the one, being the inner and the 
 greater, is called tibia ; the other fibula. Tibia, the fhank-bone, has in its upper 
 part a procefs in the middle, which is received by the cavity of the thigh-bone. It 
 is joined to the thigh-bone by ^/«g-/)7««j .• the fibula only cleaves to the tibia, and 
 
 touches
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 71 
 
 touches not the thigh-bone. In the lower part there is an apophyfis void of flefh, 
 flicking out with a bunch near the foot, which is called malleolus interms, the inner 
 ancle-bone; ds the procefs of the fibula is called malleolus externus, the outward 
 ancle-bone, i^'^w/^, the button, (becaufe it feems to button together the mufcles 
 of the fhank,) which is alfo called fura, the calf, is a firm bone, being drawn along 
 before the tibia without, as the radius before the cubit. The upper end with its 
 round head fubfifts beneath the knee ; but, with its hollownefs, it receives the la- 
 teral knob, which is under the epiphyfis in the upper end of the tibia. In the mid- 
 dle there is a diftance between the tibia and fibula •, in which fpace is a thin broad 
 ligament, joining thefe bones in longitude, and where alfo the mufcles of the feet 
 are placed. 
 
 The bones of the iarfus^ or inftep, arefeven. Afiragahs, the game- bone, to which 
 are joined the great and fmall focile. Pterna, the fpur of the foot^ or heel-bone, 
 into which the greateft and ftrongeft chord or tendon in the whole body is inferted. 
 Os naviculare, from its likenefs to a boat-, it is long, bunched without, and hollov/' 
 ■within, and covered with a cartilage. Os tejfera, ordie-fhaped bone, becaufe it hath 
 fix fides •, it is greater than the reft, and placed before the heel, joined to the fourth 
 and fifth bone of the metatarfus : in the hinder with the heel-bone : the other fides- 
 are joined to no bones. Cuneiformia, cakoidea, the wedge-like bones, or bones of the 
 foot, and are articulated with the fcaphoides, or os naviculare : being joined, they 
 reprefent a vault : for above they are convex, beneath hollow, to receive the ten- 
 dons and mufcles. 
 
 The metatarfus, or fole of the foot, has five bones, which are folid without, hol- 
 low within, longer than the bones of the back of the hand, and knit to the bones of 
 the tarfus. That which ftays the great toe is the thickeft, that which ftays the next 
 toe is the longeft, the next is Ihorter, and the reft each fhorter in order. The lower 
 end of that which ftays the great toe, is received by the cuneiforme majus : the fe- 
 cond by the cuneiforme minus : the third, by the third wedge-like bone : the other 
 two, by the two tops of the os cubiforme. 
 
 The bones of the toes are in number fourteen : the great toe has only two, the reft 
 three apiece. They are folid without, hollow within; and have three joints and two 
 procefles, anfwering in all things to the bones of the hand. The lowermoft joints- 
 have two knobs, received by the ends of the middlemoft joints, but the uppermoft 
 rcceiveth : the uppermoft joints have alfo a deep hollownefs, becaufe they receive 
 the ends of the bones of the foot. 
 
 I. There are certain little bones called fefamima or fefamoidea, being almoft like 
 feeds, both in form and magnitude, being for the moft part in number fifty-eight. 
 
 They
 
 ^r CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 They are round and a little flat, and Icfs in the feet than in the hands, excepting 
 thofe in the great toe. 2. They are moft commonly twelve in each hand, or twen- 
 ty-four in both hands, and fo many in each foot. They grow to the tendons of the 
 mufcles which move the fingers and toes, under which they lie, wrapped up in the 
 ligaments, and come away in cleanfing the bones, unlefs great care be ufed. The 
 iifes of thefe fefamgidean bones are to defend the tenduxrs i to ftrengthen the joints, 
 and preferve them from luxation. 
 
 The annexed plate demonftrates the fkeleton, or bones, of the human body, v/hich 
 confifts of 239, exclufiveof the fefamoideans, os h)'cides,nnd bone's of the ears i which, 
 being added, would make the total number 308. 
 
 I. Os frontis, or frontal bone -, 2. futura coronalis, or coronal future ; 3. vertex 
 linifter; 4. fatura fquamofa; 5. procelTus oQls fphenoides; 6. os temporis, or tem- 
 poral bone; 7. proceffus maftoideus ; 8. osmali ; 9. ofla nafi, or bones of the nofe; 
 10. II. the fuperior and inferior maxillary bones ; a. vertebrse of the neck ; i. ver- ' 
 tebrae of the back ; c. vertebrse of the loins ; 12. os factum -, 13. the flernum, or 
 breaft-bone; +. the cofts-, 14. the clavicula, or clavicles ; 15. the fcapula; 16. 
 the humerus, or arm-bones •, 17. the ulna ; 18. the radius ; 19. the carpus, or wrift; 
 d. the metacarpus ; e. the pollex ; i. ofTa digitorum manus •, 20. the os ilium ; 0. the 
 OS ifchium ; 22. the os pubis j 23. tuber ifchii? 24, foramen magnum ; 25. os femo- 
 ris; r. coUum offis femoris ; s. caput offis femoris -, 26.. the trochanter major ; 27. 
 the trochanter minor ; t. the patella ; 28. the tibia ; 29. the fibula; u. the talus j 30. 
 the calcaneus ; 31. the metatarfus ; z. ofia digitorum pedes. 
 
 Of the abdomen, or BELLY in GENERAL. 
 
 THE abdomen is all that part, diftinguifhed within (by the midriff) from the cheft 
 to the OS pubis. It is bounded by the cartilago mucromta, vertebrse of the loins, os 
 facrum, hip-bones, os pubis, and the baftard ribs on either fide. It is divided into 
 three regions or parts : firft, the uppermoft, called epigaftrium, each fide of which 
 is called hypochcndrium, lying under the griftles of the fhort ribs : it is bounded be- 
 tween the cartilago mucronata: fecondly, the middle part, called regio umhilicalis^ 
 which extends from three inches above the navel to three inches below it ; the lower 
 part, called hypogajlrium ; the lateral parts are called inguim, the groins ; in the right 
 fides of which, are parts of the colon and cxcum, which are tied together; in the left, 
 a great part of the colon and inttjiinum return ; the fore- part of it is called aqualiculus^ 
 and the loweft part, which is covered with hair, is called ^z/^«, the ftiare; the hair 
 begins to appear here in girls about the twelfth year, but in boys about the four- 
 teenth year, of age. Under this region in women are contained the bladder, ma- 
 trix, an d intejlinum return . _ , 
 o The
 
 J^'^
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. y^ 
 
 TheperitoiiJEum is fo called from flretching and fpreading about, being drawn over 
 all the parts between the midriff and thighs. Its original is from the firft forma- 
 tion, at the third vertebra of the loins, where it is thicker, fo that it cannot, in that 
 place, be feparated without breaking. The mufcles of the belly being taken away, 
 theperiton^umcomes to view: it is tied above to the midriff; below to thefhaieand 
 fiank bones •, in the fore-part firmly to the tranfverfe mufcles, but chiefly to their 
 tendons about the linea alba -, behind to the flcfhy heads of thefe mufcles. It is fper- 
 matical, cold and dry by nature, and of a fubflance not fimple and uniform, but 
 double, and unequal in thicknefs. It is a membrane double in all places, but it is 
 moft apparent about the vertebra of the loins, where, between the duplications, lie 
 the vena cava, the aorta, and the kidneys. Its ufe is to fend connexions to all the 
 parts •, to bellow coats u[)on all the bowels of the abdomen : to give a covering to 
 the diaphragm, liver, and fpleen; to produce the ligament which upholds the liver; 
 to make a communion with all the principal parts by veins, arteries, and nerves ; to 
 produce the omentum; and, by its reduplication, the mefentery. 
 
 The omentum, or caul, fo called, becaufeit floats or fwims upon the guts : it lies 
 under the peritonseum, andis fituated at the liver, fpleen, and bottom of the ftomach: 
 in fome it ceafes at the navel, in others it falls below the navel, and fornetimcs it 
 reaches to the os pubis, where it is inferted. It is a thin membrane, endowed with 
 much fat, double, and disjoined. In men, when it defcends into the fcrotum, it 
 caufes the rupture epiplocele, which happens moft commonly on the left fide, becaufe 
 it is extended rather to the left than to the right fide. Its fubftance is membranous, 
 that it might admit dilatation andextenfion; it is compaft, to hinder the difTipation 
 of the internal heat, and to repel the external cold : it is tied to the ftomach, beincy 
 a middle part between the colon and the fpleen. Its ufes are to cherilh and ftrenothen 
 the internal heat of the ftomach and inteftines ; to give nourilhment to the parts 
 in time of famine; to contain the humours flowing from the inteftines, which the 
 glandulus cannot receive wholly at one time ; to prop up the branches of the veins 
 and arteries of the ftomach, duodenum, colon, and fpleen ; and to generate the fat. 
 The ftomach, called ventrkulus, from its cavity, is fituated in the epigaftrium, a 
 place encompafl"ed with no bones, that it might ftretch the more eafily, immediately 
 under the midriff, which it toucheth, fo that, if it be too full,- it caufeth a difficulty 
 of breathing, by hindering the motion of it. In the fore-part and on the right fide, 
 it is covered with the hollow of the liver ; in the left by the fpleen ; fo that the fto- 
 mach is as it were between two fires, bending a little towards the left hypochondrium, 
 and towards the back part it leans on the aorta, the cava, and the pancreas, which 
 helps its heat. It is lefs in women than in men, to give way to the diftenfion of the 
 31. U matrix.
 
 74 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 matrix, and it is compofed of three tiinicles •, the outwardmoft is common from the 
 peritoneum, and is the thickeft-, the middlemoft is proper to itfclf, and flcfby •, the 
 innermoft is from the dura meninx, and wrinkled, as alfo hairy like' a piece of filk : 
 this is continued with the tunicle of the cefophagus, mouth, and lips, that nothing may 
 be received in which is ungrateful to the ftomach : hence it is, that, when choler is in 
 the ftomach, the tongue is bitter and yellow. It is fpungy, and has" pafiages like 
 fhort fibres, from this inner furface to the outward, that the thinner chyUis may be 
 the better detained. The inmoft coat ferves chiefly for fenfe ; the middlemoft for 
 the office of motion ; and the third, that it might be as a covering for the whole. 
 The ftomach has two orifices, and both of them in the upper region thereof; the 
 left is called osjlomachi, the right xhzfylorus, or porter : the os fiomachi^ or left ori- 
 fice, has orbicular fibres, that, the meat and drink being once received within the ca- 
 pacity of the ftomach, it may, by a natural inftinft, exaflly ftiut up the mouth of the 
 ftomach, left the fumes and heat Ihould break out, which might not only go into 
 the brain and breed difeafes there, but alio hinder concoftion. The right orifice is 
 of equal height with the other; left the meat and drink fhould flip through before 
 they are digefted. It is not wide like the former, becaufe it is to tranfmit the elabo- 
 rated cliyle, which is done by the ftrength of the ftomach, in contrafting itfelf. 
 Wherefore \!atfolyrus, befides its tranfverfe fibres, has a thick and compaift circle, 
 reprefenting the fphindter mufcle, that it might the more eafily fliut and open. The 
 ftomach has arteries from the ramus cceliatus^ which accompany every vein, that 
 blood may be fupplied from the heart for nouriftiment of the part : it has likewife 
 many nerves ; viz. two in its orifice from the ftomach-branches, which being pro- 
 duced, alter they have run back in the thorax, and furnilhed the lungs and pericar- 
 dium, are covered with ftrong membranes. Thefe fo crofs one another, that they 
 are carried obliquely, and without doubt with greater fafety. The right branch 
 compafles the fore and left part of the mouth of the ftomach ; the left branch, the 
 hinder and right part of the fame : from thcfe branches of nerves are fent down- 
 wards, to the very bottom ; a branch goes from the left nerve, along the upper part 
 of the ftomach, to the pylorus, which it infolds with certain branches, and goes to 
 the hollow of the liver: other two nerve? alfo go to the bottom of the ftomach, 
 from the branches which run along by the roots of the ribs. Hence it is, that, when 
 the brain is hurt, the ftomach is fick, and falls a vomiting, as in a vertigo bemicrama, 
 &c. alfo, when the ftomach is afFefted, the head and brain are ill, or afflided with 
 pain ; and by reafon that the orifice of the ftomach is fo compafled with nerves, as 
 if it were altogether made of nerves, it becomes oi a moftexquifite fenfe; and hence 
 
 it is that vomiting fo often fucceeds in many difeafes, where there is a confent of 
 
 parts
 
 . AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 75 
 
 parts with the ftomach. The (lomach is the feat of hunger, and does the firft of all 
 parts feel the want of food ; (afterwards the other parts by faintnefs and univerfal 
 debility;) for, the blood being fpent upon the nourifhment of the body, the fiores 
 of the internal membrane of the ftomach are contradled, and fo this pain, which is 
 called hunger and thirfl:, is cauled. 
 
 The inteftines, or guts, begin at the pylorus and end in the anus or fundament. 
 They are called intcftina, or inwards, becaufe they are in the inmoll leat of the body. 
 They are of a round figure, that they might the better contain the nourifhment ; of 
 a membranous fubftance, the better to have conftri£tion and dilatation -, and indeed 
 their fubrtance is almoft the fame with the ftomach, having three coats, one com- 
 mon and external, being bred immediately from the mefenlerium, but mediately 
 from the peritoneum. Thefecond, which is the middlemoft, is proper, being mem- 
 branous, ftrong, and furniflied with fleftiy fibres. The third, which is the inner- 
 moft, is alio proper, nervous, and lined with a crufty fubftance, framed of the ex- 
 crennents of the third concodlion of the guts, glazed as it were with a mucus or 
 phlegmatic fubftance, bred in the firft concoiflion, by which excoriation is not only 
 hindered, when ftiarp humours pafs through the guts, but alfo by its affiftance the 
 expulfion of the fceces is furthered. This internal membrane has fuch a crufty 
 fubftance, that the mouths of the meferaic veins might not be ftopped; and that 
 neither they nor the coat itfelf might be made callous by the continual thoroughfare 
 of the chyle. The fibres of the internal membrane of the fmall guts are oblique, 
 but of the external coat tranfverfe •, becaufe thefe are appointed for the retention 
 and expulfion of the chyle ; but, in the thick guts, the inner coat has tranfverfe 
 fibres, the outward has oblique and ftraight, becaufe they are appointed for the ex- 
 pulfion of the excrements : the inner membrane alfo of the fmall guts is full of 
 wrinkles to ftay the chylus from pafTing too foon. As to the length of the inteftines 
 they are in general fix times as long as the whole body: it is wonderful that the 
 guts fof fo great a length) ftiould be comprehended in fo fmall a compafs, fo as that 
 they are not above a fpan diftant from the centre. They have a motion, which is 
 periftaltic, or the worm-like motion, by which they move themfelves all over by a 
 contradtion from the upper parts downwards ; moreover they have many turnings 
 and windings, or bcndings, which ferve to keep the nutriment, till the concodion is 
 perfedlly finilhed, and chyle diftributed. 
 
 The mefentery is fo called, becaufe it is the middle of the guts. It is one in 
 
 number, but divided into two parts, the mefareum and mefocolon. By the mefareum 
 
 the fmall guts are knit together-, by the mefocolon, the thick guts are tied together. 
 
 The fubftance of the mefentery is a double membrane, one above another. Its firua- 
 
 3 tion
 
 75 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAJ^, 
 
 tion is in the middle of the abdomen, (licking to the tranfverfe procelTes of the ver- 
 tebra by ligaments, whence is its original : for it arifes from the firft and third ver- 
 tebra of the loins, where membranous fibres are produced from the peritoneum, 
 which turn into ftrong membranes. The veflels of the mefentery are veins, arteries, 
 and nerves, which pafs to and from the guts, between the membranes. The veins 
 are called nujeraidt^ and they are two-fold, s\z. f anguine a and la5ie<s^ both which are 
 almoft innumerable. The ven^ fanguine^, or meferaide, receive the blood from the 
 arteries, afcer nourifhing of the parts, and fo convey it back again to the liver. 
 The vena: laSfe^e, afcending from the guts, and carrying the chyle, do centre in the 
 glandules, or receptacles of the chyle. Thefeglandulesof the mefentery, are to prop 
 upandfupport fundry diftributions of the branches to the vena porta and arteria 
 magna; and hence it is, that about the centre of the mefentery are the greateft ker- 
 nels, becaufe there is the dillribution of the greater and more colleded veflels: if 
 thofe becomefchirthous,an atrophy, or extenuation ofthe whole body, viz. a walling, 
 leannefs, and pining, follows, becaufe the paffing of the chyle is hindered, where- 
 by the nourifliment of the body is loft. Their fubftance in men is glandulous and 
 folid, like other glands of the mefentery, watered as it were with the ven.f la^e<e^ 
 yet capable of chyle in their lead corners. Their connexion is in the hinder part 
 vertebrae lumbares : in the fore part they are joined to the mefentery by fmall milky 
 branches, which carry the chyle to thefe fountains or receptacles. The ufe of thefe 
 milky glandules is to receive and contain the chyle coming from the vena laSiea of 
 the mefentery : as alfo to digeft and prepare it by the help of the neighbouring hot 
 veffels, viz. the artery and vein, and then, being prepared, to thruft it out into the 
 thoraices, and other parts, as the liver, which is eafily proved by ligature; for, if thefe 
 la^e^, whether in the thorax or going to the liver, be bound, they always fwell on 
 that fide next to the glandules or mefentery, and grow empty on the other fides: 
 they alfo fqueeze out the ferum, being feparted from the chyle in that light prepa- 
 ration, and expel it either into the reins adjacent to them ; or into the emulgent ar- 
 teries, to which they fend branches ; or into the capfuls arribilarias, appointed for 
 melancholy; or, laftly, into the doubling of the peritoneum, in which they abide, 
 which is fometimes the caufe of the dropfy afcites : and herein we have reafon why 
 a dropfy is many times ended by diuretics and diflblved by urine; "and how thofe, 
 who are extreme drinkers, do fo immediately evacuate what they have drunk ; for 
 that the ordinary way through the liver, heart, arteries, emulgent veins, ureters, 
 and bladder, is vaftly longer, and more tedious : hence alfo the caufe is feen, why, in 
 a real diabetes, the drink is fo voided through the bladder in a very fhort fpace, as 
 it is received, without change of confiftency, colour, tafte, or fmell; hence too ap- 
 pears
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 77 
 
 pears the reafon of an atrophia of the parts, cfpecially thofe of the thorax, which 
 draw the chyle out of the milky receptacles ; for that they are fometimes preffed to- 
 gether, whereby the diftribution of the chyle is obftru6ted : fometimes aUb they are 
 inflamed, tumified, andaffliifled with afchirrhus. Hence it is that lithontriptic or ne- 
 phritic medicaments do prefently eafe fuch as have a pain in their reins : as likewife 
 cantharides, and fuch as incite to luft, do immediately, without flopping thepafl"age, 
 come to the arteries emulgent and fpermatic ; becaufe that, in the accuftomed jour- 
 ney, (much the longer way,) the virtue of the medicaments would eafily be ener- 
 vated. And here the reafon is obvious why diuretic and nephritic medicaments 
 make fuch an imprefTionof fmell and colour in urine, as is manifeft in calTia, turpeii- 
 tine, juniper, afparagus, and other like things. Many of the ladteas of the mefen- 
 tery, coming through the greater glandules, and the fides of the portas, are grafted 
 into the liver. Their entrance is about the third lobe, to which many of the lacflese 
 from the mefentery and appendices of the ftomach do come. From the upper part of 
 the milky glandules, immediately under the diaphragm, there arife as many milky 
 branches as there are glandules, which, through the middle of the fpine pierce the 
 diaphragm, and, by mutual infertion, two of them are joined about the firft verte- 
 bra of the loins; another branch, coming out of the fecond glandule, about the 
 twelfth vertebra of the back, enters a littleabove the other infertion •, but the third, 
 rifing from the third glandule, is to be feen near the eleventh vertebra, from whence 
 it arifes as a folitary branch, through the middle of the back, by the fide of the aorta, 
 and the vein axygos^ between both, under the afophagus, to which it is firmly 
 knit by its membranes. Thefe milky thoracics, departing from thefpinal (about the 
 third or fifth vertebra of the back), through the midft of which they crept all this way, 
 turn a little to the left, and creeping up under the xfophagus and aoi-ta, and under tlie 
 fubclavial artery and the glandules of the thymus, they go forward to the left clavicula 
 and left axillary vein ; they enter the vein juft where the outward jugular pours it- 
 felf forth into the axillary afore-mentioned. From hence we learn, that thefe thora- 
 cics carry the chyle out of the milky glandules or receptacles of the mefentery to the 
 fubclavials ; but the laSleis meferaicd; carry the chyle from the inteftines either to the 
 receptacle or to the liver : alfo that the chyle goes not to the head nor to the joints, 
 but is carried to the heart with the blood that runs down in circulation, where ic is i 
 changed into the fanguineous humour : and hence the lafle^e of the thorax receive 
 their reftorative force from nutriment, cordials, and medicaments, out of the fto- 
 mach or u-fophagus, by the glanduLe laSlea:, and carry them ftraitway to the heart: 
 wh.ence it is, that drinking vinegar, wine, cordials, and other like things, fo immedi- 
 ately caufe the ftrcngth to be reftored ; and prefently at meat a man is Urengthened, 
 •21. X and
 
 78 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 and his hunger (layed : this virtue is conveyed by the milky branch which is 
 near the celbphagus, and the fiiort paffage of the reft of the laftese to the heart: 
 alfo. vulnerary potions and pe<51:oral drinks come a fhorter and furer way to 
 the heart and lungs, to which, by the long way about through the bowels 
 and veins, they could not come fo lafely and fecurely -, and by the fame reafon poi- 
 fons as fwiftly overcome the heart, infeft the vital fpirits, and dcftroy their 
 harmony. 
 
 The liver is an organic part, and an inftrumentof the blood, (both for generating 
 and perfeding it,) feated in. the abdomen, juft under the diaphragma or midriff, in 
 the right hypochondrium^ about a finger's breadth diftance therefrom -, it is covered by 
 the ribs for fafety, but covers, or lightly refts upon, a great part of the ftomach. It 
 is divided as it were into two parts by the umbilical vein, which, after the birth, 
 ferves it for a ligament. It is faid to be the original or beginning of the veins, be- 
 caufe therein the roots of the two greateft veins appear difperfed, viz, of the cava 
 and portte^ as roots implanted in the earth ; alfo here are to be feen inferted, trunks 
 and branches o^ t\\t vena la6lea^2ix\{\n% ixQmx\\t pancreas mefenterti. It is a great, 
 thick, and hard, body ; of a red colour, confifting of a fubftance proper to itfelf, 
 litted and ordained for that end. It differs from the livers of beafts, in that it has 
 feldom any lobes, yet the hollow part of it has a fiffure or chink, where the umbili- 
 cal vein is implanted. Its magnitude is exceeding great, beyond all the other w/f^r^j 
 and bigger in man than in any other living creature, the proportion of body being 
 confidcred ; and this fcems to be neceffary, conlidermgthe nc^ble ulcs and functions 
 to which it is ordained. The adion of the liver is fanguification ; for the chyle, be- 
 ing conveyed to the liver by the venalaHct^ is there ianguified, or made chymus; for 
 the fubftance of the liver doth not only fuftain the veir.s, but is alfo the efficient of 
 fanguification, and of perfeding the blo.d by its circular motion ; and, together 
 with the blood, itgene^ates naiural Ipiiits. 
 
 The gall-bladder and choler-channel are fituated on the right fideof the liver, in 
 the under or hollow part thereof. I'he branches of both thefc, together with the 
 branches of the vena pcrt.e, are comprehended in a common bladder, called capjula. 
 Thefe branches of the vejicafellis, and dtinus chckdochus, or biliarius, being detained 
 in the live^, are difperfed through its vi\\o\z parenchyma, every where included in the 
 afore-named capfula, which is red, about the thicknefs of an artery, and takesits ori- 
 ginal from the peritonaeum. The gall-bladder is a veffel long and round, much like 
 a pear, hollow, furnifhed with a double membrane. Its magnitude is fmall, com- 
 pared to the fpleen or kidneys, being about two inches in length, and in fome perfons 
 aearly three mches. The ufe of the gall is, i. to caufe a new and more perfed fer- 
 
 I mentation
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 79 
 
 irentctjon of the chyle : 2. to prick the guts by its fliarpnefs, to ftir up their peri- 
 ftaltic mo'i 'n, ehat they may drive down the chyle, and expel the excrements: 3. to 
 mix witn tht chJ^ in fuch proportion, that, being converted into blood, the blood 
 mi^ht thereby be kept from congelation. 
 
 To iliultiate this fubjidl more amply, we have fubjoined a reprefentation of the 
 liverof a new-born child, wlicre A A A A reprefents the circumference of the liver-, 
 B BB B, the lower part of the liver, in which tliere are feveral irregularities-, C, the 
 gall-bladder-, D, the umbilical vein, running with a fingle trunk from the navel to 
 the liver; E E E, the finules of the vena ports, into which alone the umbilical 
 veininferts itfelf, with a fingle trunk ; F, the trunk of the vena portas cut off; 
 G G G G, the principal branches of the finus of the vena ports diftributed through 
 the liver, which become confpicuous when a fmall part of the fuperficies of the liver 
 is abraded off; H, the trunk of the vena cava ; I I, the canalis venofus, or ductus 
 venofus, arifing from the finus of the vena portae, over againft the ingrefs of the 
 umbilical vein, and inferring itfelf into the vena cava : this, in the uterus, carries a 
 great part, and probably the greater part, of the blood, carried through the umbi- 
 lical vein to the liver of the foetus, by a large paffageto the vena cava and the heart; 
 but this, after the birth of the foetus, gradually grows narrower and clofes ; K, the 
 entrance of the umbilical vein into the finus of the vena ports. To this defcrip- 
 tion of the external papt of the liver, it may not be improper to add that of its blood- 
 veffels, together witn their numerous ramifications, freed from the parenchymatous 
 fubftance. Fig. i. reprefents the under fide of thefe veffcls; A being that part of 
 the liver which l.es next to the back ; B, its right fide; C, its anterior edge , D, its 
 left fide ; h, the vena cava, where it paffes through the diaphragm ; E i, E 2, E3, 
 its three principal branches, diltributed almoft through the whole liver; F, the vena 
 portae turned upwards, that other veffels may be more eafily feen ; F i, F 2, F 3, F 4, 
 four branches of the vena p jrtje diftnbuted to feveral quarters of the flat part of the 
 liver, but the fifth branch is not obferved on this fide ; G, the gall-bladder; H, H, 
 the vena umbiiicalis become a ligament; I, theduftus communis choledochus; K, 
 the canalis venofus, now performing the office of a ligament ; L, the trunk of the 
 vena cava defcendens ; a, a Imall portion of the membrane invefting the liver ; b^ 
 that part of the diaphragm which lurrounds the vena cava ; f, the biliary dudl ; d, 
 the cyftic dudl ; f, the place where thefe veflcls meet;/, the hepatic artery ; 0, 0, the • 
 hepatic nerves; p, /),/>, />, the common capfula laid open ; y, j, the lymphsdufts ; 
 »?, ?«, w, &c. the fmalier branches of the vena portse; », ?/, », the fmall branches of 
 the vena cava. 
 
 The
 
 go CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 The fpleen, or milt, is fituated in the left fide under the fhort ribs, over againft 
 the liver, and under the midriff, between the ribs and the ftomach, near to the back 
 part. Its colour in new-born infants is red, becaufe they have been fed with elabo- 
 rate blood -, but in thofe of ripe age it is of a darkiOi red colour, and fometimes al- 
 mofl; blackifh. It is connefted by thin membranes arifing from the peritoneum, to 
 the peritonseum itfelf, caul, and to the left kidney, and fometimes alfo to xhtjeptum, or 
 Saplragma. The aftion and office of the fpleen is not to be either the receptacle or 
 the place of the generation of melancholy, (as feveral learned men have thought,) 
 nor to make blood, (as many others have imagined,) but to highly perfedl the blood 
 a:lready made, that it may ferveasafermentum, both to the daily generated chyle and 
 air the reft of the blcod in the body : the excrementicious blood which cannot be fe- 
 parated from the fpleen, if it be thin and watery, is purged out, firft, by the arteries, 
 not only to the guts, but alfo to the kidneys, by theemulgent veins; hence, indifeafes 
 of the fpleen, the urine is many times black , in which cal'e we commonly adminifter 
 diuretics. Secondly, by the ftomach ; whence, in the fcurvy and a quartan ague, the 
 Tick fpits exceedingly -, but, if this excrementitious blood be thick and earthy, it is 
 voided direftly by the anus by proper arteries going the guts, by which means the 
 ordure is black, as alfo by the internal hasaiorrhoidal veins, as the great Hippocrates 
 
 iias often ftiewn. 
 
 Tiie reins, or kidneys, are fituated under the liver and fpken, by the loins, between 
 the two coats of the peritoneum, at the fides of the cava and aorta, under which very 
 great nerves lie hid, and reft upon the mufcles of the thigh: whence it is, that a ftone 
 being in the kidneys, a numbnefs is felt in the thigh and leg of that fide. The left 
 kidney is for the moft part higheft ; the right is loweft to give way to the liver, 
 reaching by its end the third vertebra of the loins. They confift- of a fubftance folid, 
 flefhy, thick, hard, and compaft, almoft as the heart, but not fo fibrous. They are 
 connected by an external membranefrom the peri conseum to the loins anddiaphragma; 
 by the emulgent veffels to the cava and aorta ; and by the ureters to the bladder. 
 The right kidney is tied to the ceecum, fometimes alfo to the liver: the left to the 
 fpleen and colon ; hence pains of the reins are exafperated by plenty of wind and ex- 
 crements. The colour of the flcQi of the kidneys is red ; and through their hollow- 
 ed fides are carried the emulgent veins and arteries, proceeding from the trunks of 
 the cava and aorta : they have alfo emulgent arteries, which are large, and derived 
 from the trunk of the aorta, which carry blood for nourifiiment, and that therefrom 
 the ferum (which is plentiful in the arterial blood J may be feparated: they have alfo 
 one very ftnall nerve on each fide, which fprings from the ramus pmachicus, proceed- 
 ing from xhtpar vagum^ and is inferred into the proper membrane of the kidney ; 
 
 \v 
 
 hence
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 8i 
 
 whence arit'es the fympathy between the ftomach and reins ; and that they who are 
 dtkafed in the kidneys, by the ftone or fome other diilemper, are for the moft pare 
 fick at ftomach, and troubled with vomiting. The ut'e ot the kidneys is to attraft 
 the fanguineous ferofity by the emulgent arteries, that fo the mafs of blood may be 
 cleanfed : which blood, going through thefe veflels, is always carried through the 
 branches of theemulgents, diffeminated abroad through the whole parenchyma of the 
 kidneys, and runs at length into very fmall paflagcs, fo that at laft the wheyifh hu- 
 mour is thrurt quite out into the flcfh of the kidneys, the good blood remaining 
 partly to nourilh them, and partly to return by the little emulgent veins, which are 
 open into the cava, and fo to the heart. The ferous part is ftrained through the 
 papillaiy caruncles, which have holes, into the branches of the ureters, and after 
 grow together into one cavity or expanfion of the ureter, into which the ferum is 
 emptied : through the ureters it pafles into the bladder, where it becomes urine. 
 
 The deputy kidneys, or black choler cafes, are fo feated, that they reft upon the 
 upper part of the kidneys, on the outfide, \vh;;re they look towards the vena cava^ 
 being covered with fat membranes. In figure and fubftance they for the moft part 
 refemble the kidneys, fave that their fiefti is a little loofer : fo that they feem like 
 little kidneys refting upon the great ones. They have an apparent internal cavity, 
 furniftied with a dreggy and black humour; and are ftrongly connected, where 
 they reft, to the external membrane of the reins, and to the feptum tranfverfum, to 
 which they commonly ftick in diffedion. 
 
 The ureters are white veflels, like veins, but thicker, whiter, and more nervous ; 
 confifting of a fingle membranous fubftance, inclofed in a duplication of the perito- 
 neum. They are as long as between the kidneys and bladder, and commonly as 
 thick or wide as goofe-quills : but, in difledion of perfons troubled with the ftone, 
 they have beenfo wide as to admit of two fingers. Their original is in the kidneys, 
 within whofe cavities they are divided into nine or ten little pipes or channels, 
 which are fitted to the little fleftiy teats or caruncuU papillares^ that they may diftil 
 the ferum into the pelvis, or bafon, or large cavities of the ureters within the kid- 
 neys. The ureters defcending within the duplicature of the peritoneum, upon the 
 mufcles of the loins, to the bladder, are inferted obliquely into its neck ; then, af- 
 cending upwards between its membranes, they perforate the innermoft coat together, 
 and through the fame hole they both enter the bladder : in the implantation of the 
 ureters, two little membranes or valves are placed, like the valves in bellows, fliut- 
 ting up the paflages of the ureters, fo that the urine cannot go back. They receive 
 fmall veins and arteries from the neighbouring parts, and nerves from the par vagurrty 
 and marrow of the loins. Their ufe is to convey the urine from the kidneys into 
 the bladder. 
 
 3i. r The
 
 82 CULPEPER»s ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 The bladder, or receptacle of urine, is feated between the duplicaturc of the^ 
 periconasum, in the cavity of thehypogaftrium, which is calkd pelvis, or the baTon; 
 which in a man lies between the os pubis and intejlinum re£lum ; in a woman, between 
 the OS pubis and the neck of the womb. Its figure is oval or globical, that it might 
 hold the more; from the bottom it is by little and little ftraightened into a narrow- 
 neck. Its magnitude is various ; and, according to the greatnefs of the lungs, fuch 
 is the greatnefs of the bladder j and fuch animals as have no lungs have no bladder: 
 man, according to his magnitude, has of all living creatures thegreatcft bladder. Its 
 fubftance is partly membranous, for ftrength fake, as alfo that it might extend and 
 wrinkle together. It has two membranes and one mufcle, which moft anatomifts 
 make to be a third membrane, and not a mufcle. The bottom is faftened to the 
 peritoneum, and to the navel by a middle ligament called iirachiis, and the two navel 
 arteries dried up. The neck of the bladder is tied in men to the inteftinum return; 
 but in women to the 'vagina uteri, or neck of the womb, and to the neighbouring 
 hip-bones. The bladder has three holes; two a little before the neck, where the 
 ureters are jnferted, and a third in the neck, through which the urine is voided. 
 The neck is fiefhy and fibrous, furnifhed with a fphindler mufcle to purfe it up, 
 that the urine may not pafs out againft our will ; in men this neck is long, narrow, 
 and wreathed, becaufe, being placed under the bodies which conftitute the yard, it 
 runs upwards under tne (Iiare-bones, from the fundament to the origin of the yard. 
 In women if is fhort and broad, ftretched forth downwards, and implanted above 
 into the neck of the womb. The bladder has arteries from the hypogaftrica in men, 
 and from thofe which go from the neck of the womb in women ; by thefe it is 
 nourilhed ; it has veins alfo from the vena hypogaftrica implanted into the fides of 
 its neck, varioufly difleminated through the bladder, which are m.utually conjoined 
 one with another and with the arteries by open holes, that nutritive blood may re- 
 turn ; and it has nerves from the par vagum, and from the medulla of the osfacrmn. 
 
 The fpermatic velTcls, in men called vafa freparantia, are two-fold, viz. the two 
 fpermatic veins, and the two fpermatic arteries. The right-fide vein fprings from 
 the trunk of the vena cava, a little below the rife of the emulgent, otherwife it mufr 
 go over the aorta, and then there would be danger of breaking ; or, at leaft, by 
 reafon of the pulfation of the artery, the venal blood might be hindered. Both the 
 feminal arteries arife from the trunk of the aorta, about two inches diflant from the 
 emulgents ; thefe veflels, being a little diftant one from another, are tied together 
 by a thin membrane from the peritoniEum. Thefe fpermatic preparers are greater 
 in men than in women, and the arteries are greater than the veins, becaufe very 
 much heat, vital fpirit, and arterial blood, are rtquifite to make feed. Thefe vefTels 
 
 arii
 
 A N D FA M I L Y D I S P E N S A T O R Y. S3 
 
 are carried obliquely above the ureters to the groins •, but in their progrefs they are 
 joined by infinite anaftomofes or inofcul;;ticns : ib that the arteries are fo coupled 
 within the coats of the veins, as if they were but one veffe!, and they are knit toge- 
 ther by a membrane arilingfrom the peritonasum, and afterwards carried to the be- 
 ginning of the tefticles, like a tendril of a vine, being lb interwoven that a curious 
 eye cannot diftinguidi a vein from an artery. This intertexture of veins and arteries 
 being tlie twi (tings of the vafa preparantia, makes a long, thick, glandulous, but hard, 
 cord, called corpus varicofiiin, which is without any remarkable cavity. Thefe vefleh 
 do not pafs through the peritonjeum, as in dogs, but are carried between its double 
 coat, with a fmall nerve from the par vaglcrn and the mufcle cremafter, and, pafTing 
 to the bottom of the tefticle, end at the v as defer eits. Thefe arteries carry blood and 
 fpirits (in whofeadmirable windings they are more elaborated) to the tefticles, from 
 whom they have a virtue feminal: with this blood the ftones arenouriftied, and part 
 of it becomes feed : the veins are clofely interwoven with the arteries about the 
 tefticle, and joined to them by mutual anafliomofe ; that they may carry back the 
 blood which remains unto the left emulgent, or to the vena cava on the right fide, 
 from whence the fpermatic vein commonly fprings. If one or both the fpermatic 
 arteries be injured, or wanting, as they are Ibmetimes, fuch perfons doubtlefs cannot 
 get children, but muft necelTarily be barren. 
 
 The tefticles in men, are glandulous bodies, flaggy, fpungy, foft, and white, with- 
 out any cavity, full of fmall veins and arteries, fuch as are not in any other part of 
 the body. Their figure is oval, but it fometimes varies, according to the turgency 
 of any of the neighbouring vefTels. The right tefticle is hotter, and better concofts 
 the feed, than the left : becaufe the former receives the arterial blood immediately 
 from the aorta, the latter from the emulgent. They are feated externally without 
 the abdomen, under the belly, at the root of the yard, in the fcrotum or covering : 
 being commonly in men anfwerable to the bignefs of a fmall hen's egg. The mem- 
 branes being taken away, the fubftance of the tefticle comes in fight, upon which, 
 athwart, is placed a fmall body, called corpus vermifomis, to the one end whereof 
 cleaves thevasfpermaticum deferens, tlie carrying fpermatic vefTel, which enters into the • 
 fubftance of the tefticle, and empties the leminal matter thereinto : from the other 
 end arifes tht. vas ejaculatoriumy which in the beginning is full of turnings and 
 windings, and cleaves firmly to the tefticle, by its ends,, being loofe, and feparate 
 in its middle. They have velTcls of all forts, veins and arteries from the feminal vef- 
 fels, and a large nerve from thepar vagum: fometimes alfo they have two nerves from 
 the twcnty.firft pair of thelpinal marrow, which, being conjoined with the fperma- 
 tic vefl:els, are carried with thcin through the produdlion of the periton:eum, and 
 
 difleminated
 
 «4 CULPEPER»s ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 difleminated into thetunicles. They have on each fide one proper mufcle, called 
 tremafter or fufpenjor : ar.d a common mufcle, from the membrane of the IcrotunOi 
 called dartos. The tefticies have aifo feveral tunicles, coats, or coverings ; of whicfe 
 two are common : three proper to themfclvesonly. The firft common coat (which 
 is to defend the part) is conftituted of the fkin and fcaif-fkin, and is called fcrotutn 
 ■or burfajcrotiy becaufe it is like a purfe or bag : it is fofr, wrinkled, and void of fat: 
 having in its lower part a line, according to the length thereof; which divides into 
 a right and left part, and is called fiitura, or a feam. The fecond common coat 
 confifts of a tlefliy membrane, fpringing from the tnembrana carnofa^ which is here 
 thinner than in other places, and full of veins and arteries, and is called dartus: this 
 by many is comprehended under the term fcrotum. The firft proper coat is called 
 vaginalis, the fcabbard coat ; and elicoides, from its thinnefs, which is yet ftrong and 
 full of veins, arifing from the procefles of the peritoneum, and cleaving to tlue 
 dartos by many membranous fibres, whence its exterior part is rough, its interior 
 fmooth. The fecond proper coat is culkderyibroides, becaufe of its rednefs : it has 
 fome flefhy fibres fro.n the cremajier, from which it is propagated, and is fpread over 
 the vaginalis. The third and innermoft, called aWiginea, arifing from the coat of the 
 fpermatic vefi^els, immediately encompafiTes the fubftance of the ftones, and as it 
 were binds the fame, being white, thick, and ftrong. The ufe of the tefticies is to 
 elaborate the feed, and to make it, by their heat and inbred faculty : for the efficient 
 caufe of the feed is the proper parenchyma of the tefticies, both in regard of their hot 
 and moift temper, and of their fpecific property -, for, the blood being prepared, 
 they convert it into feed; what remains over and above ferves for nouriftiment of 
 the part, and the remainder is conveyed back, by the fpermatic veins, to the 
 heart. 
 
 The vafa deferentia, are the veflels carrying away the feed ; and thefe begin at the 
 tefticies, and end at the root of the yard, whither they carry and ejaculate the fe- 
 minal humour -, being in number two, on each fide one. Now thefe vafa deferentia^ 
 called alfo meatus feminaks^ are divided into three parts ; the beginning, middle, 
 and end : under which are comprehended, the parajlrate, xhtvafa ejaailatoria, the 
 veJcuUfeminales, and thepnjiat^. The parajtrat^, or affiftants, are the beginnings 
 of the vafa deferentia. Their fubftance is of the middle nature, between that of 
 the tefticies and that of the vafa ejaculatoria, being within glandulous and fpungy, 
 but without membranous. They have their origin in the ftones, making many 
 anaftomofes there, with the vafa preparantia, by means of innumerable fmall pipes, 
 or white fibres. The ufe of the parajlrate is to perfedt and finifh the feed, by a 
 virtue which they receive from tefticies, and, while the feed is lodged in them, 
 
 2 frequent
 
 AND F AMI L Y DISPEN S ATORY. Ss 
 
 frequent luft is not provoked. The vafa ejaculatoria are the middle of the vafa 
 deferentia, properly fo called -, thefe convey the feed from the paraftatcE or corpora va- 
 ricofa to the veficute feminales. Their fubftance is white and nervous : their figure 
 long and round, with an obfcure cavity or hollownefs : their fituation is partly in 
 the tefticles, partly in the cavity of the abdomen, above the os pubis or fhare-bone ; 
 for they run upwards and are knit to the vafa preparantia by a thin membrane, and 
 fo are carried along to the flanks and fhare-bone, which for that purpofe have a 
 flight cavity. After being turned back downwards, they pafs above the ureters, 
 and under the hinder part of the bladder; above the intejtinum return, at the neck of 
 the bladder, they are on each fide widened, and there conftitute the feminal blad- 
 ders, Vejiculie feminales, the feminal bladders, are the end or termination of the vafa 
 deferentia : after the contlitution of thefe bladders, thefe carrying veffels are united 
 into one fmall paflfage, and are inferted into the proftatJE. Thefe bladders are many 
 in number lii^e little cells, and feem to make on each fide one remarkable great and 
 winding one, for that they go one into another, much refembling a bunch of grapes. 
 Their fubftance is nervous, and they are feated between the ligaments of the blad- 
 der and the redum, by the fides of the vafa ejaculatoria a little before the faid veffels 
 grow thick and unite. Their ufe is to contain the feed being perfefted, and to re- 
 ferve the fame till the time of coition, that fo there may be a fufficiency for genera- 
 tion. The proJiaLe, fl:anders before, fl:oppers, or conduftors, are two certain carun- 
 cles (in which the vafa deferentia terminate) manifeftly differing from the veficuls 
 feminales in ufr, form, fituation, and magnitude. Their fituation is at the root of the 
 yard, above the fphinfter of the bladder, on each fide at the neck thereof. Their 
 fubftance is fpungy, yet harder and whiter than any other kernels, and they are allb 
 covered with a thicker membrane, being of exquifite fenfe, that they might cauie 
 pleafure in coition. They are flat before and behind, but round on the fides : their 
 magnitude is uiually as big as a walnut, and they are open by certain pores into the 
 urethra or urinal paffage, which is evidently apparent in fuch as have died of a go- 
 norrhoea, where they have been dilated, and in whom the feat of that difeafe did 
 lodge. Their ufe is to contain a vifcous and flippery humour, to moiften the ure- 
 thra, for the more eafy and fpeedy paffage of the feed : and they alfo ferve to ftay 
 the involuntary effufion of the feed, and to hinder its regurgitation, being once emit- 
 ted. They terminate in a fmall caruncle upon the urethra, which as a valve ferves 
 to hinder the coming of urine into them : under and by this caruncle, on each fide, 
 there are inconfpicuous holes, or pores, through which the feed paffes into the ure- 
 thra, juft as quickfiver paffes through leather, which it does by virtue of its 
 being replete with a vaft quantity of fubtil and penetrating ipirits. In thefe pores 
 3^ Z of
 
 86 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 of the proftatse, and in the feminal bladders, the feat of a virulent gonorrhoea lies ; 
 and therefore, if they be broken, hurt, or dilated, either by a catheter putting into 
 the bladder, or by any other means, there follows immediately an incurable gonor- 
 rhoea. Thediftance between the root of the fcrotum and the podex is called perine- 
 um. This, with the pubes and fcrotum, are furnifhed with hair, becaufe glandules 
 are placed here, which abound with plenty of humidity, a part of which they fend 
 10 the fkin for the generating thereof. 
 
 The perns, yard, is an organical part, long, and roundifh, but broader on the up- 
 per fide than where the urethra is, being the male inftrument of generation, and ap- 
 pointed for the evacuation of the feed and urine. It is feated under the os pubis ex- 
 a<5lly in the middle, becaufe it is only one in number. Its magnitude is extremely 
 various in different fubjefts, being for the moft part greater than ordinary in little 
 men ; alfo in fuch as have large nofes, for the proportion of the yard very much an- 
 swers that of the nofe ; in fuch as have thick, full, large, beards ; and in u^thiopians, 
 or blackamoors. Itconfiftsofafcarf-fl<in, flclhy membrane, anda proper fubftance 
 of its own ; but is void of fat even in the fatteft men, left thereby its moft exquifite 
 fenfe Ihould be dulled. Its proper fubftance is four-fold : firft, the urethra ■, fecond- 
 ]y, the glans -, thirdly and fourthly, the two nervous bodies, one on each fide. The 
 urethra, or paffage of the urine and feed, is a pipe of a nervous fubftance, of the fame 
 bignefs from the neck of the bladder (to which it is joined) to the end of the yard, or 
 beginning of the glans, for in the middle of the glans it has a greater hollownefs. 
 Its fubftance alfo is thick, loofe, and foft, like that of the two lateral ligaments or 
 nervous bodies. This urethra has alfo two membranes, and a fubftance proper to 
 itlelf. The one membrane is internal, thin, and of exquifite fenfe, with which alfo the 
 gbns is covered ; this fprings from the thin membrane which clothes the nerves of 
 the yard: the other is externa}, more thick and flcfhy, and furniflied with nerves: 
 the middle jiart, which is its proper fubftance, is loofe, fpungy, and black, that it 
 may be diftendcd or concrafted with the other parts. In the beginning of its channel 
 are thefe pores through which the feed is ejaculated, as alfo a little membrane or car- 
 uncle like a valve ftretched before it, to keep the feed and urine from returning into 
 thefpermatic vefl'els : if it be broken or eroded by ftiarp humours, or the unfkilful 
 ufe of a catheter, there follows an incurable gonorrhoea. Its ufe is to be the common 
 paflage of the urine and feed. Balanus, glans, the head or nut of the yard, is an 
 hollowed kernel, wider in the middle than at the external orifice : of a globular form, 
 even, and compaflTed with a circle or crown. Its fubftance is flefh, more folid than 
 thereftof theyard,of amoftexquifitefenfe, andcovered with an exceeding thin mem- 
 brane, foft and red. It is covered with the reduplication of theexternalfliin of the yard, 
 
 called
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 87 
 
 caWed prepuHmn, (apulanJa, from cutting off,) the forefliin : this is that which the 
 Jews cut off in circumcifing. This f!<.in is tied at the root of the glans, by a certain 
 ligament, called /r^fKz^w, the bridle, arifing from a combination of the tendons of the 
 mufcles of the yard and a nerve, and terminating in the extreme hollownefs of the 
 nut. The two nervous bodies, or hollow ligaments, one on each fide, conflitute 
 the remaining and greateft part of the yard ; the whole fubftance whereof being like 
 a thick fpungy artery, ftuffed with flefh. Their external fubftance is long, thicky 
 compaft, hard, and nervous ; their internal fubftance is fpungy, thin, hollow, of a 
 net-like texture, framed of innumerable twigs of veins and arteries, of a dark-red 
 colour, inclining to black, and filled with a great abundance of black blood, very 
 full of fpirits, which, waxing hot, caufes a diftention and eredlion of the yard. Thcfe 
 two bodies (where they are thick and round) fpring from the lower parts of the 
 Ihare-bone, or hip-bones, to which they are ftrongly tied with two ligaments. In 
 their beginnings they keep fome diftance, being feparate one from another, almoit 
 like a Y, that the urethra may pafs between them ; but, when they ceafe to remain 
 perfeftly feparate, viz. when they come to the joining at the Ihare-bone, they iofe 
 near a third part of their nervous fubftance •, yet they ftill remain diftinft by the 
 coming between of a fingle membranous partition, caWed feptum lucidum. This 
 membrane is white, thin, tranfparent, and full of nervous fibres ; it arifes from the 
 upper part of the commifiTure of the os pubis, and upholds the faid two lateral liga- 
 ments, and the urethra, as a ftay, the like of which is alfo found in women. The 
 yard has all forts of veffels, as veins, i. external, running up and down in the fkin, 
 from the pudenda-, 2. internal ones, from the venje hypogaftrics, which are fpread 
 through its whole body. It has arteries, two internal remarkable ones, arifing from 
 the hypogaftrica, which are inferted into the beginning of the growing together of 
 the two nervous bodies, which are fcattered up and down according to the lengthof 
 the part : but in the middle, where the feptum lucidum is thinneft, they fend 
 branches through the fpaces of the fibres, the rightartery, into the left nervous body, 
 and the left into the right, carrying fpirits and blood to fill up, erecl, and nourifli, 
 the yard. It has two nerves from the marrow of the os Jacrum, which diffeminate 
 themfelves through all parts of the yard, both internal and external ; afcending 
 through the middle of the forked divifion, they fpread themfelves into the mufcles, 
 the whole body of the yard, and the glans, that there might be an exquifite fenfe 
 and delegation. It has alfo four mufcles, two ereftors, and two accelerators or 
 cjaculators, under which mufcles lie hid the two nervous bodies. 
 
 The fpermatic veffels in women are the fame with thofe in men, and agree in 
 their number, nature, original, and office -, but they differ from thofe in men in . 
 
 the
 
 F8 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the following things : firft, they differ in their longitude ; in women they are fhorter, 
 by reafon of the fliortnefs of the paflage, but they have more wreathings, windings, 
 and turnings, where they make the corpus varicofum about the tefticle, that the feed 
 may have a fufficient ftay for its due preparation -, fecondly, in their infertion ; in 
 women they pafs not whole to the tefticles, as in a man, but are divided in the mid- 
 way : whence the greater part goes to the tefticles to form the corpus varicofum ; the 
 fmaller part to the womb, into whofe fides it is difleminated, efpecially to the upper 
 part of the bottom, to nourifh the womb, and the child therein -, and that by thofe 
 vefTels fome part of the menftrual blood may be purged forth in fuch as are not with 
 child. This fmaller part is tripartite, being divided below the tefticle into three 
 branches, of which one runs out into the womb, as aforefaid : the fecond is diftribut- 
 «J to the vas deferens, or trumpet of the womb, and to the round ligament : the third 
 treeps along the fides of the womb, infinuatingitfelf among the vense hypogaftricae, 
 v/ith which and the arteries they are joined by anaftomofes : thirdly, the fpermatic 
 veins receive the hypogaftric arteries as they pals by the fides of the uterus, that the 
 blood might be the better elaborated ; and they are intermixed with many wonderful 
 ^nq/iomcfes for the preparation of feed. 
 
 The tefticles in women differ from thofe in men in thefe following things : i. in 
 fitLiation, for thefe are placed within thehypogaftrium, about two inches above the 
 bottom of the matrix, in fuch women as are not with child, being tied by certain li- 
 gaments: 2. in magnitude, for thefe are lefs than the tefticles in men ; for by reafon 
 of their heat they are contracted after the woman is fourteen years of age ; whereas, 
 before that age, they are more large, being full of a white juice : 3. in their furface, 
 for thefe are more uneven than thofe of a man : 4. in their figure, for thefe are more 
 broad and flat on the fore and hinder parts ; they are alfo more hollow, and fuller of 
 fpermatic moifture: 5. in their fubftance, being fofter, and, if you take off the mem- 
 brane, you will find them conglomerated or knobbed together of divers little kernels 
 or bladders, five orfix, or more, which contain thethick feed : 6. in their membranes 
 or coats, for, whereas mens have fourtunicles, thefe have but one, becaufe they are 
 in a clofer and warmer place ; this fingle coat is called by Galen darios; but, where 
 they receive the feminal veffels, they are half covered over with the peritonaeum : 7. 
 in their connexion, for they are knit to the fides of the uterus by two manifeft paf- 
 fages, viz. by the two upper ligaments, which are loofe and membranous, and out of 
 which, in the time of coition, the feed is caft : 8. in their appendices, thefe having 
 no paraftatse, nor any cremafters •, but are ftayed by the broad lateral ligaments, cal- 
 led the bat's wings. Their ufe is, the fame as in man, to make, elaborate, and 
 
 perfed, the feed. 
 
 The
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 85 
 
 The vafa deferentia, in women, fpring from the lower part of the tefticles, and are 
 cither inlerted with a very fhort palFage into the bottom of the womb; or diflcmi- 
 nated at the trumpets of the womb, with fundry exceeding fmall fprigs, not much 
 unlike the vena lads, arifing from the vafa prsparentia, and continued with them, 
 though here changing their name and ufe. Their fubftance is firm, white, and 
 nervous. They pafs by the membranous ligaments to the matrix, not ftraight, but 
 wreathed or twining, with a multitude of windings-, that the fhortnefs of the way 
 might be recompenfed by fuch a labyrinth. Near the tefticles they are broad, after- 
 wards they become narrower, and fmaller, and about the womb they become broad 
 again, and are inferted into the cornua, and capacity of it. Their ufe is partly to carry 
 the feed to the trumpets of the womb, to be there farther perfedled, and better ela- 
 borated, and to be kept for ufe : and partly to carry it to the bottom of the womb, 
 where another branch runs into the neck, by which way alfo the feed is voided, 
 caufing (by reafon of the length of the way) the greater delegation. The tub^ 
 fallopiame (fo called from their likenefs to a trumpet of war) are two in number 
 one on each fide, of a nervous, white, thick, and hard, fubftance ; and of a figure 
 long, round, and hollow, Thefe Spigelius calls vafa cosca, becaufe they have but 
 one orifice. They arife from the bottom of the womb, at one end ; and, when they 
 have gone a little therefrom, they grow broader by little and little, crifping them- 
 felves like the tendrils of a vine, till they come towards their ends. Then, difmiffing 
 their wrinkled crifpations, and becoming very broad, they end in a certain extremity 
 which feems membranous and flefliy by reafon of their red colour, and at laft become 
 very torn and jagged, having large holes which lie always fhut, thofe jagged ends 
 ever falling in upon them, which notwithftanding, if they be opened and widened, 
 reprefent the broad end of a brazen trumpet. They pafs obliquely from the cornua 
 over againft the tefticles, being carried by the membranous ligament, and (as it 
 were) half compafs the tefticles, but are diftant from them every where about half an 
 inch, they neither proceeding from the ftones nor being inferted into them ; and, as in 
 their beginnings they are open, fo in their endings they are fhut up and blind, not 
 reaching to or being inferted into any other part. They are commonly fattened by 
 
 verythinmembranes,notmuchunlikethewingsofbatsorflitter-mice, through which 
 many veiris and arteries are dilTeminated from the tefticles into their holiowneflts ■ 
 'by which the feed is conveyed from the tefticles into thefe tuba; or trumpets. Their 
 infertion at the bottom of the womb is large, whence fprings a nervous pipe, 
 ftretched out nearly to the middle of the trumpet, that by it the feed may be fent 
 into the bottom of the womb : their middle is capacious, with certain little cells or 
 bladders, containing white feed -, after which they are wreathed and crifped : their 
 ■ 32. -da end
 
 90 CULPEPER»s ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 end is narrower again, and blind as aforefaid. Now, what the lefuce Jeminales zxt in 
 men to preferve the feed, fuch are rhefe blind paffages in women : for they are an- 
 nexed to the tefticles by the aforefaid little membranes, through which many little 
 veins pafs, and by which the concocted feed is carried, and here laid up as in a ftore- 
 houfe, where alfo, by the irradiation of the virtue of the tefticles, it is yet better di- 
 gelted, and made more perfect-, from whence, in the time of coition, it is by the cor- 
 mia fent into the cavity of the womb. 
 
 The uterus matrix, or womb, is an organical parr, the receptacle both of the feed 
 and of the child : and it is fituate in the middle of the hypogajlrium, called /(f/w, the 
 bafon, by the os facrum and flank-bones, between the inteftimim return and the 
 bladder. Its magnitude, even in virgins of big ftature, exceeds not the bignefs of a 
 walnut: but in women with child it dilates itfelf into fuch a capacity as to contain 
 the child : nature made it at firft fmall, that it might embrace the yard, and cherilh 
 the feed, becaufe it is but little in quantity. Its figure is faid to refemble a pear : 
 but the neck thereof refembles an oblong and round pipe or channel. Its connec- 
 tion is either by the neck or the bottom : the neck is knit by its own fubftance, and 
 by membranes; but the bottom by peculiar ligaments. On the fore fide the 
 neck is joined to xhtvejica and the os pubis, by membranes from the peritonaeum; on 
 the hind fide, to the os facrum and intejiinum return; but about the vulva it grows to- 
 gether with the anus ; on the fides it is loofely joined by membranes to the peri tO!i.ium. 
 The fundus or bottom is not tied by its fubftance, but is free > but in its fides it is 
 fattened by two pair of ligaments, which keep the womb fufpended or hanging loofe. 
 The upper pair is broad and membranous, which are joined to the os ilium, and end 
 in the bottom, near the cornua : they are foft and loofe, that they may diftend or con- 
 trad ; and by Areta:us they are likened to the wings of bats : if thefe ligaments or 
 mufcles be loofened or broken, by difficult labour or other violence, it may caufe 
 the falling down of the womb. The two lower ligaments are red like mufcles, and 
 round like earth-worms, and pervious to the clitoris, from whence, (like a goofc's 
 foot,) deftitute altogether of their hollownefs, they fpread themfelves upon the 
 fore part of the thigh. Thefe arife from the fides of the bottom of the womb, 
 touching at their beginning the vafa deferentia ; then, afcending to the groins, they 
 pafs through the produftions of the peritonaum and the tendons of the oblique de- 
 fendant mufcles of the belly, and are partly obliterated in the membranes of the bones 
 near the clitoris, where they are joined, degenerating into a broad nervous thinnefs, 
 almoftlike agoofe'sfoot, as aforefaid ; and partly run through the inner part of the 
 thigh to the knee: hence it is that women in their firft months going with child 
 complain of a pain in the infide of their thighs. The fubftance of the womb is 
 
 membranous.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. gi 
 
 membranous, that it may be diftended or contrafted as need (hall require : it is full 
 of wrinkles, which in women impregnated are extended to widen the womb, 
 which after exclufionof the child, as alfo in age, are again contrafted. The mem- 
 branes of the womb are two, one common, the other proper. The common is 
 doubled, and grows to the fides on each hand : it arifes from the periton£Eum, and 
 is exceeding thick, firm, ftrong, fmooth every where except where the fpermacic 
 vcfTcls enter, or the ligaments go out. The proper and internal membrane is 
 alfo double, between both which there are fiefhy fibres, fuch are found in the (to- 
 mach, with alio here and there a kind of fpungy fubftance. The womb has veins 
 and arteries accompanying one another, which are carried between the tunicles or 
 coats thereof, and call out their blood into its membranous pipes, but not into its 
 innermollcavity: thefc veflcls arife bothfrom above and beneath, viz. fromtheupper 
 and lower parts of the body •, for the blood ought to come from the whole body, 
 that the whole may by the monthly terms be purged, and that, in the time when a 
 woman is impregnated, the child might be nourifhed. Thofe which defcend from 
 above run all the womb over, efpecially in the fundus or bottom, being derived from 
 the fpermatic veffels, or thofe by which the vafa prasparentia are conftituted, as alfo 
 from the hremorrhoidal branch, whence is the great confent between the womb and 
 the fpleen : the left ends alfo of the. veins and arteries are joined with the right ends, 
 that the right fids may be fupplied with plenty of blood. Through the arteries (in 
 women not with child) the menftrual blood always flows : what is not thus eva- 
 cuated returns back again to the heart by the veins, which are joined to the arte- 
 ries by many anaftomoks. The veins and arteries that come from beneath, which 
 are larger than the former, fpring from the ramus hypogqftrkus of the cava and aorta, 
 and, running through the neck of the womb and lower part of the bottom, are every 
 where joined with the fuperior ones by manifold anaftomofes. The mouths of thefe 
 Vefl'els enter into the cavity of the fundus, which, in the time of the flowing of the 
 terms, are opened, and gape, and, becaufe they refemble cups or faucers, are called 
 acdabula or cotylidones : to thefe, when a woman is with child, the placenta is joined, 
 which receives the blood for nourifhment thereof. And, becaufe thefe branches are 
 carried to the neck of the womb, by them women which are with child fometimc". 
 alfo void their courfcs. It is furniflied with many nerves from the par vagum, and- 
 the nerves of the os facrum, which run to the os uteri and parts about thevulva for 
 delegation fake, and to thelowcr part of the fundus, as alfo to the upper part thereof,, 
 where they are interwoven like a net ; hence arifes the great fympathy between the 
 womb and the brain. The ufe of the womb is to attracft, receive, retain, preferve, 
 and cherifli, the feed, in order to conception : and after conception to contain and 
 
 nourilh
 
 92 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 nourifti the foetus till the time of birch. The (hort neck of the womb, which is its- 
 inner neck, is that which contains the orifice, leading immediately into the cavity of 
 the womb ; this orifice is a hole not large, but fuch as may admit a probe or large 
 quill, and like a mouth may be dilated or purfed in -, this entrance is but atranfverfc 
 line, which when it is exaftly opened becometh round : this hole after conception is 
 fo clofely fliut, that it will not admit the point of a bodkin •, but at the time of deli- 
 very, it opens itfelf wide according to the magnitude of the infant, be it ever fo 
 .great. The cavity of this neck is rough, arifing from wrinkles, whofe edges tend 
 inwards, left the feed which has been caft in Ihould flow oui again, as is feen in fuch 
 barren women as have the Qipperinefs of the womb. The fundus, or bottom, is the 
 mofc capacious part of the womb, feated above the os pubis, that it may be there 
 •diflended. The external furface of the womb is imooth and even, covered as it 
 were with a kind of humidity : its inner furface is full of porofities, which are 
 -mouths through which, in time of a woman's breeding, blood pafies out of the vefr 
 Cels of the womb, to nourifh the child. Within the orifice of the inner neck grows 
 a caruncle, which ^xadtly Ihuts the hole; in which caruncle are to be feen pores 
 which feem to be at the end of the vafa deferenlia, terminating at the neck. This 
 neck of the womb is opened in fuperfcetation, in an abortion, in an ejeflion of a 
 falfe conception, but efpecially after a wonderful manner at the time of child-birth, 
 when it is widened according to the magnitude of the child: at this (faith Galen) we 
 may wonder, but we cannot underftand it : therefore it is our duty to acknowledge 
 the wifdom and power of him that made us. The external or greater neck of the 
 womb, caWedJnus pudoris, is a long channel, hollow, (even while the child is in the 
 womb,) and ficuate between the vulva and internal orifice of the womb, being that 
 paflfage which receives the penis in coition. Its figure is long, (nearly feven inches,) 
 hollow, (large enough to entertain the penis,) and wrinkled within: but its length 
 and widenefs are hardly determinable -, Ibme fay it is as wide as the inteftinum redlum, 
 but It is longer or fhorter, wider or narrower, according to the lufl of the woman, 
 the penis being always in coition clofely embraced by it. Its fubftance is a hard and 
 nervous kindof flelh, and a little fpungy like the yard, wrinkled within (chiefly in 
 its upper part) that it might be occafionally dilated. Laftly, towards the middle 
 or external part of this greater neck, in the fore and upper part, near the vulva, is 
 the infertion of the bladder into fight, that from thence the urine may be voided 
 by the meatus urinarius, which is fhort and ftraight, but dilatable; it is without 
 covered with a flefty fphindter, but within black, and of the fame fubftance with 
 the urethra in men. 
 
 The membrane called the hymen is the fign or flower of virginity, becaufe 
 
 It can be found in none but virgins: it is called the flower of virginity from the 
 
 • — J blood
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. gj 
 
 blood which flows in the firft adl of coition. That there is fuch a thing is not 
 to be doubted ; it was the legal fign of a virgin among the ancient Hebrews, as 
 Mofes has at large declared, Deut. 22. Secondly, it was a received and known thing 
 in all the eaftern countries, as Leo Africanus affirms ; and the greateft anatcmifts 
 conclude, that in virgins who have ufed no violence to the part, nor have it fretted, 
 eaten, or broken, by any defluxion of fharp humours, it is never wanting. What 
 it is, we now come to enquire into : firft, feme fay, it is a tranfverfe membrane, and 
 they are indeed in the right : but they who would have holes in it, like a fieve, are 
 deceived. Secondly, others fay, it is a tranfverfe membrane, going acrofs the neck 
 of the womb, a little above the neck of the bladder, which refifts the firft entrance 
 of the penis. Thirdly, Sebizius faith, that if this membrane is abfent, we muft reft 
 in the ftraightnefs of the neck and other marks, which being widened in the firft 
 coition, pain and effufion of blood follow, by reafon of the folution of the continuity. 
 Fourthly, Severinus Pina^us (whofe opinion is the neweft of all) faith, that the four 
 myrtle-fliaped caruncles, tied together by a fmail membrane, placed in the outeP- 
 part of the neck of the womb, are the true hymen fo much fought after; and without 
 doubt Pinseus is in the right : to this Bauhinus agrees -, and Bartholinus faith, that 
 he could find no other in a young girl carefully difiTeded. It is fituate in the neck 
 of the womb, juft behind the infertion of the neck of the bladder, or a little more 
 inwards: but its fituation does now and then vary a little: there this membrane 
 goes acrofs the cavity, much like the diaphragms, or midriff. As to its figure, 
 it has an hole in its middle, big enough to receive a pea, by which the menftrual 
 blood pafiies : if it be without any hole, fo that the courfcs cannot flow, thence 
 come difeafes, and (if it be not opened) at laft death. It is connected orbicularly 
 to the neck of the womb, as if it grew out of the fame, where it is thicker 
 than in the middle: its fubftance is partly membranous, partly flefhy, yet not 
 very thick: it is interlaced with many little veins, which being broken in the 
 firft coition, pain and bloodftied follow, even as they do in fome men, where the 
 frasnum or bridle of the penis (being exceeding fhort and ftraight) is torn or rent 
 afunder. Its ufe is to defend the internal parts from injury ; as alfo to be the fign 
 of virginity. 
 
 The vulva is the external privity, which is that which offers itfelf to fight before 
 diffedion, being located under the fore-region of the os pubis. The more principal 
 internal parts are the wrinkled chinks, the four myrtle-fhaped caruncles, the orifice 
 of the urinal pafliage, and the clitoris : the more external parts are the wings, the 
 lips, the great chink, and the pubes, or hairy part. The wrinkled and inward chink 
 is the immediate mouth of the larger neck of the womb, lying behind the myrtlc- 
 
 32. Bb ihaped
 
 94 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fhaped caruncles : it is of a reafonable largenefs, and framed by nature to {lay the 
 feed caft into the neck from too quickly flipping out. The myrtle- (haped carun- 
 cles, are placed fo as to appear in a quadrangular form, one at each corner : one of 
 them is placed before or above in the circumference of the hole of the urinary paflage 
 to Ihut the fame, it being largcft and forked, that it might receive the end ot the 
 meacus urinarius, and hinder external things from entering : the lecond is oppofitc 
 to the former, and is fituate below : the two remaining ones are placed collaterally : 
 their figure refembles a myrtle-berry : their magnitude is various in different fub- 
 je£ls ; their fubftance is framed of the reduplication of the flefhy neck of the womb, 
 being partly flefliy, partly membranous : they are connefted with membranes or 
 valves : their ufes are for titiilation in the time of coition, and alfo immediately to 
 {hut the orifice of the neck, that air, du{l, nor any other matter, may enter. The 
 orifice of the urinal palTage, is a hole under the clitoris above the neck : through 
 this women make water, and it feems to be {hut with a kind of fielhy valve. The 
 clitoris is called by fome nympha, by others tentigo, by others the woman's yard, be- 
 caofe it refembles a man's yard in figure, fubftance, compofition, repletion with fpi- 
 rits, eredtion, and fituation. Its figure is fomewhat like the glans and prsputium 
 of the penis ; but it is commonly fmall, being feated in the middle of the os pubis in 
 the upper and former end of the folTa magna, where the ate or nymphas meet ; but in 
 its beginning for the moft part it lies hid under the nymphas, and afterwards flicks 
 out a little. Its fubftance islike that of a man's yard,confifting of two nervous bodies, 
 hard and thick, but within full of a black fpungious matter, as in the lateral liga- 
 ments of the yard. The two lateral ligaments arife from the internal knob of the 
 ifchium : the third is between thefe, fpringing from the joining of the os pubis. Its 
 mufcles are the fame in nature and number with thofe in a man. Its extremity is 
 the glans, which has a fuperficial hollownefs, but not bored through ; this is co- 
 vered with a very thin fkin as a preputium, which fprings from the joining of the 
 nymphae. It has veins and arteries, common to it and the privity, and a nerve from 
 the par vagum, larger than its body might feem to require, to give it an exquifite 
 fenfe, and caufe eredlion. In this is the feat of delectation and luft. The aU or 
 iiyr/tpha, commonly called wings, appear when the two lips are fevered, being two 
 produftions made of a foft and fpungy flefh, and the reduplication of the cutis, and 
 fituated at the fides of the neck between the two lips: beingjoined above, they compafs 
 the clitoris: they are in number two; in colour red like a cock's gills ; in figure almoft 
 triangular, but much refemble a cock's comb ; in fubftance partly membranous, 
 partly flclhy. Their ufe is the fame with the caruncles, as alfo to convey the urine 
 ftrait out, that it might not wet the lips. T)\z labia, or lips, are two in num.ber, by 
 
 I which
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. SS 
 
 which the infernal parts are covered : they are conftituted to the common teguments 
 of the body, and a great deal of fpungious fat : the lower joining of thefe lips is 
 in virgins fomewhat Ilraight, and feems of a ligamentous fubftance for firmners, but 
 in married women it is loofe, and in fuch as have had a child ftill loofer. The fojfa 
 or rima magna, begins at the os pubis, and is not much above an inch diflant from 
 the anus, which being much larger than the inner chink, or cavity of the neck of 
 the womb, this is feen as foon as ever the lips are drawn afide : in this fofTa the lips 
 being opened, two holes appear, (but fcarcely vifible,) out of which a whitilh or 
 wheyifli juice ifllies. In this fofla, are alfo two collateral chinks, the right and left, 
 which are between the lips and the wings. The pubes, called alfo monticuU veneris, 
 is the part where the hair grows, and is properly termed the privity : being longifh 
 hillocks, foft, and of a fubfiiance the like whereof is not to be found again in the 
 whole body, being partly ikin, partly ipungy flefh, placed upon a portion of hard far. 
 The membranes infolding the child in the womb, are the firft things which are 
 bred in the womb after conception, to defend the more excellent part of the feed : 
 their efficient caufe is the formative faculty, joined with the heat of the womb : thefe 
 in human kind are in number only two, viz. tht amnios zndihi chorio7t,x.Qvi\{\c\\ latter 
 belongs the />Z3m;(ffl or womb- cake. All thefe together make that which we call 
 fecundine, or after-birth. It is fo called, becaufe it is the fecond habitation of x.h& 
 childnextthewomb; and alfo becaufe it comes away by a fecond birth, afterthe child 
 or firft birth. Amnios (from its foftnefs and thinnefs) is the firft membrane ; it is the 
 thinneft of the tunicles, white, foft, tranfparent, and furnilhed with fome few fmall 
 veins and arteries, which are difperfed within its foldings. It compafles the child im- 
 mediately, and cleaves almoft every where to the chorion, efpecially at the ends ; and 
 is united in the middle thereof, about the placenta, where the vafa umbilicalia come 
 forth, but it is eafily feparated from the chorion. It contains within it plenty of 
 humidity and humours, in which the child does as it were fwim, that fo, i, the child, 
 floating therein, may be the higher, and lefs burthenfome to the mother, 2. That 
 the child may not ftrike againft any of the neighbouring hard parts. 3. That the 
 membranes being broke, and this humour running out at time of birth, makes tiie 
 child'sway, through theneck of thewomb,fmooth,flippery, andeafy. This humour, 
 thus falling, is what midwives call the breaking of the water. Part of the amnios 
 does now and then hang about the head of the child, and then the infant is faid to 
 be born with a caul : fome takethisfor aprefage of good, fome of evil, fome of fiiort 
 life, fome of long, but it has relation to none of thefe things, for it has been found on 
 the heads of both happy and mifcrable, and of both (hort and long lived, perfons. 
 Chorion is the fecond membrane, and compafles the child like a circle : this imme- 
 diately
 
 9^ CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 diatelycompafles the former, and lies beneath it, whofe inner and hollow part it 
 invclopes, extending itfelf according to the magnitude thereof: it is with lome dif- 
 ficulty feparated from the amnios, and ftrongly bears and unites the veflels to the 
 placenta. That fide next to the child is fmooth and flippery ; the other fide is fixed 
 immediately to the womb by the faid placenta, which is commonly on the upper and 
 fore fide : it does not encompafs the whole child, being conftituted of an innumera- 
 ble company of veins and arteries, between which blood out of the veflels feemsto be 
 ihed. The placenti uteri, or womb-cake, (becaufe of its fliape,) is a round mafs of 
 fiefti, furnilhed with divers vefiels, through which the child receives its nutriment: 
 Its fubftance feems to be conftituted of an infinite number of little fibres, with con- 
 gealed blood interpofed. It has veins and arteries running through it from the um- 
 bilical veflels, which are at length loft about the edges of the placenta, making won- 
 derful contextures, and clofely knit to the fubftance thereof, being joined together 
 by various anaftomofes, through which the blood in the child runs back out of the 
 arteries into the veins. It is, firft, to be a fupport to the navel veflTels under which 
 k lies : fecondly, to prepare blood to nourifh the child, as the true liver does in 
 grown perfons. This blood it fucks out of the veins of the womb, and, preparing 
 it for ufe, fends it through the greater umbilical vein to the liver of the child, that 
 {o it may be carried to the heart, out of which it is fent by the arteries into the 
 whole body of the child for nourilhment. 
 
 The umbilical or navel veflTels (fo called, becaufe, the child being excluded, they 
 are all found to centre in its navel) are in number four, viz. one vein, two arte- 
 ries, and the urachus; all which are covered with one common membrane or coat, 
 -which both inclofes all thofe veflels, and diftinguilhcs them one from another, that 
 they might neither be entangled or broken. The navel vein, pafling through the 
 two coats of the peritonjeum, is inferted into the liver by a cleft, going through the 
 navel, fometimes fingle and fometimes double. It is about five feet and a half in 
 length, being meafured to the placenta : it is varioufly rolled or twifted about, that 
 its length might not prove troublefome: from the navel it goes over the breaft, 
 from whence it is obliquely carried over the right and left fides of the throat and 
 neck, turning itfelf back at the hinder part of the head, and fo over the middle of 
 the forehead to the placenta: fometimes alfo it encompafles the neck like a chain, 
 all which you are to underftand of the whole cord or navel-ftring, with the reft of 
 the veflTels contained therein. Its ufe is to convey the maternal blood from the pla- 
 centa, through the navel, to the child, for its nouriftiment. In this navel-ftring 
 there are knots tranfparent in the veins, but not in the arteries, which are nothing 
 but a more thick and flefliy conftitution of the merabrana carnofa in thofe parts 
 
 from
 
 TbcMaA 
 
 
 ^</ If. 
 
 j:-Jo 
 
 Mii'crofa ncH'-oi'rT/ c/tf/f/ . 
 
 Ji/('ii//lr)jr/.y (>/y//(- f.ii'c/'.
 
 A ND F A M I L Y DISPENSATORY, 97 
 
 from the number of thefe knots midwives pretend to foretel how many children a 
 woman Ihall have ; but thefe are vain divinations, for there are often more knots in 
 the navel of the Jaft child than of the firft. It is about five feet and a half or fix 
 feet long, and about the thicknefs of a man's finger : when it is dry it becomes fmal- 
 ler, and is kept as a precious thing to haften the birth in other perfons. The child 
 being born, this navel firing muft be tied with a ftrong thread wound often about, 
 the diilance of two or three inches from the belly of the infant, and about three in- 
 ches from the binding it mufl: be cut off: afterwards the navel is to be carefully 
 looked to till it is dry, and falls off of its own accord. Thefe veffels, after the child 
 is born, do, within the abdomen, degenerate into ligaments : the vein to a ligament 
 of the liver, and the arteries into lateral ligaments of the bladder, becaufe their ufe 
 is now abolifhed, there being no longer any pafTageof the mother's blood. 7 he 
 machns is a little cord or ligament, by which the bladder is fuftained and faflened 
 to the peritonaeum, that, being diftended with urine, its neck might not be compref- 
 fed, which thing alfo is done by the arteries. Hence it appears, that the urine of 
 a child in the womb is certainly voided by its yard into the membrane amnios, 
 (whence it is that it is lb full of water,) a great part of it yet remaining in the blad- 
 der, which is the caufe that always new-born children are for the firft days continu- 
 ally making water. If the urine were not in part thus voided, the bladder would 
 not only be over-ftretched, but broken. 
 
 To illuftrate what has been faid, the annexed plate exhibits the kidneys, bladder, 
 and organs of generation, of the human fpecies, both male and female. Fig. i. 
 reprefents the male, A. A. are the kidneys; B. B. the glandulje fuccenturiats -, 
 C. C. the emulgent vefTels, together with thofe diftributed over the membranes of 
 the kidneys ; D. D. the hypogaftric velTels, which, branching off from the iliacs, 
 are diftributed in the urinary bladder and penis; E. E. the courfe of the uterers j 
 F. F. the courfe of the fpermatic veffels, in which feveral appear cut off, being 
 thofe diftributed in the peritonaeum ; G. the urinary bladder; H. H. the vafadefe- 
 rentia ; I. I. thetefticles ; K. the urachus cutoff; L. the penis crefted ordiitended; 
 M. M. theereftormufcles. 
 
 Fig. 2. reprefents the female ; in which A, B. denotes thecapfuls; atribiliari^j 
 C. C. the kidneys; D. D, right emulgent veins ; E. E. right emulgent arteries ; 
 F. F. vena cava, divided into the iliac branches ; G. left emulgent vein ; H, Xzit 
 emulgent arteries ; I. I. right fpermatic vein ; K. right fpermatic artery ; L. left 
 fpermatic artery; IVI. left fpermatic vein ; N. N. aorta, divided into its iliac bran- 
 ches i O. O. womens tefticles; P. P. a part of the broad ligament, or bat's wings; 
 CL Qi the trumpets of the womb on both fides ; R, R. bottom of the womb, fhcw- 
 32* C c ing
 
 98 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 ing the placenta formed, and the embryo perfefled ; S. S> round ligaments of the 
 womb cut off at the Jhare; T, T. neck of the womb; V. V. vense hypogaftricas ; 
 y. Y. the paffage of the womb ; Z. the clitoris and prasputium ; a. a. a portion of 
 the ureters cut off; b. b. a portion of the ureters defcending cut off; c. c. vafa pr£c- 
 parcntia dilated ; d. d. vafa defcrentia ; e. e. the nymphas ; f. the meatus urinarius; 
 g. g. g. the vagina laid open, with its plicse ; h. h. the uterus, as ftretched in the 
 third month of pregnancy, with the placenta adhering to the fundus. 
 
 Of THE THORAX. 
 
 THE thorax, cheft, or bread, is that which is called the middle ventricle, being 
 circumfcribed above by the claviculss ; beneath by the diaphragma ; on the fore fide 
 by the flernum ; on the hinder part by the back bonc&; and on each fide by the 
 coftas or ribs. Its fituation is between the upper ventricle or head, and the abdomen, 
 being the feat of the vital fpirits, and confiding of the parts appointed for cherifli- 
 ing the natural heat. Its figure is almoft oval, fomewhat flat before and behind, 
 whereas in beads it is fomewhat fharp, fo that mankind only lies on the back. Its 
 fubdance is partly boney, partly flcfhy ; boney, becaul'e it contains not any parts much 
 to be didended ; flelhy, becaufe it contains parts which ought to be moved, as the 
 heart and lungs. 
 
 The breads, or dugs, are common to both fexes ; in men they are framed of the 
 cutis, the membrana carnofa, fat, and the nipple, and are called mammilU. The 
 dugs in women have befides many remarkable veffels, glandules, and pipes, to make 
 and contain milk. The nipple or teat, called papilla, is fpungy, like the glans of a 
 man's yard, and perforated through the middle with many fmall holes for the milk 
 to pafs through. It is rougher than the other parts, that the infant may the more 
 firmly hold it, and of an exquifite fenfe, that the nurie fliould find pleafure when fhe 
 gives fuck : round about it there is a circle, called areola ; in virgins it is pale and 
 knotty ; in nurfes, brown ; and in old women, black. The veins are two-fold, viz. 
 external and internal : the external arifefrom the axillary, and are placed under the 
 fkin which moves the dugs, and are called thoracide fuperiores, the upper bread- 
 veins: thefe, in women with child and fuch as give fuck, are often feen very 
 blue. The internal arife or defcend from the trunk of the axillary vein, or ramus 
 fubclavius ; and are called mammarU ven^, or dug- veins : thefe are met by other af- 
 cendant veins from the womb, and therefore, the child being born, the blood is 
 carried no longer to the womb, but to the breads ; and hence it is that women 
 which give fuck feldom have their courfes. How milk is generated and made, the 
 opinions of men are various : fome think it to be made of the venal blood, but they 
 are abfolutely deceived : fome think it to be made only of arterial blood, and thefe 
 
 err
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 99 
 
 elT alfo from the truth : others fay, it is made of blood and chyle : but our opinion 
 is, that it proceeds from, and is generated of, the chylous juice, and a ferous part of 
 the arterial blood : for that the ferofity of the arterial blood (and not the fubftance 
 of the blood icfelOdoes help to generate and conftitute the milk, we are induced to 
 believe, not only from the foregoing reafon, but becaufe noanaftomofes of the arte- 
 ries with the lafteal pipes of the dugs could ever yet be found out: and truly this 
 opinion Bartholine feems to favour, where he faith, that all the blood which is pour- 
 ed out of the arteries into the breads, is not turned into milk, but only the more fe- 
 rous or wheyifh part thereof; the reft (that which fervesfor nourilhment excepted) 
 running back again, by the veins, into the heart. 
 
 The membrane, calkd pleura^ or inner covering of the ribs, is a membrane white, 
 thin, hard, and refembling the peritonaeum, but thicker and ftronger. It arifes from 
 the tunicles which cover the intercoftal nerves proceeding from the back-bone, by 
 means of which it is continued with the coats of the brain : and therefore it is 
 thicker in the back, to whofe vertebra it cleaves as it were infeparably. It is every 
 where double, that the vefTels may be carried within the foldings thereof: the in- 
 ner part, looking towards the lungs and inwards, is thickeft, fmootheft, and as it 
 were bedewed with a waterifh humour, that it -.liould not hurt the lungs by any 
 roughnefs; the outer part is thinner and rougher, that it might cleave the more 
 firmly to the ribs : between thefe the matter of the pleurify is many times collcded, 
 and not only between the pleura and mufcles. As to its figure, it is arched without, 
 hollow within ; above it is narrower, below broader, principally towards the fides. 
 From it arife fome nervous fibres, by which the lungs are tied to it ; if thefe be too 
 ftraight, the motion of the lungs is hindered, which caufes an incurable difficulty of 
 breathing. Its ufes are to cover the whole cavity of the thorax, and render itfmooth, 
 that the lungs might not be hurt ; and to wrap in all the vital parts, and to defend 
 them from all external injuries. The mediajlinum is a membrane ftanding in the mid- 
 dle of the breaft, dividing the right fide from the left. It arifes from the pleura, be- 
 ing a double membrane. Its fubftance is membranous, yet fofter than the pleura ; 
 its exterior part is rougher, becaufe of the fibres, by which it is knit to the pleura ; 
 but its inner fide, towards the lungs, is fmooth ; and about the veflels it is common- 
 ly full of fat like the caul. The ufes of the raediaftinum are, firft, to divide the 
 thorax into two parts, that, the breaft and lungs being hurt or wounded on one fide. 
 the other might be fafe : fecondly, to hold up the pericardium firmly, wherein the 
 heart is contained, that it (hould not reft upon the back-bone, when we lie upon our 
 back ; or, that it fhould fall upon the breaft-bone, when we bend ourfclves towards 
 the ground ; nor touch the ribs when we lie upon our fides : thirdly, to give a fafc 
 pafiage to the veflels which run through it, as alfo to fuftain the midriff, left it 
 Should, by the weight of the bowels, be drawn too much downwards. The
 
 100 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 The pericardium, or cyjlis of the heart, is a membrane encompaffing the who Ic 
 heart, whofe pyramidal figure it hath. Ic is fo far diftant from the heart as is fufR- 
 cient to give way for the motion of the fame, and to contain the waterifli humour. 
 It has two membranes, one exterior from the mediaftinum, tied before and behind to 
 the pleura, and is fibrous •, and one interior, from the external tunicles of the veflcls 
 of the heart ; for within the pericardium, the veflels want their common tunicle, it 
 having been fpent upon the pericardium. The original therefore of the pericardium 
 is at the bafis from the tunicles which cotnpafs the veflels of the heart, which pro- 
 ceed from the pleura. It is connected circularly to the mediaftinum, and the neigh- 
 bouring parts, with many fibres •, but eipecialiy to the nervous circle of the dia- 
 phragma, to which it cleaves fo exceeding faft, that it cannot be feparated from ic 
 without rending : whereby the motion of the heart is directed. Within this pericar- 
 dium (befides the heart) is contained a ferous or watery humour, tranfparently clear, 
 and in fome like water wherein flelh has been walhed : in tafte it is neither fbarp, 
 fait, nor acid. It proceeds out of the veflels of the heart, being a watery part of 
 the blood, as lympha, and other juices, which go to their proper receptacles. The 
 ufe of this juice is to cool and moiften the heart, and to make it flippery, thereby to 
 facilitate its motion : alfo, that the heart, by fwimming therein, may be lefs ponde- 
 rous, and not ftrike againft any part. Thofe who have this humour confumed have 
 their hearts dry ; if it be in too great a quantity, it caufes a palpitation of the heart, 
 and fuffocation, and death follows therefrom ; if it be quite confumed, a confump- 
 tion of the body happens. 
 
 The heart is a mufcular body, included in the pericardium, and fituated nearly in 
 the middle of the breafl, between the lobes of the lungs -, being the primary organ of 
 the circulation of the blood, and confequently of life. Its figure is nearly conic, 
 the larger end being called its bafe, and the fmaller end its apex. Its lower part is 
 plane, and the upper part convex. Its fituation is nearly tranfverfe or horizontal ; 
 fo that its bafe is in the right, and its apex, with the greateft part of its bulk, is in 
 the left fide of the thorax ; and confequently it is there that the pulfation is felt. 
 The plane furface of the heart lies on the diaphragm ; the convex one is turned up- 
 wards. The heart is connected, ifl, by the intervention of the pericardium with the 
 mediaftinum, and with a large part of the middle of the diaphragm ; this is contriv- 
 ed by nature, to prevent its being difplaced, inverted, or turned too rudely about, 
 in confequence of the various motions of the body. 2. Its bafe is connedled to its 
 common veflels : but its apex is free, and is received in a kind of cavity in the left 
 lobe of the lungs. The length of the human heart is about fix fingers breadth ; 
 its breadth at the bafe is about five fingers j and its circumference about thirteen. 
 
 1 It
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. loi 
 
 It is, both externally and internally, furroundeJ with a fmooth membrane. There 
 is a quantity of lat about it, which covers its bale and its apex, and fcrves for lu- 
 bricating it, and for facilicating its motion. Its blood- veficls are of two kinds, 
 common and proper •, its common or peculiar vefTels being the coronary arteries 
 and veins. The common veflels of the heart are two veins, called the vena cava, 
 and the vena pidmonalis ; and two arteries, the pulmonary one and aorta. The nerves 
 of the heart arefmall, and arife from the par vagum and intercoftals: the auricles arc 
 two. There are alfo two cavities in the heart, called its ventricles : of thefe the 
 right is thinner and weaker in its circumference, but ufually much more capacious, 
 than the left: it receives the blood from the vena cava and the right auricle, and 
 delivers it into the pulmonary artery, to be carried to the lungs. The left ventricle 
 is much ftronger and thicker in its fides -, but it is narrower and.fmalier than the 
 right: it receives the blood from the pulmonary vein, and the left auricle, and ex- 
 trudes it very forcibly into the aorta. The right ventricle is in the anterior part of 
 the thorax ; fo that they might be called the anterior and pofterior ventricles, much 
 more properly than the right and left. There are in the fides of both the ventricles 
 of the heart, and of both its auricles, feveral columnte come.^, or Jaceriuli, with fur- 
 rows between them, feeming fo many fmall and diftind; mufcles ; and, from the 
 concourfe of the tendinous fibres of thefe in the heart, there are formed peculiar 
 membranes fituated at the orifices of the auricles of the heart : and there are alfo 
 other columns of this kind, which run tranfverfely from one fide of the ventricles 
 to the other : thefe ferve partly to afiift the contraftion of the heart in its fyftole, 
 and partly to prevent its too great dilatation in its diaftole. The vahuU of the 
 heart are of three kinds, i. The iricufpidales ; thefe are three' in number, and are 
 fituated at the ingrefs of the vena cava in the right ventricle. 2. The mitrales ; 
 thefe are two, and are fituated in the left ventricle at the ingrefs of the pulmonary 
 vein ; thefe ferve to hinder the ingrefs of the blood from the heart into the veins 
 again, while they are conftridled, ^. The femilunar ones; thefe are three, and are 
 fituated at the organ of the aorta and pulmonary artery, and ferve to prevent the 
 reflux of the blood from them into the heart : thefe, for the fake of ftrength, are 
 furnifhed with a number of flefliy fibres and fpheroidal corpufcles. The orifices of 
 theveinsofThebefiusandVerheyen, in the hollows of the heart, are forcarrying back 
 the blood from the fubftance of the heart to its cavities. The fibres of the heart 
 are of a mufcular fubftance, and of a moft amazing fabric. They are of two kinds, 
 I . ftraight ones in the left ventricle •, and, 2. fpiral ones, common to both ventricles, 
 and of two orders. The exterior ones run to the left, from the bafe of the heart : 
 the interior ones run to the right, and interfedl the others ; and, when they adV, 
 they clofely conftringe the cavities of the heart, and drive out the blood from them. 
 33. D d According
 
 102 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 According to this fabric, the heart may be refolved into two mufcles, each of which 
 conftitutes one of its ventricles. The ufe of the heart is for the circulation of the 
 blood: it receives the blood from the veins, running from all parts of the body ; 
 and propels it again, by its own motion, to all thofe parts, through the arteries. On 
 this depend life itfelf, the prefervation of the frame, and the motions and adlions of 
 all its parts. But, that the reader may have as diftinft an idea as poflible of this pri- 
 mary organ of life, we fhall lay before him leveral views of it in the plate annexed ; 
 where No. i. reprefents the human heart feen in its convex part, and in its natural 
 fuuation j B marks the branches of the coronary vein ; C, the coronary artery -, 
 D, the right auricle; E, branches of veins going from the right auricle; G, the 
 trunk of the aorta ; H, the trunk of the pulmonary artery ; I, the afcending trunk 
 of the vena cava;, L, L, &c. branches of the aorta, rifing upwards^; M, one of the 
 branches of the pulmonary artery ; N, N, &c. branches of the pulmonary vein. 
 No. 2, reprefents the heart opened, to (hew the ftrudlure and form of its ventricles ; 
 where A exprefles themufcular feptum, or partition, which divides the ventricles; 
 
 B, the right ventricle opening into the right auricle, and into the trunk of the pul- 
 monary artery; C, the left ventricle, opening into the left auricle, and into the great 
 trunk of the aorta. No. 3. and No. 4. reprefent the heart in different pofuions; 
 where A marks the afcending trunk of the vena cava ; B, the trunk of the aorta ; 
 
 C, branches of the pulmonary vein ; D, the defcending trunk of the vena cava ; 
 and E, part of the right auricle, cut away, to ihew the different arrangement of the 
 internal fibres and venous dufts. 
 
 The lungs, or lights, are the inftruments of breathing, and are the largefl: vifcus 
 of the thorax : they are fituated in the two fides of it, with the heart, as it were, be- 
 tween them : and are connefled, by means of the mediaftinum, with the fternum and 
 vertebra" ; with the heart, by means of the pulmonary vefTels, and immediately 
 with the afpera arteria. The colour of the lungs, in infants, is a fine florid red ; in 
 adults, it is darker ; and in old people, livid, or variegated, with black and white. 
 "When inflated, they have fome refemblance to the hoof of an ox ; and are convex 
 on the upper fide, and concave underneath. They are divided into two large lobes, 
 the right and left ; the left, which is the fmaller, is divided again into two ; and 
 the right, which is larger, into three fmall ones. The membrane with which the 
 lungs arc furrounded is continuous with the pleura. The fubftance of the lungs is 
 fpungeous, or veficulous, and they feem, indeed, entirely compofed of a number of 
 fmall veficles of a flefhy texture, and of a variety of veflels. The veffels of the 
 lungs are the brotchia^ the bronchial artery and vein, the nerves, and the lymphatics. 
 The ufes of the lungs are, i. To perform the office of refpiration, by which the 
 blood is attenuated in the plexus of the arteries called the nte vafculofum, 2. To be 
 
 affiftant
 
 jy.'-i} 
 
 -T2 th^^ 
 
 "**=? 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 . i^ . 
 
 ?*u,,-!/''m 
 
 T/x' 11///////// Ilr///^.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 1O3 
 
 afliftant to the voice in fpeaking, and to the fenfe of fmelling. They are alfo 
 emundtories of the blood, and are of many other important fervices. The principal 
 difeafes to which the lungs are fubjeft, are the afthma, confumption, peripneu- 
 mony, &c. 
 
 Of the generation and CIRCULATION of the BLOOD. 
 
 THE origin of the blood is in the chyle, which, paffing the lafteals, is delivered 
 into the fubclavian ; where, mixing with the blood, they proceed together to the 
 right ventricle of the heart ; and there, being yet more intimately mixed, they cir- 
 culate together through tiie whole body : till, after feveral circulations, and fecre- 
 tiotis at the feveral drainers of the body, they are afTimilated, fo as to make one uni- 
 form compound mafs, which appears to be nothing elfe but chyle altered by the 
 artifice of nature, and exalted into blood ; there being no appearance of any thing 
 extraneous mixed with the liquor circulating in the blood- veffels, but chyle; ex- 
 cepting what had been before feparated from ic for fome particular purpofes, which, 
 being once ferved, it is returned to it again : unlefs, perhaps, it may receive fome 
 portion of air in the lungs. 
 
 The blood, while in its vefleis, appears to the naked eye uniform and homoge- 
 neous; but, when let out and cold, it feparatesfpontaneoudy into two different parts, 
 the one red and fibrous, which coheres into a mafs, and is called the cruor; the other 
 thin and tranfparent, which retains fluidity when cold, and, being fuppofed fpe- 
 cifically heavier than the other, fuftains and bears it up, and is called xhtferum. If 
 the red part of the blood bears too great a proportion to the ferum, which is the cafe 
 of athletic perfons, and others who do not take a fufficient quantity of drink with 
 their meat, the fault may be correfted by leffening the meat, or by increafing their 
 drink. In the beginning of fevers, the proportion of the red part of the blood to the 
 ferum is greater, and at the end of them lefs, than it is in health. The change of this 
 proportion is owing to perfons under this diforder living wholly on drink and liquid 
 nouri(hment ; and bodies loaded with ferous moifture, being an argument of too 
 fmall a proportion of the red part of the blood to the ferum, have been freed from 
 their load by abstaining wholly from drink. There are other caufes befides the bare 
 quantities of meat and drink, which vary the proportion of the red part of the blood 
 to the ferum; for this proportion is greater in country-people than in citizens, in 
 perfons who uie exercife than in perfons who are inaiflive, and in perfons who live 
 upon flefh meats and fermented liquors than in perfons who live upon vegetables 
 and water. In fhort, this proportion is increafed by things which dry the body and 
 ftrengthen the fibres ; and leffened by things of a contrary nature. Too great a pro- 
 portion of the red part of the blood to the ferum renders bodies I'ubjeft to inflam- 
 matory
 
 104 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 matory fevers on taliing cold. The blood is found to confift chiefly of phlegm, as 
 ihe bafis or vehicle ; for from the beft experiments it appears, that in feven ounces 
 of human blood there are five ounces two drachms of phlegm, three drachms of a 
 fubtile fpiricuous oil, a fmall quantity of a thicker oil, two drachms of lalt, and about 
 two of earth. From thefe conftituent parts of the blood, varioufly combined and 
 diftributed by the circulatory motion impreffed by the heart, and by the ofcillatory 
 expanfive motion of the interfperfed air, and the re-a£tion of the contractile velTels, 
 flow all the properties and operations of the blood. From this mixture of elements, 
 and their lax compofition, it becomes fufceptible of various alterations and impref- 
 fions ; the principal whereof are, coagulation, which uTually attends it out of the 
 body, fometimes in it, and fcarce ever without an artificial procurement, but always 
 mortal : anddiflblution, which is jufl: oppofue to the former, and confifl:s in fuch a 
 communicion of the fibrous parts of the blood as indifpofes it for a feparation of the 
 cruorfrom the ferum. This is frequently the confequence of malignant and pefl:i- 
 lential fevers, &c. and is likewife occafioned by fome kinds of poifons. 
 
 The circulation of the vital blood is performed through the arteries : and its courfe 
 is from the heart towards the extremes of the body : and this from every part of 
 the body, internal and external -, ftill out of a wider part into a narrower, out of the 
 trunk into the branches. And it is on this principle alone, that all the blood 
 may be derived into an artery, and evacuated at it. For it is evident, that all the 
 arteries of the body are continually bringing the blood from the left part of the 
 heart, through the trunks of the arteries, into the branches ; and on the contrary 
 that all the veins, excepting the porta, are perpetually bringing back the blood from 
 the extreme parts into the heart. The blood being arrived here, its motion or cir- 
 culation is continued as follows. The auricles of the heart, being large hollow muf- 
 cles, are furnifhed with a double feries of ftrong fibres proceeding with a contrary 
 direction to two oppofite tendons, the one adhering to the right ventricle, the other 
 to the finus venofus : as alfo with innumerable veins and arteries -, by the concradile 
 force of thefe auricles, the blood is vigoroufly expreflfed, and driven into the right 
 ventricle ; which, upon this contraftion, is rendered flaccid, empty, and difpofed 
 to admit it. If now the right ventricle, thus full of blood, by the contraftion of its 
 fibres preflfes the blood towards the aperture again, venous blood, at the fame time 
 pouring in, will drive it back again into the cavity and mix it more intimately ; till 
 rifing up againfl: the parietes, it raifes the valvule tricufpides, which are fo connedl- 
 ed to the flefhy columns extended on the oppofite fide, as that when laid quite down 
 they cannot clofe the parietes of the right ventricle: thefe it thrufts towards the right 
 auricle, till being there joined they flop the paflage very clofely, and prevent any 
 return. By the fame means the fame blood rifes up into the three femilunar valves, 
 J placed
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 105 
 
 placed in the extremity of the other mouth, and lying open to the pulmonary ar- 
 tery: thefe it fhuts clofe againft the fides of the artery, and leaves a paflage into the 
 artery alone. The venous blood, therefore, that is, the blood of the whole body, 
 continually moves out of thejinus, or trunk of thcvem cava, through the rio-ht au- 
 ricle and right ventricle, into the pulmonary artery, in a continued and forcible 
 ftream. The blood carried by this artery into the lungs, and diftributed by its 
 branches through the whole fubftance thereof, is firft admitted into the extremities 
 of the pulmonary vein, called arieria venofa ; whence, paffing into four large veffels, 
 which unite together, it is brought to the Mifmus venofus, or trunk of the pulmonary 
 vein -, by the force of whofe mufculous ftrudure it is driven into the left ventricle, 
 which on this occafion is relaxed, and by that means prepared to receive it. Hence, 
 as before, it is driven into the left ventricle, which is relaxed by the fame means ; 
 and xhtvalvuU mitrales, opening, admit it into the left ventricle, and hinder its re- 
 flux into the pulmorjary vein. From hence it is forced into the aoria; at whofe 
 orifice there are three femilunar valves, which alfo prevent a reflux by clofing the 
 fame. And thus is circulation effedted ; all the blood fent into the lungs, and re- 
 ceived in the arteria venofa, ftnus venofus, left auricle and ventricle, being here con- 
 tinually propelled into the aorta, whofe ramifications are fpread throughout all the 
 reft of the body, with a violent motion. Thus is all the blood, in its return from 
 every part of the body, internal and external, and from every part of the heart and 
 its auricles, impelled into the right ventricle •, out of that into the lungs ; thence 
 into the left ventricle, and thence through the whole extent of the body ; and thence 
 again brought back to the heart. 
 
 In a fatus, the apparatus for the circulation is fomewhat different from that 
 above defcribed. The feptim, which feparates the two auricles of the heart, is 
 pierced through with an aperture, called xht foramen ovale; and the trunk of the 
 pulmonary artery, a little after it has left the heart, fends out a tube in the defcendino- 
 aorta, called the communicating canal. The blood in the lungs of the fc^itis has 
 none of the advantages of air or refpiration ; which yet being necefl:iiry, nature, it 
 is fuppofed, takes care that it receives a portion of air, mixed together with its mo- 
 ther's blood, and tranfmitted to it by the umbilical veflels, to be diff^ufed through 
 the body. This is confirmed hence -, that, by conftringing the navcl-ftring very 
 tight, the child dies like a man ftrangled ; which appears to be owing to nothino- 
 but the want of air. Add to this, that, as foon as the mother ceafes to refpire, the 
 fetus expires. 
 
 As to the velocity of the circulating blood, and the time wherein the circulation 
 
 is completed, feveral computations have been made. By Dr. Keill's account, the 
 
 blood is driven out of the heart into the aorta, witTi a velocity which would carry it 
 
 33- E e fifty-
 
 io6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fifty-two feet in a minute ; but this velocity is continually abated in the progrefs of 
 the blood through the numerous feftions, or branches, of the arteries ; fo that, before 
 it arrives at the extremities of the body, its motion is infinitely diminifhed. The 
 fpace of time wherein the whole mafs of blood may ordinarily circulate, is varioufly 
 determined. Some of the lateft writers ftate it thus : fuppofing the heart to make 
 200 pulfes in an hour, and that at every pulfe there is expelled an ounce of blood j 
 as the whole mal's is not ordinarily computed to exceed 24 pounds, it muft be cir- 
 culated feven or eight times over in the fpace of an hour. The impetus, occafioning 
 the circulation, is great enough in fome animals to raife the blood fix, fe^ven, or 
 eight, feet high from the orifice it fpins out at ; which, however, is far exceeded by 
 that of the fap of a vine in bleeding-time, which will fometimes rife upwards of 
 forty feet high. The heat and motion of the blood are always greater, from a greater 
 aftivity in the foul, in the day than in the night ; and they are likewife ever greater 
 from the food taken in the day-time : for the pulfe is always quicker after eating 
 than before it ; after a full meal than after a fpare one -, and after a meal of drier 
 and flronger food, than after a meal of food that is moifter and weaker. 
 
 Of THE PULSES. 
 
 THE pulfe IS that reciprocal motion of the heart and arteries, whereby the warnl 
 blood, thrown out of the left ventricle of the heart, is fo impelled into the arteries, 
 and fodiftributed throughout the whole body, as to be perceived by the finger. It 
 is certain, that life, health, and the due order of the whole body, depend upon a 
 proper and equable circulation of the blood and humours through the folid parts; 
 fo that, the better regulated and the more equable the circulation is, the more per- 
 feftly nature preferves herfelf, and cures the difeafes incident to her ; and, on the 
 contrary, the more this circulation recedes from a due and equable ftate, the weaker 
 nature is found to be, and the more fubjeft to misfortunes and difeafes. Now every 
 one muft own, that the circulation of the blood cannot be better inveftigated than 
 by feeling the pulfe, not in a fuperficial manner, but for a fufficient time : for the 
 pulfe not only difcovers the imperfeftions and ftrength of the whole body, but alfo 
 the nature of the blood, and ftate of the various fecretions. And, as a pendulum of 
 a clock, by its equable and regular vibrations, manifefts the worth of the clock, fo 
 the pulfe difcovers the habit of the patient, and the vigour or deprivation of ail 
 the fundlions. 
 
 A moderate, conftant, and equal, pulfe, is the rule and meafure by which we are to 
 judge of the reft. A moderate pulfe, is that which is large, but neither quick nor 
 flow, hard nor unequal : this is the pulfe with which all others ought to be com- 
 pared, and which denotes the beft ftate of health, the abfence of all preternatural 
 
 and
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 107 
 
 and foreign things, and a due.and temperate degree of heat : for, when fuch a pulfe 
 is prefent, the fluids are duly fpirituous, the fibres poflfefled of their natural tone, 
 the blood temperate and fluid, and confequently the tranfpiration free, the nutrition 
 good, the animal fundions vigorous, the fecretions duly carried on, and the patient 
 in a ftate of good health. But, when the pulfe is quicker, and confequently more 
 frequent than ufual, it indicates a preternatural irritation of the heart, as the ancients 
 exprefs ir, unlefs ic proceeds from external caufes. But, if fuch a pulfe continues 
 long, it infallibly denotes a diforder accompanied with an increafe, and even a fever. 
 It is generally produced by an inteftine motion of the blood, and a change induced 
 on the crafis of the fpirits, by an admixture of heterogeneous and often cauftic par- 
 ticles. When the pulfe is vehement, and at the fame time quick, it indicates a fe- 
 verilh intemperature, an admixture of fomething heterogeneous with the blood, 
 lymph, and fpirits ; but at the fame time a large quantity of health and fpirits. If a 
 vehement and quick pulfe is alfo large, the circulation of the blood is brifk, the heat 
 and thirft great, and the whole habit red and turgid. Where the pulfe is fmall, and 
 little blood is conveyed from the heart to the arteries, and from the veins to the heart, , 
 the circulation of the blood is faint and languid. Hence the tranfpiration and fecre- 
 tions are but fmall, and the ftrength little : but, if a fmall pulfe is at the fame time 
 weak, frequent, and quick, it denotes a great languor of the ftrength, a preternatural 
 inteftine motion, and a weak circulation of the blood ; and, if this fpecies of pulfe 
 continues long, it indicates malignity and great danger. 
 
 A flow puli'e generally denotes a vifcidity, thicknefs, and weak circulation, of the 
 blood, together with a languor of the fecretions ; but, if it is at the fame time weak, 
 it is dangerous, and raifes a fufpicion of a total lofs of ftrength. But a pulfe which 
 is flow and large denotes fufficient remains of ftrength, tenfion, and thicknefs, of the 
 fibres of the heart and arteries ; and a vifcid and tenacious blood. All unequal 
 pulfes are very bad, fince they denote that there is neither a due influx of the 
 fpirits, nor a proper and equal mixture of the blood ; but particularly fuch pulfes 
 always prognofticate unlucky events, when they are weak. Intermittent pulfes are 
 alfo of a bad kind, or generally accounted the prefages of death. But it is not 
 univerfally fo; for an intermittent pulfe frequeutly happens without danger, where, 
 for inftance, the fymptoms are of a bad kind, and the patient's ftrength ftiil entire. 
 Hence this fpecies of pulfe frequently happens in hypochondriac and melancholic 
 patients, where the inteftine motion of the blood is diminiflied by its thicknefs. 
 But, when the pulfe is weak and quick at the fame time, it generally prognofticates ■ 
 death. An hard pulfe generally indicates pains, fpafms, and convulfions, becaufe ■ 
 the fibres of the heart and arteries are fpafmodically conftrided. The irregular, 
 
 caprizatiiig, ,
 
 joS CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 caprizating, anddiicontinued, pulfes, denote a very bad ftateof the body, both with 
 refpedl: to the fluid and folid parts. 
 
 It is carefully to be obferved, that one kind of pulfe is not found in all perfons ; 
 for the pulfe depends on the tone of the mufcular fibres, on the influx of the fpirits, 
 and the nature and temperament of the blood ; and, as all thefe are furprifingly va- 
 rious in human bodies, with refpeft to age, fex, the feafon of the year, the climate, 
 the method of life, the fieep, and the paffions of the mind, fo alfo the pulfes differ 
 from each other according as thefe circumflances differ. Tiius men generally have 
 a large and vehement pulfe, and women one cf a more flow and weak kind ; for the 
 former have fl:ronger fibres and a hotter blood than the latter. For this reafon alfo, 
 the circulation of the blood is brifker in men than in women ; and the former do 
 not generate fuch loads of redundant blood and humours as women, who are gene- 
 rally weaker, and more fubjeft to difeafes. Choleric perfons, and thofe of fangui- 
 neo-choleric conftitutions, have a larger, quicker, and more vehement, pulfe, than 
 phlegmatic and melancholic perfons ; for which reafon the fluids move more quick- 
 Jy, the excretions are made more expeditioufly, and the blood is more fluid, in the 
 former than in the latter ; for the blood of the former is impregnated with a larger 
 •quantity of oleous and fulphureous parts, which are thefource and matrix of heat 
 and fpirituous quantity. Thus alfo, thofe of a flender habit, who have fl:rong fibres, 
 ^nd large veflels, have a larger and ftronger pulfe than thofe who are fat, have lax 
 fibres, and narrow veffels. Hence they are alfo founder, more robufl;, and more 
 capable of enduring fatigue. This is alfo the reafon why thofe who are naturally 
 thick and fat are more readily feized with ficknefs, and defl:royed by it, than thofe 
 of flender habits. In infants and children, the pulfe is frequent and foft ; whereas, 
 in old perfons, it is flow and large, whilfl: in young perfons, and thofe full grown, 
 it is large and vehement ; for generally infants and children generate a larger quan- 
 tity of humours (which are neceffary to their growth), and colled a great deal of for- 
 des, which is the reafon why infants and children are more generally feized with fick- 
 nefs, andmorereadily dieofitjthan youths and adults. Old perfons have thick blood, 
 but rigid fibres; for which reafon their pulfe is hard, and makes a forcible impref- 
 fion on the touch ; but in infants and children the pulfe is foft, on account of the 
 tendernefs and laxity of the fibres. The pulfe is alfo changed by the feafon of the 
 year, the exercife of the body, the aliments, and the affections of the mind. In the 
 middle of the fpring, the pulfe is large and vehement ; at this feafon alfo the flrrength 
 is greateft ; for which reafon perfons are at that time mofl: rarely fick, and recover 
 moft eafily : in the middle of the fummer the pulfe is quicker and weaker, becaufe 
 by the intenfe heat the ftrength is impaired, while the inteftine motion of the fluids 
 is greater than it ufually is. In autumn the pulfe is flower, fofter, and weaker, than 
 
 I at
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. loj 
 
 the middle of the fummer, thofe which are cold to the winter, and fuch as are tem- 
 perate to the fpring. 
 
 Exercife increafcs thepulfe, and confequently the circulation of the blood, whilft 
 an idle and inaiftive ftate renders the puUe flow, weak, and languid, and diminifhes 
 the circulation of the fluids. Spirituous aliments render the pulfe large, vehe- 
 ment, and frequent. The pulfe of fuch as are adeep is (low, fmall, and languid; 
 but, as foon as they av/ake, it forthwith becomes large, quicker, and ftronger ; the 
 pulfe of thofe v/ho are angry is large, vehement, and quick ; that of fuch as are 
 frighted, frequent, fmall, and inadli /e ; and of thofe who are forrowful, fmall, lan- 
 guid, and Qow ; hence the common and ordinary alFeftions of the body change the 
 pulfe, fo that, without duly adverting to thefc affeftions, the pulfe cannot be cer- 
 tainly underftood, nor can it be determined how far it recedes from a natural ftate in 
 confcquence of difeafes. 
 
 The natural pulfe is therefore to be felt and to be obferved, not immediately after 
 exercife, bathing, immoderate eating, drinking wine, or other caufes which exagitate 
 the heart and fpirits •, for we are to determine nothing about the pulfe till the force 
 of external caufes has ceafed, and all perturbations of the body are allayed ; for 
 the pulfe is the moft certain fign and criterion for judging of the motion of the heart 
 and blood ; but, if the pulfe alone is obferved, without paying a due regard to other 
 circumftances, it may lay a foundation for forming a falfe judgment ; fince the 
 pulfe may be difturbed by a thoufand abftraft caufes. 
 
 Ail authors, both ancient and modern, agree, that a frequent pulfe, in every fpecies 
 of fever, whether continual or intermittent, whether benign or malignant, whether 
 in its beginning or at its height, proves fuch a fever to be prefent -, hence tlie quick 
 or frequent pulfe is confidered as the true elTential fign of fevers ; but this 
 frequency is either greater or lefs, and aflbciates itfelf with the great or vehement, 
 or with the fmall and weak, according to the diverfity of fevers, and the times of the 
 difeafe. A frequent pulfe, when weak and fmall, is fcarcely ever good ; fince it de- 
 notes a languid and flow circulation of the blood ; but a frequent, large, and vehe- 
 ment, pulfe, fuch as is generally obferved in the height of continual fevers, denotes 
 a brifk circulation of the blood, and an increafed heat of the body. In invelfigating 
 the caufe of a frequent pulfe, which is generally preternatural, and accompanies 
 feveral diforders, we Ihall follow the accurate Bellini, who accounts for the motion 
 of the heart from-the influx of the blood through the coronary arteries, and of the 
 nervous fluid through the nerves, into the fibres of tlie heart •, whence he concludes, 
 that the mufcles of tlie heart are moft frequently moved when the nervous fluid is 
 moft frequently conveyed into them, which happens when i: is forced into them 
 by a fufficient quantity of blooJ flowing forcibly into the brain. Now, by a fre-
 
 no CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 qiient contraftion of the heart a frequent pulle is produced, which indicates that a 
 proper quantity of blood is conveyed to the brain, and that the brain is forcibly preflfed, 
 which will happen, either when the blood ftagnates therein, in confsquence of an ob- 
 ftruction of its veins, or when the blood, contained in thefe veins, cannot flov/ in other 
 parts, or in the lungs ; or when the blood is thrown into a ftateof effervefcence, by which 
 it allumes a tendency to move in every diredion with a greater impetus, and by chat 
 means prefies the brain more powerfully ; the mufcles of the heart alfo move more 
 frequently when irritated by any ftimulus. If, therefore, the blood is too acid or hot, 
 fo as to ftimulate the finufes of the heart, the heart will be more frequently contract- 
 ed, and the frequency of the pulfe will indicate a Itimulating quality in the blood. 
 
 Since from the pulfe we thus fornni a judgment not only of the circulation and 
 temperature of the blood, but alfo of the motion of the fpirits, and the flrength 
 of the patient, fo the knowledge of the pulfe, and a due attention to it, become of 
 fingular fervice, not only in inveftigating the nature of diforders, and forming a 
 right judgment concerning them, but alfo in prefcribing medicines for their cure. 
 But they muft be carefully, not fuperficially, confulted. The phyficians of China 
 are far more careful in this refped than thofe of Europe ; for the Chinefe often fpend 
 a whole hour in feeling the pulfe, whilft the Englifli phyficians have hardly patience 
 to feel above two pulfations; a praftice highly culpable, fince, after ten ftrokes of 
 the artery, an inequality or intermiffion often occurs, which happens when the un- 
 equally-mixed blood pafles through the heart. The pulfe is alio to be felt in both 
 wrifts, in the neck, and in the temples •, fince it is certain, from experience, that the 
 pulfe in the wrifts frequently varies, and may be more commodioufiy felt in one than 
 another. We ought alfo to advert to the pulfes of other parts ; thus, fometimes hy- 
 pochondriac patients perceive a large pulfe under the ribs on the left fide, which 
 happens when a quick and vifcid blood, exagitated by heat, or any other caufe, en- 
 deavours to procure a quick paflTage through the pancreas and fpleen, but, flopping 
 in their narrow vefTels, produces a pulfation, and a kind of pricking pain. 
 
 In continual and malignant fevers a large internal pulfation in the veins of the head 
 generally denotes a fubfequent delirium ; fince it is a fign that the blood there con- 
 gefted circulates flowly, till at laft, becoming ftagnant, it produces a violent inflam- 
 mation of the meninges. If a large pulfe arifes from an exceffive ebullition of the 
 blood, fo that in fevers the veins of the temples bear, and the face is turgid, with- 
 out a foftnefs of the pr^ecordia, there is reafon to fufpedl that the difeafe will be 
 long, and that it will not terminate without a large haemorrhage from the nofe, an 
 hiccough, convulfions, or fciatic pains. The reafon of this is, that the redundant 
 blood feeks for an outlet either by the nofe or the hasmorrhoidal veins; and the 
 fooner this happenSj the fooncr the patient is free from his diforder. 
 
 Whec
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. nr 
 
 When a pulfation is obferved in any part of the body, where at other times it is 
 not felt, we may certainly conclude, that the part is inflan:ied and difpofed to a fup- 
 puration, efpecially when it is accompanied with tumour and pain. An hard pulfe 
 is almoft an infallible fign in the membranous parts ; for this hardnefs of the pulfe, 
 cr exceffive tenfion and vibration of the artery, indicates fomething of a fpafmodic 
 nature, arifing from theconfent of the parts, and produced by the inflammation and 
 pain. The pulfe of perfons labouring under diforders of the breafb, or a palpitation 
 of the heart, is frequent, unequal, and languid •, but fuch a pulfe, unlels when 
 vehement, is accompanied with no preternatural heat, and happens becaufc the 
 blood loes not pafs through the finufes of the heart and the lobes of the lungs. In 
 weaknefs, and a difpofition of fyncopes, the pulfe is generally fmall, rare, and lan- 
 guid ; but, if the pulfe is abfolutely imperceptible, the body covered with a cold 
 fweat, and the fundions of the mind are not totally deftroyed, I have obferved, that 
 the patient infallibly dies in fix hours : and fuch a fituation I have feen produced by 
 corrofive poifon. It is to be obferved, that about the critical times in fevers, when 
 nature endeavours to throw off the fuperfluous and peccant matter by ftool or fweat 
 the pulfe, though languid, is yet more regular and lefs frequent, which is a certain 
 fign of recovery. But, if the pulfe is fort and undulating, it is a fign that a falutary 
 and critical fweat is juft coming on. 
 
 It is alfo to be obferved, that the pulfe is changed by medicines. Thus, after draf- 
 tic purgatives, which procure too many ftools, the pulfe is generally preternaturally 
 quick. After venseledion, efpecially in plethoric habits, the pulfe becomes quicker, 
 a fign that the circulation of the blood, in confcquence of its having a larger fpace, 
 is happily increafed, fince by this means a fuppreffion of the menfes or hemorrhoids 
 is generally removed. It is certain, not only from the authority of Sydenham, 
 but alfo from experience, that, after the ufe of chalybeats, the pulfe is quicker, ihe 
 face redder, and the heat greater. Strong fudorifics, compofed of volatile oleous 
 fubftances, greatly increafe the pulfation of the heart and arteries ; on the contrary, 
 
 anodynes,opiates, preparations of nitre, precipitating powders, acids, and fuch thinf^s 
 as diminifh the inteftine motion of the blood and fix its fulphur, render the pulfe 
 
 calm and moderate in pains, inflammations, and febrile intemperature. Some very 
 ufeful and important rules for the exhibition of medicines are drawn from the ftate 
 of the pulfe : thus purging and vomiting are contra-indicated by a too quick and 
 vehement pulfe; for, when the blood is in a violent motion and ebullition, the fecre- 
 tions are generally very languid. If the flrrength is defeftive, which may be known 
 by the languid ftate of the pulfe, emetics and purgatives diminifh the ftrength (liil 
 more ; lo that the phyfician ought to confult the pulfe before he exhibits them. For 
 when the pulfe is ftrong, and the motion of the blood regular, thefe artificial evacu- 
 
 ations
 
 na CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 ations are more beneficial, and fucceed beft. The fame caution is neceflary in the 
 exhibition of fudorifics and all analeptics, which convey heac and motion to the 
 blood; for, if the pulfe is ftrong and frequent, fuch fpirituous fubftances do more 
 injury than good; they rarefy the blood too much, and accelerax its inttftine mo- 
 tion ; by which means a delirium and other inflammarions are frequently brought 
 on. Grcatcircumfpeftion andattention to the puifeare alfo requifite in the exhibition 
 of narcotics or opiates ; for, as thefe are poflTeffed of a power of (topping the motion 
 of the biood and fpirits, and coniequently of impairing ftrength, fo they ought never 
 to be exhibited when the pulfe is weak, languid, and fmall, but are to be avoided 
 like poifon. 
 
 Of diseases in GENERAL, their PREVENTION, and CURE. 
 
 DISEASE introduced the art of medicine, which, in a primitive fenfe, commum'- 
 cates the means of preferving health when prefent, and of reftoring it when lolt. If 
 we look back into the origin of the medical art, we fhall find its firft foundations to 
 be owing to accidental events, and natural inftindl. In the early ages, the fick 
 were placed in crofs ways, and other public places, to receive the advice of fuch 
 paffengers as knew a remedy fuitable to their complaints ; and, the better to pre- 
 ferve the memory of every remarkable cure, both the difeafe and the remedy were 
 engraved on pillars, that patients in the like cafes might reibrt to ihem for inftruc- 
 -tion and relief. Hence an infight into the virtues of herbs and plants, of metals and 
 minerals, was originally acquired. 
 
 As to the part which reafon has adled in the improvement of medicine, it feems to 
 have confiftedin obferving, i. Thatdifeafes attended with particular circumftances, 
 ■called fymptoms, were fometimes cured without the affiftance of art, by fpontaneous 
 evacuations, as haemorrhages, diarrhoeas, vomitings, or fweats -, whence bleeding, 
 purges, and vomits, took their rife. 2. That the patients were often relieved by the 
 breaking out of various tumours ; whence arofe the application of topical remedies. 
 And indeed it is the beft method of improving phyfic, to obferve carefully what 
 means nature, unaffifted by art, employs to free the conftitution from diftempers; 
 fince many important hints may be thence taken, for the relief of other patients un- 
 der the like circumftances. He, who would advance the healing art, ought to colled 
 a felecl treafure of practical obfervations, reft fatisfied with a tew but well-chofen 
 medicines, be thoroughly acquainted with their virtues and efficacy in different con- 
 ftitutions and difeafes, defpife the cumberfome load of recipes with which praftical 
 writers of an inferior rank abound, rejeft the fo much extolled medicines of the che- 
 mifts, and attempt the relief of patients by a proper diet and exercife, and fuch me- 
 
 i dicines
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 113 
 
 dicines asobfervation and found philofophy recommend : for to the improvement of 
 anatomy and natural philofophy is much of the fuccefs of phyfic to be attributed. 
 The knowledge of medicines, or fuitable remedies, is moft highly apparent in thofe, 
 who, in order to moderate the impetus in acute diforders, make evacuations, blunt 
 acrimony, dilute too thick fluids, condenle tnofe that are too thin, brace up too lax 
 parts, and relax fuch as are too much conftridted •, they alfo drive the humours to 
 parts where they will be leaft prejudicial, upon occafion mitigate pain, and in lan- 
 guors ufe ftimulating medicines. Wine, vinegar, barley, nitre, honey, rhubarb, 
 opium, and other fimples, are found both fafe and powerful medicines. Sydenham 
 tells us, that all manner of difeafes may be cured by bleeding, purging, with a fub- 
 fequent opiate, and proper regimen. In chronical cafes, mineral waters, falts, dia- 
 phoretics, foap, mercury, fteel, with a few vegetables, and proper .exercife, will 
 generally effedl: the cure. In a word, what is there in the moft elaborate preparation, 
 thatis worth half the pains taken about it? Mercury,opium, the Peruvian bark, and 
 other fimples, with fire and water, are acknowledged as the fureft remedies by the 
 ableft mafters of the art; ahd thefe are found to be more efficacious in that crude 
 ftate, in which bountiful nature has imparted them to us, than after the moft ope- 
 rofe and artificial preparations. We can defpair of nothing, while we follow fim- 
 plicity 5 but the event of intricate labour is fallacious. 
 
 Difeafes, in this and other countries, often flow from local circumftances ; whence 
 they admit of great mitigation, and fometimes of being entirely prevented, particu- 
 larly if proper and timely means be taken for that purpofe. Difeafed parents, un- 
 wholefomc food, confined air, and uncommonly wet, cold, damp, or hot, feafons, are 
 the forerunners of various diforders -, and, as thefe are generally forefeen and known, 
 itfliould be the duty of every individual to guard againft them. 
 
 Men are alfo expoled to particular difeafes from the occupations which they fol- 
 low. Chymifts, founders, glafs-makers, and feveral other artifts, are hurt by the 
 unwholefome air which they are obliged to breathe. This air is not only loaded with 
 the noxious exhalations arifing from metals and minerals, but is fo charged with 
 phlogifton as to be rendered unfit for expanding the lungs fufficiently, and anfwer- 
 ing the other important purpofes of refpiration. Hence proceed afthmas, coughs, 
 and confumptions of the lungs, fo incident to perfons who follow thefe employments. 
 Such artifts ought never to continue too long at work -, and vvhen they give over they 
 fhould fuffer themfelvesto cool gradually. They ought never to drink large'quan- 
 tities of cold, weak, or watery, liquors, while their bodies are hot, nor to indulge in 
 any thing that is cold on the ftomach. 
 
 Miners, and all who work under ground, are likewifc hurt by unwholefome air. 
 The air, by its ftagnation in deep mines, not only lofes its proper fpring and other 
 
 33. Cg qualities
 
 114 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 qualities neceflary for refpiration, but is often loaded with fuch noxious exhalations 
 as to become a moft deadly poifon. Miners are not only hurt by unwholefome air, 
 but likewife by the particles of metal which adhere to their flcin, clothes, &c. Thefe 
 are abforbed, or taken up into the body, and occafion palfies, vertigoes, and other 
 nervous affedlions, which often prove fatal. Fallopius obferves, that thofe who 
 work in mines of mercury feldom live above three or four years. Lead, and feveral 
 other metals, are likewife very pernicious to the health. 
 
 All who work in mines or metals ought to wafh carefully, and to change their 
 clothes as foon as they give over working. Nothing would tend more to preferve 
 the health of fuch people than a ftri£l: and almoft religious regard to cleanlinefs. 
 Plumbers, painters, gilders, fmelters, makers of white lead, and many others who 
 work in metals, are liable to the fame difeafes as miners, and ought to obferve the 
 fame directions for avoiding them. Tallow-chandlers, boilers of oil, and all who 
 work in putrid animal fubftances, are likewife liable to fufFer from the unwholefome 
 fmelis or effluvia of thefe bodies. They ought to pay the fame regard to cleanlinefs 
 as miners : and when they are troubled with naufea, ficknefs, or indigeftion, they 
 Ihould take a gentle purge. 
 
 Thofe who follow laborious employments are in general the moft healthy of man- 
 kind ; yet the nature of their occupations, and the places where they are carried on, 
 expofe them to fome particular difeafes. Hulbandmen, for example, are expofed to; 
 all the viciflltudes of the weather, which, in this country, are often very great and 
 fudden, and occafion colds, coughs, quinfies, rheumatifms, fevers, and other acute 
 diforders. They are likewife forced to work hard, and often carry burdens above 
 their ftrength, which, by overftraining the vefTels, occafions afthmas, ruptures, &c. 
 
 Such as bear heavy burdens, as porters, labourers, &c. are obliged to draw the 
 air with much greater force, and alfo to keep their lungs diftended with more vio- 
 lence, than is neceflary for common refpiration : by this means the tender veflels 
 of the lungs are overftretched, and often burft, infomuchthat afpitting of blood or 
 fever enfues. Hippocrates mentions an inflance to this purpofe, of a man, who, 
 upon a wager, carried an afs ; but was foon after feized with a fever, a vomiting of 
 blood, and a rupture. Carrying heavy burdens is generally the effeft of mere laai- 
 nefs which prompts people to do at once what fhould be done at twice. Sometimes 
 it proceeds from vanity or emulation. Hence it is, that the ftrongeft men are moft 
 commonly hurt by heavy burdens, hard labour, or feats of aftivity. It is rare to 
 find one who boafts of his ftrength without a rupture, a fpitting of blood, or fome 
 difeafe, which he reaps as the fruit of his folly. When the mufcles are violently 
 ftrained, frequent reft is neceflary, in order that they may recover their tone ; with- 
 out this, che ftrength and conftitution will foon be worn out, and a premature old 
 age brought on. Labourers
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 115 
 
 Labourers in the hot feafon are apt to lie down and fleep in the fun. This prac- 
 tice is fo dangerous, that they often wake in a burning fever. Thefe ardent fevers, 
 which prove fo fatal about the end of fummcr and beginning of autumn, are fre- 
 quently occafioned by this means. Fevers of a very bad kind are often occafioned 
 among labourers by poor living. When the body is not fufficiently nourifhed, the 
 humours become vitiated, and the folids weak ; from whence the mofl fatal confe- 
 quences enfue. Poor living is likewife produdlive of many of thofe cutaneous dif- 
 eafes fo frequent among the lower clafs of people. It is remarkable that cattle, when 
 pinched in their food, are generally affeded with difeafes of the fkin, which feldom 
 fail to difappear when they are put upon a good pafturc. This fliews how much a 
 good ftate of the humours depends upon a fufficient quantity of proper nouridimenr. 
 Poverty not only occafions, but aggravates, many of the difeafes of the laborious, 
 and makes them miferable indeed. Here the godlike virtue of charity ought always 
 to exert itfelf. To relieve the induftrious poor in diftrel's, is furely the mod exalted 
 aft of religion and humanity. They alone, who are witnefles of thofe fcenes of ca- 
 lamity, can form a notion of what numbers perilh in difeafes, for want of proper af- 
 fiftance, and even for want of the necefiaries of life. 
 
 Soldiers fuffcr many harddiips from the inclemency of feafons, long marches, bad 
 provifions, hunger, watching, unwholefome climates, bad water, &c. Thefe oc- 
 cafion fevers, fluxes, rheumatifms, and other fatal difeafes, which generally do great- 
 er execution than the fword, efpecially when campaigns are continued too late in the 
 year. A few weeks of cold rainy weather will often prove more fatal than an en. 
 gagement.— Sailors may alfo be numbered amongft the laborious. They undergo 
 great hardfliips from change of climate, the violence of the weather, hard labour, 
 &c. One great fource of the difeafes of fea-faring people is excefs. When they get 
 on.ihore, after having been long at fea, without regard to the climate, or their own 
 conftitutions, they plunge headlong into all manner of riot, and even perfift till a 
 fever puts an end to their lives. Thus intemperance, and not the climate, is often the 
 caufe why fo many of our brave failors die on foreign coafts. Such people ought 
 not to live too low ; but they would find moderation the befi: defence againft fevers, 
 and many other maladies. We have reafon to believe, if due attention were paid 
 to the diet, air, clothing, and above all things to the cleanlinefs, of fea-faring peo- 
 ple, they would be the moft healthy fet of men in the world ; but, when they are 
 neglefted, the very reverfe will happen. 
 
 Nothing can be more contrary to the health and nature of man than a fedentary 
 life, yetthiscialscomprehendsthefargrcater part of thefpecies. Almofl the whole 
 female world, and, in manufafturing countries, the major part of the males, may be 
 reckoned fedentary. But, though fedentary employments are neceflary, yet there 
 
 feeiKs
 
 ii6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 feems to be no reafon why any perfon Ihould be confined for life to thefe alone. It 
 is conftant confinement that ruins the health. A man will not be hurt by fitting five 
 or fix hours a-day ; but, if he be obliged to fit ten or twelve, in confined air, he will 
 foon become injured in his health. Unwholefotne air is the eaufe of many diforders. 
 Few are aware of the danger arifing from it. People generally pay fome attention 
 to what they eat and drink, but ieidom regard what goes into the lungs, though the 
 latter often proves more fuddenly fatal than the former. A feckntary life fcKlom 
 fails to occafion an univerfal relaxation of the folids. This is the great fource from 
 whence moft of the difeafes of ledentary people flow. The fcrophula, confumption, 
 hyfterics, and nervous difeafes, now fo common, were very little known in this coun- 
 try before fedentary artificers became fo numerous : and they are very little known 
 ftill among fuch of our people as follow aftiveemployirients without doors, though 
 in great towns at leaft two-thirds of the inhabitants are afflifted with them. In- 
 ilead of multiplying rules for preferving the healih of the fedentary, we fhall re- 
 commend to them the following plan, viz. That every perfon who follows a feden- 
 tary employment fhould cultivate a piece of ground wiih his own hand. This he 
 might dig, plant, fow, and weed, at leifure hours, fo as to mike it an cxercife and 
 amufement, while it produced many of the necefTaries of life. After working an 
 hour in a garden, a man will returti with more keennefs to his employment within 
 doors than if he had been all the while idle. Labouring the ground is every way 
 conducive to health. It not only gives exercife to every part of the body, but the 
 very fmell of the earth and freih herbs revives and cheers the fpirits, whilft the per- 
 petual profpeft of fomething coming to maturity delights and entertains the mind. 
 We are fo formed as to be always plealed with fomewhat in profpedt, however 
 diftant or however trivial. Hence the happinefs that men feel in planting, fowing, 
 building, &c. Thefe feem to have been the chief employments of the more early 
 ages: and, when kings and conquerors cultivated the ground, there is reafon to be- 
 lieve, that they knew as well wherein true happinefs confifted as we do. In a word, 
 exercife without doors, in one (hape or another, is abfolutely neceflary to health. 
 Thofe who negleft it, though they may drag out life, can hardly be faid to enjoy it. 
 Weak and effeminate, they languifh for a few years, and foon drop into an untimely 
 grave. 
 
 Every difeafe may beconfidered as an aflemblage of fymptoms, and muft be dif- 
 tinguifhed by thofe that are moft obvious and permanent : for, by a due attention 
 to v'lem, the inveftigation of difeafes in general will be found a much lefs difficult 
 matter than people are ready to imagine. A proper attention to the patient's age, 
 fex, temper of mind, conftitution, and manner of life, will likewife greatly afiift, 
 both in the inveftigaiion and treatment of difeafes. In childhood the fibres are lax 
 
 and
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 117 
 
 and foft, the nerves extremely irritable, and the fluids thin ; whereas in old age the 
 fibres are rigid, the nerves become almoft infenfible, and many of the velTels im- 
 perviable. Thefe and other peculiarities render the difeafes of the young and aged 
 very different, and of courfe they muft require a different method of treatment. Fe- 
 males are liable to many difeafes which do not afflidl the other fex: befides, the 
 nervous fyftem being more irritable in them than in men, their difeafes require to be 
 treated with greater caution. They are lefs able to bear large evacuations-, and all 
 ftimulating medicines ought to beadminiftered to them with a fparing hand. The 
 temper of m.ind ought to be carefully attended to in all difeafes. Fear, anxiety, and 
 a fretful temper, both occafion and aggravate difeafes. In vain do we apply medi- 
 cines to the body to remove maladies which proceed fromthe mind. When that is af- 
 fected, the beft medicine is to foothe the paffions, to divert the mind from anxious 
 thought, and to keep the patient as eafy and cheerful as poffible. Few things are of 
 greater importance, in the cure of difeafes, than cleanlinefs. When a patient is fuf- 
 fered to lie in dirty clothes, whatever perfpires from his body is again reforbed, or 
 taken up into it, which ferves to nourifh the difeafe, and increafe the danger. Many 
 difeafes may be cured by cleanlinefs alone ; moft of them may be mitigated by ir, 
 and in all of them it is highly neceffary both for the patient and thofe who attend him. 
 
 Of fevers. 
 
 FEVERS are not only the moft frequent of all difeafes, but they are likewifethe 
 moft complex : in the moft fimple fpecies of fever there is always a combination of 
 feveral different fymptoms. The diftinguifhing fymptoms of fever are, increafed • 
 heat, frequency of pulfe, lofs of appetite, general debility, pain in the head, and a 
 difficulty in performing fome of the vital and animal functions. The other fymp- 
 toms ufually attendant on fevers are, naufea, thirft, anxiety, delirium, wearinefs, 
 wafting of the flefti, want of fleep, or the fleep difturbed and not refrefhing. As a 
 fever is only an effort of Nature to free herfelf from an offending caufe, it is the bu- 
 finefs of thofe who have the care of the fick, to obferve with diligence which way 
 Nature points, and to endeavour to affift her operations. Our bodies are fo framed, 
 as to have a conftant tendency to expel or throw off whatever is injurious to health. 
 This is generally done by urine, Iweat, ftool, expeftoration, vomit, or fome other 
 evacuation. There is realon to believe, if the efforts of nature, at the beginning of 
 a fever, were duly attended to and promoted, it would leldom continue long -, bur, 
 when her attempts are either negleftcd or counteradted, it is no wonder if the difeafe 
 proves fatal. There are daily inftances of perfons, who, after catching cold, have all 
 the f\ mptoms of a beginning fever-, but, by keeping warm, drinkingdiluting liquors, 
 bathing the feet in warm water, &c. the fymptoms in a few hours difappear, and the 
 34- H h danger
 
 iiS CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 danger is prevented. When fevers of a putrid kind threaten, the beft method of 
 obviating their efiefhs is by repeated vomits. Almoft every perfon in a fever com- 
 plains of great thirft, and calls our for drink, efpecialiy of a cooling nature. This 
 at once points out the ufe of water and other cooling liquors. What is To likely to 
 abate the heat, attenuate the humours, remove fpafms and obftruftions, promote 
 perfpiration, increafe the quantity of urine, and, in fhort, produce every falutary ef- 
 fefl in an ardent or inflammatory fever, as drinking plentifully of water, thin gruel, 
 or any other weak liquor of v/hich water is the bafis ? The necefTity of diluted li- 
 quors is pointed out by the dry tongue, the parched (idn, and the burning heat, as 
 well as by the unquencha,ble thirft, of the patient. Many cooling liquors, which are 
 extremely grateful to patients in a fever, may be prepared from fruits, as decoftions 
 of tamarinds, apple-tea, orange-whey, and the like. Mucilaginous liquors might 
 alfo be prepared from marihmallow-roots, linfeed, lime-tree buds, and other mild 
 vegetables particularly pointed out in the Herbal. Thefe liquors, efpecialiy when 
 acidulated, are highly agreeable to the patient, and fhould never be denied him. 
 In fevers the mind as well as body (hould be kept eafy. Company is feldom agree- 
 able to one that is fick. Indeed every thing that difturbs the imagination increafes 
 the difeafe ; for which reafon every perfon in a fever ought to be kept perfedtly quiet, 
 and neither allowed to fee or hear any thing that may in theleaftafFedb or difcompofe 
 his mind. What food the patient takes fhould be in fmall quantity, light, and of 
 eafy digeftion. It ought to be chiefly of the vegetable kind, as panada, roafted ap- 
 ples, gruels, and fuch like. ThefieQi air fliould likewife be taken as much as pof- 
 fible •, it not only removes his anxiety, but cools the blood, revives the fpirits, and 
 proves every way beneficial. Among common people, the very name of a fever 
 generally fuggefts the necelTity of bleeding. This notion feems to have taken its 
 rife from moft fevers in this country having been formerly of an inflammatory na- 
 ture-, but true inflammatory fevers are now feldom to be met with. Sedentary oc- 
 cupations, and a different manner of living, have fo changed the ftate of difeafes in 
 Britain, that there is now hardly one fever in ten where the lancet is necefl^ary. In 
 moil low, nervous, and putrid, fevers, which are now fo common, bleeding is really 
 hurtful, as it weakens the patient, finks his fpirits, &c. We would recommend 
 this general rule, never to bleed at the. beginning of a fever, unlefs there be evident 
 figns of inflammation. Bleeding is an excellent medicine when necelTary, but fliould 
 never be wantonly performed. It is likev/ife a common notion, that fweating is al- 
 ways neceflTary in the beginning of a fever. When the fever proceeds from an ob- 
 itrutted perfpiration, this notion is not ill-founded. If the patient only lies in bed, 
 bathes his feet and legs in warm water, and drinks freely of water-gruel, or any other 
 weak diluting liquor, he will feldom fail to perfpire freely. The warmth of the 
 
 bed,
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 119 
 
 bed, and ihe diluting drink, will relax the univerfal fpafm, whicli generally affcds 
 the (kin at the beginning o»"a fever; it will open the pores, and promote the per- 
 fpiration, by means of which the fever may often be carried off. But inftead of this, 
 the common practice is to heap clothes upon the patient, and to give him things of 
 a hot nature, as fpirits, fpiceries, &c. which fire his blood, increafe the fpaims, and 
 render the difeafe more dangerous. In all fevers a proper attention fliould be paid to 
 patients' longings. Thefe are the calls of Nature, and often point out what may be 
 of real ufe. Patients are not indeed tobeindulged in every thing that the fickly ap- 
 petite may crave; but it is generally right to let them have a little of what they 
 eagerly defire, though it may not feem altogether proper. What the patient longs 
 for, his Ilomach will generally digeft ; and fuch things have fometimes a very happy 
 efFedl. 
 
 Of intermitting FEVERS, or AGUES. 
 
 THE feveral kinds of intermitting fevers, or agues, take their names from the 
 period in which the fit returns, as quotidian, tertian, quartan, &c. They are ge- 
 nerally occafioned by effluvia from putrid ftagnated water. This is evident from 
 their abounding in rainy feafons, and being moft frequent in countries where the foil 
 is marlhy, as in Holland, the Fens of Cambridgelhire, the Hundreds of Eflcx, &c. 
 This difeafe may alfo be occafioned by eating too much ftone-fruit, by a poor wa- 
 tery diet, damp houfes, evening dews, lying upon the damp grounds, watching, fa- 
 tigue, depreffingpafiions, and the like. When the inhabitants of a high country re- 
 tire to a low one, they are apt to prove fatal. In a word, whatever relaxes the folids, 
 diminilhes the perfpiration, or obftruds the circulation in the capillary or fmall 
 veflels, difpofes the body to agues. 
 
 CURE — As the chief intentions of cure in an ague are to brace the folids, and 
 promote perfpiration, the patient ought to take as much exercife between the fits as 
 he can bear. If he be able to go abroad, riding on horftback, or in a carriage, 
 ■will be of great fervice. But, if he cannot bear that kind of exercife, he ought to 
 take fuch as his ftrength will permit. Nothing tends more to prolong an intermit- 
 ting fever, than indulging a lazy indolent difpofition. In this difeafe, the ftomach 
 is generally loaded with cold vifcid phlegm, and frequently great quantities of bile 
 are difcharged by vomit : which plainly points out the necelTity of fuch evacuations. 
 Vomits are therefore to be adminiftered before the patient takes any other medicine. 
 But, if the patient be afraid to take a vomit, he ought to cleanle the bowels by a dofe 
 or two of Glauber's fait, jalap, or rhubarb : after this, two ounces of the beft Pe- 
 ruvian bark, finely powdered, may be divided into twenty-four dofes. Thcfe may 
 either be made into bolufie?, as they are uled, with a little fyrup of lemon, or mixed 
 
 in
 
 I20 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 in a glafs of red wine, a cup of camomile-tea, water-gruel, or any other drink that 
 is more agreeable to the patient. In an ague which returns every day, one of the 
 above dofes may be taken every two hours during the interval of the fits. In a ter- 
 tian, or third-day ague, it will be fufficient to take a dole every third hour during 
 die interval; and in a quartan, every fourth. If the patient cannot take fo large a 
 dofe of the bark, he may divide each of the powders into two parts, and'take one 
 every hour, &c. For a young perfon, a fmaller quantity of this medicine will be 
 fufficient, and the dofe muft be adapted to the age, conftitution, and violence of the 
 fympton)s. The above quantity of bark will frequently cure an ague -, the patient, 
 however, ought not to leave off taking the medicine as foon as the paroxyfms are 
 fiopped, but fhould continue to ufe it till there is reafon to believe the difeafe is 
 entirely overcome. Moft of the failures in the cure of this difeafe are owing to 
 patients not continuing to ufe the medicine long enough. They are generally di- 
 redled to take it till the fits are flopped, then to leave it off, and begin again at fome 
 «^.iftance of time ; by which means the difeafe gathers ftrength, and often returns 
 with as much violence as before. A relapfe may always be prevented, and the cure 
 greatly facilitated, by ufing the following infufion for fome confiderable time as 
 a drink : take an ounce of gentian- root; of calamus-aromaticus, and orange-peel, 
 each half an ounce, with three or four handfuls of camomile-Bowers, and an hand- 
 ful of coriander-feed, all bruifed together in a mortar : put half an handful of theCe 
 ingredients into a tea-pot, and pour thereon a pint of boiling water. A large 
 tea-cup full of this Infufion fhould be drunk three or four times a-day ; by which 
 means a fmaller quantity of bark than is generally ufed will be fufficient to cure an 
 ague. There is no doubt but many of our own plants or barks, which are very 
 bitter and aflringent, would fucceed in the cure of intermittent fevers, efpecially 
 ■when afTifled by aromatics ; and it is only by the ufe of fundry of thofe herbs re- 
 commended in the Herbal as antidotes againfl agues, that many old women in 
 country places fo effeftually cure the ague, after it has baffled every exertion of 
 thedodor. In obftinate agues, when the patient is old, the habit phlegmatic, the 
 feafon rainy, the fituation damp, or the like, it will be neceffary to add to the above 
 two ounces of the bark, half an ounce of Virginian fnake-root, and a quarter of an 
 ounce of ginger, or fome other warm aromatic ; or, if the fymptoms be of an inflam- 
 matory nature, half an ounce of fait of wormwood or fak of tartar may be added to 
 the above quantity of bark. As autumnal and winter agues generally prove much 
 more obftinate than thofe which attack the patient in fpring or fummer, it will be 
 neceffary to continue the ufe of the foregoing medicines longer in the former than 
 in the latter. If agues are not properly cured, they often degenerate into obflinate 
 ichronical difesfes, as the dropfy, jaundice, &c. For this reafon all poffible care 
 
 J fliould
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 121 
 
 fliould be taken to have them radically cured, before the humours be vitiated, and 
 the conftitution fpoiled. To prevent agues, people fliould endeavour to avoid their 
 caules. The following preventive medicine may however be of ufe to fuch as are 
 obliged to live in low marlhy countries, or who are liable to frequent attacks of this 
 diTeafe, Take an ounce of the beft Peruvian bark •, Virginian fnake-root, and orange- 
 peel, of each half an ounce ; bruife them all together, and infufe for five or fix 
 days in a bottle of brandy, Holland gin, or wine -, afterwards pour off the clear 
 liquor, and cake a wine-glafs of it twice or thrice aday. Thofe v^ho can bring 
 themfclves to chew the bark will find that method fucceed very well. Gen- 
 tian-root, or calamus-aromaticus, may alfo be chewed by turns for the fame pur- 
 pofe. All bitter herbs are antidotes to agues, efpecially thofe that are warm and 
 aftringent. 
 
 Of an acute CONTINUAL FEVER. 
 
 THIS fever is denominated acute, ardent, or inflammatory. It moft commonly 
 attacks the young, or perfons about the prime or vigour of life, efpecially fuch as 
 live high, abound with blood, and whofe fibres are ftrong and elaftic. It feizes peo- 
 ple at all feafons of the year ; but is moft frequent in the fpring and beginning of 
 fummer. It may be occafioned by any thing that overheats the body, or produces 
 plethora; as violent exercife, deeping in the fun, drinking ftrong liquors, eating 
 fpiceries, a full diet, with little exercife, &c. It may likewife be occafioned by 
 whatever obftruds the perfpiration •, as lying on the damp ground, drinking cold li- 
 quor when the body is hot, night-watching, or the like. 
 
 CURE. --As this difeafe is always attended with danger, the beft medical afTift- 
 ance ought to be procured as foon as polTible; and fuch medicines fliould be ufcd 
 as are calculated to dilute the blood, correft the acrimony of the humours, allay the 
 exceflive heat, remove the fpafmodic ftrifture of the velfels, and promote the fecre- 
 tions. For this purpofe let the patient drink plentifully of diluting liquors; as 
 water-gruel, or oatmeal-tea, clear whey, barley-water, baum-tea, apple-tea; which 
 maybe fliarpened with juice of orange, jelly of currants, rafpberries, and fuch like. 
 If the patient be coftive, an ounce of tamarinds, with two ounces of ftoned raifins 
 of the fun, and a couple of figs, may be boiled in three Englifli pints of water to a 
 quart. This makes a very pleafanc drink, and may be ufed at difcretion. The pa- 
 tient's diet muft be very fpare and light; and it will afford him great relief, efpe- 
 cially in a hot feafon, to have frcfli air frequently let into his chamber. This, how- 
 ever, muft be done in fuch a manner as not to endanger his catching cold. It is too 
 common in fevers to load the patient with bed-clothes, under the pretence of making 
 him fwcat, or defending him from the cold. This cuftom has many ill effecfts. It 
 34. Ji increafes
 
 122 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 increafes the heat of the body, fatigues the patient, and retards infread of promot- 
 ing the perfpiration. In this and all other fevers, attended with a hard, full, quick, 
 pulfe, bleeding is of the greatcfl: importance. This operation ought always to be 
 performed as foonas thefymptoms of an inflammatory fever appear. The quantity 
 of blood to be taken away muft be in pro|;ortion to theflirength of the patient and 
 the violence of the difcafe. If after the firft bleeding the fever (hould rife, and the 
 pulfe become more frequent and hard, there will be a necefTity for repeating it a fe- 
 cond, and perhaps a third, or even a fourth, tim.e, which may be done at the diflance 
 of twelve, eighteen, or twenty-four, hours from each other, as thefymptoms require. 
 If the pulfe continues foft, and the patient is tolerably eafy after the firft bleeding, 
 it ought not to be repeated. If the heat and fever he very great, forty or fifty drops 
 of the dulcified or fweet Ipirit of nitre may be made into a draught, with an ounce 
 of rofe-water, two ounces of common water, and half an ounce of fimple fyrup, or a 
 bitof loaf-fugar. This draught may be given tothepaticntevery three or four hours, 
 while the fever is violent ; afterwards, once in five or fix hours will be fufficient. 
 If about the tenth, eleventh, or twelfth, day, the pulfe becomes more foft, the 
 tongue moifter, and the urine begins to let fall a reddifh lettlement, there is rcafon 
 to exped a favourable iffue to the difeafe. But if, inflead of thefe fymptoms, the 
 patient's fpirits grow languid, his pulfe finks, and his breathing becomes difficult, 
 v/ith a (lupor, trembling of the nerves, ftarting of the tendons, &c. there is reafon to 
 fear that the confequences will be fatal. In this cafe bliflers muft be applied to the 
 h?ad, ancles, infideof the legs or thighs, as there may be occafion ; poultices of wheat- 
 bread, muftard, and vinegar, may likewife be applied to the foles of the feet, and 
 the patient muft be fupported with cordials, as ftrcng white-wine whey, negus, 
 fao-o-gruel with wine in it, and fuch like. Should the patient recover, he ought to 
 take fome gentle laxative. An ounce of tamarinds, and a drachm of fenamay be 
 boiled for a few minutes in a pint of water, and an ounce of manna difTolved in the 
 decoftion; afterwards it may be ftrained, and a tea-cup full drunk every hour till 
 it operates. This dole may be repeated twice or thrice, five or fix days intervening 
 betwixt each, and the patient Ihould be kept eafy till hisftrength and fpirits arefuf- 
 ficiently recruited. 
 
 Of the pleurisy. 
 
 THE pleurify is an inflammation of that membrane called thepkara, which lines 
 the infide of the breaft. It may be occafioned by whatever obftrufts the perfpiration : 
 as cold northerly winds -, drinking cold liquors when the body is hot •, fleeping with- 
 out doors on the damp ground ; wet clothes; plunging the body into cold water, 
 or expofing it to the cold air, when covered with fweat, &c. It may likewife be oc- 
 cafioned
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. I123 
 
 cafioned by drinking ftrong liquors; by tlie iloppage of ufual evacuations j as old 
 ulcers, iffues, fweating of the feet or hands, &c. the fudden ftriking in of any erup- 
 tion, as the itch, the meafles, orthefinall-pox. A pleurifymay likewifebeoccafioned 
 by violent exercife, as running, wreftling, leaping, or by fupporting great weights, 
 blows on the bread, &c. The pulfe in this difcafe is commonly quick and hard, the 
 urine high-coloured ; and if blood be let it is covered with a tough cruft, or bufFy 
 coat. The patient's fpittle is at firft thin, but afterwards it becomes grofler, and is 
 often ftreaked with blood. 
 
 CURE. --Nature generally endeavours to carry off this difeafe by a critical dif- 
 charge of blood from fome part of the body, by ex peroration, fweat, loofe ftools, 
 thick urine, or the like. We ought therefore to fecond her intentions by leflening 
 the force of the circulation, relaxing the veflcls, diluting the humours, and promot- 
 ing expeftoration. Copious bleeding, in the beginning of a pleurify, has a much 
 better effcci than repeated fmall bleedings. A man may lofe twelve or fourteen oun- 
 ces of blood as foon as it is certainly known that he is feized with a pleurify. For a 
 younger perfon, or one of a delicate conftitution, the quantity muft be lefs. If, after 
 the firft bleeding, the ftitch, with the other violent fymptoms, (hould continue, it 
 will be neceffary, at the diftancc of twelve or eighteen hours, to let eight or nine 
 ounces more. If the fymptoms do not then abate, and the blood fhews a ftrong 
 bufFy coat, a third, or even a fourth, bleeding may be requifite. But this operation 
 is feldom neceffary after the third or fourth day of the fever, and ought not then to be 
 performed, unlefs in the moft urgent circumftances. The blood may be attenuated 
 without bleeding; and the pain of thefide abated by fomenting, bliftcring, &c. Fo- 
 mentations may be made by boiling a handful of the flowers of elder, camomile, and 
 common mallows, or any other foft vegetables, recommended for this complaint in 
 the Herbal. The herbs may be either put into a flannel bag, and applied warm to 
 the fide, or flannel may be dipped in tiie decoftion, afterwards wrung out, and 
 applied to the part afFc6led, with as much warmth as the patient can eafily bear. 
 Fomentations not only eafe the pain, but relax the veffels, and prevent the ftagnation 
 of the blood and other humours. Leaves of various plants might likewife be ap- 
 plied to the patient's fide with advantage. I have often feen great benefit from young 
 cabbage-leaves applied warm to the fide in a pleurify. Thcfe not only relax the 
 parts, but likewife draw off a little moifture, and may prevent the neccffity of blif- 
 tering plaifter; which, however, when other things fail, muft be applied. What is 
 called the cnfis, or height of the fever, is fometimes attended with very alarming 
 fymptoms, as difficulty of breathing, an irregular pulfe, convulfive motions, &c. 
 Thcfe are apt to frighten the attendants, and induce them to do improper things, as 
 bleeding the patient, giving him ftrong ftimukting medicines, or the like. But they 
 
 are
 
 124 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 are only the druggies of Nature to overcome the difeafe, in which (lie ought to be 
 affifted by plenty of diluting drink, which is then peculiarly neceflary. If thp pa- 
 tient's ftrength however be much exhausted by the difeafe, it will be neceflary at 
 this time to fupport him with fmall draughts of white-wine whey, negus, or the like. 
 When the pain and fever are gone, it will be proper, after the patient has recover- 
 ed fufficient ftrength, to give him fome gentle purges. He ought like wife to ufea 
 light diet of eafy digeftion, and his drink fliould be of a cieanfin^ nature. 
 
 The parapbremtis, or inflammation of the diaphragm, is fo nearly conne£led with 
 the pleurify, and rcfembles it fo much in the manner of treatment, that it is fcarcely 
 rteceflary to confider it as a feparate difeafe. It is attended with a very acute fever, 
 a^d an extreme pain of the part afFccled, which is generally augmented by coughing, 
 fneezing, drawing in the breath, taking food, going to ftool, making water, &c. 
 Hence the patient breathes quick, and draws in his bowels to prevent the motion of 
 the diaphragm; is reftlefs, anxious, has a dry cough, a hiccup, and often a delirium. 
 Every method (hould be taken to prevent a fuppuration, as it is impoffible to fave 
 the patient's life when this happens. The regimen and medicine are in allrefpefts 
 the fame as in the pleurify. We fliall only add, that in this difeafe emollient clyfters 
 are peculiarly ufeful, as they relax the bowels, and by that means make a deiiva- 
 tion from the part affedted. 
 
 Of inflammations of the LUNGS. 
 
 THIS difeafe is generally fatal to thofe who have a flat breaft, or narrow cheft, 
 and to fuch as are afilifted with an ailhma, elpecially in the decline of life. Some- 
 times the inflammation reaches to one lobe of the lungs only, at other times the 
 whole organ is affcfled -, in which cafe the difeafe can hardly fail to prove fatal. An 
 inflammation of the lungs is fometimes a primary difeafe, and fometimes it is the 
 confequence of other difeafes, as a quinfey, a pleurify, &c. Moft of the fymptoms 
 of a pleurify likewife attend an inflammation of the lungs; only in the latter the 
 pulfe is more foft, and the pain lefs acute ; but the difficulty of breathing, and op- 
 prefTion of the breaft, are generally greater. 
 
 CURE.— Bleeding and purging are generally proper at the beginning of this dif- 
 eafe; but, if the patient's fpittle is pretty thick, as well as concoiiltd, neither of them 
 are neceflary. It will be fufficient to affift the expedoration by fome of the (harp 
 medicines recommended for that purpofe in the pleurify ; blifters ought to be ap- 
 plied pretty early. If the patient docs not fpit, he muft be bled according as his 
 ftrength will permit, and have a gentle purge adminiftered. Afterwards his body 
 may be kept open by clyfters, and the expeftoration promoted, by taking every tour 
 hours two table-fpoonfuls of the folution of gum-ammoniac, with oxymel of 
 
 I fqullis,
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 125 
 
 fquills, &c. When an inflammation of the bread does not yield to bleeding, blif- 
 tering, and other evacuations, it commonly ends in a fuppuration, which is more or 
 ]efs dangerous according to the part where it is fituated. When this happens in the 
 pleura, it fometimes breaks outwardly, and the matter is difcharged from the 
 wound. If the fuppuration happens within the fubftance or body of the lungs, the 
 matter may be difcharged by expecftoration ; but, if the matter floats in the cavity 
 of the breafl-, between the pleura and thelung^!, it can only be difcharged by an in- 
 cifion made betwixt the ribs. If the patient's Itrength does not return after the in- 
 flammation is to all appearance removed ; if his pulfe continues quick though foft, 
 his breathing difficult and opprefied ; if he has cold fiiiverings at times, his cheeks 
 fluflied, his lips dry ; and if he complains of thirfl:, and want of appetite ; there is 
 reafon to fear a fuppuration, and that a confumption of the lungs will enfue ; the 
 proper treatment of which we fliall next confider. 
 
 Of consumptions. 
 
 CONSUMPTIONS prevail more in England than in any other part of the 
 world ; owing perhaps to the great ufeof animal food and malt-liquors, the general 
 application to fedentary employments, and the great quantity of pit-coal which is 
 burnt ; to which we may add the perpetual changes in the atmofphere, or variable- 
 nefs of the weather. As this difeafe fo frequently proves fatal, we fhal! point out 
 its caufes in order that people may as much as poffible endeavour to guard againft 
 it: thefe are, confined or unwholefome air-, violent pafTions, exertions, or aff'ec- 
 tions of the mind ; grief, difappointment, anxiety, or clofe application tofliudy :— 
 great evacuations ; as fweating, diarrhoeas, diabetes, exceflive venery, the fluor al- 
 bus, an over difcharge of the menftrual flux, giving fuck too long : — alfo the fud- 
 den fl:oppage of cuftomary evacuations ; as the bleeding piles, fweating of the feet» 
 bleeding at the nofe, the menfes, iflues, ulcers, or eruptions of any kind. Con- 
 fumptions are likewife caught by fleeping v/ith the difeafed ; for which reafon this 
 jhould be carefully avoided ; but more confumptive patients date the beginning of 
 their diforders from wet feet, damp beds, night air, wet clothes, or catching cold 
 after the body has been heated, than from all other caufes put together. This dif- 
 eafe however is fometimes owing to an hereditary taint, or a fcrophulous habit ; in 
 which cafe it is generally incurable— yet, let none defpair. 
 
 CURE.— On the firfl: appearance of a confumption, if the patient lives in any 
 place where the air is confined, he ought immediately to quit it, and to make choice 
 of a fituation in the country, where the air is pure and free. Here he muft not 
 remain inadive, bur take every day ias much exercifc as he can bear. It is a pity 
 thofe who attend the flck feldom recommend riding in this difeafe, till the patient 
 
 34. * Kk is
 
 126 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 is either unable to bear ir, or the malady has become incurable : patients are like- 
 wife apt to trifle with themfelves. They cannot fee how one of the common adlions 
 oflifefhould prove a remedy in an obftinate difeafe, and therefore they rejeft it, 
 while they greedily hunt after relief from medicine, merely becaufe they do not 
 underftand it. Next to proper air and exercife, a due attention fhould be paid to 
 diet, which ought to be calculated to leflen the acrimony of the humours, and to 
 nourilh and fupport the patient. For this purpofe he fhould keep chiefly to the 
 ufe of vegetables and milk. Milk alone is of more value in this difeafe than the 
 whole materia medica. Afles milk is commonly reckoned preferable to any other ; 
 but it cannot always be obtained ; befides, it is generally taken in very fmall quan- 
 tity ; whereas, to produce any efFcdls, it ought to make a confiderable part of the 
 patient's food. Some extraordinary cures in confumptive cafes have been perform- 
 ed by women's milk ; and, could it be obtained in fufficient quantity, we would re- 
 commend it in preference to any other. It is better if the patient can fuck it from 
 the breaft, than to drink it afterwards. A man who was reduced to fuch a degree of 
 weaknefs in a confumption, as not to be able to turn in bed, fucked his wife's 
 breads, not with a view to reap any advantage from the milk, but to make her eafy. 
 Finding himfelf however greatly benefited by it, he continued to fuck her till he 
 became perfeftly well, and is at prefent a ftrong and healthy man. Some prefer but- 
 ter-milk to any other, and it is indeed a very valuable medicine, if the ftomach be 
 able to bear it. It does not agree with every perfon at firft ; and is therefore often 
 laid afide without a fufficient trial. It (hould at firft be taken fparingly, and the 
 quantity gradually increafed, until it comes to be almoft the fole food. I never 
 knew it fucceed unlefs where the patient almoft lived upon it. Wholefome air, 
 proper exercife, and a diet confiftent therewith, is the only courfe that can be de- 
 pended on in a beginning confumption. If the patient has ftrength and fufficient 
 refolution to perfift in fuch a courfe, he will feldom be difappointed of a cure. In 
 the firft ftage of a confumption, the cough may fometimes be appeafed by bleeding; 
 and the expectoration may be promoted by the following medicines. Take frefti 
 fquills, gum-ammoniac, and powdered cardamum-feeds, of each a quarter of an 
 ounce; beat them together in a mortar, and, if the mafs proves too hard for pills, 
 a little of any kind of fyrup may be added to it. This may be formed into pills of 
 a moderate fize, and four or five of them taken twice or thrice a-day, according as 
 the patient's ftomach will bear them. A mixture made of equal parts of lemon- 
 juice, fine-honey, and fyrup of poppies, may iikewife be ufed. Four ounces of each 
 of thefe may be fimmered together in a fauccpan, over a gentle fire, and a tabie- 
 fpoonfulofit taken at anytime when the cough is troublefome. It is common 
 ia this ftage of the difeafe to load the patient's ftomach with oily and balfamic me- 
 dicines.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 127 
 
 dicines. Thefe, inflcad of removing the caufe of the difeafe, tend rather to increafe 
 it by heating the blood, while they pall the appetite, relax the folids, and prove 
 every way hurtful to the patient. Whatever is ufed for removing the cough, be- 
 fides riding and other proper regimen, ought to be medicines of a fharp and cleanf- 
 ing nature ; as oxymel, fyrup of lemon, &c. For the patient's drink we would re- 
 commend infufions of the bitter plants mentioned in the Herbal, fuch as ground- 
 ivy, the fmaller centaury, camomile-flowers, water-trefoil, &c. Thefe infufions may 
 be drunk at pleafure. They ftrengthen the ftomach, promote digeftion, recftify ther 
 blood, and at the fame time anfwer all the purpofes of dilutition, and quench thirfb 
 much better than things that are lufcious or fweet. But, if the patient fpits blood,, 
 he ought to ufe, for his ordinary drink, infufions or decodions of the vulnerary, 
 roots, plants, &c. There are many other mucilaginous plants and feeds of a heal- 
 ing and agglutinating nature, recommended in the Herbal, from which decoflionS' 
 or infufions may be prepared with the fame intention; as the orches, the quince- 
 feed, colt's-foot, linfeed, farfaparilla, &c. The conferve of rofes is here peculiarly, 
 proper. It may either be put into the decoftion above prefcribed, or eaten by it- 
 felf. No benefit is to be expefted from trifling dofes of this medicine^ it feldom 
 proves of any fervice, unlefs three or four ounces at leafl: are ufed daily for a confi- 
 derable time. In this way I have feen it produce very happy efi'eds, and would 
 recommend it wherever there is a difcharge of blood from the lungs. When ths, 
 fpitting up of grols matter, opprefllon of the breaft, and the hedic fymptoms, (hew 
 that an impofthumeisformed in the lungs, the Peruvian bark is the only drug which 
 has any chance to counterafl the general tendency which the humours then have to 
 putrefadion. An ounce of it in powder may be divided into eighteen or twenty, 
 dofes, of which one may be taken every three hours through the day in a little fy- 
 rup or a cup of hoarhound-tea. We would not recommend the bark while there 
 are any fymptoms of an inflammation of the breafl: •, but, when it is certainly known . 
 that matter is collecled there, it is one of the befl: medicines which can be ufed. 
 Few patients indeed have refolution enough to give the bark a fair trial at this 
 period of the difeafe, ocherwife we have reafon to believe that great benefit might be 
 reaped from it. 
 
 A NERVOUS CONSUMPTION is a wafling or decay of the whole body, 
 without any confiderable degree of fever, cough, or difficulty of breathing. It is 
 attended with indigeftion, weaknefs, and want of appetite, &c. Thofe who are of 
 a fretful temper, who indul'TC in fpirituous liquors, or who breathe an unwhoJerome 
 air, are moft liable to this difeafe. We would recommend, for tlie cure of a nervous, 
 confumption, alight and nourifhingdiet, plenty of excicife in a free and open air, and 
 the ufc of fuch bitters as brace and ftrengthen the ftomach 5 as the Peruvian bark„ 
 
 gentieiv
 
 128 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 gentian-root, camomile, hoarhound, &c. Thefe may be infufed in water or wine, 
 and a glal's of it drunk frequently. Agreeable amufements, cheerful company, and 
 riding about, are preferable to all medicines in this difeafe. For which reafon, when 
 the patient can afford it, we would recommend a long journey of pleafure, as the 
 moft likely means to rcftore his health. What is called zfymptomaticconfiimption can- 
 'not be cured wicliout firft removing the diftafe by which it is occafioned. Thus, 
 when aconfumption proceeds from the fcrophu la or king's-evil, from thefcurvy, the 
 afthma, the venereal difeafe, &c. a due attention muft be paid to the malady from 
 whence it arifcs, and the regimen and medicine direfted accordingly. When ex- 
 ceflive evacuations of any kind occafion a confumption, they muft not only be re- 
 ftrained, but the patient's ftrength muft be reftored by gentle exercife, nourifliing 
 diet, and generous cordials. Young and delicate mothers often fall into confump- 
 tions by giving fuck too long. As loon as they perceive their ftrength and appetite 
 begin to fail, they ought immediately to wean the child, or provide another nurfe, 
 otherwife they cannot expett a cure. 
 
 Of the slow or NERVOUS FEVER. 
 
 NERVOUS FEVERS may be occafioned by whatever deprefies the fpirits, or 
 impoverifhes the blood ; as grief, fear, anxiety, want of fleep, incenfe thought, living 
 on poor watery diet, unripe fruits, cucumbers, melons, mulhrooms, &c. They may 
 likewife be occafioned by damp, confined, or unwholefome, air. Hence they are 
 very common in rainy feafons, and prove moft fatal to thofe who live in dirty low 
 houfes, crowded ftreets, horpitals, jails, or fuch-like places. Perfons whofe conftitu- 
 tions have been broken by exceffive venery, frequent falivations, too free an ufe of 
 purgative medicines, or any other excelTive evacuations, are very liable to this difeafe. 
 CURE.— The patient muft not be kept too low. His ftrength and fpirits ought 
 to be fupported by nouriftiing diet and cordials. For this purpofe his gruel, panada, 
 or whatever food he takes, muft be mixed with wine according as the fymptoms may 
 require. Pretty ftrong white-wine whey, or fmall negus, fliarpened with the juice 
 of orange or lemon, will be proper for his ordinary drink. Where a naufea, load,- 
 and ficknefs at ftomach, prevail at the beginning of a fever, it will be neceflary togive 
 the patient a gentle vomit. Fifteen or twenty grains of ipecacuanha in fine powder 
 will generally anfwer this purpofe very well. This may be repeated at any time before 
 the third or fourth day, if the above fymptoms continue. Vomits not only clean the 
 ftomach, but, by the general Ihock which they give, promote the perfpiration, and 
 have many other excellent effefts in flow fevers, where there ar5 no figns of inflamma- 
 tion, and nature wants roufing. Such as dare not venture upon a vomit, may clean the 
 bowels by a fmall dofe of Turkey rhubarb, or infufion of fenna and manna. In all 
 
 fevers,
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 129 
 
 fevers, the great point is to regulate the fymptoms, fo as to prevent them from going 
 to either extreme. Thus, in fevers of the inflammatory kind, where the force of 
 the circulation is too great, or the blood denfe, and the fibres too rigid, bleeding and 
 other evacuations are necefTary. But, in nervous fevers, where nature flags, where 
 the blood is vapid and poor, and the folids relaxed, the lancet muft be fpared, and 
 wine, with other cordials, plentifully adminiftered. Though bleeding is generally 
 improper in this difeafe, yet bliftering is highly necelTary. Blifters may be applied 
 at all times of the fever with great advantage. If the patient is delirious, he ought 
 to be bliftered on the neck or head -, and it will be the fafeft courfe, while the infen- 
 fibility continues, as foon as thedifchargeoccafioned by one blifter abates, to apply 
 another to fome other part of the body, and by that means keep up a continual fuc- 
 cefTion of them till he be out of danger. A miliary eruption fometimes breaks out; 
 about the ninth or tenth day. As eruptions are often critical, great care fhould be 
 taken not to retard Nature's operation in this particular. The eruption ought nei- 
 ther to be checked by bleeding nor other evacuations, nor puflied out by a hot 
 regimen ; but the patient fliould be fupported by gentle cordials, as wine- whey, fmall 
 negus, fdgo-gruel with a little wine it, and fuch-like. He ought not to be kept 
 too warm -, yet a kindly breathing fweat fliould by no means be checked. In def- 
 perate cafes, where the hiccup and ftarting of the tendons have already come on, we 
 have fometimes feen extraordinary effefts from large dofes of muflc frequently 
 repeated. Muflc is doubtlefs an antifpamodic, and may be given to the quantity of 
 a fcruple three or four times a-day, or oftener if necefl^ary. Sometimes it may be 
 proper to add to the muik a few grains of camphire, and fait of hartfliorn, as thefe 
 tend to promote perfpiration and the difcharge of urine. Thus fifteen grains of 
 muflv, with three grains of camphire, and fix grains of fait of hartfliorn, may be 
 made into a bolus with a little fyrup, and given as above. If the fever fliould inter- 
 mit, which it frequently does toward the decline, or if the patient's flrrength fliould 
 be wafted with colliquative fweats, &c. it will be neceflfary to give him the Peruvian 
 bark. Half a drachm, or a whole drachm if the ftomach will bear it, of the bark in 
 fine powder, may be given four or five times a-day, in a glafs of red-port or claret. 
 Should the bark in fubfliance not fit eafy on the fliomach, an ounce of it in powder 
 may be infufed in a bottle of Liflson or Rhenifli wine for two or three days i after- 
 wards it may be ftrained, and a glafs of it taken frequently. 
 
 Of the malignant, PUTRID, or SPOTTED, FEVER. 
 
 THIS fever is occafioned by foul air, from a number of people being confined 
 in a narrow place, not properly ventilated ; from putrid animal and vegetable ef- 
 fluvia, &c. Hence it prevails in camps, jails, hofpitals, and infirmaries, efpecially 
 
 34' L 1 where
 
 .130 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 where fuch places are too much crowded, and cleanlinefs is neglefted. Putrid, ma- 
 lignant, or fpotted, fevers, are highly infeftious -, and are therefore often communi- 
 cated by contagion. For which reafon all perfons ought to keep at a diftance from 
 thofe affedled with fuch difeafes, unlefs their attendance is abfolutely neceflary. Pu- 
 trid fevers may be diftinguifhed from the inflammatory by the fmallnefs of the 
 pulfe, the great dejeftion of mind, the diflblved ftate of the blood, the petechise, or 
 purple fpots, and the putrid fmell of the excrements. They may likewife be dif- 
 tinguifhed from the low or nervous fever by the heat and thirft being greater, the 
 urine of a higher colour, and the lofs of ftrength, dejeftion of mind, and all the 
 other fymptoms, more violent. 
 
 CURE.— The duration of putrid fevers is extremely uncertain ; fometimes they 
 terminate betwixt thefeventh and fourteenth day, and at other times they are pro- 
 longed for five or fix weeks. Their duration depends greatly upon the conftitution 
 of the patient, and the manner of treating the difeafe ; in which we ought to endea- 
 vour, as much as poffible, to counteraft the putrid tendency of the humours ; to 
 fupport the patient's ftrength and fpirits ; and to affill nature in expelling the caufe 
 of the difeafe, by gently promoting perfpiration and the other evacuations. Befides 
 the frequent admiffion of frefh air, which is extremely neceflary, we would recom- 
 mend the ufe of vinegar, verjuice, juice of lemon, Seville-orange, or any kind of 
 vegetable acid that can be moft readily obtained. Thefe ought frequently to be 
 fprinkled upon the floor, the bed, and every part of the room. The frefh fkins of 
 lemons or oranges ought likewife to be laid in different parts of the room, and they 
 fhould be frequently held to the patient's nofe. The ufe of acids in this manner 
 would not only prove very refrelhing to the patient, but would likewife tend to pre- 
 vent the infeftion from fpreading among thofe who attend him. Strong-fcented 
 herbs, as rue, tanfy, rofemary, wormwood, &c. may likewife be laid in different 
 parts of the houfe, and fmelled to by thofe who go near the patient. If a vomit 
 be criven at the beginning of this fever, it will hardly ever fail to have a good effeft ; 
 but, if the fever has gone on for fome days, and the fymptoms are violent, vomits 
 ^re not fo fafe. The body however is always to be kept gently open by clyflers, 
 or mild laxative medicines. Bleeding is feldom neceflary in putrid fevers. If there 
 be figns of an inflammation, it may fometimes be permitted at the firfl onfet ; but 
 the repetition of it generally proves hurtful. Bliflers are never to be ufed unlefs in 
 the greateft extremities. If the petechiae or fpots fhould fuddenly difappear, the 
 patient's pulfe fink remarkably, and a delirium, with other bad fymptoms, come on, 
 bliftering may be permitted. In this cafe the blifters are to be applied to the head, 
 and infide of the legs or thighs. But, as they are fometimes apt to occafion a gan- 
 grene, we would rather recommend warm cataplafms or poultices of muftard and 
 
 • vinegar
 
 A N D F A M I L Y D I S P E N S A T O R y. 131 
 
 vinegar to be applied to the feet, having recourfe to blifters only in the utmoft ex- 
 tremities. It is common in the beginning of this fever to giv^e the emetic tartar in 
 fmall dofes, repeated every fecond or third hour, till it (hall either vomit, purge, or 
 throw the patient into a fweat. This praftice is very proper, provided it be not 
 pufhed fo far as to weaken the patient. In the mofl: dangerous fpecies of this difeafe, 
 when it is attended with purple, livid, or black, fpots, the Peruvian bark fliould be 
 adminiftered ; it muft not only be given in large dofes, but be duly perfifted in. 
 The beft method of adminiftering it is certainly in fubftance ; but, for thofe who 
 cannot take it in fubftance, it may be infufed in wine. For preventing putrid fevers 
 we would recommend a ftrift regard to cleanlinefs, a dry fuuation, fufficient exer- 
 cife in the open air ; wholefome food, and a moderate ufe of generous liquors. In- 
 feftion ought above all things to be avoided. No conftitution is proof againft it ; 
 and, when a putrid fever feizes any perfon in a family, the greateft attention is necef- 
 fary to prevent the difeafe from fpreading. Any one, who is apprehenfive of having 
 caught the infeftion, ought immediately to take a vomit, and to work it off by- 
 drinking plentifully of camomile-tea. This may be repeated in a day or two, if the 
 apprehenfions ftill continue, or any unfavourable fymptoms appear. 
 
 Of the rvl I L I a R Y FEVER, 
 
 SO called, from the fmall puftules or bladders which appear on the fkin, refem- 
 bling, in fhape and fizc, the feeds of millet. The puftules are either red or white, 
 and fomeumes both are mixed together. It chiefly attacks the idle and the phleg- 
 matic, or perfons of a relaxed habit. The young and the aged are more liable to it 
 than th'ife in the vigour and prime of life. It is likewife more incident to women 
 than men, efpecially the delicate and the indolent, who, neglefting exercife, keep 
 continually within doors, and live upon weak watery diet. Such females are ex- 
 tremely liable to be feizcd with this difeafe in childbed, and often lofe their lives by 
 it. When this is a primary difeafe it makes its attack, like moft other eruptive 
 fevers, with a flight fhivering, which is fucceeded by heat, lofs of ftrength, a low 
 quick pulfe, difficulty of breathing, with great anxiety and opprefllon of the brcaft ; 
 and in child-bed women the milk generally goes away, and the other difcharges frop. 
 
 CURE.— Sometimes the miliary fever approaches towards a putrid nature, in 
 which cafe the patient's ftrength muft be fupported with generous cordials, joined 
 with acids -, and, if the degree of putrefcence be great, the Peruvian bark muft be 
 adminiftered. If the head be much affefted, the body muft be kept open by emol- 
 lient clyfters. If the food and drink be properly regulated, there will be little occa- 
 fion for medicine. Where nature flags, and the eruption comes and goes, it may- 
 be neceflary to keep upaftimulus, by a continual fucceffion of fmall bliftering 
 ^ plaifters \
 
 532 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 plalfters ; but we would not recommend above one at a time. If however the pulfe 
 fliould fink remarkably, the puftules fall in, and the head be afFefted, it will be ne- 
 ceflary to apply feveral blifters to the moft fenfible parts, as the infide of the legs 
 and thighs, &c. Bleeding is leldom necefiary in this difeaie, and fometimes it does 
 much hurt, as it weakens the patient, and deprefles his fpirits. If thedifeafe proves 
 tedious, or the recovery flow, we would recommend the Peruvian bark, which may 
 either be taken in lubftance, or infufed in wine or water as the patient inclines. To 
 avoid this difeafe, a pure dry air, fufficient exercife, and wholefome food, are necef- 
 fary. Pregnant women fhould guard againft coftivenefs, and take daily as much 
 exercife as they can bear, avoiding all green fruits, and other unwholefome things i 
 and, when in child-bed, they ought ftricftly to obferve a cool regimen. 
 
 Of the remitting FEVER. 
 
 THIS fever takes its name from a remiflion of the fymptoms, which happens 
 fometimes fooner, and fometimes later, but generally before the eighth day. The 
 remiflion is commonly preceded by a gentle fweat, after which the patient feems 
 greatly relieved, but in a few hours the fever returns. Thefe remiflions rerurn at 
 very irregular periods, and are fometimes of longer, fometimes of fliorter, duration ; 
 the nearer however that the fever approaches to a regular intermittent, the danger is 
 the lefs. They are moft frequent in clofe calm weather, efpecially after rainy fea- 
 fons, great inundations, or the lilie. No age, fex, or conftitution, is exempted 
 from the attack of this fever : but it chiefly feizes perf'ins of a relaxed habit, who 
 live in low dirty habitations, breathe an impure fliagnated air, take little exercife, 
 and ufe unwholefome diet. The firft fymptoms of this fever are pajns and giddinefs 
 in the head, with alternate fits of heat and cold. The pulfe is fometimes a little 
 hard, but feldom full, and the blood, when let, rarely fliews any figns of inflamma- 
 tion. In order to cure this fever, endeavours fliould be ufed to bring it to a regular 
 intermiflion. This intention may be promoted by bleeding, if there be any figns 
 of inflammation •, but, when that is not the cafe, bleeding ought by no means to be 
 attempted, as it will weaken the patient, and prolong the difeafe. A vomit how- 
 ever will feldom be improper, and is generally of great fervice. Twenty or thirty 
 grains of ipecacuanha will anfwer this purpofe very well; but, where it can be ob- 
 tained, we would rather recommend a grain or two of emetic tartar, with five or fix 
 grains of ipecacuanha, to be made into a draught, and given for a vomit. This may 
 be repeated once or twice at proper intervals, if the ficknefs or naufea continues. 
 The body ought to be kept open either by clyfters or gentle laxatives, as weak in- 
 fufions of fenna and manna, fmall dofes of the lenitive electuary, cream of tartar, 
 tamarinds, ftewed prunes, or the like ; but all ftrong or draftic purgatives are to be 
 
 avoided.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 133 
 
 4ivoided, By this courfe the fever in a few days may generally be brought to a 
 pretty regular or diftind intermiffion, in which cafe, the Peruvian bark may be ad- 
 miniftered, and it will feldom fail to perfed: the cure. 
 
 Of the SMALL-POX. 
 
 THE fmall-pox is commonly caught by infeftion. Since the difeafe was firft 
 brought from Arabia into Europe, the infeftion has never been wholly extinguifliedi 
 nor have any proper methods been taken for that purpofe; lb that now it has be- 
 come in a manner conftitutional. Children who have over-heated themfelves by 
 running, wreftling, &c. or adults after a debauch, are moft apt to be feized with 
 the fmall-pox. The difeafe is fo generally known, that a minute defcription of it 
 is unnecefiary. Children commonly look dull, feem liftlefs and drowfy, for a few- 
 days before the more violent fymptoms of the fmall-pox appear. They are likewifc 
 more inclined to drink than ufual, have little appetite for folid food, complain of 
 wearinefs, and, upon taking exercife, are apt to fweat. Thefe are fucceeded by 
 flight fits of cold and heat in turns, which, as the time of the eruption approaches, 
 become more violent, and are accompanied with pains of the head and loins, vomit- 
 ing, &c. The pulfe is quick, with a great heat of the llcin, and reftleffnefs. When 
 the patient drops afleep, he wakes in a kind of horror, with a fudden ftart, which 
 is a very common fymptom of the approaching eruption; as are alfo convulfion- 
 fits in very young children. The mofl favourable fymptoms are a flow eruption, 
 and an abatement of the fever as foon as the pufl:ules appear. In a mild difliinfb 
 kind of fmall-pox, the pufliules feldom appear before the fourth day from the time 
 of fickening, and they generally keep coming out gradually for feveral days after. 
 Pufliules which aredifl:inft, with a florid red bafis, and which fill with thick puru- 
 lent matter, firfl: of a whitifli, and afterwards of a yellowifli, colour, are the befl:. 
 It is a mofl: unfavourable fymptom when petechi:E, or purple, brown, or black, 
 fpots, are interfperfed among the puftules. Thefe are figns of a putrid diflblution 
 of the blood, and fliew the danger to be very great. Bloody fl;ools or urine, with 
 a fwelled belly, are bad fymptoms ; as is alfo a continual fl:ranguary. Pale urine 
 and a violent throbbing of the arteries of the neck are figns of an approaching 
 delirium, or of convulfion-fits. When the face does not fwell, or falls before the 
 pock comes to maturity, it is very unfavourable. If the face begins to fall about the 
 eleventh or twelfth day, and at the fame time the hands and feet begin to fwell, the 
 patient generally does well ; but, when thefe do not fucceed to each other, there is 
 reafon to apprehend danger. 
 
 CURE — All that is necefTary, during the eruptive fever, is to keep the patient 
 
 cool and-cafy, allowing him to drink freely of fome weak diluting liquors ; as 
 
 25- Mm balm-
 
 134 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 balm-tea, barley-water, clear whey, gruels, &c. Much mifchief is done at this 
 period by confining the patient to his bed, and plying him with warm cordials or 
 fudorific medicines. Every thing that heats and inflames the blood increafes the 
 fever, and pufhes out the puftules prematurely. This has numberlefs ill efFeds. 
 It not only increafes the number of puftules, but likewife tends to make them run 
 into one another ; and, when they have been pufhed out with too great violence, 
 they generally fall in before they come to maturity. The food ought to be very 
 light, and of a cooling nature, as panada, or bread boiled with equal quantities of 
 milk and water, good apples roafted or boiled with milk, and fweetened with a lit- 
 tle fugar, or fuch-like. The moft dangerous period of this difeafe is what we 
 call the fecondary fever. This generally comes on when the pock begins to 
 blacken or turn on the face, and moft of thofe who die of the fmall-pox are carried 
 off by this fever. Nature generally attempts, at the turn of the fmall-pox, to re- 
 lieve the patient by loofe ftools. Her endeavours this way are by no means to be 
 counteracled, but promoted ; and the patient at the fame time fupported by food 
 and drink of a nouriihing and cordial nature. If, at the approach of the fecondary 
 fever, the pulfe be very quick, hard, and ftrong, the heat intenfe, and the breathing 
 laborious, with other fymptoms of an inflammation of the breaft, the patient muft 
 immediately be bled. The quantity of blood to be let muft be regulated by the 
 patient's ftrength, age, and the urgency of the fymptoms. But, in the fecondary 
 fever, if the p-atient be faintifli, the puftules become fuddenly pale, and if there be 
 great coldnefs of the extremities, blifters muft be applied, and the patient muft be 
 fupported with generous cordials. Wine and even fpirits have fomctimes beeri 
 given in fuch cafes with amazing fuccefs. It is generally neceflfary, after the fmall- 
 pox is gone oflf, to purge the patient. If however the body has been open through 
 the whole courfe of the difeafe^or if butter-milk and other things of an opening na- 
 ture have been drunk freely after the height of the fmall-pox, purging becomes 
 lefs neceflTary •, but it ought never v/holly to be neglefted. For very young children 
 an infufion of fenna and prunes, with a little rhubarb, may be fweetened with 
 coarfe fugar, and given in fmall quantities till it operates. Thofe who are farther 
 advanced muft take medicines of a Iharper nature. For example, a child of five 
 or fix years of age may take eight or ten grains of fine rhubarb in powder over 
 night, and the fame quantity of jalap in pov/der next morning. This may be 
 wrought off with frefti broth or water-gruel, and may be repeated three or four 
 times, five or fix days intervening betwixt each dofe. For children further ad- 
 vanced, and adults, the dofe muft be increafed in proportion to the age and confti- 
 tution. When a cough, a difficulty of breathing, or other fymptoms of a con- 
 fumption, fucceed to the fmall-pox, the patient muft be fentto aplace where the-air 
 
 is
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 135 
 
 is good, and put upon a courfe of afles milk, with fuch other treatment as hath 
 already been diredted in confumptions. 
 
 Of INOCULATION. 
 
 THIS falutary invention, which is the only effedual means of flopping the ravages 
 of the fmall-pox, has been known in Europe above half a century •, yet, like moft 
 other ufeful diicoveries, it has, till of late, made but flow progrefs. No difcovery 
 can be of general utility, while the pradtice of it is kept in the hands of a few. The 
 fears, the jealoufies, the prejudices, and the oppofite interefts, of the faculty, are,, 
 and ever will be, the moft effedlual obftacles to the progrefs of any falutary difco- 
 very. Hence it is that the praftice of inoculation never became, in any meafure, 
 general, even in England, till taken up by men not bred to phyfic. Thefe have 
 not only rendered the praftice moreextenfive, but likewife more fafe, and, by afting 
 under lefs reftraint than the regular pracftitioners, have taught them that the patient's 
 greateft danger arofe, not from the want of medical care, but from the excefs of it. 
 The prefent method of inoculating in Britain is to make two or three flaming inci- 
 fions in the arm, fo fuperficial as not to pierce quite through the fkin, with a lancet 
 wet with frefh matter taken from a ripe puftule ; afterwards the wounds are clofed 
 up, and left without any drefTing. Some make ufecf a lancet covered with the dry 
 matter ; but this is lefs certain, and ought never to be ufed unlefs where frefh mat- 
 ter cannot be obtained : when this is the cafe, the matter ought to be moiftened 
 by holding the lancet for fome time in the fteam of warm water. We do not find 
 that inoculation is at all contidered as a medical operation in foreign countries. In 
 Turkey, whence we learned it, it is performed by the women, and in theEaft Indies 
 by the brachmins or priefls. In this country, the cuftom, though ftill in its in- 
 fancy, has been pracliled by numbers of the common people with aftonifhing fuc- 
 cels; and, as the imail-pox is now become an epidemical difeafe in mofb parts of 
 the known world, there feems no other choice left, but to render the malady as mil4 
 as pofTible. It is a matter of fmall conlcquence, whether a difeafe be entirely 
 extirpaced, or rendered lb mild as ncitlier to dcftroy life nor hurt the conftitucion ; 
 and that this may be done by inoculation, does not now admit of a doubt. The 
 numbers who die under inoculation hardly deferve to be named. In the natural 
 way, one in four or five generally dies; but by inoculation notoneofathoufand. Nay, 
 fome can boaft of having inoculated ten thoufand without the lols of a fingle patient. 
 The moft proper age for inoculating children is betwixt three and five. Thofc 
 who have conftitutional difeafes may neverthelefs be inoculated ; it will often 
 mend the habit of body ; but ought to be performed at a time when they are molt 
 fiealthy. Accidental difeafes fhould always be removed before inoculation. It is 
 2 generally
 
 236 CULPE-PER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 generally thought necefTary to regulate the diet for fome time before the difeafe be 
 communicated. In children, however, great alteration in diet is feldom necefTary, 
 their food being commonly of the molt fimpleand wholefome kind, as milk, water- 
 gruel, weak broths, bread, light pudding, mild roots, and white meats. We would 
 recommend no other medicinal preparation than two or three mild purges, which 
 ought to be fuited to the age and ftrength of the patient. The fuccefs of inocula- 
 tors does not depend on the preparation of their patients, but on their management 
 of them while under the difeafe. Their conflantcare fliould be to keep them cool, and 
 their bodies gently open, by which means the fever is kept low, and the eruption 
 greatly leflrned. The danger is feldom great when the pudules are few •, and their 
 number is generally in proportion to the fever which precedes and attends the erup- 
 tion. Hence the chief fecret of inoculation confifts in regulating the eruptive fever, 
 which generally may be kept fufficiently low by the methods mentioned above. 
 The regimen during the difeafe is in all refpecls the fame as under the natural fmall- 
 pox. The patient mull be kept cool, his diet fhould be light, and his drink weak 
 and diluting, &c. Should any bad fymptoms appear, which is feldom the cafe, they 
 muft be treated in the fame way as diredled in the natural fmall-pox. Purging is 
 not lefs neceflary after the fmall-pox by inoculation than in the natural way, and 
 pught by no means to be neglected. 
 
 Of the measles. 
 
 THIS difeafe, like the fmall-pox, proceeds from infeftion, and is more or lefs dan- 
 gerous according to the conftitution of the patient, the feafon of the year, the cli- 
 mate, &c. It is ufually preceded by a fhort cough, a heavinefs of the head and eyes, 
 drowfinefs, and a running at the nofe. There is an inflammation and heat in the 
 eyes, with a defluxion of Iharp tears, vomiting, and great acutenefs of fenfation, 
 fo that the patient cannot bear the light without pain. About the fourth day, fmall 
 fpots, refembling flea-bites, appear, firfl: upon the face, then upon the breaft, and 
 afterwards on the extremities : thefe may be difl:inguilhed from the fmall-pox by 
 their fcarcely rifing above theflcin. The fever, cough, and difficulty of breathing, 
 inftead of being removed by the eruption, as in the fmall-pox, are rather increafed j 
 but the vomiting generally ceafes. About the fixth or feventh day from the time 
 of fickening, the meafles begin to turn pale on the face, and afterwards upon the 
 body •, fo that by the ninth day they entirely difappear. Such as die of the meafles 
 generally expire about the ninth day from the invafion, and are commonly carried off 
 by inflammation of the lungs. The moft favourable fymptoms are, a moderate 
 loofenefs, a moifl: flcin, and a plentiful difcharge of urine. When the eruption fud- 
 denly falls in, and the patient is feized with a delirium, he is in the greateft danger/ 
 
 If
 
 ANDFAMILYDISPENSATORY. J37 
 
 If the meafles turn too foon of a pale colour, it is an unfavourable fymptom, as are 
 alfo great weaknefs, vomiting, reftleffiiefs, and difficulty of fwallowing. Purple or 
 black fpots appearing among the meafles are very unfavourable. When a conti- 
 nual cough, with hoarfenefs, flicceeds the difeafe, there is reafon to fufpeft an ap- 
 proaching confumptiun of the iungs. 
 
 CURE.— Our bufmefs in this difeafe is to alTi ft nature by proper cordials, in 
 throwing out the morbific matter, if her efforts be too languid -, but when they are 
 too violent they muft be reftrained by evacuations, and cool diluting liquors, &c. 
 We ought likewife to endeavour to appeafe the mod urgent fymptoms, as the 
 cough, reftleflnefs, and difficulty of breathing. A cool regimen is necelfary here 
 as well as in the imall-pox. The food too muft be light, and the drink diluting. 
 The molt fuitable liquors are decodions of liquorice with marfh-mallow roots and 
 farfiparilla, infufions of linfeed, or of the flowers of elder, balm-tea, clarified whey, 
 barley-water, and fuch-like. Bleeding is commonly neceflary, particularly when 
 the fever runs high, with difficulty of breathing, and great oppreffion of the breaft. 
 But, if the difeafe be of a mild kind, bleeding may be omitted. If at the turn of 
 the difeaie the fever alTumes new vigour, and there appears great danger of lutFoca- 
 tion, bleeding muft be repeated according to the patient's ftrengthj and blifters muft 
 be applied, with a view to prevent the load from being thrown on the lungs, where 
 if an inflammation fhould fix itfelf, the patient's life will be in imminent danger. In 
 cafe the meafles fliould fuddenly difappear, the patient muft be fupported with wine 
 and cordials. Blifters muft be applied to the legs and arms, and the body rubbed 
 all over with warm flannels. Should a cough, with difficulty of breathing, and 
 other fymptoms of a confumption, remain after the meafles, fmall quantities of 
 blood may be frequently let at proper intervals, as the patient's ftrength andconfti- 
 tution will permit. He ought likewife to drink afl"es milk, to remove to a free air, 
 and to ride daily on horfeback. 
 
 Of the scarlet FEVER. 
 
 THE fcarlet fever is fo called from the colour of the patient's flcin, which ap- 
 pears as if it were tinged with red wine. It begins, like other fevers, with coldnefs 
 and (hivering, without any violent ficknefs. Afterwards the Ikin is covered with 
 red fpots, which are broader, more florid, and lefs uniform, than the meafles. They 
 continue two or three days, and then difappear; after which the cuticle, or fcarf- 
 fkiii, falls ofi^. 
 
 CURE. — There is feldom any occafion for medicine in this difeafe, unlefs it is 
 attended with putrid or malignant fymptoms, in which cafe it is always dangerous.; 
 the patient is then not only affeded with coldnefs and Ihiyering, but with languor, 
 
 35' Nn ficknefs.
 
 13? CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 ficknels, and great opprefllon ; to thefe fucceed exceffive heat, naufea, and vomit- 
 ing, with a forenefs of the throat ; the pulfe is extremely quick, but fmall and de- 
 preffed ; the breathing frequent and laborious ; the fkin hot, but not quite dry ; 
 the tongue moift, and covered with a whitilh mucus -, the tonfils inflamed and ul- 
 cerated. When the eruption appears, it brings no relief: on the contrary, the 
 fymptoms generally grow worfe, and fredi ones come on, as purging, delirium, 
 &c. Should this difeafe be miftalien for a fimple inflammation, and treated with 
 repeated bleedings, purging and cooling medicines, as is fometimes the cafe, it ge- 
 nerally proves fatal. The only medicines that can be depended on are cordials and 
 antifeptics, as the Peruvian bark, wine, fnake-root, and the like. The treatment 
 muft be in general fimilar to that of the putrid fever, or of the malignant ulcerous 
 fore throat. 
 
 Of the bilious FEVER. 
 
 A CONTINUAL remitting or intermitting fever, accompanied with a co- 
 pious evacuation of bile, either by vomit or ftool, is denominated bilious. It gene^ 
 rally makes its appearance about the end of fummer, and ceafes towards the approach 
 of winter. It is moft fatal in warm countries, efpecially where the foil is marfhy, 
 and when great rains are fucceeded by fultry heats. Thofe who work without 
 doors, and are expofed to the night air, are mofl: liable to this kind of fever. 
 
 CURE.— If there are fymptoms of inflammation, it will be neceffary to bleed, 
 and to put the patient upon cool diluting regimen, recommended in the inflamma- 
 tory fever. Saline draughts may likewife be frequently adminiflered, and the pa- 
 tient's body kept open by clyfters or mild purgatives. Bur, if the fever (hould remit 
 or intermit, bleeding will feldom be necelTary. In this cafe a vomit may be admi- 
 niftered, and, if the body be bound, a gentle purge; after which the Peruvian 
 baik will generally complete the cure. 
 
 Of the ERYSIPELAS, or St. ANTHONY'S FIRE. 
 
 THE eryfipelas may be occafioned by violent paffions or affeftions of the 
 mind ; as fear, anger, &c. When the body has been heated to a great degree, and 
 is immediately expofed to the cold air, fothat the perfpiration is fuddenly checked, 
 an eryfipelas will often enfue. It may alfo be occafioned by drinking to excefs, by 
 continuing too long in a warm bath, or by any thing that over-heats the blood. If 
 any of the natural evacuations beobftru£ted, or in too fmall quantity, it may caufe 
 an eryfipelas. The fame effed will foUovy from the ftoppage of artificial evacua- 
 tions •, as iflues, fetons, or the like. The diforder comes on with fhivering, third, 
 lofs of ftrength, pain in the head and back, heat, reftleffnefs, and a quick pulfe ; to 
 
 which
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 139 
 
 ■which may be added vomiting, and fomecimes a delirium. On the fecond, third, or 
 fourth, day, the part fwells, becomes red, and fmall puftules appear : at which 
 time the fever generally abates. When the eryfipelas is large, deep, and affeits a 
 very fenfible part of the body, the danger is great. If the red colour changes into 
 a livid or black, it will end in a mortification. Sometimes the inflammation can- 
 not be difcufied, but comes to a fuppuration -, in which cafe fiftulas,^ a gangrene, or 
 mortification, often enfue. Such as die of this difeafe are commonly carried off by 
 the fever, which is attended with difficulty of breathing, and fometimes with a de- 
 lirium and great drowfinefs. They generally die about the feventh or eighth day. 
 CURE.— In this complaint much mifchief is often done by medicines, efpecially 
 by external applications : whereas the principal objeft fhould be to promote per- 
 fpiration, which has a great tendency to carry off the difeafe. It is common to bleed 
 in the eryfipelas ; but this likewife requires caution. If however the fever be high, 
 the pulfe hard and ftrong, and the patient vigorous, it will be proper to bleed •, but 
 the quantity mufl be regulated by thefe circumftances, and the operation repeated 
 as the fymptoms may require. If the patient has been accuftomed to ftrong liquors, 
 and the difeafe attacks his head, bleeding is abfolutely neceffary. Bathing the feet 
 and legs frequently in lukewarm water, when the difeafe attacks the face or brain, 
 has an excellent effeft. It tends to make a derivation from the head, and feldom 
 fails to relieve the patient. When bathing proves ineffectual, poultices, or fharp 
 finapifms, may be appl'ed to the foles of the feet for the fame purpofe. In cafes 
 where bleeding is requifite, it is likewife necelTary to keep the body open. This 
 may be elfefted by emollient clyfters, or fmall dofes of nitre and rhubarb. Some 
 indeed recommend very large dofes of nitre in the eryfipelas ; but nitre feldom fits 
 eafy on the ftomach when taken in large dofes. It is however one of the beft me- 
 dicines when the fever and inflammation run high. Half a drachm of it, with four 
 or five grains of rhubarb, may be taken in the patient's ordinary drink, four times a 
 day. When theeryfipelas feizes the head, foas to occafion a delirium orftupor, blif- 
 ters muft be applied to the neck, or behind the ears, and fharp cataplafms laid to the 
 foles of the feet. la what is commonly called iht fcorbutic eryfipelas^ which con- 
 tinues for a confiderable time, it will only be neceffary to give gentle laxatives, and 
 fuch things as purify the blood, and promote the perfpiration. And, after the in- 
 flammation has been checked by opening medicines, the decoclion of woods and 
 bitter herbs may be drunk, as recommended for this difeafe in the Plerbal. 
 
 Of the inflammation of the BRAIN. 
 
 THE fymptoms which ufually precede a true inflammation of the brain, are pain 
 of the head, rednefs of the eyes, a violent flufhing of the face, diflurbed fleep, or a total 
 
 2 want
 
 140 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 want of it, great drynefs of the fliin, coftivenefs, a retention of urine, a fmall drop- 
 ping of blood from the nofe, finging of the ears, and extreme fenfibility of the ner- 
 vous iyftem. When the brain itfelf is inflamed, the pulfe is always foft and low ; 
 but, when the inflammation only aff'e(5ts the integuments of the brain, viz. the dura 
 and pia mater, it is hard. 
 
 CURE. — As this difeafe often proves fatal in a few days, it requires the moll 
 fpeedy applications. When it is prolonged, or improperly treated, itfometimes ends 
 in madnefs, or a kind of ftupidity which continues for life. Two things are chiefly 
 to be attended to, inthe cure, viz. to Icfllen the quantity of blood in the brain, and 
 to retard the circulation towards the head. Nothing more certainly relieves the pa- 
 tient than a free difcharge of blood from the nofe. When this comes of its own 
 accord, it is by no means to be ftopped, but rather promoted by applying cloths dip- 
 ped in warm water to the part. When bleeding at the nofe does not happen fponta- 
 neoufly, it may be provoked by putting a ftraw, or any other (harp body, up 
 the nofl;riI, Bleeding in the temporal arteries greatly relieves the head : but, as 
 this operation cannot always be performed, we would recommend in its fl:ead bleed- 
 ing in the jugular veins. When the patient's puife and fpirits are fo low, that he 
 cannot bear bleeding with the lancet, leeches may be applied to the temples. Thefe 
 not only draw off the blood more gradually, but, by being applied nearer to the part 
 affefled, generally give more immediate relief. If the inflammation of the brain be 
 occafioned by the ftoppage of evacuations either natural or artificial, as the menfes, 
 ifl*ues, fetons, or fuch-like, all means muft be ufed to reftore them as foon as poffible, 
 or to fubftitute others in their ftead. The patienf s body muft be kept open by 
 ftimulating clyfters or fmart purges ; and fmall quantities of nitre ought frequently 
 to be mixed with his drink. Two or three drachms, or more, if the cafe be dan- 
 gerous, may be ufed in the fpace of twenty-four hours. If the difeafe proves obfti- 
 nate, and does not yield to the medicines, it will be neceflary to apply a bliftering- 
 plaifter to the whole head. 
 
 Of the inflammation of the EYES. 
 
 THIS diforder is attended with acute pain, heat, rednefs, and fwelling. — The 
 patient is not able to bear the light, and fometimes he feels a pricking pain, as if 
 his eyes were pierced with a thorn. The pulfe is generally quick and hard, with 
 fome degree of fever. When the difeafe is violent, the neighbouring parts fwell, 
 and there is a throbbing or pulfation in the temporal arteries, &c. A flight inflam- 
 mation of the eyes, efpecially from an external caufe, is eafily cured ; but, when the 
 difeafe is violent, and continues long, it often leaves fpecks upon the eyes, or dim- 
 nefs of fight, and fometimes total blindnefs. 
 
 CURE.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 141 
 
 CURE.— The patient mud abftain from every thing of a heating nature. His 
 food fhould confift chiefly of mild vegetables, weak broths, and gruels. His drink 
 may be barley-water, balm-tea, common whey, and fuch-like. Bleeding, ina violent 
 inflammation of the eyes, is always neceflary. This fliould be performed as near 
 the part affcfted as pofTible. An adult may lofe ten or twelve ounces of blood from 
 the jugular vein, and the operation may be repeated according to the urgency of 
 the fymptoms. If it fhould not be convenient to bleed in the neck, the fame quan- 
 tity may be let from the arm, or any other part of the body. Leeches are often 
 applied to the temples, or under the eyes, with good effeifl. The wounds mufl: be 
 fuffered to bleed for feme hours, and, if the bleeding flop foon, it may be promoted 
 by the application of cloths dipped in warm water. In obftinate cafes, it will be ne- 
 cefTary to repeat this operation feveral times. Opening and diluting medicines are 
 by no means to be neglefted ; but, if the inflammation does not yield to thefe evacu- 
 ations, bliflers mufl: be applied to the temples, behind the ears, or upon the neck 
 and kept open for feme time. I have feldom known thefe, if long enough kept 
 open, fail to remove the mofl obfl:inate inflammation of the eyes ; but, for this pur- 
 pofe, it is often neceflTary to continue the difcharge for feveral weeks. Thofe who 
 are liable to frequent returns of thisdifeafe, ought confl:antly to have an ifTue in one 
 or both arms, or a feton cut betwixt the fhoulders. Bleeding or purging in the 
 fpring and autumn will be very beneficial to fuch perfons. 
 
 Of the QUINSEY, or INFLAJMMATORY SORE THROAT. 
 
 THIS difeafe is frequently attended with great danger. When the inflammation 
 comes on, the parts appear red and fwelled ; the patient complains of pain in 
 fwallowing -, his pulfe is quick and hard, with other fymptoms of a fever. If blood 
 be let, it is generally covered with a tough coat of a whitifli colour, and the patient 
 fpits a tough phlegm. As the fwelling and inflammation increafe, the breathing 
 and fwallowing become more difficult ; the pain afFedts the ears ; the eyes generally 
 appear red ; and the face fwells. When the breathing is laborious, with ftraight- 
 nefs of the breafl:, and anxiety, the danger is great. Though the pain in fwallowing 
 be very great, yet, while the patient breathes eafy, there is not fo much danger. 
 An external fwelling is no unfavourable fymptom ; but, if it fuddenly falls, and the 
 difeafe aflfefts the breafl", the danger is very great. When a quinfey is the confe- 
 quence of fome other difeafe, which has already weakened the patient, his fituation 
 is dangerous. A frothing at the mouth, and a fwelled tongue, a pale ghaftly coun- 
 tenance, and coldnefs of the extremities, are fatal fymptoms, 
 
 CURE.— It is peculiarly neceflTary that the neck be kept warm ; for which pur- 
 pofe feveral folds of foft flannel may be wrapt round it. The jelly of black cur- 
 rants is a medicine very much in eflieem for complaints of the throat ; and indeed it 
 
 35. O is
 
 142 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 is of fome ufe. It fliould be almoft conftantly kept in the mouth, and fwallowed down 
 leifurely. It may likewife be mixed in the patient's drink, or taken any other way. 
 When it cannot be obtained, the jelly of red currants, or of mulberries, may be 
 ufed in its ftead. Gargles are alfo very beneficial : they rri3y be made of fage-tea, 
 with a little vinegar and honey ; and may be ufed three or four times a-day ; and, 
 if the patient be troubled with tough vifcid phlegm, the gargle may be rendered 
 more fharp and cleanfing by adding to it a tea-fpoonful of fpirit of fal ammoniac. 
 There is no difeafe wherein the benefit of bathing the feet and legs in lukewarm 
 water is more apparent : that pradice ought therefore never to be negledled. If 
 the inflammation be violent, it will be proper, as foon as the fymptoms appear, to 
 bleed in the arm, or rather in the jugular vein, and to repeat the operation if cir- 
 cumftances require. The body fhould likewife be kept gently open. This may 
 be done by giving the patient for his ordinary drinka decoftion of figs and tamarinds, 
 or fmall dofes of rhubarb and nitre. Good efftfts are often produced from a bit of 
 fal prunel, or purified nitre, held in the mouth, and fwallowed down as it melts. 
 This promotes the difcharge of faliva, by which means it anfwers the end of a gar- 
 gle, while at the fame time it abates the fever, by promoting the difcharge of urine, 
 &c. Bliftering upon the neck or behind the ears, in violent inflammations of the 
 throat, is very beneficial ; and in bad cafes it will be necefiary to lay a bliftering- 
 plaifter quite acrofs the throat, fo as to reach from ear to ear. After the plaifters 
 are taken off, the parts ought to be kept running by the application of iffue oint- 
 ment, till the inflammation is gone; otherwife, upon their drying up, the patient 
 will be in danger of a relapfe. When a dilnculty of fwallowing is not attended 
 with an acute pain or inflammation, it only requires that the part be kept warm, 
 and the throat frequently gargled with fomething that may gently ftimulate the 
 glands, as a decodtion of figs with vinegar and honey ; to which may be added a 
 little muflard, or a fmall quantity of fpirits. But this gargle is never to be ufed 
 where there are figns of an inflammation. Thofe who are fubjecT: to inflammations 
 of the throat, in order to avoid that difeafe, ought to live temperate. Such as do 
 not chufe to obferve this rule muft have frequent recourfe to purging and other 
 evacuations, to difcharge the fuperfluous humours. They ought likewife to be- 
 ware of catching cold, and fliould abftain from aliment and medicines of an aftrin- 
 gent or {Simulating nature. 
 
 Of the MALIGNANT or PUTRID ULCEROUS SORE THROAT. 
 
 THIS is evidently a contagious diftemper, and is generally communicated by in- 
 
 feftion. Whole families, and even entire villages, often receive the infeftion from 
 
 one perfon. Whatever lends to produce putrid or malignant fevers may likewife 
 
 2 occafion
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 143 
 
 occafion the putrid ulcerous fore throat, as unwhokfotne air, damaged provifions, 
 negledl of cleanlinefs, &c. Itbegins with aliernate fits of fhivering and heat. The 
 pulfe is quick, but low and unequal, and generally continues fo through the whole 
 courfe of the dileafe. The tongue is white, and generally moift, which diftinguifhes 
 this fronn an inflammatory difeafe. Upon looking into the throat, it appears fwelled 
 and of a florid red colour. Pale or afli coloured fpots, however, are here and there 
 interfperfed, and lometimes one broad patch or fpot, of an irregular figure, and 
 pale white colour, furrounded with florid red, only appears. Thefe whitiih fpots 
 or iloughs cover fo many ulcers. The putrid ulcerous fore throat maybe diilin- 
 guilhcd from the inflammatory by the vomiting and loofenefs with which it is gene- 
 rally ulhered in -, the foul ulcers in the throat covered with a white or livid coat ; 
 and by the exceffive weaknefs of the patient ; with other fymptoms of a putrid fever. 
 CURE,— The treatment in this kind of fore throat is entirely different from that 
 which is proper in the inflammatory. All evacuations, as bleeding, -purging, &c. 
 which weaken the patient, muft be avoided. Cooling medicines, as nitre and 
 cream of tartar, are likewife hurtful. Strengthening cordials alone can be ufed 
 with fafety •, and thefe ought never to be negledled. If, at the beginning, there is 
 a great naufea, or inclination to vomit, the patient mufl drink an infufion of green 
 tea, camomile flowers, or carduus benediSlus^ in order to cleanfe the ftomach. If 
 thefe are not fufficient, he may take a few grains of the powder of ipecacuanha, or 
 any other gentle vomit. If the difeafe is mild, the throat may be gargled with an 
 infufion of fage and rofe leaves, to a gill of which may be added a fpoonful or two 
 of honey, and as much vinegar as will make it agreeably acid ; bur, when the fymp- 
 toms are urgent, it will beof a great benefit if the patient frequently receives into his 
 mouth, through an inverted funnel, the fleams of warm vinegar, myrrh, and honey. 
 But, when the putrid fymptoms run high, and the difeafe is attended witR danger, 
 the only medicine that can be depended upon is the Peruvian bark. It may be 
 taken in fubftance, if the patient's ilomach will bear it. If not, an ounce of bark 
 grofsly powdered, with two drachms of Virginian fnake-root, may be boiled in a 
 pint and a half of water to half a pint ; to which a teafpoon-full of tlie elixir of vi- 
 triol may be added, and an ordinary teacup-full of it taken every three or four 
 hours. Bliilers are very beneficial in this difeafe, efpecially when the patient's pulfe 
 and fpirits are low. They may be applied to the throat, behind the ears, or upon 
 the back part of the neck. If a difcharge of blood from the nofe happens, the 
 fteams of warm vinegar may be received up the noftrils frequently -, and the drink 
 mull be fliarpened with fpirits of vitriol, or tindure of rofes. In cafe of a ftrangu- 
 ary, the belly muft be fomented with warm water, and emollient clyfters given 
 three or four times a day. After the violence of the difeafe is over, the body fhould 
 ftill be kept open with mild purgatives i as manna, fenna, rhubarb, or the like. 
 
 Or
 
 144 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of colds and COUGHS. 
 
 COLDS are the efFeft of an obftrudled perfpiration ; and almoft every cold is a 
 kind of fever, which only differs in degree from feme of thofe ihat have already 
 been treated of. No age, fex, or confticution, is exempted from this difeafe ; nei- 
 ther is it in the power of any medicine or regimen to prevent it. The inhabitants 
 of every climate are liable to catch cold, nor can even thegreateft circumfpedtion 
 defend them at all times from its attacks. Indeed, if the human body could be 
 kept conftantly in an uniform degree of warmth, fuch a thing as catching cold 
 would be impoffible : but, as that cannot be effefled by any means, the perfpiration 
 muft be liable to many changes. When oppreffion of the breaft, a fluffing of the 
 nofe, unufual wearinefs, pain of the head, &c. give ground to believe that the per- 
 fpiration is obftrufted, or, in other words, that the perfon has caught cold, he 
 ought immediately to lefien his diet, at lead the ufual quantity of his folid food, 
 and to abftain from all ftrong liquors. Would people facrifice a little time to eafe 
 and warmth, and praftife a moderate degree of abftinence when the firft fymptoms 
 of a cold appear, we have reafon to believe, that mod of the bad effefts which flow 
 from an obftruded perfpiration might be prevented. But, after the difeafe has 
 gathered ftrength by delay, all attempts to remove it often prove vain. A pleurify, 
 a peripneumony, or a fatal confumption of the lungs, are often the effedls of com- 
 mon colds i notwithftanding people affedt to treat them with fo much indifference 
 and neglefb, merely becaufe they are only colds. Hence it is, that colds deftroy 
 fuch numbers of mankind. Like an enemy defpifed, they gather ftrength from 
 delay, till, at length, they become invincible. It is certain, however, that colds may 
 be too much indulged. When a perfon, for every flight cold, fhuts himfelf up in 
 a warm room, fwallows medicine, and drinks great quantities of warm liquor, it 
 may occafion fuch a general relaxation of the folids, as will not be eafily removed. 
 Bathing the feet in warm water, lying in bed, and drinking warm water-gruel, or 
 other weak liquors, will fooner take off a fpafm, and reftore the perfpiration, than 
 all the hot fudorific medicines in the world. This is all that is neceffary for remov- 
 ing a common cold ; and, if this courfe be taken at the beginning, it will feldom 
 fail. When the fymptoms do not yield to abftinence, warmth, and diluting liquors, 
 there is reafon to fear the approach of fome other difeafe, as an inflammation of the 
 breaft, an ardent fever, or the like, and the patient Ihould then be treated accord- 
 ingly. The chief fecret of preventing colds lies in avoiding, as far as poffiblc, all 
 extremes either of heat or cold, and in taking care, when the body is heated, to 
 
 Jet it cool gradually. 
 
 Of
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. US 
 
 OfaCOMMONCOUGH. 
 
 A COUGH is generally the effe(fl of a cold, which has either been improperly 
 treated oren'.irely negleiHicd. When it proves obftmate, there is always realbn to 
 fear the confequenccs, as this fhews a weak ftate of the lungs, and is often the 
 forerunner of a confumption. If the cough be violent, and the patient young and 
 ftrong, with a hard quick pulfe, bleeding will be proper ; but, in weak and relaxed 
 habits, bleeding rather prolongs the difeafe. When the patient fpits freely, bleed- 
 ing is unneced'ary, and ibmetimes hurtful, as it tends to leflen that difcharge. 
 Wnen a cough is occafioned by acrid humours tickling the throat und fauces, the 
 patient (hould keep lome loft pectoral lozenges alniolt contlantly in his mouth ; as 
 the Pontefraft-liquorice cakes, barley-fugar, the common balfamic lozenges, Spa- 
 nifh juice, &c. Thefe blunt the acrimony of the humours, and, by taking off 
 theii ftimulating quality, help to appeafe the cough. In obltinate coughs, proceed- 
 ing from a flux of humours upon the lungs, it will often be necelTary, befides ex- 
 pectorating medicines, to have recourfe to ifTues, fetons, or fome other drain. In 
 this cafe I have often oblerved the mod happy effeds from a Burgundy-pitch 
 plairter applied between the fhoulders. About the bulk of a nutmeg of Burgundy- 
 pitch may be fpread thin upon a piece of foft leather, about the fize of the hand, 
 and laid between the fhoulder-blades. It may be taken off and wiped every three 
 or iour days, and ought to be renewed once a fortnight or three weeks. This is 
 indeed, a cheap and fimple medicine, and confeq uently apt to be defpifed ; but we 
 will venture to affirm, that the whole materia medica does not afford an application 
 more efficacious in almoft every kind of cough. It has not, indeed, always an im- 
 mediate effed; but, if kept on for fome time, it will fucceed where moft other 
 medicines fail. But coughs proceed from many other caufes befides defluxions 
 upon the lungs. In thelc cafes the cure is not to be attempted by pettoral medi- 
 cines. Thus, in a cough proceedmg from a foulnefs and debility of the ftomach, 
 fyrups, oil, mucilages, and all kinds of balfamic medicines, do hurt. Thejiomacb 
 cough may be known from one that is owing to a fault in the lungs by this, that in 
 the latter the patient coughs whenever he infpires, or draws in his breath fully ; but 
 in the former that does not happen. 
 
 CURE. — The cure of this cough depends chiefly upon cleanfing and ftrength- 
 ening the ftomach ; for which purpole gentle vomits and bitter purgatives are mofl; 
 proper. Thus, after a vomit or two, the facred tindture, as it is called, may be 
 taken for a cunfiderable time in the dofeof oneor two tablefpoon fulls twice a day, 
 or as often as it is found neceffary, to keep the body gently open. People may 
 make this tinfture themfelvcs, by infufing an ounce of hiera picra in an Eng- 
 lifh pint of white-wme, letting it ftand a few days, and then ftraining it. hi 
 3-i» Pp coughs
 
 !46 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 coughs which proceed from a debility of the ftomach, the Peruvian bark, is like- 
 wife of confiderable fervice. It may either be chewed, taken in powder, or made 
 into a tinfture along with other ftomachic bitters. A nervous cough can only be re- 
 moved by change of air and proper exercife. Immerfing tiie feet and hands in 
 warm water will often appeafe the violence of a nervous cough. When a cough 
 js only the fymptom of fome other malady, it is in vain to attempt to remove it 
 without firft curing the difeafe from which it proceeds. Thus, when a cough is 
 occafioned by teething, keeping the body open, fcarifying the gums, or whatever 
 facilitates the cutting of the teeth, likewife appeafes the cough. In like manner, 
 when worms occafion a cough, fuch medicines as remove thefe vermin will generally 
 cure the cough ; as bitter purgatives, oily clyfters, and fuch-like. Women, dur- 
 ing the laft months of pregnancy, are often greatly afflided with a cough, which 
 .is generally relieved by bleeding and keeping the body open. They ought to avoid 
 all flatulent food, and to wear a loofe eafy drefs. 
 
 Of the whooping or, CHIN COUGH. 
 
 THIS cough feldom affefts adults, but proves often fatal to children. What- 
 ever hurts thedigeftion, obftrufts the perfpiration, or relaxes the folids, difpofes to 
 this difeafe: conlequently its cure muft depend upon cleanfmg and ftrengthening 
 the ftomach, bracing the folids, and, at the fame time, promoting perfpiration and 
 the different fecrciions. 
 
 CURE. ---One of the moft effectual remedies in the chin-cough is change of air. 
 This often removes the malady, even when tiie change feems to be from a purer 
 to a Icfs wholefome air. This may in fome mealure depend on the patient's being 
 removed from the place where the infeftion prevails. Moft of the drfeafes of chil- 
 dren are infeftious ; nor is it at ail uncommon to find the chin-cough prevailing 
 in one town or village, when another, at a very fmal! diftance, is quite free from 
 it. Bur, whatever be the caufe, we are fure of the facft. No time ought therefore 
 to be loft in removing the patient to fome diftance from the place vvhere he caught 
 the difeafe, and, if poffible, into a more pure and warm air. When the difeafe 
 proves violent, and the patient is in danger of being fuffocated by the cough, he 
 ought to be bled, efpecially if there be a fever with a hard full pulfe. But as the 
 chief intention of bleeding is to prevent an inflammation of the lungs, and to ren- 
 der it more fafe to give vomits, it will feldom be necefPary to repeat the operation ; 
 yet, if there befymptoms of an inflammation of the lungs, a fecond, or even a third, 
 bleeding may be requifite. Vomits not only cleanfe the ftomach, which, in this 
 difeafe is generally loaded with vifcid phlegm, but they likewife promote the per- 
 fpiration and other fecretions ; and ought therefore to be repeated according to 
 2 the
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. ur 
 
 the obftinacy of the difeafe. They fliould not be ftrong ; gentle vomits frequently 
 repeated are lels dangerous, and more beneficial, than ftrong ones. Many people 
 believe that oily, pedloral, and balfamic, medicines pofTcfs wonderful virtues for 
 the cure of the chin-cough, and accordingly exhibit them plentifully to patients 
 of every age and conftitution, without confidering that every thing of this nature 
 muft load the ftomach, hurt the digeftion, and of courfc aggravate the diforder. 
 The millepedes, or woodlice, are greatly recommended for the cure of a chin^cough. 
 Thofe, who, chufe to make ufe of thefe infefts, may infufe two ounces of them 
 bruifed in an Englifh pint of fmall white-wine for one night. Afterwards the 
 liquor may be ftrainei through a cloth, and a table fpoonful of it given to the 
 patient three or four times a day. Opiates arefometimes neceffary to allay the vio- 
 lence of the cough. For this purpofe a'- little of the fyrup of poppies, or five, 
 fix, or ieven, drops of laudanum, according to the age of the patient, may be 
 taken in a cup of hyfibpor penny-royal tea, and repeated occafionally. The gar- 
 lic ointment is a well-known remedy in North-Britain for the chin-cough. It is 
 made by beating in a mortar garlic with an equal quantity of hog's lard. With this 
 the foles of the feet may be rubbed twice or thrice a day ; but the beft method is 
 to fpread it upon a rag, and apply it in the form of a plaifter. It Ihould be renew- 
 ed every night and morning at leaft, as the garlic foon lofes its virtue. This is 
 an exceeding good medicine both in the chin-cough and in moft other coughs of 
 an obftiuate nature. It ought not, however, to be ufed when the patient is very 
 hot or feverilh, left it fhould increafe thefe fymptoms. 
 
 INFLAMMATION of the STOMACH. 
 
 AN inflammation of the ftomach may proceed from any of thecaufes which pro- 
 duce an inflammatory fever ; as cold liquor drunk while the body is warm, obftrucl- 
 ed perfpiration, or the fudden ftriking in of any eruption. It is attended with a fixed 
 pain and burning heat in the Itomach ; great reftleflhefs and anxiety ; a fmall, quick, 
 and hard, pulfc ; vomiting, or, at leatt, a naufea and ficknefs ; excefiive thirft; cold- 
 nefs of the extremities ; difnculty of breathing ; cold clammy fweats -, and fometimes 
 convulfions and fainting fits. The flromach is fweljed, and often feels hard to the 
 touch. One of the moft certain figns of this difcafe is the fenfe of pain, which the 
 patient feds upon taking any kind of food or drink, efpecially if it be either too hot 
 or too cold. 
 
 CURE..---A11 acrimonious, heating, and irritating, food and drink are carefully 
 to be avoided. The weaknefs of the patient may deceive the by-ftanders, and in- 
 duce xhem to give him wines, fpirits, or other cordials; but thefe never fail to 
 increafe the difeafe, and often occafion fudden death. The inclination to vomit 
 
 may
 
 >48 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 may likewife impofe on the attendants, and make them think a vomit neceflary ; 
 but that too is almoft certain death. Bleeding is,ablblutely neceflary, and is almoU 
 the only thing that can be depended on. When the difeafe proves obftinate, it will 
 often be proper to repeat this operation feveral times, nor mull the low ftate of the 
 pulfe deter us from doing fo. The pulfe indeed generally rifes upon bleeding, and, 
 as long as that is the cafe, the operation is-fafe. Frequent fomentations with 
 lukewarm water, or a decoftion of emollient vegetables, as recommended in the 
 Herbal, are likewife beneficial. Flannel cloths dipped in thefe muft be applied 
 to the region of the ftomach, and removed as they grow cool. In this, and all 
 other inflamniations of the bowels, an epifpatlic, or bliftering-plaifter, applied over 
 the part affefted, is one of the beft remedies known. The only internal medicines 
 which can with fafcty be reconi mended are mild clyfters. Thefe may be made of 
 •warm water, or thin water-gruel ; and, if the patient is coftive, a little fweet oil, 
 honey, or manna, may be added. Clyfters anfwer the purpofe of an internal fo- 
 . mentation, while they keep the body open, and at the fame time nou; i(h the patient, 
 who is often, in this difeafe unable to retain any food upon his ftomach. For thefe 
 reafons they muft not benegleded, as the patient's life may depend on them. 
 
 INFLAMMATION of the INTESTINES. 
 
 THIS is one of the moft painful and dangerous difeafes that mankind is lia- 
 ble to. It generally proceeds from the fame caufes as the inflammation of the 
 ftomach -, to which may be added coftivenefs, worms, eating unripe fruits, or great 
 quantities of nuts, drinking hard windy malt liquors, as ftale bottled beer or ale, 
 four wine, cyder, &c. The inflammation of the inteftines is denominated iliac 
 ■pajfion^ enteritii, ^c. according to the name of the parts aff'edled. The treatment 
 however is nearly the fame whatever part of the inteftinal canal be the feat of the 
 difeafe. The fymptoms are nearly the fame as in the foregoing difeafe; only the 
 pain, if pofllble, is more acute, and is fituated lower. The vomiting is likewife 
 more violent, and fometimes even the excrements, together with the clyfters and 
 fuppofitories, are difcharged by the mouth. While the pain fliifts, and the vomit- 
 ing only returns at certain intervals, and while the clyfters pafs downwards, there 
 is ground to hope; but, when the clyfters aadf^ces are vomited, and the patient is 
 exceeding weak, with a low fluttering pulfe, a pale countenance, and a difagreeable 
 or ftinking breath, there is great reafon to fear that the confequences will prove fa- 
 tal. Clammy fweats, black fcetid ftools, with a fmall intermitting pulfe, and a 
 total cefl^ation of pain, are figns of a mortification already begun, and of ap- 
 proaching death. 
 
 CURE.— Bleeding, in this as well as in the inflammation of the ftomach, is of 
 the greateft importance. It fhould be performed as foon as the fymptoms appear, 
 
 and
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. H9 
 
 and muft be repeated according to the ftrength of the patient and the violence of 
 thedifeafe. A blifter is likewife to be applied immediately over the part where the 
 moft violent pain is. This not only relieves the pain of the bowels, but even 
 clyfters and purgative medicines, which before had noefFeft, will operate when the 
 blifter begins to rife. The patient's feet and legs Ihould frequently be bathed in 
 ■warm water, and cloths dipped in it applied to his belly. Bladders filled with 
 warm water may likewife be applied to the region of the navel, and warm bricks, or 
 bottles filled with warm water, to the foles of the feet. If the difeafe does not 
 yield to clyfters and fomentations, recourfemuft be had to pretty ftrong purgatives; 
 but, as thefe, by irritating the bowels, ofcen increafe their contradtion, and by that 
 means fruftrate their own intention, it will be necelTary to join them with opiates, 
 which, by allaying the pain, and relaxing the fpafmodic contraftions of the guts, 
 greatly afTift the operation of purgatives in this cafe. What anfwers the purpofe of 
 opening the body very well, is a folution of the bitter purging falts. Two ounces 
 of thefe may be diflblved in an Englifh pint of warm water, or thin grucl, and a 
 teacup-full of it taken every half hour till it operates. At the fame time fifteen, 
 twenty, or twenty-five, drops of laudanum may be given in a glafs of peppermint 
 or fimple cinnamon-water, to appeafe the irritation, and prevent the vomiting, &c. 
 But it often happens that no liquid whatever will ftay on the ftomach. In this 
 cafe, the patient muft take purging pills, I have generally found the follow- 
 ing anfwer very well: Take jalap in powder, and vitriolated tartar, of each 
 half a drachm, opium one grain, Caftile foap as much as will make the mafs fit 
 for pills. Thefe muft be taken at one dofe, and, if they do not operate in a few 
 hours, the dofe may be repeated. If a ftool cannot be procured by any of the 
 above means, it will be neceflary to immerfe the patient in warm water up to the 
 breaft. This often fucceeds when other means have been tried in vain. The pa- 
 tient muft continue in the water as long as he can eafily bear it without fainting ; and, 
 if one immerfion has not thedefired effect, it may be repeated as foon as the pa- 
 tient's ftrength and fpirits are recruited. It is more fafe for him to go frequently 
 into the bath than to continue too long at a time ; and it is ofcen neceflary to repeat 
 it feveral times before it has the defired effcd;. In defperate cafes it is common to 
 give quickfilver. This may be given to the quantity of feveral ounces, or even a 
 pound, but fliould not exceed that. When there is reafon to fufped: a mortification 
 of the guts, this medicine ought not to be tried. In that cafe it cannot cure the pa- 
 tient, and will only haften his death. But, when the obftruftion is occafioned by 
 ■any caufc that can be removed by force, quickfilver is not only a proper medicine, 
 but the beft that can be adminiftered, as it is the fitteft body we know for making 
 its way through the inteftinal canal. 
 36. ^q Of
 
 150 
 
 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of the C H O L I C. 
 
 THE cholic has a great refemblance to the two preceding difeafes, both in its 
 fymptoms and method of cure. It is generally attended with coftivenefs and acute 
 pain of the bowels; and requires diluting diet, evacuations, fomentations, &c. 
 Cholics are varioufly denominated, according to their caufes, as the /<2/«/«2/, the 
 iilious, the hvjleric, the nervous^ &c. 
 
 CURE.— When the difeafe proceeds from windy liquor, green fruit, four herbs, 
 or the like, the beft medicine on the firft appearance of the fymptoms is a drachm of 
 brandy, gin, or any good fpirits. The patient fhould likewife fit with his feet upon 
 a warm hearth-ftone, or apply warm bricks to them ; and warm cloths may be ap- 
 plied to his ftomach and bowels. This is the only cholic wherein ardent fpirits, 
 fpiceries, or any thing of a hot nature, may be ventured upon. Nor indeed are 
 they to be ufed here unlefs at the very beginning, before any fymptoms of inflam- 
 mation appear. The bilious cholic is attended with very acute pains about the re- 
 gion of the navel. The patient complains of great thirft, and is generally coftive. 
 He vomits a hot, bitter, yellow-coloured, bile, which, being difcharged, feems to 
 afford fome relief, but is quickly followed by the fame violent pain as before. As 
 the diftemper advances, the propenfity to vomit fometimes increafes fo as to become 
 almoft continual, and the proper motion of the inteftines is fo far perverted, that 
 there are all the fymptoms of an impending iliac paffion. If the patient be young 
 and ftrong, and the pulfe full and frequent, it will be proper to bleed, after which 
 clyfters may be adminiftered. Clear whey or gruel, ftiarpened with the juice of 
 lemon, or cream of tartar, muft be drunk freely : it will be neceffary likewife to 
 foment the belly with cloths dipped in warm water -, and, if this fhould not fucceed, 
 the patient mud be immerfed up to the bread in warm water. In the bilious cholic, 
 the vomiting is often very difficult to reftrain. When this happens, the patient 
 may drink a decodion of toafted bread, or an infufion of garden-mint in boiling 
 •water. Such as are liable to frequent returns of the bilious cholic fliould ufe flefh 
 fparingly, and live chiefly upon a light vegetable diet. They fliould likewife take 
 frequently a dofe of cream of tartar with tamarinds, or any other cool acid purge. 
 The hyfteric cholic bears a great refemblance to the bilious. It is attended with 
 acute pains about the region of the ftomach, vomiting, &c. But what the patient 
 vomits in this cafe is commonly of a greenifh colour. There is a great finking of 
 the fpirits, with dejedion of mind and difficulty of breathing, which are the cha- 
 rafteriltic fymptoms of this diforder. Sometimes it is accompanied with the jaun- 
 dice ; but this generally goes off of its own accord in a few days. In this cholic 
 ill evacuations, as bleeding, purging, vomiting, &c. do hurt. Every thing that 
 
 weakens
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 151 
 
 weakens the patient, or finks the fpirits, is to be avoided. If however the vomiting 
 fhould prove violent, lukewarm water, or fmall poCet, may be drunk to cleanfe the 
 Itomach. Afterwards the patient may take fifteen, twenty, or twenty-five, drops ot 
 liquid laudanum in a glafsof cinnamon-water. This may be repeated every tenor 
 twelve hours till the fymptoms abate. The nervous cholic prevails among miners, 
 fmelters of lead, plumbers, the manufacturers of white lead, &c. It is very com- 
 mon in the cyder counties of England, and is fuppofed to be occafioned by the lea- 
 den veflTcls ufed in preparing that liquor. No dileafc of tlie bowels is attended with 
 more excruciating pain than this. Nor is it foon at an end. I have known it con- 
 tinue eight or ten days with very little intermiffion, the body all the while continuing 
 bound in fpite of medicine, yet at length yield, and the patient recover. It gene- 
 rally however leaves the patient weak, and often ends in a palfy. The general 
 treatment of this difeafe is the fame with that of the iliac pafiion, or inflammation 
 of the bowels. 
 
 INFLAMMATION of the KIDNEYS. 
 
 THIS difeafe may proceed from any of thofe caufes which produce an inflamma- 
 tory fever. It may likewife be occafioned by wounds or bruifes of the kidneys ; 
 fmall (tones or gravel lodging within them ; by hard riding or walking, efpecially 
 in hot weather -, or whatever drives the blood too forcibly into the kidneys, may 
 occafion this malady. 
 
 CURE.— Every thing of a heating or ftimulating nature is to be avoided. Emol- 
 lient and thin liquors muft be plentifully drunk ; as clear whey, or balm-tea fweet- 
 ened with honey, decodtions of marlh-mallow roots, with barley and liquorice, &c. 
 Bleeding is generally neceflary, efpecially at the beginning. Ten or twelve ounces 
 may be let from the arm or foot •, and, if the pain and inflammation continue, the 
 operation may be repeated in twenty-four hours, efpecially if the patient be of a 
 full habit. Leeches may likewife be applied to the hjemorrhoidal veins, as a dif- 
 charge from thefe will greatly relieve the patient. Cloths dipped in warm water, 
 or bladders filled with ic, mufl: be applied as near as pofllble to the part affeded, and 
 renewed as they grow cool. If the bladders be filled with a decoftion of mallows 
 and camomile flowers, to which a little faff'ron is added, and mixed with about a 
 third part of new milk, it will be Itill more beneficial. Emollient clyfl:ers ought 
 frequently to be adminiltered ; and, if thel'e do not open the body, a little fait and 
 honey or manna may be added to them. The fame courfe is to be followed where 
 gravel or a itone is lodged in the kidney ; but, when the gravel or [tone is feparated 
 from the kidney, and lodges in the ureter, it will be proper, befides the fomenta- 
 tions, to rub the fmall of the back with fweet oil, and to give gentle diuretics : asju- 
 I . niper-
 
 J.32 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 niper-water fweetened with the fyiup of marfh- mallows -, a tea-fpoonful of the 
 fweet ipirits of nitre, with a few drops of laudanum, may now and then be put in a 
 cup of the patient's drink. He ought likewife to take excrcife on horfeback, or la 
 a carriage, if he be able to bear it. 
 
 INFLAMMATION of the BLADDER. 
 
 THE inflammation of the bladder proceeds, in a great meafure, from the fame 
 caufes as that of the kidneys. It is known by an acute pain towards the bottom of 
 the belly, and difficulty of pafTing urine, with fome degree of fever, a conftant in- 
 clination to go to ftool, and a perf)etual defire to make water. This difeafe muft be 
 treated on the fame principles as the one immediately preceding. The patient 
 fhould abftain from every thingthat isof a hot, acrid, and flimulating, quality, and 
 Ihould live entirely upon fmall broths, gruels, or mild vegetables. But a ftoppage 
 of urine may proceed from other caufes befides an inflammation of the bladder; 
 iis a fwellingof the hcemorrhoidal veins ; hard faeces lodged in the return; a ftonein 
 the bladder; excrefcences in the urinary paffages, a palfy of the bladder, hyfteric 
 affeftions, &c. In all which cafes, mild and gentle applications are the fafeft ; flrong 
 diuretic medicines, or things of an irritating nature, generally increafe the danger. 
 I have known fome perfons kill themfelves by introducing probes into the urinary 
 paffages, to remove, as they thought, fomewhat that obftruded the difcharge of 
 urine; and others bring on a violent inflammation of the bladder, by ufing ftrong 
 diuretics, as oil of turpentine, &c. for that purpofe. 
 
 INFLAMMATION of the LIVER. 
 
 THIS difeafe is known by a painful tenfion of the right fide under the falfe ribs, 
 attended with fome degree of fever, a fenfeof weight, or fulnefs of the parr, difficul- 
 ty of breathing, loathing of food, great thirff, with a pale or yellowilh colour of the 
 fkin and eyes. This difeafe, if properly treated, is feldom mortal. If it ends in a 
 fuppiiration, and the matter cannot be difcharged outwardly, the danger is then 
 great. When the fchirrhus of the liver enfues, the patient, if heobferves a proper re- 
 gimen, may neverthelefs live a number of years ; but, if he indulge in animal food 
 ■and ftrong liquors, or take medicines of an acrid or irritating nature, the .fchirrhus 
 will be converted into a cancer, which muft infallibly prove fatal. 
 
 CURE.-- The fame regimen is to be obferved in this as in other inflammatory 
 diforders. All hot things are to be carefully avoided ; and cool diluting liquors, as 
 whey, barley-water, &c. drunk freely. The food muft be light and thin, and the 
 body, as well as the mind, kept eafy and quiet. Bleeding is proper at the beginning; 
 and it will often be neceirai7, even though the pulfe ftiould not feel hard, to repeat 
 
 it.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 155 
 
 it. All violent purgatives are to be avoided -, the body however muft be kept 
 gently open. A dccoftion of tamarinds, with a little honey or manna, will anfwer 
 this purpofe very well. The fide affcfted mull: be fomented in the manner direfted 
 in the foregoing diftafes. Mild laxative cl>(lers fhould be frequently adaiiniftered; 
 and, if the pain flijuld notwithflanding continue violent, a bliftering-plaifler may 
 be applied over the part affected. Medicines which promote the fecretion of urine 
 have a very good effed here. For this purpofe, half a drachm uf purified nitre, or 
 a lea-fHioonful of the fwect fpirits of nitre, may be taken in a cup of ihe patient's 
 driiik three or four times a-day. All inflammations of the vifccra mult in general 
 be treated upon the fame principles as thofe already mentioned. 1 he chief rule, 
 with refptft to all of them, is to let blood, to avoid every thing thai is ftrong, or of 
 a heating nature, to apply warm fomentations to the part affc6tcd, a: d to caufe the 
 patient to drink a fufficient quantity of warm diluting liquors. 
 
 Of the cholera MORBUS. 
 
 THE cholera morbus is a violent purging and vomiting, attended with gripes, 
 ficknefs, and a conftant dtfire to go to itool. It con^.es on fuddenly, and is moil: 
 common in autumn. There is hardly any difeafe that kills more quickly than this, 
 when proper means are not ufed in due time for removing it. It is generally pre- 
 ceded by the heart- burn, four belchings, and flatulencies, with pain of the ftomach 
 and inteftines. To thefe fucceed exct-fTive vomiting, and purging of green, yellow, 
 or blackifli, coloured bile, with a dilfention of the flomach, and violent griping 
 pains. There is likewife a great thirft, with a very quick unequal pulfe, and often 
 a fixed acute pain about the region of the navel. As the difeafe advances, the pulfe 
 often finks fo low as to become quite imperceptible, the extremities grow cold, or 
 Cramped, and are often covered with a clammy fweat, the urine is obftrudeJ, and 
 there is a palpitation of the heart. Violent hiccup, fainting, and convulfions, are 
 the figns or approaching death. 
 
 CURE.-— At the beginning of this difeafe, the efforts of nature to expel the of- 
 fending caufe fhould be afiilVed, by promoting the purging and vomiting. For 
 this purpofe the patient mull drink fre.ly of diluting liquors; as whey, butter- 
 milk, warm water, thin water gruel, fmall pofTet, or, what is perhaps preferable to 
 any ot them, very weak chicken broth. This fhould not only be drunk plentifully. 
 to promote the vomiting, but a cl^lter of it given every hour in order to promote 
 the purg ng. Warm riegus, or llrcng wine whey, will likewife be neccffary to 
 fupport the patient's fpirits, and promote perfpiration. His legs fhould be bathed 
 in warm water, and afterwards rubbed with flannel cloths, or v/rapped in warm 
 blankets, and warm bricks applied to the foles of his feet. Flannels wrung out of 
 3"' R r warm
 
 154 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 •warm fpirituous fomentations fhould likewife be applied to the region of the fto- 
 mach. When the violence of the difeafe is over, to prevent a relapfe, it will be 
 nectfiary, for fome time, to continue the ufe of fmall dofes of laudanum. Ten or 
 twelve drops may be taken in a glafs of wine, at kaft twice a-day, for eight or ten 
 days. The patient's food ought to be nourifhing, but taken in fmall quantities, 
 and he fhould ufe moderate exercife. As the ftomach and inteftines are generally 
 much weakened, an infufion of the bark, or bitter herbs, in fmall wine, fharpened 
 with the elixir of vitriol, may be drunk for fome time. 
 
 Of a DIARRHCEA, or LOOSENESS. 
 
 A LOOSENESS, in many cafes, is not to be confidered as a difeafe, but rather 
 as a falutary evacuation. It ought therefore never to be flopped unlefs when it 
 continues too long, or evidently weakens the patient. 
 
 CURE. ---A loofenefs, occafioned by the obftruftion of any cuftomary evacua- 
 tion, generally requires bleeding. If that does not fucceed, other evacuations may 
 be fubftituted in the room of thofe which are obftrudled. At the fame time, every 
 method is to be taken to refliore the ufual difcharges, as not only the cure of the 
 difeafe, but the patient's life, may depend on this. A diarrhoea, or loofenefs, which 
 proceeds from violent pafTions or affeftions of the mind, muft be treated with the 
 greateft caution. Vomits in this cafe are highly improper. Nor are purges fafe, 
 unlefs they be very mild, and given in fmall quantities. Opiates, and other anti- 
 fpafmodic medicines, are moft proper. Ten or twelve drops of liquid laudanum 
 may be taken in a cup of valerian or penny-royal tea, every eight or ten hours, till 
 the fymptoms abate. Eafe, cheerfulnefs, and tranquillity of mind, are here of the 
 greateft importance. When a loofenefs proceeds from acrid or poifonous fubftances 
 taken into the Ilomach, the patient muft drink large quantities of diluting liquors, 
 with oil or fat broths, to promote vomiting and purging. Afterwards, if there be 
 reafon to fufpeft that the bowels are inflameJ, bleeding will be necefTary. Small 
 dofes of laudanum may likewife be taken to remove their irritation. From what- 
 ever caufe a loofenefs proceeds, when it is found neceflary to check it, the diet ought 
 to confift of rice boiled with milk, and flavoured with cinnamon ; rice-jelly, fago, 
 with red port-, and the lighter forts of flefh-meat roafted. The drink may be 
 thin water-gruel, rice-water, or weak broth made from lean veal, or with a fheep's 
 head, as being more gelatinous than mutton, beef, or chicken, broth. 
 
 OfVOMITING. 
 
 VOMITING may proceed from various caufes ; as, excefs in eating and drink- 
 ing, foulncfs of the ftomach, the acrimony of the aliments, or a trandation of the 
 
 1 morbific
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 155 
 
 morbific matter of ulcers, of the gout, the eryfipelas, or other difeafcs, to the 
 ftomach and bowels. 
 
 CURE. — When vomiting proceeds from a foul ftomach or indigeftion, it is not 
 to be confidered as a difeafe, but as the cure of a difcafe. It ought therefore to be 
 promoted by drinking lukewarm water or thin gruel. If this does not put a flop 
 to the vomiting, a dofe of ipecacuanha may be taken, and worked off with weak 
 camomile-tea. If vomiting proceeds from weaknefs of the ftomach, bitters will be 
 of fervice. Peruvian bark infufed in wine or brandy, with as much rhubarb as will 
 keep the body gently open, is an excellent medicine in this cafe. The elixir of 
 vitriol is alfo a good medicinej it may be taken in the dofe of fifteen or twenty 
 drops, tw/ice or thnce aday, in a glafs of wine or water. Habitual vomitings are 
 fometimes alleviated by making oyfters a principal part of the diet. A vomiting, 
 which proceeds from acidities in the ftomach, is relieved by alkaline purges. The 
 beft medicine of this kind is the magnefia alba, a tea fpoonful of which may be 
 taken in a dilh of tea or a little milk, three or four times aday, or oftener if necef- 
 fary, to keep the body open. I have always found the faline draughts, taken in the 
 aft of effervefcence, of fingular ufe in flopping a vomiting, from whatever caufe it 
 proceeded. Thefe may be prepared by difTolving a drachm of the fait of tartar in an 
 ounce and half of frefh lemon juice, and adding to it an ounce of peppermint- water, 
 the fame quantity of fimple cinnarnon-water, and a little white fugar. This draught 
 muft be fwallowed before the effervefcence is quite over, and may be repeated every 
 two hours, or oftener, if the vomiting be violent. 
 
 Of the DIABETES. 
 
 IN a diabetes, the urine generally exceeds in quantity all the liquid food which 
 the patient takes. It is thin and pale, of a fweetilh tafte, and an agreeable fmell. 
 The patient has a continual thirft, with fome degree of fever ; his mouth is dry, and 
 he fpits frequently a frothy fpittle. The ftrength fails, the appetite decays, and the 
 flefli waftes away till the patient is reduced to fkin and bone. There is a heat of the 
 bowels •, and frequently the loins, tefticles, and feet, are fwelled. 
 
 CURE.— This difeafe may generally be cured at the beginning ; bur, after it has 
 continued long, the cure becomes very difficult. Every thing that ftimulates the 
 urinary paffages, or tends to relax the habit, muft be avoided. For this reafon the 
 patient ftiould live chiefly on folid food. His thirft may be quenched with acids ; 
 as forrel, juice of lemon, or vinegar. The mucilaginous vegetables, as rice, fago, 
 and falop, with milk, are the moft proper food. Of animal fubftances, (hell-fifh 
 are to be preferred ; as oyfters, crabs, &IZ. The drink may be Briftol-water, (a 
 couftant courfeof which has done wonders Ih this diforder.and is reckoned afpecific;) 
 
 when
 
 r56 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 when that cannot b^ obtained, lime-water, in which a due proportion of oak-bark 
 has been nnaccratcd, may be ufed. The patient ought daily to take exercife, but it 
 fhould be fo genile as not to fatigue him. He Ihould lie upon a hard bed or mat- 
 trafs. Nothing hurts the kidne>s more than hing too foft. Gentle purges, if the 
 patient be not too much weakened by the difeafe, have a good efFcft. They may 
 confift of rhubarb, with cardamum feed, or any other fpiceries, infufed in wine, 
 and may be taken in fuch quantity as to keep the body gently open. The patient 
 muft next have recourfe to aftringcnts and corroborants. Half a drachm of powder, 
 made of equal parts of alum and the infpiflaced juice commonly called Terra Japo- 
 nica, may be taken four times a-day, or oftener, if the ftomach will bear it ; oiher- 
 ■wife, Peruvian-bark fteeped in red wine. Opiates areof fervice in this difeafe, even 
 though the patient reds well. They take off fpaf n and itritation, and at the fame 
 time Icflcn the force of the circulation. Ten or tvvelve drops of liquid laudanum 
 may be taken in a cup of the patient's drink three or four times aday. 
 
 Of a suppression of URINE. 
 
 A SUPPRESSION of urine may proceed from various caufes; as an inflammation 
 of the kidne>s or bladder, fmall ftones or gravel lodging in the urinary paffjgts, hard 
 faces lying in the return, pregnancy, a fpafm or coritradlion of the neck of the blad- 
 xler, clotted blood in the bladder itfelf, a fwelling of the hae.norrhjidal veins, &c. 
 
 CURE.— We would chiefly recommend, in all obftruflions of urine, fomenta- 
 tions and evacuants. Bleeding, as far as the patient's ftrength will permit, is necef- 
 fary, efpecially where there arefymptoms of topical inflammation. Bleeding in this 
 cafe not only abates the fever, by lefl"cning the force of the circulation, but, by re- 
 laxing the folids, it takes off the fpafm or ftrifture upon the veflcls which occafioned 
 the obftrudion. After bleeding, fomentations muft be ufed. Thefe may cither 
 confift of warm water alone, or of decoftions of mild vegetables ; as mallows, ca- 
 momile flowers, and fuch other herbs as are recommended in the Herbal. Cloths 
 dipped in thefe may either be applied to the part afi^efted, or a large bladder filled 
 with the decodtion may be kept continually upon it. Perfons fubjcd to a fupprcf- 
 fion of urine ought to live very temperate. Their diet (hould be light, and their 
 liquor diluting. They fhould avoid all acids and auftere wines ; fhould take fuf- 
 ficent exercife, lie hard, and avoid ftudy and fedentary occupations. 
 
 Of the GRAVEL and STONE. 
 
 THE ftone and gravel may be occafioned by high living; the ufe of ftrongaf- 
 tringent wines ; a fedentary life ; lying too hot, foft, or too much on the back ; the 
 ionftant ufe of water impregnated with earthy or ftony particles ; aliments of an 
 
 aftringent
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. ^57 
 
 ftringent or windy nature, &c. Ic may likewife proceed from an hereditary difpo- 
 fition. Pcrfons in the decline of life, and thofc who have been much 3ffli(n"ed with 
 the gout or rheumatifm, are moll liable to it. 
 
 CURE. — Perfons afflifted with the gravel or flone fhould avoid aliments of a 
 windy or heating nature, as fait meats, four fruits, &c. Their diet ought chiefly to 
 confift of fuch things as tend to promote the fecretion of urine, and to keep the body 
 open. Artichokes, afparagus, fpinnage, lettuce, parfley, fuccory, purflane, turnips, 
 potatoes, carrots, and radifhes, may be fafely eaten. Onions, leeks, and cellery, are, 
 in this cafe, reckoned medicinal. The moft proper drinks are whey, butter-milk, 
 milk and water, barley-water; decoiftions or infufions of the roots of marfh-mal- 
 lows', parfley, liquorice, or of other mild mucilaginous vegetables, as linfeed, lime- 
 tree buds or leaves, &c. If the patient has been accufl:omed to generous liquors, he 
 may drink fmall gin-punch Vv'ithout acid. In what is called a fit of the gravel, 
 which is commonly occafioned by a ftone flicking in the ureter or fome part of the 
 urinary pafTages, the patient mufl: be bled, warm fomentations fhould likewife be 
 applied to the part affefted, emollient clyfters adminiftered, and diluting mucilagi- 
 nous liquors druiik, &c. The treatment in this cafe mufl be the fame as pointed 
 out for an inflammation of the kidneys and bladder, &c. Patients who are fubjefl to 
 frequent fits of gravel in the kidneys, but have no flone in the bladder, are advifcd 
 to drink every morning, two or three hours before breakfafl:, an Englifh pint of oyf- 
 ter or cockle fhell lime-water-, for, though this quantity might be too fmall to 
 have any fenfible effe£l in difTolving a ftone in the bladder, yet it may very proba- 
 bly prevent its growth. When a ftone is formed in the bladder, Alicant foap, and 
 oyfleror cockle Ihell lime-water, may be taken in the following manner: The pa- 
 tient muft fwallow every day, in any form that is leaft difagreeable, an ounce of the 
 internal part of Alicant foap, and drink three or fourEnglifli pints ofoyfter or cockle 
 (hell lime-water. The foap is to be divided into three dofes ; the largeft to be 
 taken fafting in the morning early ; the fecond at noon ; and the third at feven 
 in the evening ; drinking with each dofe a large draught of the lime-water ; the re- 
 mainder of which he may take any time betwixt dinner and fupper, inftead of other 
 liquors. The cauflic alkali, or foap-lees, is the medicine chiefly in vogue at pre- 
 fentfor the ftone. It may be prepared by mixing two parts of quick-lime with one 
 of pot-aflies, and fuffering them to ftand till the lixivium be formed, which muft be 
 carefully filtrated before it be ufed. If the folution does not happen readily, a fmall 
 quantity of water may be added to the mixture. The patient muft begin with fmall 
 dofes of the lees, as thirty or forty drops, and increafe by degrees, as far as the fto- 
 mach will bear it. 
 36. Ss Of
 
 i^a CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of INVOLUNTARY D ISCH ARGES of BL O O D. 
 
 INVOLUNTARY difcharges of blood are fo far from being always dangerous, 
 that they prove often falutary. When fuch difcharges are critical, which is fre- 
 quently the cafe in fevers, they ought not to be (topped. Nor indeed is it proper at 
 any time to ftop them, unlefs they be fo great as to endanger the patient's life. 
 Moft people, afraid of the fmalleft difcharge of blood from any part of the body, 
 fly immediately to the ufe of Ityptic and aftringent medicines, by which means an 
 inflammation of the brain, or fome other fatal difeafe, is occafioned, which, had the 
 difcharge been allowed to go on, might have been prevented. Periodical difcharges 
 of blood, from whatever part of the body they proceed, muft not be flopped. 
 They are always the efforts of nature to relieve herfelf •, and fatal difeafes have often 
 been the confequence of obftrudling them. It may indeed be fometimes neceflary 
 to check the violence of fuch difcharges -, but even this requires the greateft cau- 
 tion. In the early period of life, bleeding at the nofe is very common. Thofe 
 •who are farthar advanced in years are more liable to h.tmoptoe, or difcharge of 
 blood from the lungs. After the middle period of life, hemorrhoidal fluxes are 
 moft common •, and, in the decline of life, difcharges of blood from the urinary 
 pafiages. Bleeding at the nofe, to perfons who abound with blood, is very falutary. 
 It often cures a vertigo, the head-ach, a phrenzy, and even an epilepfy. In fevers, 
 •where there is a great determination of blood towards the head, it is of the utmofl: 
 fervice. It is likewife beneficial in inflammations of the liver and fpken, and often 
 in the gout and rheumatifm. In all difeafes where bleeding is neceflfary, a fponta- 
 ceous difcharge of blood from the nofe is of much more fervice than the fame 
 quantity let with a lancet. Whenever bleeding at the nofe relieves any bad fymp- 
 tom, and does not proceed fo far as to endanger the patient's life, it ought not to 
 be flopped. But, when it returns frequently, or continues till the pulfe becomes 
 low, the extremities begin to grow cold, the lips pale, or the patient complains of 
 being fick or faint, it muft immediately flopped. 
 
 CURE.— Let the patient be fet nearly upright, with his head reclining a little, 
 and his legs immerfed in water about the warmth of new m Ik. His hands ought 
 likewife to be put in luke-warm water, and his garters may be tied a little tighter 
 than ufual. Ligatures may be applied to the arms, about the place where they are 
 ufually made for bleeding, and with nearly the fame degree of tightnefs. Thefe 
 muft be gradually flackened as the blood begins to ftop, and removed entirely as 
 foon as it gives over. Sometimes dry lint put up the noflrils will ftop the bleeding. 
 When this does not fucceed, doffils of lint dipped in ftrong fpirits of wine may 
 be put up the noftrils; or, if that cannot be had, they may be dipped in brandy. 
 
 If
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 139 
 
 If the genitals be immerfed for fome time in cold water, it will generally Hop a 
 bleedins; at the nofe. I have feldorn known this fail. 
 
 'a 
 
 Of the bleeding and BLIND PILES. 
 
 A DISCHARGE of blood from the hfemorrhoidal veflcls is called the llecdi;:^ 
 pics. When the vefTels only fwell, and difcharge no blood, but are exceeding pain- 
 ful, the difeafe is called ihe Mind piles. This difcharge, however, is not always to be 
 treated as a difeafe. It is even more falutary than bleeding at the nofe, and often 
 prevents or carries off difeafes. It is peculiarly beneficial in the gout, rheumatifm, 
 afthma, and hypochondriacal complaints, and often proves critical in cholics and 
 inflammatory fevers. 
 
 CURE.— In the management of the patient, regard muft be had to his habit of 
 body, his age, ftrength, and manner of living. A difcharge, which might beexcef- 
 five and prove hurtful to one, may be very moderate, and even falutary, to another. 
 That only is to be efteemed dangerous which continues too long, and is in fuch 
 quantity as to wafte the patient's ftrength, hurt the digeftion, nutrition, and other 
 fun(ftions necelfary to life. The Peruvian bark is proper in this cafe, both as 3 
 ftrengthener and aftringent. Haifa drachm of it may be taken in a glafs of red 
 wine, fharpened with a few drops of the elixir of vitriol, three or four times a 
 day. The bleeding piles are fometimes periodical, and return regularly once a 
 month, or once in three weeks. In this cafe they are always to be confidered as 
 a falutary difcharge, and by no means to be flopped. In the klifid piles, bleeding is 
 generally of ufe. The diet muft be light and thin, and the drink cool and diluting. 
 It is likewife necefi^ary that the body be kept gently open. When the piles are ex- 
 ceeding painful and fwellcd, but difcharge nothing, the patient muft fit over the 
 fteam of warm water. He may likewife apply a linen cloth dipped in warm fpirits 
 of wine to the part, or poultices made of bread and milk, or of leeks fried with 
 butter. If thefe do not produce a difcharge, and the piles appear large, leeches 
 muft be applied as near them as poffible, or, if they will fix upon the piles them- 
 felves, fo much the better. When leeches will not fix, the piles may be opened 
 with a lancet. The operation is very eafy, and is attended with no danger. When 
 the pain is very great, a liniment made of two ounces of emollient ointment, and • 
 'half an ounce of liquid laudanum, beat up with the yolk of an egg, may be applied. 
 
 SPITTING OF BLOOD. 
 
 PERSONS of a (lender make and a lax fibre, who have long necks and ftrait 
 fcreafts, are moft liable to this dileafe. It is moft common in the fpring, and gene- 
 j-ally attacks people before they arrive at the prime or middle period of life. It is a 
 
 -common..
 
 'i66 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 common obfervation, that thole who have been fubjedl to bleeding at the nofe when 
 young are afterwards mod liable to this complaint. It is often occafioned by 
 excefTive drinking, running, wreftling, finging, or I'peaking aloud. Such as have 
 weak Kings ought to avoid all violent exertions of that organ, as they value life. 
 They fliould likewife guard againft violent paffions, exceffive drinking, and every 
 thing that occafions a rapid circulation of the blood. It is often the efFtdt of a long 
 and violent cough ; in which cafe it is generally the forerunner of a confumption. 
 Spitting of blood is not always to be confidered as a primary difeafe. It is often only 
 a fymptom, and in feme difeafes not an unfavourable one. This is the cafe in pleu- 
 rifies, peripneumonies, and fundry other fevers. In a dropfy, fcurvy, or confump- 
 tion, it is a bad fymptom, and (hews that the lungs are ulcerated. 
 
 CURE. -"This, like the other involuntary difcharges of blood, ought not to be 
 fuddenly flopped by aftringent medicines. It may however proceed fo far as to 
 weaken the patient, and even endanger his life, in which cafe proper means muft be 
 ufed for reftraining it. The body (liould be kept gently open by laxative diet, as 
 roafted apples, Itewed prunes, and fuch like. If thefe (hould not have the defired 
 efFeft, a tea-fpoonful of the lenitive eleftuary may be taken twice or thrice a-day, as 
 is found neceflary. If the bleeding proves violent, ligatures may be applied to the 
 extremities, as direded for a bleeding at the nofe. If the patient be hot or feverifh, 
 bleeding and fmall dofes of nitre will be of ufe ; a fcruple or half a drachm of nitre 
 may be taken in a cup of his ordinary drink twice or thrice a-day. If ftronger 
 aftringents be neceflary, fifteen or twenty drops of the acid elixir of vitriol may be 
 given in a glafs of water three or four times a-day. 
 
 V O M I T I N G OF B L O O D. 
 
 THIS difeafe often proceeds from an obftrudion of the menfes in women, and 
 fometimes from the flopping of the hsemorrhoidal flux in men. It may be occa- 
 fioned by any thing that greatly ftimulates or wounds the ftomach, as ftrong vo- 
 mits or purges, acrid poifons, fliarp or hard fubftances taken into the ftomach, &c. 
 It is often the effeft of obftrudlions in the liver, the fpleen, or fome of the other 
 vifcera. It may likewife proceed from external violence, as blows or bruiles, or 
 from any of the caufes which produce inflammation. In hyfteric women, vomiting 
 of blood is very common, but by no means a dangerous fymptom. 
 
 CURE.— A great part of the danger in this difeafe arifes from the extravafated 
 
 blood lodging in the bowels, and becoming putrid, by which means a dyfentery or 
 
 putrid fever may be occafioned. The beft way of preventing this, is to keep the 
 
 body gently open, by frequently exhibiting emollient clyfters. After thedifcharge 
 
 is over, as the patient is generally troubled with gripes, occafioned by the acrimony 
 
 of the blood lodged in the inteftines, gentle purges will be neceflary. 
 
 Of
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. x6i 
 
 Of bloody urine. 
 
 THIS difcharge is more or lefs dangerous according to the different circunn- 
 ftances which attend it. When pure blood is voided fuddenly, without interruption 
 and without pain, it proceeds from the kidneys -, but, if the blood be in fmall quan- 
 tity, of a dark colour, and emitted with heat and pain about the bottom of the belly, 
 it proceeds from the bladder. Bloody urine is always attended with fome degree of 
 danger; but it is peculiarly fo when mixed with purulent matter, as this fhews an 
 ulcer fomewhere in the urinary paffages, 
 
 CURE. — When there is reaion to fufped an ulcer in the kidneys or bladder, the 
 patient's diet muft be cool, and his drink of a foft, healing, balfamic, quality, as de- 
 codlions of marlh-mallow roots with liquorice, folutions ot gum-arabic, &c. Three 
 ounces of marfh-mallow roots, and half an ounce of liquorice, may be boiled in two 
 Englifh quarts of water to one ; two ounces of gum-arabic, and half an ounce of pu- 
 rified niire, may be diffolved in the ftrained liquor, and a teacup-full of it taken four 
 or five times a day. The early ufe of aftringents in this difeafe has often bad con- 
 fequences. When the flux is flopped too foon, the grumous blood, by being con- 
 fined in the vefTels, may produce inflammations, abcefs, and ulcers. If however the 
 cafe be urgent, or the patient feems to fuffer from the lofs of blood, gentle aftrin- 
 gents may be neceflary. In this cafe the patient may lake three or four ounces of 
 lime-water, with half an ounce of the tindure of Peruvian bark, three times a-day. 
 
 Of the DYSENTERY, or BLOODY FLUX. 
 
 THIS difeafe is known by the flux of the belly, attended with violent pain of the 
 bowels, a conftant inclination to go to ftool, and generally more or lefs blood in the 
 ftools. It begins, like other fevers, with chilncfs, lofs of ftrength, a quick pulfe, 
 great thirft, and an inclination to vomit. The ftools are at firft greafy or frothy ; 
 afterwards they are llreaked with blood ; and, at laft, have frequently the appearance 
 of pure blood, mixed with fmall filaments, refembling bits of fl<in. 
 
 CURE. ---Nothing is of more importance in this difeafe than cleaniinefs. Itcon* 
 tributes greatly to the recovery of the patient, and no lefs to the fafety of fuch as at- 
 tend him. Every thing about the patient ftiould be frequently changed. Theex- 
 crcments fhould never be fufl^ered to continue in his chamber, but be removed imme- 
 diately, and buried under ground. A conftant ftream of frefti air fhould be admit- 
 ted into the chamber ; and it ought frequently to be fprinkled with vinegar, juice of 
 lemon, or fome other ftrong acid. At the beginning of this difeafe it is always ne- 
 cefTary to cleanfe the firft pafTages j for this purpole a vomit of ipecacuanha muft 
 be given, and wrought off with weak camomile-tea. Strong vomits are fcidom 
 
 36. T t neceffary
 
 i62 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 necefTary here-, a fcruple, or at moft half a drachm, of ipecacuanha, is generally 
 fufficient for an adult, and fometimes a very few grains will fuffice. The day after 
 the vomit, half a drachm, or two fcruples, of rhubarb, mull be taken ; or, what will 
 anfwer the piirpofe rather better, an ounce or an ounce and a half of Epfom falts ; 
 this dofe may be repeated every other day for two or three times. Afterwards 
 fmall dofes of ipecacuanha may be taken for fome time; two or three grains of 
 the powder may be mixed in a table-fpoonful of the fyrup of poppies, and taken 
 three times a-day. Thcfe evacuations will often be fufficient to efFcft a cure. 
 Should it happen otherwife, the following aftringent medicines may be ufed. A 
 clyffer of ftarch or fat mutton-broth, with thirty or forty drops of liquid laudanum 
 in it, may be adminiflered twice a-day. At the fame time an ounce of gum-arabic, 
 and half an ounce of gum-tragacanth, may bediflblved inanEnglilh pint of barley- 
 water, over a (low fire, and a table-fpoonful of it taken every hour. When dy- 
 ieqteries prevail, we would recommend a ftridl attention to cleanlinefs, a fpare ufe 
 ef animal food, and the free ufe of found ripe fruits, and other vegetables. We 
 would alio advife fuch as are liable to them to take either a vomit or a purge every 
 fpring or autumn, as a preventive. 
 
 OftheJAUNDICE. 
 
 THE immediate caufe of the jaundice is an obftruttion of the bile. The patient at 
 firft complains of exceffive wearinefs, and has great averfion to every kind of mo- 
 tion. His fkin is dry, and he generally feels a kind of itching or pricking pain over 
 tlie whole body. If the patient be young, and the difeafe complicated with no other 
 malady, it is fcldom dangerous ; but in old people, where it continues long, returns 
 frequently, or is complicated with the dropfy or hypochondriac fymptoms, it gene- 
 rally proves fatal. The black jaundice is generally more dangerous than the yellow. 
 
 CURE.— The patient fhould take as much exercife as he can bear, either on 
 horfeback or in a carriage ; walking, running, and even jumping, are likewife pro- 
 per provided he can bear them without pain, and there be no fymptoms of inflam- 
 mation. Patients have been often cured of this difeafe by a long journey, after 
 medicines had proved ineffedlual. If the patient be young, of a full fanguine ha- 
 bit, and complains of pain in the right fide about the region of the liver, bleeding 
 will be necefTary. After this a vomit muft be adminiftercd ; and, if the difeafe proves 
 obftinate, it may be repeated once or twice. No medicines are more beneficial in the 
 jaundice than vomits, efpecially where it is not attended with inflammation; half 
 a drachm of ipecacuanha in powder will be a fufficient dofe for an adult ; it may 
 be wrought off" with weak camomile-tea, or luke-warm water. Fomenting the parts 
 about the region of the ftomach and liver, and rubbing them with a warm hand or 
 
 flelh-
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 163 
 
 flefh-brufh, are likewife beneficial •, but it is ftill more lo for the patient to fit in a 
 bath of warm water up to the bread. He ought to do this frequently, and fhould 
 continue in it as long as his ftrength will permit. Numberlefs Britifh herbs are 
 certain cures for this difeafe, as may be feen in the Herbal. I have known confidcra- 
 ble benefit, in a very obftinate jaundice, from a deco£tion of hempfeed ; four oun- 
 ces of the feed may be boiled in two Englifh quarts of ale, and fweecened with coarfe 
 fugar ; thedofe is half a pint every morning ; and it may be continued for eight or 
 nine days. A very obftinate jaundice has been cured by fwallowing raw eggs. 
 Perfons fubjecil to the jaundice ought to take as much exercife as poflible, and to 
 avoid all heating and aftringent aliments. If it attacks maidens after the age of 
 puberty, marriage is a certain cure. 
 
 Of the dropsy. 
 
 THE dropfy is often owing to an hereditary difpofition. It may likewife proceed 
 from drinking ardent fpirits or other ftrong liquors. It is true almoft to a proverb, 
 that great drinkers die of a dropfy. The v^ant of exercife is alfo a very common 
 caufe of the dropfy : hence it is juftiy reckoned among the difeafes of the fedentery. 
 It often proceeds from exceffive evacuations, as frequent and copious bleedings, 
 ftrong purges often repeated, frequent falivations, &c. The fudden ftoppage of 
 cuftomary or neceffary evacuations, as the menfes, the htemorrhoids, fluxes of the 
 belly, and, in fliort, whatever obftruds the perfpiration, or prevents the blood from 
 being duly prepared, occafions a dropfy. It generally begins with a fwelling of the 
 feet and ancles towards night, which, forfome time, difappears in the morning. In 
 the evening the parts, if prefled with the finger, will pit. The fwelling gradually 
 afcends, and occupies the trunk of the body, the arms, and the head. Afterwards 
 the breathing becomes difficult, the urine is in fmall quantity, and the thirft great ; 
 the body is bound, and the perfpiration is greatly obftrufted. To thefe fucceed 
 torpor, heavinefs, a flow wafting fever, and a troublefome cough. This laft is ge- 
 nerally a fatal fymptom, as it fliews that the lungs are affected. When the difeafe 
 comes fuddeniy on, and the patient is young and ftrong, there is reafon to hope for a 
 cure, efpeciaily if medicine be given early. But, if the patient be old, has led an 
 irre^^ular or a fedentary life, or if there be reafon to fufpeft that the liver, lungs, or 
 any of the vifcera,are unibund, there is great ground to fear that the confcquences- 
 will prove fatal. 
 
 CURE.---The patient muft abftain, as much as poflible, from all drink, ef[5e- 
 cially weak and watery liquors, and muft quench his thirft with muftard whey, or 
 acids, as juice of lemons, oranges, forrel, or fuch-like. His aliment ought to be 
 dry, of a ftimulating and diuretic quality, as toafted bread ; the flcih of birds, or 
 
 other
 
 164 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 other wild animals, roafted j pungent and aromatic vegetables, as garlic, muftard^ 
 ©nions, crcfles, horfe-raddifh, rocambole, fiialot, &c. He may alio eat fca-bifcuit 
 dipped in wine or brandy. This is not only nourifning, but tends to quench 
 thirft. Some have been adtually cured of a dropfy by a total abftinence from all 
 liquids, and living entirely upon fuch things as are m.entioned above. If the pa- 
 tient muft have drink, the Spa-water, or RheniQi wine, with diuretic medicines 
 infufcd in it, are the bell. Exercife is of the greatcft importance in a droply. If 
 the patient be able to walk, dig, or the like, he ought to continue thcfe exercifes as 
 long as he can. If he~ is not able to walk or labour, be mull ride on horfeback, or 
 in a carriage, and the more violent the motion lo much the better, provided he can 
 bear it. If the difeafe has come on fuddenly, it may generally be removed by 
 ftrong vomits, bride purges, and fuch medicines as promote a difcharge by fweat and 
 urine. For an adult, half a drachm of ipecacuanha in powder, and half an ounce 
 of oxymel of fquills, will be a proper vomit. This may be repeated as often as is 
 found necefiary, three or four days intervening between the dofes. The patient 
 muftnot drink much after taking the vomit, otherwife he dellroys its efFe(fls. A 
 cup or two of camomile-tea will be fufficient to work it off. Betwixt each vomit, 
 on one of the intermediate days, the patient may take the following purge : Jalap 
 in powder half a drachm, cream of tartar two drachms, calomel fix grains. Thefe 
 may be made into a bolus with a little fyrup of pale rofes, and taken early in the 
 morning. The lefs the patient drinks after it the better. If he be much griped, 
 he may take now and then a cup of chicken-broth. The patient may likewife take 
 every night at bed-time the following bolus : To four or five grains of camphor add 
 one grain of opium, and as much fyrup of orange-peel as is fufficient to make them 
 into a bolus. This will generally promote a gentle fweat, which fliould be en- 
 couraged by drinking now and then a fmall cup of white-wine whey, with a tea- 
 fpoonful of the fpirits of hartlhorn in it. A teacup-full of the following diuretic 
 infufion may likewife be taken every four or five hours through the day : Take ju- 
 niper-berries, mufcard-feed,andhorfe-raddifh,ofeach half an ounce-, a(hes of broom 
 half a pound •, infufe them in a quart of Rhenifli wine or ftrong ale for a few days, 
 and afterwards ftrain off the liquor. Such as cannot take this infufion, may ufethe 
 decoftion of feneka-root, which is both diuretic and fudorific. I have known an 
 obftinate anafarca cured by an infufion of the afhes of broom in wine. The above 
 CO urfe will often cure an incidental dropfy, if the conftitution be good; but, when . 
 the difeafe proceeds from a bad habit or an unfound ftate of the. vifcera, ftrong 
 purges and vomits are not to be ventured upon. In this cafe, the fafer courfe is to 
 palliate the fymptoms by the ufc of fuch medicines as promote the fecretions, and to 
 fupport the patient's ftrength by warm and nourifliing cordials. The fecretion of 
 
 I urine
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 165 
 
 urine may be greatly promoted by nitre. Brookes fays, he knew a young woman 
 who was euredof adropfy by taking a drachm of nitre every morning in a draught 
 of ale, after flie had been given over as incurable ; and a large fpoonful of uhbruifed. 
 muftard-feed taken every night and morning, and drinking half a pint ofthede- 
 codtion of the tops of green broom after it, has performed cures when other power- 
 ful medicines have proved ineffcftual. When the difeafe does not evidently and 
 fpeedily give way to purgative and diuretic medicines, the water ought to be let off 
 by tapping. This is a very fimple and fafe operation, and would often fuccecd, if 
 it were performed in due time 5 bur, if it be delayed till the humours are vitiated, 
 or the bowels fpoiled by long foaking in water, it can hardly be expefled that any 
 permanent relief will be procured. After the evacuation of the water, the patient 
 is to be put on a courfe of ftrengthening medicines; as the Peruvian bark, the 
 elixir of vitriol, warm aromatics, with a due proportion of rhubarbinfufed in wine, 
 and fuch-like. 
 
 Of the gout. 
 
 THERE is no difeafe v/hich fhews the imperfedlion of medicine, or fets the ad- 
 vantages of temperance and exercife in a ftronger light, than the gout. Excefs and 
 idlenefs are the true fources from whence it originally fprang, and all who would 
 avoid it muft be aclive and temperate. As there are no medicines yet known that 
 will cure the gout, wefhall confine our obfervations chiefly to regimen, both in and 
 out of the fit. In the fit, if the patient be young and ftrong, his diet ought to be 
 thin and cooling, and his drink of a diluting nature ; but, where the conftitution is 
 weak, and the patient has been accuftomed to live high, this is not a proper time 
 to retrench. In this cafe he mull keep nearly to his ufual diet, and fhould take 
 frequently a cup of ftrong negus, or a glafs of generous wine. Wine-whey is a 
 very proper drink in this cafe, as it promotes the perfpiration without greatly heat- 
 ing the patient. It will anfwer this purpofe better if a teafpoon-full of 7^/ volatile 
 oleofum, or fpirits of hartlhorn, be put into a cup of it twice a-day. It will like- 
 wife be proper to give at bed-time" a teafpoon-full of the volatile tinfture of 
 guaiacitm in a large draught of warm wine-whey. This will greatly promote 
 perfpiration through the night. As the mod fafe and efficacious method of 
 difcharging the gouty matter is by perfpiration, this ought to be kept up by all 
 means, efpecially in the affeded part. For this purpofe the leg and foot fliould 
 be wrapped in foft flannel, fur, or wool. The laft is moll readily obtained, and 
 feems to anfwer the purpofe better than any thing elfe. The people of Lanca- 
 Ihire look upon wool as a kind of fpecific in the gout. They wrap a great quanti- 
 ty of it about the leg and foot afFefted, and cover it with a fkin of foft drelTed leather. 
 The wool which they ufe is generally greafed, and carded or combed. They chufe 
 37. U u the
 
 i66 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the fofteft which can be had, and feldom or never remove ic till the fit. be entirely 
 gone off. All external applications that repel the matter are to be avoided as death. 
 They do not cure the difeafe, but remove it from a fafer to a more dangerous part 
 of the body, where it often proves fatal. Many things will (horten a fit of the gout, 
 and fome will drive it off altogether ; but nothing has yet been found which will do 
 this with fafety to the patient. In pain we eagerly grafp at any thing that promifes 
 immediate eafe, and even hazard life itfclf for a temporary relief. This is the true 
 reafon why fo many infallible remedies have been propofed for the gout, and why 
 fuch numbers have loft their lives by the ufe of them. It would be as imprudent to 
 ftop the fmall-pox from rifing, and to drive it into the blood, as to attempt to 
 repel the gouty matter after it has been thrown upon the extremities. The latter is 
 as much an effort of nature to free herfelf from .an offending caufe as the former, 
 and ought equally to be promoted. When the pain however is very great, and the 
 patient is reftlefs, thirty or forty drops of laudanum, more or lefs, according to the 
 violence of the fymptoms, may be taken at bed-time. This will eafe the pain, 
 procure reft, promote perfpiration, and forward the crifis of the difeafe. Though 
 it may be dangerous to ftop a fit of the gout by medicine, yet if the conftitution can 
 be fo changed by diet and exercife, as to leffen or totally prevent its return, there 
 certainly can be no danger in following fuch a courfe. It is well known that the 
 whole habit may be fo altered by a proper regimen, as nearly to eradicate this dif- 
 eafe; and thofe only who have fufficicnt refolution to perfift in fuch a courfe, have 
 reafon to expeft a cure. The courl'e which we would recommend for preventing 
 the gout, is as follows : in the firfl: place, univerfal temperance ; in the next place, 
 fufficient exercife. By this we do not mean fauntering about in an indolent manner ; 
 but labour, fweat, and toil. Thefe only can render the humours wholcfome, and 
 keep them fo. Going early to bed, and rifing betimes, are alfo of great impor- 
 tance. When the gout attacks the head or lungs, every method inuft be taken to 
 fix it in the feet. They muft be fiequently bathed in waim water, and acrid cata- 
 pbfms applied to the foles. Bffters ought likewife to be applied to the ancles or 
 calves of the legs. Bleeding in the feet or ancles is alfo neceffary, and warm fto- 
 machic purges. The patient ojght to keep in bed for the moft part, if there be 
 any figns of inflammation, and ftiould be very careful not to catch cold. If it at- 
 tacks the ftomach with a fcnfe of cold, the moft warm cordials are neceffary; as 
 ftrong wine boiled up with cinnamon or other fpices, cinnamon-water, peppermint- 
 watei;, and even brandy or rum. The patient fhould keep his bed, and endeavour 
 to promote a fweat by drinking warm liquors; and, if he fhould be troubled with 
 naufea, or inclination to vomit, he may drink camomile-tea, or any thing that 
 ■will make him vomit freely. Thofe who never had the gout, but Vvho, from their 
 
 *' conftitution
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 167- 
 
 conftitution or manner of living, have reafon to expeftit, ought likewife to be very 
 circumfpeft with regard to its firft approach. If the difeafe, by wrong condu6t or 
 improper medicines, be diverted from its proper courfe, the milerable patient has a 
 chance to be ever after tormented with head-achs, coughs, pains of the ftomach and 
 inteftines ; and to fall, at lail:, a victim to its attack upon fotne of the more no- 
 ble parts. 
 
 Of the rheumatism. 
 
 THE caufes of a rheumatifm are frequently the fame as thofe of an inflammatory 
 fever; viz. an obilruded perfpiration, the immoderate ufe of ftrong liquors, and 
 the like. Sudden changes of the weather, and all quick tranfitions from heat to 
 cold, are very apt to occafion the rheumatifm. The acute rheumatifm commonly 
 begins with wearinefs, (hivering, a quick pulfe, reftlelTners, thirft, and other fymp- 
 toms of fever. Afterwards the patient complains of flying pains, which are in- 
 creafed by the lead motion. Thefe at length fix in the joints, which are often af- 
 fefted with fwelling and inflammation. If blood be let in this difeafe, it has gene- 
 rally the fame appearance as in the pleurify. In this kind of rheumatifm the treat- 
 ment of the patient is nearly the fame as in an acute or inflammatory fever. If he 
 be young and ftrong, bleeding is necefiTary, v/hich may be repeated according to the 
 exigencies of the cafe. The body ought likewife to be kept open by emollient 
 clyfl:ers, or cool opening liquors ; as decodions of tamarinds, cream of tartar, 
 whey, fenna-tea, and the like. Warm bathing, after proper evacuations, has often 
 an exceeding good effeft. The patient may either be put into a bath of warm wa- 
 ter, or have cloths wrung out of it applied to the parts affedled. Great care mull be 
 taken that he do not catch cold afcer bathing. The chronic rheumatifm is fcldom 
 attended with any confiderable degree of fever, and is generally confined to fome 
 particular part of the body, as the flioulders, the back, or the loins. There is 
 feldom any inflammation or fwelling in this cafe. Perfons in the decline of life arc 
 moft fubjeftto the chronic rheumatifm. In foch patients it often proves extreme- 
 ly obftinate, and fometimes incurable. Though this difeafe may not feem to yield 
 to medicines tor fom.e time, yet they ought to be perafted in. Perfons who are iub- 
 jetTc to frequent returns of the rheumatilm, will often find their account in ufing me- 
 dicines, whether they be immediately affefted with the difeafe or nor. The chronic 
 rheumatifm is fimilar to the gout in this refped, that the moft proper time for ufing 
 medicines to extirpate it, is when the patient is moft free from the diforder. There 
 arefeveralof our plants pointed out in the Herbal which may be ufcd with great 
 advantage in the rheumatifm. One of the befl; is the white muftard ; a table- 
 fpoonful of the fe««i of this plant may be taken tv/ice or thrice a-day, in a glafs of 
 
 water
 
 t6S CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 « 
 
 •water or fmall wine. The water-trefoil is likewife of great ufe in this complaint i 
 it may be infufed in wine or ale, or drunk in form of tea. The ground-ivy, camo- 
 mile, and feveral other bitters, are alfo beneficial, and may be ufed in the fame man- 
 ner. No benefit however is to be expected from tbefe, unlefs they be taken for a 
 confiderable time. Excellent medicines are often defpifcd in this difeafe, becaufe 
 they do not perform an immediate cure ; whereas nothing would be more certain 
 than their efFefl, were they duly perfiiled in. Want of perfeverance in the ufe of 
 medicines is one reafon why chronic difeafes are fo feldom cured. Cold bathing, 
 efpecially in fait- water, often cures the rheumatifm. We would alfo recommend 
 riding on horfeback, and wearing flannel next the fkin. Iflues are likewife very 
 proper, efpecially in chronic cafes. If. the pain afi^eds the flioulders, an ilTue may 
 be made in the arm ; but, if it affeds the loins, it flio.uld be put in the leg or thigh. 
 
 Of the scurvy. 
 
 THE fcurvy is occafioned by cold moift air; by the long ufe of falted.or fmoke- 
 dried provifions, or any kind of food that is hard of digeftion, and afl:ords little 
 nourilhmenr. It may alfo proceed from the fupprelTion of cuftomary evacuations ; 
 as the menfes, the hsemorrhoidal flux, Sec. It is fometimes owing to an hereditary 
 taint, in which cafe a very fmall caufe will excite the latent diforder. Grief, fear, 
 and other depreffing paflions, have a great tendency both to excite and aggravate 
 this difeafe. The fame obfervation holds with regard to negleift of cleanlinefs ; 
 bad clothing, the want of proper exercife, confined air, unwholefome food, or any 
 difeafe which greatly weakens the body or vitiates the humours. 
 
 CURE.-— There is no way of curing this difeafe fo efFeftually, as by purfuing a 
 plan directly oppofite to that which brings it on. It proceeds from a vitiated ftate 
 of the humours, occafioned by errors in diet, air, or exercife ; and this cannot be 
 removed but by a proper attention to ihefe important articles. When the fcurvy 
 has been brought on by a long ufe of faked provifions, the proper medicine is a diet 
 confifting chiefly of frefh vegetables ; as oranges, apples, lemons, limes, tamarinds, 
 water.crefl!es, fcurvy-grafs, brook-lime, &c. The ufe of thefe, with milk, pot- 
 herbs, new bread, and frefh beer or cyder, will feldom fail to remove a fcurvy of 
 this kind, if taken before it be too far advanced; but, to have this effed, they muft 
 be perfifted in for a confiderable time. I have often feen very extraordinary efFedts 
 in the land-fcurvy from a milk diet. This preparation of nature is a mixture of 
 animal and vegetable properties, which of all others is the moft fit for reftoring a 
 decayed conftitution, and removing that particular acrimony of the humours, which 
 feems to conftitute the very efl"ence of the fcurvy, and many other difeafes. But 
 people defpife this wholefome and nourifliing food, becaufe it is^eap, and devour 
 
 2 with
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. i6y 
 
 with greedinefs flefh and fermented liquors, while milk is only deemed fit for their 
 hogs. The moft proper drink in the fcurvy is whey or butter-milk. When thefe 
 cannot be had, found cyder, perry, or fpruce beer, may be ufed. Wort has like- 
 wife been found to be a proper drink in the fcurvy, and may be ufed at fea, as malt 
 will keep during the longeft voyage. A decodion of the tops of the fpruce fir is 
 likewife proper-, it may be drunk in the quantity of an Hnglilli pint twice a-day. 
 Tar- water may be ufed for the fame purpofe, or decoflions of any of the mild muci- 
 laginous vegetables ; farfaparilla, marlh-mallow-roots, &c. Infufions of the bitter 
 plants, as ground-ivy, the fmaller centaury, marfh-trefoil, &c. are likewife benefi- 
 cial. The peafants, in fome parts of Britian, exprefs the juice of the laft-mentioned 
 plant, and drink it with good effefl in thofe foul fcorbutic eruptions with which they 
 are often troubled in the fpring feafon. 
 
 Of the SCROPHULA, or KING's EVIL. 
 
 THIS difeafe proceeds often from an hereditary taint, from afcrophulous nurfe, 
 &;c. Children who have the misfortune to be born of fickly parents, whofe confti- 
 tutions have been greatly injured by chronic difcafes, are apt to be afFcdVed with 
 the fcrophula. It may likewife proceed from fuch difeafes as weaken the habit or 
 vitiate the humours, as the fmall-pox, meafles, &c. At firft Imall knots appear 
 under the chin or behind the ears, which gradually increafe in number and fize, 
 till they form one large hard tumour. This often continues for a long time with- 
 out breaking, and, when it does break, it only difcharges a thin watery humour. 
 Other parts of the body are likewife liable to its attack, as the arm-pits, groins, feet, 
 hands, eyes, breaft, &c. The white fwellings of the joints feem likewife to be of 
 this kind. They are with difficulty brought to a fuppuration, and, when opened, 
 they only dilcharge a thin ichor. There is not a more general fymptom of the fcro- 
 phula than a fwelling of the upper lip and nofe. 
 
 CURE.— In this complaint medicine is but of little ufe. It has been found, 
 that keeping the body gently open, for fome time, with fea-water, has a good effedt. . 
 Bathing in fait water, and drinking it in fuch quantities as to keep the body gently 
 open, will cure a fcrophula, when medicines have been tried in vain. When fait 
 water cannot be obtained, the patient may be bathed in frefh water, and his body 
 kept open by fmall quantities of fait and water, or fome, other mild purgative. Next 
 to cold bathing, and drinking the fait water, we would recommend the Peruvian 
 bark. The cold bath may be ufed in fummer, and the bark in winter. To an 
 adult half a drachm of the bark in powder may be given, in a glafs of red-wine, 
 four or five times a-day. Hemlock may fometimes be ufed with advantage in 
 the fcrophula. Some lavit down as a general rule, that the fea-water is moft pro- 
 37. Xx per
 
 170 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 per before there are any fuppuration or fymptoms of tabes •, the Peruvian bark, 
 when there are running fores, and a degree of hedlic fever ; and the hemlock in old 
 inveterate cafes, approaching to tiie fchirrhous or cancerous ftate. Either the ex- 
 trad or the frefh juice of this plant may be ufed. The dofe muft be fmall at firft, 
 and increafed gradually as far the ftomach is able to bear it. 
 
 Of THE I T C H. 
 
 THE itch is feldom a dangerous difeafe, unlefs when it is rendered fo by negled, 
 or improper treatment. If it be fuffered to continue too long, it may vitiate the 
 whole mafs of humours ; and, if it be fuddenly thrown in, without proper evacua- 
 tions, it may occafion fevers, inflammations of the vifcera, or other internal diforders. 
 CURE.— The befl: medicine yet known for the itch is fulphur, which ought to 
 be ufed both externally and internally. The parts moft afi'cfted may be rubbed 
 with an ointment made of the flour of fulphur, two ounces; crude fal ammo- 
 niac, finely powdered, two drachms ; hog's lard, or butter, four ounces. If a fcru- 
 pleorhalfa drachm of the eflence of lemon be added, it will entirely takeaway 
 the difagreeable fmell. About the bulk of a nutmeg of this may be rubbed upon 
 the extremities, at bed-time, twice or thrice a week. It is feldom neceflary to rub 
 the whole body ; but, when it is, it ought not to be done all at once, but by turns, 
 as it is dangerous to flop too many pores at the fame time. Before the patient begins 
 to ufe the ointment, he ought, if he be of a full habit, to bleed or take a purge or 
 two. It will likewife be proper, during the ufe of it, to take every night and morn-- 
 in<7 as much of the flour of brimftone and cream of tartar, in a little treacle or nev/ 
 milk, as will keep the body gently open. I never knew brimilone, when ufed as 
 direfted above, fail to cure the itch •, and I have reafon to believe, that, if duly per- 
 fifted in, it never will fail; but, if it be only ufed once or twice, and cleanlinefs 
 negieiled, it is no wonder if the diforder returns. The quantity of ointment men- 
 tioned above will generally be fufficient for the cure of one perlbn ; but, if any 
 fymptoms of the difeafe fliould appear again, the medicine may be repeated. It is 
 both more fafe and efficacious when perfifted in for a confiderable time, than when 
 a large quantity is applied at once. As mofl: people diflike the f nell of fulphur, 
 they muft ufe, in its place, the powder of white hellebore root made up into an oint- 
 ment, in the fame manner, which will feldom fail to cure the itch. People ought 
 to be extremely cautious lefl: they take other eruptions for the itch ; as the ftoppage 
 of thefe may be attended with fatal confequences. Man^- of the eruptive diforders 
 to which children are liable have a near refemblance to this difeafe ; and I have often 
 known infants killed by being rubbed with greafy ointments, that made thefe erup- 
 tions ftrike fuddenly in, which nature had thrown out to.prefcrve the patients life, 
 
 or prevent fome other malady. 
 
 Of'
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 171 
 
 Of the AST H M A. 
 
 THE afthma is a difeafe of the lungs, which feldom admits of a cure. Perfons 
 in the decline of life are moft liable to it. It is diftinguiflied int6 the moift and 
 dry, or humoural and nervous. The former is attended withexpedoration or fpit- 
 ting •, but in the latter the patient feldom fpits, unlefs fometimes a little tough 
 phlegm by the mere force of coughing. An afthma is known by a quick laborious 
 breathing, which is generally performed with a kind of wheezing noife. Sometimes 
 the difficulty of breathing is fo great,»that the patient is obliged to keep in anereft 
 pofture, otherwife he is in danger of being fufFocated. A fit or paroxyfm of the 
 afthma generally happens after a perfon has been expofed to cold eafterly winds, or 
 has been abroad in thick foggy weather, or has got wet, or continued long in a 
 damp place underground, &c. 
 
 CURE.— All windy food, and whatever is apt to fwell in the ftomach, is to be 
 avoided. Strong liquors of all kinds, efpecially malt-liquor, are hurtful. The 
 patient fliould eat a very light fupper, or rather none at all, and fhould never 
 fuffer himfelf to be long coftive. His clothing fhould be warm, efpecially in 
 the winter-feafon. As all diforders of the breaft are m.uch relieved by keep- 
 ing the feet warm, and promoting the perfpiration, a flannel fhirt or waiftcoaf, 
 and thick flioes, will be of fingular fervice. But nothing is of fo great impor- 
 tance in the afthma as pure and moderately warm air. Many, afthmatic per- 
 ibns, who cannot live in Britain, enjoy very good health in the fouth of France, 
 Portugal, Spain, or Italy. Exercife is likewife of very great importance in the 
 afthma, as it promotes the digeftion, preparation of the blood, Sec. The blood of 
 afthmatic perfons is feldom duly prepared, owing to the proper aflion of the lungs 
 being impeded. For this reafon fuch people ought daily to take as rnuch exercife, 
 either on foot, horfebaclc, or in a carriage, as they can bear. Almoft all that can 
 be done by medicine in this difeafe, is to relieve the patient when feized with a violent 
 fit. Bleeding, unlefs extreme weaknefs or old age fhould forbid it, is highly pro- 
 per. If there be a violent fpafm about the breaft or ftomach, warm fomentations, 
 or bladders^ filled with warm milk and water, may be applied to the part afrecled, 
 and warm cataplafms to the foles of the feet. The patient muft drink freely of 
 diluting liquors, and may take a teafpoon-full of the tinfture of caftor and of faffron 
 mixed together, in a cup of valerian-tea, twice or thrice a-day. Sometimes a vomit 
 has a very good effcfl:, and fnatches the patient, as it were, from the jaws of death. 
 This however will be more fafe after other evacuations have been premifed. A very 
 ftrong iniufion of roafted coffee is faid to give eafe in an afthmatic paroxyfm. In 
 the moift afthma, fuch things as promote expedoration or fpitting ought to be ufed ; 
 as the fyrup of fquills, gum-ammoniac, and fuch-like. A common fpoonful of the 
 
 2 fyrup*
 
 ■i>J CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fyrup of oxymelof fqwills, mixed with an equal quantity of cinnamoD- water, may 
 be taken three or four times through the day ; and four or five pill s, made of equal 
 parts of afTafoetida and gum-ammoniac, at bed-time. Large dofes ot sether have 
 been found very efficacious in removing a fit of the afthma. For the convulfivc or 
 nervous afthma, antifpafmcdics and bracers are the mod proper medicines. The 
 patient may take a teafpoon-full of the paregoric elixir twice a-day. The Peruvian 
 bark is fometimes found to be of ufe in this cafe. It may be taken in fubftance, 
 or infufed in wine. In fhort, every thing that braces the nerves, or takes off ipafm, 
 may be of ufe in a nervous aflhma. It is often relieved by the ufe of affes milk i I 
 have likewife known cows milk drunk warm in the morning have a good efFe<5l in 
 this cafe. In every fpecies of afthmas, letons and ilTues are of great fervice ; they 
 may either be put in the back or fide, and fhould never be allowed to dry up. We 
 fhall here, once for all, obferve, that not only in the afthma, but in moft chronic 
 difeafes, ilTues are extremely proper. They are both a fafe and efficacious remedy ; 
 and, though they do not always cure the difeafe, yet they will often prolong the 
 patient's life. 
 
 Of the apoplexy. 
 
 THE immediate caufe of an apoplexy is a compreffion of the brain, occafioned 
 by an excefs of blood, or a colleclion of watery humours. The former is called a 
 fanguine^ and the latter zferous, apoplexy. It may be occafioned by any thing that 
 increafes the circulation towards the brain, or prevents the return of the blood from 
 the head; intenfe fludy, violent pafTions, fuppreffion of urine, excefs of venery, the 
 fudden ftriking in of any eruption, wounds or bruifes on the head, long expofure to 
 exceffive cold, poifonous exhalations, &c. 
 
 CURE.— The ufual forerunners of an apoplexy are giddinefs, pain and fwim- 
 ming of the head, lofs of memory, drowfinefs, noife in the ears, the night-mare, a 
 fpontaneous flux of tears, and laborious refpiration. When pcrfons have reafon to 
 fear the approach of a fit, they fhould endeavour to prevent it by bleeding, a flender 
 diet, and opening medicines. In the apoplexy, if the patient does not die iuddcnly, 
 the countenance appears florid, the face is fwelled or puffed up, and the blood vef- 
 fels, efpecially about the neck and temples, are turgid ; the pulfe beats ftrong, the 
 eyes are prominent and fixed, and the breathing is difficult, and performed with a 
 fnorting noife. The excrements and urine are often voided fpontaneoufly, and the 
 patient is fometimes feized with vomiting. In this flage, every method mufl be 
 taken to lefTen the force of the circulation towards the head. The garters fhould 
 be tied pretty tight, by which means the motion of the blood from the lower extre- 
 mities will be retarded. The patient fhould be bled freely in the neck or arm, and, 
 
 if
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 173 
 
 if there be occafion, the operation may be repeated in two or three hours. A laxa- 
 tive clyfter, with plenty of fweet oil, or frefli butter, and a fpoonful or two of com- 
 mon fait in ir, may be adminifl-ered every two hours ; and bliftering plaifters applied 
 betwixt the fhoulders and to the calves of the legs. As foon as the iymptoms are a 
 liulc abated, and the patient is able to fwallow, he ought to drink freely of fonie 
 diluting opening liquors, as a decoftion of tamarinds and liquorice, cream-tartar- 
 whey, or common whey with cream of tartar difiblved in it. Or he may take any 
 cooling purge, as Glauber's falts, manna diflblved in an infufion of fenna, or the 
 like. All fpirits and other ttrong liquors are to be avoided. Even volatile falts 
 held to the nofe do mifchief. Vomits, for the fame reafon, ought not to be given» 
 nor any thing that may increafc the motion of the blood toward the head. When 
 apopleflic fymptoms proceed from opium, or other narcotic fubftances taken into 
 the ftomach, vomits are nectfiary. The patient is generally relieved as foon as he 
 has difcharged the poifon in this way. 
 
 Of THE HEART-BURN. 
 
 WHAT is commonly called the heart-burn is not a difeafe of that organ, but an 
 uneafy fenfation of heat or acrimony about the pit of the ftomach, which is fome- 
 times attended with anxiety, naufea, and vomiting. When the heart-burn pro- 
 ceeds from debility of the ftomach or indigeftion, the patient ought to take a dofe 
 or two of rhubarb; afterwards he may ufe infufions of the Peruvian bark, or any 
 other of the ftomachic bitters, in wine or brandy. Exercife in the open air will 
 likewife be of ufe, and every ihing that promotes digeftion. When bilious humours 
 occafion the heart-burn, a teafpoon-full of the fweet fpirit of nitre in a glafs of water, 
 or a cup of tea, will generally give eafe. If it proceeds from the ufe of greafy ali- 
 ments, a dram of brandy or rum may be taken. If acidity or fournefs of the fto- 
 mach occafions the heart- burn, abforbents are the proper medicines. In this cafe 
 an ounce of powdered chalk, half an ounce of fine fugar, and a quarter of an ounce 
 of gum-arabic, may be mixed in an Englifli quart of water, and a teacup-full of 
 it taken as often as is necefl*ary. But the fafeft and beft abforbent is magncfia alba. 
 This not only a£ls as an abforbent, but likewife as a purgative-, whereas chalk, and 
 other abforbents of that kind, are apt to lie in the inteftines, and occafion obftruc- 
 tions. If wind be the caufe of this complaint, the moft proper medicines are thofe 
 called carminatives ; as annifeeds, juniper-berries, ginger, canella alba, cardamom- 
 feeds, &c. Thefe may either be chewed, or infufed in wine, brandy, or other fpirits. 
 I have frequently known the heart-burn cured, particularly in pregnant women, by 
 chewing green tea, 
 
 37. Ty Oi!
 
 174 CULPEPER's EN GLIS H PH Y S I C I AN, 
 
 Of NERVOUS DISEASES. ^ 
 NERVOUS difeafes not only afFed: the body, but the mind likewife fuffers, and 
 is often thereby rendered extremely weak and peevidi. The low fpirits, timorouf- 
 nefs, melancholy, and ficklenefs of temper, which generally attend nervous difor- 
 ders, induce many to believe, that they are entirely difeafes of the mind ; but this 
 change of temper is rather a confequence, than the caufe, of the difeafe. Every 
 thing that tends to relax or weaken the body difpofes it to nervous difeafes, as in- 
 dolence, excefTive venery, drinking too much tea, or other weak watery liquors, 
 frequent bleeding, purging, vomiting. Sec. 
 
 CURE.— Perfons afflifted with nervous difeafes ought never to faft long. Their 
 food fhould be folid and nourifhing, but of eafy digefl:ion. Fat meats, and high 
 fauces, are hurtful. All excefs Ihould be carefully avoided. They ought never to 
 eat more at a time than they can eafily digeft -, but, if they feel themfelves weak and 
 faint between meals, they ought to eat a bit of bread, aftd drink a glafs of wine. 
 Heavy fuppers are to be avoided. Though wine in excefs enfeebles the body, and 
 impairs the faculties of the mind, yet, taken in moderation, it ftrengthens the fto- 
 mach, and promotes digeltion. Exercife in nervous diforders is fuperior to 
 all medicines. Even change of place, and the fight of new objefts, by divert- 
 ing the mind, have a great tendency to remove thefe complaints. For this 
 reafon a long journey, or a voyage, is of much more advantage than riding fhort 
 journeys near home. Though nervous difeafes are feldom radically cured, yen 
 their fymptoms may fometimes be alleviated, and the patient''s life rendered, at 
 leaft, more comfortable, by proper medicines. When digeftion is bad, or the fto- 
 mach relaxed and v^eak, the following infufion of Peruvian bark and other bitters 
 may be ufed with advantage. Take of Peruvian bark an ounce, gentian-n«)t, 
 orange-peel, and coriander-feed, of each half an ounce ; let thefe ingredients be all 
 bruifed in a mortar, and infufed in a bottle of brandy or whifl^ey for the fpace of 
 Jive orftx days. A tabiefpoon-fuUof the fti-ained liquor may betaken in half a glafs 
 of water, an hour before breakfaft, dinner, and fupper. Few things tend more to 
 ftrengthen the nervous fyftem than cold bathing. This praftice, if duly perfifted 
 ■ in, will produce very extraordinary effects v but, when the liver or other vifcera are 
 'obftrucled, or otherwife unfound, the cold bath is improper. It is tlierefore to be 
 ufed with very great caution. The moft proper leafons for it are fummer and au- 
 tumn. It wiU be fuffeient, efpecially for perfons of a fpai'e habit, to gointo the 
 cold bath three or four times a week. If the patient be weakened by it, or feels 
 chilly for a long time after coming our, it is impropetr. Opiates are generally ex- 
 tolled in thefe maladies-, but, as they only palliate the fymptoms, and generally 
 afterwards increafe the difeafe, we would advife people to be extremely fparing in 
 
 the
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 175 
 
 the life of them, left habit render them at laft abfolutely neceflfary. Whoever wifhes 
 for a thorough cure of thisdifeafe, fliould pay the ftridteft attention to diet, air, 
 exercife, and amufement. 
 
 Of the PALSY. 
 
 THE palfy is a lofs or diminution of fenfe or motion, or of both, in one or more 
 parts of the body. Of all the affedtions called nervous, this is the moft fuddenly 
 fatal. The immediate caufe of the palfy is any thing that prevents the regular exer- 
 tion of the nervous power upon any particular mufcle or part of the body. The 
 cccafional aad prediipofing caufes are various, as drunkennefs, wounds of the brain 
 or fpinal marrow, prefTure upon the brain or nerves, very cold or damp air, the fup- 
 prefllon of cuftomary evacuations, fudden fear, want of exercife, or whatever greatly 
 relaxes thefyftem. 
 
 CURE. ---In young perfons of a full habit, the palfy muft be treated in the fam.cr 
 manner as the apoplexy. The patient muft be bled, bliftered, and have his body 
 opened by (harp clyfters or purgative medicines. But, in old age, or when the dil- 
 eafe proceeds from relaxation or debility, which is generally the cafe, a quite con- 
 trary courfe muft be purfued. The diet muft be warm and invigorating, fcafoned 
 with fpicy and aromatic vegetables, as muftard, horfe-raddilb, &c. The drink may- 
 be generous wine, mufiard, whey, or brandy and water. Friftion with the flcfti- 
 brufti, or warm hand, is extremely proper, efpecially on the parts affefted. Blif- 
 ters may likewife be applied to the affefted parts with advantage. One of the befi: 
 external applications is eleftricity. The (hocks (hould be received on the part af-t 
 feded ; and they ought daily to be repeated for feveral weeks. Vomits are very 
 beneficial in this kind of palfy, and ought frequently to be adminiftered. The wild 
 valerian-root is a very proper medicine in this cafe. It may either be taken in an in^ 
 fufion with fage-leaves, or half a drachm of it in powder may be given in a glafs of 
 wine three times a-day. If the patient cannot ufe the valerian, he may take of/?/ 
 volatile ohqfum , compound fpirit of lavender, and tinfture of caftor, each half an 
 ounce ; mix thcle together, and take forty or fifty drops in a glafs of wine, three or 
 four times a-day. A tablefpoon-full of muftard-feed taken frequently, is a very good 
 medicine. The [jatient ought likewife to chew cinnamon-bark, ginger, or other 
 warm fpiceries. Exercife is of the utmoft importance in the palfy -, but the patient 
 muft beware of cold, damp, and moift, air. He ought to wear flannel next his Mn ;. 
 and, if poffible, fliould remove into a warmer climate. 
 
 Of the EPILEPSY, or FALLING SICKNESS. 
 
 THE epilepfy is a fudden deprivation of all the fenfes, wherein the patient falls 
 fuddenly down, and is afFcfted with violent convulfive motions. Jt is fometimes 
 
 hereditary.
 
 iy6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 hereditary. It may likewife proceed from frights of the mother when with child 
 from blows, bruifes,or wounds, on the head •, a colkftion of water, blood, or ferous 
 humours, in the brain ; a polypus, tumours, or concretions within the fl<ull, excef- 
 five drinking, intenfeftudy, excefs of venery, worms, teething, iupprelTion of cufto- 
 mary evacuations, too great emptinefs or repletion ; violent paffions or affeftions of 
 ihe mind, as fear, joy, &c. hyfteric afFedlions, contagion received into the body, as 
 jhe infeftion of the fmall-pox, mealies, &c. In an epileptic fit, the patient generally 
 makes an unufual noife; his thumbs are drawn in towards the palms of the hands, 
 liis eyes are diftorted, he ftarts and foams at the mouth, his extremities are bent or 
 twiftcd various ways, he often difcharges his feed, urine, and fsces, involuntarily, 
 and is quite deftitute of all fenfe and reafon. Atter the fit is over, his fenfes gra- 
 dually return, and he complains of a kind of ftupor, wearinefs, and pain of his 
 head ; but has no remembrance of what happened to him during the fie. 
 
 £;URE.— Ifthe patient be of a fanguine temperament, and there be reafon to 
 fear an obflruilion of the brain, bleeding and other evacuations will be neceffary. 
 When the difeafe is occafioned by the ftoppage of cullomary evacuations, thefe, if 
 poffible, mud be rellored ; if this cannot be done, others may be fubttituted in their 
 place. Ifl"ues or fetons, in this cafe, have often a very good effed. When there is 
 reafon to believe that the difeafe proceeds from worms, proper medicines muft be 
 ufed to kill, or carry off, thefe vermin. When the difeafe proceeds from teething, 
 the body fhould be kept open by emollient clyfters, the feet frequently bathed in 
 warm water, and, if the fits prove obftinate, a blifter may be put betwixt the fnoul- 
 ders. The fame method is to be followed, when epileptic fits precede the eruption 
 of the fmall-pox, or mealies, &c. The flowers of zinc have of late been highly ex- 
 tolled for the cure of the epilepfy. Though this medicine will not be found to an- 
 fwer the expeftations which have been raifed concerning it, yet in obftinate epi- 
 leptic cafes it deferves a trial. The dofe is from one to three or four grains, which 
 may be taken either in pills or a bolus, as the patient inclines. The belt method is 
 to bec^in with a fingle grain four or five times a-day, and gradually to increafe the 
 dofe as far as the patient can bear it. Muflc has fometimes been found to fucceed 
 in the epilepfy. Ten or twelve grains of it, with the fame quantity of faftitious 
 cinnabar, may be made up into a bolus, and taken every night and morning. Some- 
 times the epilepfy has been cured by eleftricity. Convulfion-fits proceed from the 
 fame caufes, and muft be treated in the fame manner, as the epilepfy. 
 
 Of the HICCUP. 
 
 THE hiccup is a fpafmodic or convulfive affeclion of the ftomach and midriff", 
 
 ^rifing from any caufe that irritates theirnervous fibres. 
 
 CURE.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 177 
 
 CURE.— When the hiccup proves very obftinate, recourfe muft be had to 
 the moft powerful aromatic and antifpafnr.odic medicines. The principal of ihefc is 
 muflc; fifteen or twenty grains of wliich may be made into a bolu?, and repeated 
 occafionally. Opiates are likewifeof fervice; but they mult be uled with caution. 
 A bit of fugar dipped in compound fpirits of lavender, or the volatile aromatic tinc- 
 ture, may be taken frequently. External applications are fometimes alfo benefi- 
 cial ; as the flomach plaifter, or a cataplafm of the Venice treacle, applied to the 
 region of the flomach. 
 
 CRAMP OF THE STOMACH. 
 
 THIS difeafe often feizes people fuddenly, is very dangerous, and requires imme- 
 diate afTiftance. It is moft incident to perfons in the decline of life, efpccially the 
 nervous, gouty, hyfteric, and hypochondriac. 
 
 CURE.— Let the ftomach be fomented with cloths dipped in warm water ; or 
 bladders filled with warm milk and water conftantly applied to it. Thefe often 
 produce the moft happy effefts. In very violent and lafting pains of the ftomach, 
 fome blood ought to be let, unlefs the weaknefs of the patietu forbids it. When the 
 pain or cramp proceeds from a fupprefTion of the menfes, blteding is of ufe; If they 
 be owing to the gout, recourfe muft be had to fpirits, or fome of the warm cordial 
 waters. Blifters ought likewife, in this cafe, to be applied to the anclfs. Violent 
 cramps and pains of the ftomach are often removed by covering it with a large 
 plaifter of Venice treacle. 
 
 Of the NIGHT-MARE. 
 
 IN this difeafe the patient, in time of Qeep, imagines he feels an uncommon op- 
 prelTion or weight about his breaft or ftomach, which he can by no means fhake off. 
 He groans, and fometimes cries out, though oftener he attempts to fpeak,but in vain. 
 Sometimes he imagines himfelf engaged with an enemy, and in danger of being 
 killed, attempts to run way, but finds he cannot. Sometimes he fancies himfelf 
 in a houfe that is on fire, or that he is in danger of being drowned in a river. He 
 often thinks he is falling over a precipice, and the dread of being dafhed to 
 pieces fuddenly awakes him. This diforder has been fuppofed to proceed from 
 too much blood ; from a ftagnation of blood in the brain, lungs, &c. But 
 it is rather a nervous afTedion, and arifes chiefly from indigeftion. Hence we 
 find that perfons of weak nerves, who lead a fedentary life, and live full, are moft 
 commonly afflifted with the night-mare. Nothing tends more to produce it than 
 heavy fuppers, cfpecially when eatea late, or the patient goes to bed i'ooa after. 
 37. 2 2. CURE.
 
 178 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 CURE. ---As perfons afflifled with the night-mare generally moan or nnake 
 fome noife in th« fit, they fliould be waked or fpoken to by fuch as hear them, as 
 the uneafinefs generally goes off as foon as the patient is awake, or any one limb is 
 moved j but there is oftentimes an iiniverfal laflitude of the whole body left be- 
 hind, which remains for fome fpace of tiine. Some fay a dram of brandy taken at 
 bed-time will prevent this dileafe. Thar, however, is a bad cuftom, and, in time, 
 Jofes its effed. V/e v/ould rather have the patient depend upon the ufe of food of 
 cafy digeftion, cheerfulnefs, exercife through the day, and a light fupper taken early, 
 than to accuftom himfelf to drams. A glafs of peppermint-water will often pro- 
 mote digeftion as much as a glafs of brandy, and is much fafer. After a perfoa of 
 ■weak digeftion, hov/ever, has eaten flatulent food, a dram may be neceftary ; in this 
 Cafe we would recommend it as the moil proper medicine. 'Perfons who are young, 
 and full of blood, if troubled with the night-mare, ought to take a purge frequent- 
 ly, and ufe a fpare diet. 
 
 The night-mare was fuppofed by the ancients not to be any real diforder of the 
 
 Tjody, but to be an effedl, or fenfation, derived from carnal contaft in the night 
 
 with fome evil fpirit or daemon during the hours of fteep. They contended, that 
 
 perfons of a luftful inclination, who, during the day, indulged, in ftrong defires of 
 
 copulation, and had dreams anfwerable thereto in the night, were frequently vifited 
 
 by thefe evil fpirits, whofe bufinefs it was to watch for favourable opportunities of 
 
 fcducing the mind, already half alienated from virtue and chaftity, to the moft lafci- 
 
 vious imaginations, the belter to complete their purpofe of carnal indulgence and 
 
 delight. When the weight and oppreftion on the breaft and ftomach produced by 
 
 this diforder happened to females, it was called incubus, or a male monfter ; and,, 
 
 when to males, it was called fiiccul>us, or a. female daemon, which had contadt with the 
 
 man, fimilar to the male monfter with the woman ; and the laffitude and fatigue left 
 
 on the body by the difeafe were fuppofed to be the natural effeft of this abominable 
 
 copulation. Abfurd as was the dodlrine, whole volumes have been written upon 
 
 it; and in former days it opened a large field for prieft-craft and feduflion of poor. 
 
 ignorant unfufpefting girls. How many reafons have we to be thankful for the 
 
 Tights of the gofpel difpenfed in our own tongue, and for the illuminations of the 
 
 prefent sera ! 
 
 Of FLATULENCIES, or WIND. 
 
 ALL nervous patients, without exception, are afflided with wind or flatulenciea. 
 in the ftomach and bowels, which arife chiefly from the want of tone or vigour iti.- 
 thefe organs. Crude flatulent aliment, as green peas, beans, coleworts, cabbages^, 
 and fuch-like, may increafe this complaiofj but ftrong and healthy people arefel- 
 
 donii
 
 AND FAiMILY D I S P E^N S A T O R Y. 179 
 
 {fotn troubled with wind, unlefs they either overload their ftoinachs, or drink liquors 
 that are in a fermenting ftate, and confcquently full of elaftic air. While therefore 
 the matter of flatulence proceeds from our aliments, the caufe which makes air fe- 
 parate from them in fuch quantity as to occaiion complaints is almoft always a 
 fixult of the bowels themfclves, which are too weak either to prevent the produc- 
 tion of elallic air, or to expel it after it is produced. 
 
 CURE. — To relieve this complaint, luch medicines ought to-be ufed as have a 
 tendency to expel wind, and, by ftrengtheningthe alimentary canal, to prevent its 
 being produced there. The lift of medicines for expelling wind is very numerous ;. 
 they often however difappoint the expe£lations of both the phyfician and his pa- 
 tient. 1 he moft celebrated among the clafs of carminatives are juniper-berries ■; 
 the roots of ginger and zedoary •, the feeds of anife, carraway, and coriander;. 
 gum-afTafoerida and opium ; the warm waters, tinflures, and fpirits, aromatic wa- 
 ter, tinfture of woodfoot, volatile aromatic fpirit, aether, &c. For ftrengthening 
 the ftomach and bowels, and confcquently for leflening the production of flatu- 
 lence, the Peruvian bark, bitters, chalybeates, and exercife, are the belt remedies* 
 
 ,of hysteric complaints. 
 
 THESE belong to the numerous tribe of nervous difeafes, which may be juftly 
 reckoned the reproach of medicine. Women of a delicate habit, whofe rfomach 
 and inteftines are relaxed, and whofe nervous fyftem is extremely fenfible, are mcfl: 
 fubjecl to hyfteric complaints. In fuch perfons an hyfteric fit, as it is called, may 
 be brought on by an irritation of the nerves of the ftomach or inteftineSj by wind,, 
 acrid humour, or the like. A fudden fuppreflion of the menfes often gives rife to 
 hyfteric fits. They may likewife be excited by violent pafllons or afFedions of tlie 
 mintl, as fear, grief, anger, or great difappointments. 
 
 CURE.-— The radical cure of this diforder will be beft attempted at a time when 
 the patient is moft free from the fits. It will be greatly promoted by a proper at- 
 tention to regimen. A milk and vegetable diet, duly perfifted in, will often per- 
 form a cure. If, however, the patient has been accuftomed to a more generous diet, 
 it will not be fafe to leave it off all at once, but by degrees. The moft proper 
 drink is water with a fmall quantity of fpirits. A cool dry air is the beft. Cold 
 bathing, and every thing that braces the nerves, and invigorates the fyftem, is be- 
 neficial j but lying too long in bed, or whatever relaxes the body, is hurtful. It is 
 of the greateft importance to have the mind kept conftantly eafy and cheerful, and, 
 if podible, to have it always engaged in fome agreeable and interefting purfuit. The 
 proper medicines arethofe v^hich ftrengtiien the alimentary canal and the whole ner.- 
 vous fyftem, as the preparations of iron, the Peruvian bark, and other bitters.. 
 
 Tweaty.'
 
 >f8o CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Twenty drops of the elixir of vitriol, in a cup of the infufion of the bark, may be 
 taken twice or thrice a-day. The chalybeate waters generally prove beneficial in 
 this diforder. Hyfteric women are often afflifted with cramps in various parts of 
 the body, which are moft apt to feize them in bed, or when afleep. The moft effi- 
 cacious medicines in this cafe are opium, blistering plaifters, and warm bathing or 
 fomentations. When the cramp or fpafm is very violent, opium is the remedy moft: 
 to be depended on. Cramps are often prevented or cured by comprefTion. Thus 
 cramps in the legs are prevented, and fometimes removed, by tight bandages ; and, 
 when convulfions arile from a flatulent diftenfion of the inteftines, or from fpafms 
 beginning in them, they may be often leflened or cured by making a pretty ftrong 
 compreffion upon the abdomen by means of a broad belt. A roll of brimftone held 
 in the hand is frequently ufed as a remedy for cramps : though this feems to owe 
 its effedl chiefly to imagination, yet, as it fometimes fucceeds, it merits a trial. 
 When fpafms or convulfive motions arife from (harp humours in the flomach and 
 inteftines, no lading relief can be procured till thefe are either corre6i:ed or expelled. 
 The Peruvian bark has fometimes cured periodic convulfions after other medicines 
 h^ve failed. 
 
 Of hypochondriac COMPLAINTS. 
 
 THESE generally attack the indolent, the luxurious, the unfortunate, and thft 
 ftudious; and are daily increafed by luxury and fedentary employments. Men of 
 3 melancholy temperament, whofe minds are capable of great attention, and whofe 
 paffions are noteafily moved, are, in the advanced periods of life, moft liable to this 
 difeafe. It is ufually brought on by long and ferious attention to abftrufe fubjeds, 
 grief, the fuppreflion of cuftomary evacuations, excefs ofvenery, the repulfion of 
 cutaneous eruptions, long-continued evacuations, obftrudions in fome of the vif- 
 cera, as the liver, fpleen, &c. 
 
 CURE. — Cheerfulnefs and ferenity of mind are by all means to be cultivated. 
 Exercife of every kind is ufeful. The cold bath is likewife beneficial ; and, where 
 it does not agree with the patient, fridhions with the flelh-brufti or a coarfe cloth 
 may be tried. If the patient has it in his power, he ought to travel either by fea or 
 land. A voyage or a long journey, efpecially towards a warmer climate, will be of 
 more fervice than any medicine. The general intentions of cure, in this difeafe, are 
 to ftrengthen the alimentary canal, and to promote the fecretions. Thefe intentions 
 will be beft anfwered by the different preparations of iron and the Peruvian bark, 
 which, after proper evacuations, may be taken in the fame manner as direded in the 
 •preceding difeafe. 
 
 Of
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. lU 
 
 Of a SCHIRRHUS and CANCER. 
 
 A SCHIRRHUS is a hard indolent tumour feated in fome of the glands, as the 
 breads, the arm-pits, &c. If the tumour becomes large, unequal, of a livid, 
 blackifh, or leaden, colour, and is attended with violent pain, it gets the name of an 
 occult cancer. When the fkin is broken, and z.fanies or ichorous matter of an abo- 
 minably foetid fmell is difcharged from the fore, it is called an open or ulcerated can- 
 cer. Perfons after the age of forty- five, particularly women, and thofe who lead an 
 indolent fedentary life, are moft fubjeft to this difeafe, A cancer is often owing 
 to fupprelTed evacuations-, hence it proves fo frequently fatal to women of a grofs 
 habit, particularly old maids and widows, about the time when the menftrual flux 
 ceafes. It may alfo be occafioned by the long-continued ufe of food that is too 
 hard of digeftion, or of an acrid nature ; by barrennefs, celibacy, indolence, cold, 
 blows, friftion, prefllire, or the like. Women often fuffer from the laft of thefe by 
 means of their flays, which fqueeze and comprefs their breafts fo as to occafion 
 great mifchief. This diforder feems often very trifling at the beginning. A hard 
 tumour about the fize of a hazle-nut, or perhaps fmaller, is generally the firft fymp- 
 tom. This will often continue for a long time without feeming to increafe, or giv- 
 ing the patient great uneafinefs : but, if the confl:itution be hurt, or the tumour ir- 
 ritated by prefigure, or improper treatment of any kind, it begins to extend iti'elf to- 
 wards the neighbouring parts, by pufiiing out a kind of roots or limbs. It then 
 gets the name of cancer, from a fancied refemblance between thefe limbs and the 
 claws of a crab. The colour of thefl^cin begins to change, which is firft red, after- 
 wards purple, then bluifli, livid, and at laft black. The patient complains of heat, 
 with a burning, gnawing, fliooting, pain. The tumour is very hard, rough, and un- 
 equal, with a protuberance, or rifing, in the middle ; its fize increafes daily, and 
 the neighbouring veins become thick, knotty, and of a blackifli colour. The fl<in 
 at length gives way, and a thin fliarp ichor begins to flow, which corrodes the 
 neighbouring parts till it forms a large unfightly ulcer. More occult cancers arife, 
 and communicate with the neighbouring glands. The pain and ftench become 
 intolerable; the appetite fails -, the ftrcngth is exhaufted by a continual heftic fe- 
 ver; at laft, a violent h<-Emorrhage, or difcharge of blood, from fome part of the 
 body, with faintings, or convulfion-fits, generally put an end to the miferable 
 patient's life. 
 
 CURE.— This is one of thofe difeafes for which no certain rem?dy is yet known. 
 Its progrefs however may fometimes be retarded, and fome of its moft difagreeabic 
 fymptoms mitigated, by proper applications. One misfortune attending the difeafe 
 is, that the unhappy patient often conceals it too long. Were proper means ufed in' 
 
 38. 3 A * <liie
 
 iSz CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 due time, a cancer might often be cured ; but, after the diforder has arrived at a 
 certain height, it generally fets all medicine at defiance. Wiien a fchirrhous tumour 
 13 firftdifcovered, the patient ought to obferve a proper regimen, and to take twice 
 or thrice a-week a dofe of the common purging mercurial pill. Some blood may 
 alio be let, and the part affccfted may be gently rubbed twice a- day with a little of 
 the mercurial ointment, and kept warm with fur or flannel. The food muft be 
 light, and an Englifli pint of the decoflion of farfaparilla may be drunk daily. 
 Should the tumour not yield to this treatment, but, on the contrary, become larger 
 and harder, it will be proper to extirpate it, cither by the knife or caullic. Indeed, 
 whenever this can be done with fafety, the fooner it is done the better. It can an- 
 fv/er no purpofe to extirpate a cancer after the conilitution is ruined, or the whole 
 mafs of humours corrupted, by it. This however is the common way, which makes 
 the operation fo feldom fucceed. Few people will fubmit to the extirpation till 
 death ftares them in the face ; whereas, if it were done early, the patient's life would 
 not be endangered by the operation, and it would generally prove a radical cure. 
 The medicine moft in repute for this difeafe is hemlock. Dr. Stork, phyfician at 
 Vienna, has of late recommended the extract of this plant as very efficacious in can- 
 cers of every kind. The dodlor fays, he has given fome hundred-weights of it 
 •without ever hurting any body, and often with manifeil: advantage. He advifes the 
 patient however to begin with very fmall dofes, as two or three grains, and to increafe 
 the dofe gradually till fome good efFeft be perceived, and there to reft without fur- 
 ther increafe. From two or three grains at firft, the doftor fays he has increafed the 
 dofe to two, three, or four, drachms a-day, and finds that fuch dofcs may be conti- 
 nued for feveral weeks without any bad confequences. The doftor does not pre- 
 tend to fix the time in which a cancer may be refolved by the ufe of hemlock, but 
 fays he has given it for above two years in large dofes without any apparent benefit ;• 
 neverthelefs the patient has been cured by perfifting in the ufe of it for half a year- 
 longer. This is at lead encouragement to give it a fair trial. The powder of hem- 
 lock is by fome preferred to the extradt. They are both made of tlie frefh leaves, 
 and may be ufed nearly in the fame manner. Dr. Nicholfon, of Berwick, fays, he 
 gradually increafed the dofe of the powder from a few grains to half a drachm, and' 
 gave near four drachms of it in the day with remarkably good efteds. The hem- 
 lock may alfo be ufed externally either as a poultice or fotnentation. The fore may 
 likewife be kept clean by injeding daily a ftrong decodlion of the tops and leaves in- 
 to it. Few things contribute more to the healing of foul fordid ulcers of any kindi 
 than keeping them thoroughly clean. This ought never to be neglefted. The beft. 
 application for this purpofe feems to be the carrot poultice. The root of the com- 
 mon carrot may be grated, and moiftened with as much water as will bring it to the 
 I confiftence
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. iSj 
 
 ■cop.fiftence of a poultice or cataplafm. This muft be applied to the fore, and re- 
 newed twice a-day. It generally cleans the fore, eafes the pain, and rakes away the 
 difagreeable fmell, which are objeds of no fniall importance in fuch a dreadful dif- 
 order. Wort, or an infufion of malt, has been recommended not only as a proper 
 drink, but as a powerful medicine, in this difeafe. It muft be frequently made 
 frefli, and the patient may take it at pleafure. Two, three, or even four, Englifh 
 pints of it may be drunk every day for a confiderable time. No benefit can be ex- 
 pefted from any medicine, in this difeafe, unlefs it be perfifted in for a long time. It 
 is of too obftinate a nature to be foon removed ; and, when it admits of a cure at all, 
 it muft be brought about by inducing an almoft total change of the habit, which 
 muft always be a work of time. Setons or ilTues in the neighbourhood of the can- 
 cer have fometimes good efFedls. When all other medicines fail, recourfe muft be 
 had to opium, as a kind of folace. This will not indeed cure the difeafe, but it wiU 
 eafe the patient's agony, and render life more tolerable while it continues. To avoid 
 this dreadful diforder, people ought to ufe wholefome food, to take fufficient exer- 
 cife in the open air, and carefully to guard againft all blows, bruifes, and every 
 kind of prelTure upon the breafts or other glandular parts. 
 
 Of poisons. 
 
 EVERY perfon ought, in fome meafure, to be acquainted with the nature and! 
 cure of poifons. They are generally taken unawares, and their effefts are often fo 
 fudden and violent, as not to admit of delay, or allow time to procure the affiftance 
 of pliyficians. Happily indeed no great degree of medical knowledge is here ne- 
 ceffary •, the remedies for moft poifons being generally at hand, or eafiiy obtained,, 
 and nothing but common prudence needful in the application of them. The cure 
 of all poifons taken into the ftomach, without exception, depends chiefly on dif- 
 charging them as foon as poflible. For this purpofe the patient fliould diink 
 large quantities of new milk and fallad-oil till he vomits ; or he may drink warm 
 water mixed with oil. Fat broths are likewife proper, provided they can be got 
 ready in time. Where no oil is to be had, frefh butter may be melted and mixed 
 •with the milk or water. Thefe things are to be drunk as long as the incliaaiion to 
 vomit-continues. Some have drunk eight or ten quarts before the vomiting ceafed j , 
 and it is never fafe to leave ofFdrinking while one particle of the poifon remains in; 
 the ftomach. The oily or fat fubilacces not only provoke vomiting, but like- 
 wife blunt the acrimony of mineral poifon, and prevent its wounding the bowels; 
 but, if they fhould not make the perfon vomit, half a drachm or two fcruplcs of the 
 powder of ipecacuanha muft be given, or a few fpoonfuls of the oxymel or vinegar 
 of fquills may be mixed with the water which he drinks. Vomiting may likewife 
 
 be
 
 .i«4 CULPEPFR's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 be excited by tickling the infide of the throat with a feather. Should thefe methods 
 hcvever fail. Half a drachm of white vitriol, or five or fix grains of emetic tartar, 
 -muiibe adminiftered. If tormenting pains are felt in the lower belly, and there is 
 reaion to fear that tlie poifon has got down to the intellines, clyftersof milk and oil 
 muR be very frequently thrown up-, and the patient muft drink emollient decoc- 
 tions of b^arley, oatmeal, marlii-mallows,and fuch-like. He muft likewife take an 
 infufion of fenna and manna, a folution of Glauber's falts, or fome other purgative. 
 After the poifon has been evacuated, the patient ought, for fome time, to live upon 
 fuch things as are of a healing and cooling quality ; to abftain from flefli and all 
 ftrong liquors, and to live upon milk, broth, gruel, light puddings, and other fpoon- 
 meats, of eafy digeftion. His drink fiiould be barley-water, linfeed-tea, or infufions 
 of any of the mild mucilaginous vegetables. Though vegetable poifons, when 
 allowed to remain in the ftomach, often prove fatal ; yet the danger is generally 
 over as foon as they are difcharged. Not being of fuch a caufcic or corrofive na- 
 ture, they arelefs apt to wound or inflame the bowels than mineral fubftances -, no 
 time, however, ought to be loft in having them difcharged. For the bites of poi- 
 fonous animals, a great variety of certain and immediate cures are pointed out in 
 the Herbal. For the bite of a viper, however, the wound ftiould be well fucked, 
 and afterwards rubbed with warm fallad-oil. A poultice of bread and milk, foft- 
 ened with fallad-oil, (hould likewife be applied to the wound ; and the patient ought 
 to drink freely of vinegar-whey, or water-gruel with vinegar in it, to make him 
 fweat. Vinegar is one of the beft drinks which can be ufed in any kind of poifon, 
 and ought to be taken very liberally. If the patient be fick, he may take a vomit. 
 This courfe will be fufficient to cure the bite of any of the poifonous animals of this 
 country. It is the happinefs of this ifiand to have very few poifonous animals, and 
 thofe which we have are by no means of the moft virulent kind. We cannot howe- 
 ver make the fame obfervation with regard to poifonous vegetables. Thefe abound 
 every where, and prove often fatal to the ignorant and unwary. This indeed is 
 chiefly owing to careleflliefs. Children ought early to be cautioned againft eating 
 any kind of fruit, roots, or berries, which they do not know ; and all poifonous 
 plants to which they can have accefs, ought, as far as pofllbic, to be deftroyed. 
 This would not be fo difficult a tafl-: as fome people imagine, were this Herbal kept 
 .in all families, and their children made to read lefllans from it, as an eafy occafional 
 tafk. This, I think, will appear an indifpenfible duty in parents, when we refleft, 
 that feldom a year pafles but we have accounts of feveral perfons poifoned by eating 
 hemlock-roots inftead of parfnips, or fome kinds of fungus which they had ga- 
 thered for muOirooms. Thefe examples ought to put people upon their guard with 
 refpea to the former, and put the latter entirely out of ufe. We might here 
 
 mention
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 185 
 
 mention many other plants and animals of a poifonous nature which are found in 
 foreign countries ; but, as our obfervations are chiefly intended for this ifland, we 
 ftiall pafs thele over. It may not however be amifs to obferve, for the behoof of 
 fuch of our countrymen as go to America, that an effeftual remedy is now faid to be 
 found for the bite of the rattle-fnake.— The prefcription is as follows : Take of the 
 roots of plantain and hoarhound, in fummer, roots and branches together, a fuffi- 
 cient quantity ; bruife them in a mortar, and fqueeze out the juice, of which give, 
 as foon as pollible, one large fpoonful ; if the patient be fwelled, you mufl; force it 
 down his throat. This generally will cure; but, if he finds no relief in an hour 
 after, you may give another fpoonful, which never fails. ---If the roots are dried, they 
 muft be moiftened with a little water. To the wound may be applied a leaf of good 
 tobacco moiftened with rum. We give this upon the faith of Dr. Brookes, who 
 fays it was the invention of a negro ; for the difcovery of which he had his freedom 
 purchafed, and a hundred pounds per annum fettled upon him during life, by the 
 General Afiembly of Carolina. 
 
 Of INFLAMMATIONS and ABSCESSES. 
 
 FROM whatever caufe an inflammation proceeds, it muft terminate either by difJ 
 perfion, fuppuration, or gangrene. Though it is impoflible to foretel with certainty 
 in which of thefe ways any particular inflammation will terminate, yet a probable 
 conjefture may be formed with regard to the event, from a knowledge of the pa- 
 tient's age and conftitution. Inflammations happening in a flight degree upon 
 colds, and without any previous indifpofition, will moft probably bedifperfed; thofc 
 which follow clofe upon a fever, or happen to perfons of a grofs habit of body, will 
 generally fuppurate ; and thofe which attack very old people, or perfons of a dropfi- 
 cal habit, will have a ftrong tendency to gangrene. 
 
 CURE.-— If the inflammation be flight, and the conftitution found, the difper- 
 fion ought always to be attempted. This will be beft promoted by a flender dilut- 
 ing diet, plentiful bleeding, and repeated purges. The part itfelf mufl: be foment- 
 ed, and, if the fl^in be very tenfe, it may be embrocated with a mixture of three- 
 fourths of fweet oil and one-fourth of vinegar, and afterwards covered with a 
 piece of wax plaifter. If, notwithfl:anding thefe applications, the fymptomatic fe- 
 ver increales, and the tumour becomes larger, with violent pain and puliation, it 
 will be proper to promote the fuppuration. The befl: application for this purpofe 
 is a foft poultice, which may be renewed twice a-day. If the fuppuration proceeds 
 but flowly, a raw onion cut fmall or bruifed may be fpread upon tiie poultice. 
 When the abfcefs is ripe or fit for opening, which may eafily be known from the 
 thinnefs of the fkin in the moft prominent part of it, a fluftuation of matter which 
 
 33. 3 B may
 
 i86 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 may be felt under the finger, and, generally fpeaking, an abatement of the pain, it 
 may be opened either with a lancet or by means of cauftic. The laft way in which 
 an inflammation terminates is in a gangrene or mortification, the approach of which 
 may be known by the following fymptoms : The inflammation lofcs icsrednefs,and 
 becomes duflsifh or livid; the tenfion of the fkin goes off, and it feels flabby, lit- 
 tle bladdf;rs filled with ichor of different colours i'pread all over it; the tumour fub- 
 fides, and from a dufkifh complexion becomes black ; a quick low pulfe, widi cold 
 clammy fweats, are the immediate forerunners of death. When thefe fymptoms 
 firft appear, the part ought to be drelTed with London treacle, or a cataplal'm, made 
 of lixivium and bran ; fhould the fymptoms become worfe, the part mulf be fcari- 
 fied, and afterwards dreffed with bafilicon fofcened with oil of turpentine. All 
 the drefilngs muft beapplied warm. With regard to internal medicines, the pacient 
 mufi be fupported with generous cordials, and the Peruvian bark exhibited in as 
 large dofes as the ftomach will bear it. If the mortified parts (hould feparate, the 
 wound will become a common ulcer, and muft be treated accordingly. This article 
 jncludes the treatment of all thofe difeafes, which, in different parts of the country, 
 go by the names of biles, impofthumes, whitloes, &c. They are all abfceffes in con- 
 fequence of a previous inflammation, which, it polfible, ought to be dilcufied, but, 
 •when this cannot be done, the fuppuration fhould be promoted, and the matter dif- 
 charged by an incifion, if necelTary ; afterwards the fore may be drefled with yellow 
 bafilicon, orfome other digeftive ointment. 
 
 Of wounds. 
 
 NO part of medicine has been more miftaken than the treatment or cure of 
 wounds. It is however a faft, that no external application whatever contributes 
 towards the cure of a wound, any other way than by keeping the parts fofr, clean, 
 and defending them from the external air, which may be as efFecflually done by dry 
 lint as by the moft pompous applications, while it is exempt from many of the bad 
 confequences attending them. The fame obfervation holds with refpecl to inter- 
 nal applications. Thefe only promote the cure of wounds as far as they tend to 
 prevent a fever, or to remove any caufe that might obftruft or impede the opera- 
 tions of nature. It is nature alone that cures wounds •, all that art can do is to re- 
 move obflacles, and to put the parts in fuch a condition as is the moft favourable to 
 nature's efforts. 
 
 CURE.— The firft thing to be done, when a perfon has received a wound, is to 
 examine whether any foreign body be lodged in it, as wood, ftone, iron, lead, glafs, 
 dirt, bits of cloth, or the like. Thefe, if pofilble, ought to be extrafted, and the 
 wound cleaned, before any drelTings be applied. When that cannot be effefled 
 
 with
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 187 
 
 with fafety, on account of the patient's wcaknefs, or lofs of blood, they mud be 
 fuffered to remain in the wound, and afterwards extra<5led when he is more able to 
 bear it. When a wound penetrates into any of the cavities of the body, as the 
 breall, the bowels, Sec. or where any confiderable blood-vcfTel is cur, a fkilful fur- 
 geon ought immediately to be called, otherwife the patient may lofe his life. But 
 fometimes the difcharge of blood is fo great, that, if it be not flopped, the patient 
 may die, even before a furgcon, though at no great diftance, can arrive. In this 
 cafe, foincthing muft be done by thofe who are prefcnt. If the wound be in any of 
 the limbs, the bleeding may generally be flopped by applying a tight ligature or 
 bandage round the member a little above the wound. In parts where this bandage 
 cannot be applied, various other methods may be tried to ftop the bleeding, as the 
 application of ftyptics, aftringents, &c. Cloths dipped in a folution of blue vitriol 
 in water, or the ftyptic water of the difpenfatories, may be applied to the wound. 
 "When thefe cannot be obtained, ftrong fpirits of wine may bs ufed. Some recom- 
 mend the agaric of the oak as preferable to any of the other Ityptics ; and indeed it 
 deferves confiderable encomiums. It is eafily obtained, and ought to be kept in 
 every family, in cafe of accidents. A piece of it muft be laid upon the wound, and 
 covered with a good deal of lint, above which a bandage may be applied fo tight as 
 to keep it firmly on. Though fpirits, tinftures, and hot balfams, may be ufed, in 
 order to ftop the bleeding when it is exceffive, they are improper at other times. 
 They do not promote but retard tiie cure, and often change a fimple wound into an 
 ulcer. People imagine, becaufe hot balfams congeal the blood, and feem, as it were, 
 to folder up the wound, that they therefore heal it ; but this is only a deception. 
 Tliey may indeed ftop the flowing blood, by fearing the mouths of the veflels ; bur 
 by rendering the parts callous, they obftrud the cure. When a wound is greatly 
 inflamed, the moft proper application is a poultice of bread and milk, foftened with 
 a little fweet oil or frefh butter. This muft be applied inftead of a piaifter, and 
 (hould be changed twice a-day. If the wound be large, and there is reafon to fear 
 an inflammation, the patient ftiould be kept on a very low diet. He muft abftain 
 fromflefli, ftrong liquors, and every thing that is of a heating nature. If he be of a 
 full habit, and has loft but little blood from the wound, he muft be bled ; and, if 
 the fymptoms be urgent, the operation may be repeated. But, when the patient has 
 been greatly weakened by lofs of blood from the wound, it will be dangerous to 
 bleed him, even though a fever fliould enfue. Nature fliould never be too far ex- 
 haufted : it is always more fafe to allow her to ftruggle with the difeafe in her own 
 way than to fink the patient's ftrength by excefilve evacuations. 
 
 Or
 
 iS$ CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN. 
 
 Of B U R N S. 
 
 IN flight burns which do not break the flcin, it is cuftomary to hold the part near 
 the fire for a competent time, to rub it with fait, or to lay a comprefs upon it dip- 
 ped in fpirits of wine or brandy. But, when the burn has penetrated To deep as to 
 blifter or break the fkin, it muft be drefTcd with fome of the liniments for burns, 
 or with the emollient and gently-drying ointment, commonly called Turner's ce- 
 rate. This may be mixed with an equal quantity of frelh olive oil, and fpread upon 
 a foft rag, and applied to the part afFecled. When this ointment cannot be had, 
 an egg may be beat up with about an equal quantity of the fweeteft fallad-oil. This 
 will ferve very well till a proper ointment can be prepared. When the burning is 
 very deep, after the firft two or three days, it fhould be dreffed with equal parts of 
 yellow bafilicon and Turner's cerate mixed together. When the burn is violent, 
 or has occafioned a high degree of inflammation, and there is reafon to fear a gan- 
 grene or mortification, the fame means mufl be ufed to prevent it as are recommend- 
 ed in other violent inflammations. The patient, in this cafe, mufl; live low, and 
 drink freely of weak diluting liquors. He mufl: likewife be bled, and have his 
 body kept open. But, if the burnt parts (hould become livid or black, with other 
 fymptoms of mortification, it will be neceflary to bathe them frequently with warm 
 camphorated fpirits of wine, tinflure of myrrh, or other antifeptics, mixed with a 
 decoflion of the bark. In this cafe the bark mufl: likewife be taken internally, and 
 the patient's diet mufl: be more generous. 
 
 Of bruises. 
 
 IN flight bruifes it will be fufficient to bathe the part with warm vinegar, to 
 which a little brandy or rum may occafionally be added, and to keep cloths wet 
 with this mixture conftantly applied to it. This is more proper than rubbing it 
 with brandy, fpirits of wine, or other ardent fpirits, which are commonly ufed in 
 fuch cafes. In fome parts of the country the peafants apply to a recent bruife a 
 cataplafm of frefli cow-dung. I have often feen this cataplafm applied to violent 
 contufions occafioned by blows, falls, bruifes, and fuch-like, and never knew it 
 fail to have a good efFedl. When a bruife is very violent, the patient ought imme- 
 diately to be bled, and put upon a proper regimen. His food fhould be light and 
 cool, and his drink weak, and of an opening nature •, as whey fweetened with honey, 
 decoCiions of tamarinds, barley, cream-tartar whey, and fuch-like. The bruifed 
 part mufl: be bathed with vinegar and water, as diredted above ; and a poultice 
 made by boiling crumb of bread, elder-flowers, and camomile-flowers, in equal 
 quantities of vinegar and water, applied to it. Tj:iis poultice is peculiarly proper 
 
 I when
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 189 
 
 when a wound is joined to the bruife. It may be renewed two or three times a-day. 
 As the ftru(5lure of the vefiels is totally deftroyed by a violent bruife, there often 
 cnfues a great lofs of fubltance, which produces an ulcerous fore, very difficult to 
 cure. If the bone be afFe61:ed, the fore will not heal before an exfoliation takes 
 place ; that is, before the difeafed part of the bone feparates, and comes out through 
 the wound. This is often a very flow operation, and may even require feveral years 
 to be completed. Hence it happens, that thefe fores are frequently miflaken for the 
 king's evil, and treated as fuch, though, in faft, they proceed folely from the injury 
 which the folid parts received from the blow. Patients in this fituation are pefcered 
 with different advices. Every one who fees them propofes a new remedy, till the 
 fore is fo much irritated with various and oppofite applications, that it: is often at 
 length rendered abfolutely incurable. The belt method of managing fuch fores is, 
 to take care that the patient's conftitution does not luffer by confinement or im- 
 proper medicine, and to apply nothing to them but fome fimple ointment fpread 
 upon fof? lint, over which a poultice of bread and milk, with boiled camomile- 
 flowers, or the like, may be put, to nourifn the part, and keep it fofc and warm. 
 Nature, thus affifted, will generally in time operate a cure, by throwing off the difr 
 eafed parts of the bone, after which the fore foon heals. 
 
 Of ulcers. 
 
 ULCERS may be the confequence of wounds, bruifes, or impofthumes, impro- 
 perly treated ; they may likewife proceed from an ill ftate of the humours, or what 
 may be called a bad habit of body. In the latter cafe, they ought not to be hafl:ily 
 dried up, otherwife it may prove fatal to the patient. Ulcers happen mofl: com- 
 monly in the decline of life ; and perfons who neglecl exercife, and live grofsly, arc 
 moft liable to them. They might often be prevented by retrenching fome part of 
 the folid food, or by opening artificial drains, as ifl"ues, fetons, or the like. It re- 
 quires confiderable fl<ill to be able to judge whether or not an ulcer ought to be 
 dried up. In general, all ulcers which proceed from a bad habit of body fhould be 
 fufFered to continue open, at leaft till the conftitution has been fo far changed by 
 proper regimen, or the ufe of medicine, that they feem difpofed to heal of their own 
 accord. Ulcers which are the efFecl of malignant fevers, or other acute difeafes, 
 may generally be healed with fafety after the health his been reftored for fome time. 
 The cure ought not, however, to be attempted too foon, nor at any time without the 
 ufe of purging medicines and a proper regimen. When wounds or bruifes have, by 
 wrong treatment, degenerated into ulcers, if the conftitution be good, they .may 
 generally be healed with fafety. When ulcers either accompany chronical difeafes, 
 or come in their ftead, they mufl be cautioufly healed. If an ulcer conduces to the 
 
 3^- 3 C patient's
 
 igo CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 patient's health, from whatever caufe it proceeds, it ought not to be healed ; but 
 if, on the contrary, it wades the ftrength, and confumes the patient by a flow fever, 
 it fliould be healed as foon as pofTible. We would earneftly recommend a ftrift at- 
 tention to thefe particulars, to all who have the misfortune to labour under this 
 diforder, particularly perfons in the decline of life; as we have frequently knowa 
 people throw away their lives by the want of it, while they were extolling and ge- 
 neroufly rewarding thofe whom they ought to have looked upon as their execu- 
 tioners. The mod proper regimen for promoting the cure of ulcers is to avoid all 
 fpices, faked and high-fealoned food, all ftrong liquors, and to lelTen the ufual 
 quantity of flefh meat. The body ought to be kept gently open by a diet confid- 
 ing chiefly of cooling laxative vegetables, and by drinking butter-milk, whey 
 fweetened with honey, or the like. A fidulous ulcer can feldom be cured without 
 an operation. It mud either be laid open fo as to have its callous parts dedroyed by 
 feme corrofive application, or they mud be entirely cut away by the knife : but, as 
 this operation requires the hand of an expert furgcon, there is nooccafion todefcribe 
 it. Ulcers about the anus are mod apt to become fidulous, and are very difficult 
 to cure. Some, indeed, pretend to have found Ward's fidula-pade very fuccefsful 
 in this complaint. It is not a dangerous medicine, and, being eafily procured, it 
 may deferve atrial; but, as thefe ulcers generally proceed from an ill habit of body, 
 they will feldom yield to any thing except a long courfe of regimen, affided by me- 
 dicines, which are calculated to correft that particular habit, and to induce an 
 almod total change in the conditution. 
 
 Of dislocations. 
 
 WHEN a bone is moved out of its place or articulation, fo as to impede its pro- 
 per fundtions, it is faid to be luxated or diflocated. As this often happens to per- 
 fons in firuations where no medical affidance can be obtained, by which means 
 limbs, and even lives, are frequently lod, we fhall endeavour to point out the me- 
 thod of reducing the mod common luxations, and thofe '^hich require immediate 
 affidance. Any perfon of common fenfe and refolution, who is prefent when a 
 diflocation happens, may often beof more fervice to the patient than the mod expert 
 furgeon can after the fwelling and inflammation have come on. When tnefe are 
 -prefent, it is difficult to know the date of the joint, and dangerous to attempt a re- 
 dudion; and, by waiting they are gone off, the mufcles t ecome fo relaxed, and 
 the cavity filled up, that the bone can never atterwards be retained in its place. A 
 recent diflocation may generally be reduced by extenfion aLne, which mud always 
 be o-reater or lefs according to the drength of the mufcles which move the joint, 
 the age, robuftncfs, and other circumdances, of the patient. When the bone has 
 
 been
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY, 191 
 
 been out of its place for any confiderable time, and a fwelling or inflammation has 
 come on, it will be neceffary to bleed the patient, and, after fomenting the part, to 
 apply foft poultices with vinegar to it for fome time before the reduftion is attempt- 
 ed. All that is necelTary after the reduftion, is to apply cloths dipped in vinegar or 
 camphorated fpirits of wine to the part, and to keep it perfeftly eafy. Many bad 
 confequences proceed from the negleft of this rule. A diflocation feldom happens 
 without the tendons and ligaments of the joint being ftretched and fometiaies torn. 
 When thefc are kept eafy till they recover their ftrength and tone, all goes on very 
 well; but, if the injury be increafed by too frequent an exertion of the parts, no 
 wonder if they be found weak and difeafedcver after. 
 
 Dislocation of the Jaw.— The ufual method of reducing a didocated jaw, is 
 to let the patient upon a low ftool, fo as an afTiftant may hold the head firm by pref- 
 fmg it againft his breaft. The operator is then to thruft his two thumbs, being firft 
 wrapped up with linen cloths that they may not flip, as far back into the patient's 
 mouth as he can, while his fingers are applied to the jaw externally. After he has 
 got firm huld of the jaw, he is to prefs it ftrongly downwards and backwards, by 
 which means the elapled heads of the jaw may be eafily puflied into tiieir former 
 cavities. The peafants, in fome parts of the country, have a peculiar way of per- 
 forming this operation. One of them puts a handkerchief under the patient's chin, 
 then, turning his back to that of the patient, pulls him up by the chin fo as to fuf- 
 pcnd him from the ground. This method often fucceeds, but we think it a dange- 
 rous one, and therefore recommend tiie former. 
 
 Dislocation of the Nixr.— The neck may be diflocated by falls, violent 
 blows, or the like. In this cafe, if the patient receives no affiftance, he foon dies, 
 which makes people imagine the neck was broken: it is, however, for the molt 
 parr, only partially diflocated, and may be reduced by almoft any perfon who has 
 relblution enough to attempt it. A complete diflocation of the neck is initantaneous 
 death. When the neck is diflocated, the patient is immediately deprived of all !< nfe 
 and motion ; his neck fwelis, his countenance appears bloated, his chin lies upon 
 his breaft, and his face is generally turned towards one fide. To reduce this dif- 
 location, the unhunpy perfon fliould immediately be laid upon his back on the 
 ground, and the operator muft place himfelf behind him fo has to be able to lay hold 
 of his head with both hands, while he makes a refillante by placing his knees 
 againft the patient's fhoulders. In this pofture he muft pull the head with confi- 
 derable force, gently twitting it at the fame time, if the face be turned to one fide, 
 till he perceives that the joint is replaced, which may be known from the noife 
 which the bones generally make when going in, the patient's beginning to breathe, 
 and the head continuing in its natural pofture. After the neck is reduced, the pa- 
 tient
 
 192 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 tient oughc to be bkd, and Oiould be fufFered to reft for fome days, till the parts 
 recover their pre per Tone. 
 
 Dislocation of the Shoulder. — The humerus or upper bone of the arm may 
 be diflocated in various diredlions: it happens however moft frequently down- 
 wards, but very Icldom direflly upwards. From the nature of its articulation, as 
 well as from its expofure to external injuries, this bone is the moft fubjeft to diQo- 
 cation of any in the body. A diflocation of the humerus may be known by a de- 
 preffion or cavity on the top of the fhoulder, and an inability to move the arm. 
 When the diflocation is downward or forward, the arm is elongated, and a ball 
 or lump is perceived under the arm pit ; but, when it is bacliward, there appears a 
 protuberance behind the ftioulder, and the arm is thrown forwards toward the 
 breaft. The ulual method of reducing diflocations of the flioulder is to feat the 
 patient upon a low ftool, and to taufe an afliftant to hold his body fo that it may 
 not give way to the extenfion, while another lays hold of the arm a little above the 
 elbow, and gradually extends it. The operator then puts a napkin under the pa- 
 tient's arm, and taufes it to be tied behind his own neck ; by this, while a luffi- 
 cient extenfion is made, he lifts up the head of the bone, and with his hands diredfs 
 it into its proper place. There are various machines invented for facilitating this 
 operation, but the hand of an expert lurgeon is always more fafe. In young and 
 delicate patients, it is a very eafy matter to reduce the Ihoulder by extending the 
 arm with one hand, and thrufting in the head of the bone with the other. In mak- 
 ing the extenfion, the arm ought always to be a little bent. 
 
 Dislocation of the Elbow.— The bones of the fore-arm may be diflocated 
 in any direction. When this is the cafe, a protuberance may be obferved on that 
 fide of the arm towards which the bone is pulhedjfrom which, and the patient's in- 
 ability to bend his arm, a diflocation of this joint may eafily be known. Two af- 
 fiftants are generally neceflary for reducing a diflocation of the elbow ; one of them 
 muft lay hold of the arm above, and -the other below, the joint, and make a pretty 
 ftrong extenfion, while the operator returns the bones into their proper place. Af- 
 terwards the arm muft be bent and fufpended for fome time with a fling about the 
 neck. Luxations of the wrift and fingers are to be reduced in the fame manner as 
 thofeof the elbow, viz, by making an extenfion in difFerent dire<51:ions, and thruft- 
 ing the head of the bone into its place. 
 
 Dislocation of the Thigh.-— When the thigh-bone is diflocated forward and 
 downward, the knee and foot qre turned out, and the leg is longer than the other; 
 but, when it is difplaced backward, it is ufually puftied upward at the fame time, 
 by which means the limb is fliortened, and the foot is turned inwards. When the 
 thigh-bone is difplaced forward and downward, the patient, in order to have it 
 
 I reduced.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 195 
 
 reduced, mufl be laid upon his back, and made faft by bandages, or held by afTif- 
 tants, while by others an extenfion is made by means of flings fixed about the bor- 
 tom of the thigh a little above the knee. While the extenfion is made, the opera- 
 tor muft pulh the head of the bone outward, till it gets into the locket. If the 
 diflocation be outward, the patient muft be laid upon his face, and, during the 
 extenfion, the head of the bone muft be puftied inward. Diflocationsof the knees, 
 ancles, and toes, are reduced much in the fame manner as thofe of the upper ex- 
 tremities, viz. by making an extenfion in oppofice direclions, while the operator 
 replaces the bones. In many cafes, however, the extenfion alone is fufficient, and 
 the bone will flip into its place merely by pulling the limb with fufficient force. It 
 is not hereby meant, that force alone is fufficient for the redudtion of diflocations. 
 
 O F B R O K E N B O N E S, S:c. 
 
 THERE is, in moft country villages, fome perfon who pretends to the art of re- 
 ducing fraftures. Though, in general, fuch perlbns are very ignorant, yet fome of 
 them are very fuccefsful ; which evidently proves, that a fmall degree of learning, 
 with a fufficient (hare of common Tenfe, and a mechanical head, will enable a man to 
 be ufeful in this way. We would, however, advife people never to employ fuch 
 operators when an expert and fkilful furgeon can be had ; but, when that is im- 
 practicable, they muft be employed: we Ihall therefore recommend the following 
 hints to their confideration : when a large bone is broken, the patient's diet ought, 
 in all refpeds, to be the fame as in an inflammatory fever. He fhould likewife be 
 kept quiet and cool, and his body open by emollient clyfters, or, if thefe cannot be 
 conveniently adminiftered, by food that is of an opening quality ; as ftewed prunes, 
 apples boilrd in milk, boiled fpinage, and the like. It ought however to be here 
 remarked, that perfons who have been accuftomed to live high are not all of a 
 fudden to be reduced to a very low diet. This might have fatal cfFcds. 1 here is 
 often a neceffity for indulging even bad habits, in fome meafure, where the nature 
 of the difeafe nvght require a different treatment. It will generally be necefiary to 
 bleed the patient immediately after a fradure, efpecially if he be young, of a full 
 habir, or has, at the fame time, received, any bruife or contufion. This operation 
 (liould not only be performed foon after the accident happens, but, if the patient be 
 very feverifh, it may be repeated next day. When feveral of the ribs are broken, 
 bleeding is peculiarly neceffary. If any of the large bones which fupport the body 
 are broken, the patient muft keep his bed for feveral weeks. It is by no means ne- 
 cefiary, however, that he ftiould lie all that time, as is cuftomary, upon his hack. 
 This fituation finks the fpirits, galls and frets the patient's flvin, and renders him 
 very uneafy. After the fecond week he may be gently raifed up, and may fit feveral 
 38. 3 D hours.
 
 .94 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 hours, fupported by a bed-chair, or the like, which will greatly relieve him. Great 
 care, however, nnift be taken in raifing him up, and laying him down, that he make 
 no exertions himfelf, otherwife the aiflion of the mufcles may pull the bone out of 
 its place. It has been cuftomary, when a bone was broken, to keep the limb for 
 five or fix weeks continually upon the ftretch. But this is a bad pofture. It is 
 both uneafy to the patient and unfavourable to the cure. The bell fituation is to 
 keep the limb a little bent. This is the pofture into which every animal puts its 
 limbs when it goes to reft, and in which fewefl: mufcles are upon the ftretch. It is 
 eafily efi^eded, by either laying the patient upon his fide, or making the bed fo as to 
 favour this pofition of the limb. All that art can do towards the cure of a broken 
 bone, is to lay it perfedly ftraight, and to keep it quite eafy. All tight bandages 
 do hurt. They had much better be wanting altogether. A great many of the bad 
 confequences which fucceed to fraftured bones are owing to tight bandages. The 
 beft method of retention is by two or more fplints made of leather or pafteboard. 
 Thefe if moiftened before they be applied, foon aflume the (hape of the included 
 member, and are fufficient, by the afiiftance of a very flight bandage, for all the 
 purpofes of retention. The fplints ftiould always be as long as the limb, with holes 
 cut for the ancles when the fradlure is in the leg. In fractures of the ribs, where a 
 bandage cannot be properly ufed, an adhefive plaiftermay be applied over the part. 
 Thepatient, in this cafe, ought to keep himfelf quite eafy, avoiding every thing that 
 may occafion fneezing, laughing, coughing, or the like. He ought to keep his 
 body in a ftraight pofture, and fhould take care that his ftomach be conftantly dif- 
 tended, by taking frequently fome light food, and drinking freely of weak watery 
 liquors. The moft proper external application for a frafture is oxycrate, or a 
 mixture of vinegar and water. The bandages fhould be wee with this at every 
 dreffing. 
 
 Of strains. 
 
 STRAINS are often attended with worfe confequences than broken bones. The 
 realon is obvious, they are generally neglefted. When a bone is broken, the patient 
 is obliged to keep the member eafy, becaufe he cannot make ufe of it \ but, when 
 a joint is only ftrained, the perfon, finding he can ftill niake a fhift to move it, is 
 forry to lofe his time for fo trifling an ailment. In this way he deceives himfelf, and 
 converts into an incurable malady what might have been removed by only keeping 
 the part eafy for a few days. Country people generally immerfe a ftrained limb in 
 cold water. This is very proper, provided it be done immediately, and not kept in 
 too long. But the cuftom of keeping the part immerfed in cold water for a long 
 time, is certainly dangerous. It relaxes inftead of bracing the part, and is more 
 
 likely
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 195 
 
 likely to produce a difeafe than remove one. Wrapping a garter, or feme other 
 bandage, pretty tight about the (trained part, is likewife of ufe. It helps to reftore 
 the proper tone of the veffels, and prevents the afbion of the parts from increafing 
 the difeafe. It ihould not however be applied too tight. Bleeding near the af- 
 fected part will frequently have a very goodeffe£t: but what we would recom- 
 mend above all is eafe. It is more to be depended on than any medicine, and feU 
 dom fails to remove the complaint. 
 
 Of ruptures. 
 
 CHILDREN and very old people are moft liable to this difeafe. In the former 
 it is generally occafioned by exce/Iive crying, coughing, vomiting, or the like. In 
 the latter, it is commonly the effect of blows or violent exertions of the l^trength, as 
 leaping, carrying great weights, &c. In both a relaxed habit, indolence, and an 
 oily or very moift diet, difpofe the body to this difeafe. A rupture fometimes proves 
 fatal before it is difcovered. Whenever ficknefs, vomiting, and obftinate coftive- 
 nefs, give reafon to fufpeft an obftruftion of the bowels, all thofe places where rup- 
 tures ufually happen ought carefully to be examined. The protrufion of a very 
 fmall part of the gut will occafion all thefe fymptoms ; and, if not returned in due 
 time, will prove mortal. On the firft appearance of a rupture in an infant, it ought 
 to be laid upon its back, with its head very low. While in this pofture, if the gut 
 does not return df itfelf, it may cafily be put up by a gentle prefTure. After it re re- 
 turned, a piece of fticking-plaifter may be applied over the part, and a proper trufs 
 or bandage muft be conftantly worn for a confiderable time. The method of mak- 
 ing and applying thefe rupture-bandages for children is pretty well known. The 
 child muft, as far as pofTible, be kept from crying, and from all violent motion, till 
 the rupture is quite healed. In adults, when the gut has been forced down with 
 great violence, or happens from any caufe to be inflamed, there is often great dif- 
 ficulty in returning it. The patient fhould be bled ; after which, he mult belaid 
 upon his back, with his head very low, and his breech raifed high with pillows. In 
 this fituation flannel cloths wrung out of a decoftion of mallows and camomile- 
 flowers, or, if thefe are not at hand, of warm water, mult be applied for aconfidera- 
 b!e time. A clyfter made of this dccodtion, with a large fpoonful of butter and a 
 little fair, may be afterwards thrown up. If thefe fliould not prove fucccfsful, re- 
 courfe muft be had to prefTure. If the tumour be very hard, confidcrable force will 
 be neceflary ; but it is not force alone which fucceeds here. The operator, at the 
 fime time that he makes a prefTure with the palms of his hands, muft with his fingers 
 artfully ccnducH: the gut in by the fame aperture through which it came out. The 
 manner of doing this can be much eafier conceived than defcribed. Should thefe 
 I endeavours
 
 igS CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 endeavours prove intffecfljal, cly flers of the ftfioke of tobacco maybe tried. Thefe 
 have been often known to fiicceed where every other method failed. An adult, af- 
 ter the gut has been returned, mufl: wear a fleel bandage. It is needlefs to de- 
 fcrihe this, as ir may always be had ready-made from the artifts. Such bandages 
 are generally irkfometothe wearer for fome time, but by cuftom they become quite 
 eafy. No perfon who has had a rupture after he arrived at man's eftate Ihould ever 
 be without one of thefe bandages. Perfons who have a rupture ought carefully to 
 avoid all violentexercife, carrying great weights, leaping, running, and the like. 
 They fhould like wife avoid windy aliment and ftrong liquors j and fliould carefully 
 guard againft catching cold. 
 
 Of recovering DROWNED PERSONS. 
 
 WHEN a perfon has remained above a quarter of an hour under water, there can 
 be no confiderable hopes of recovery. But, as feveral circumftances may happen 
 to have continued life, in fuchan unfortunate fituation, beyond the ordinary term, 
 we fhould never too foon refign the unhappy objeft to his fate, but try every me- 
 thod for his relief, as there are many well-attefted proofs of the recovery of perfons 
 to life and health who had been taken out of the water apparently dead, and who 
 remained a confiderable time without exhibiting any figns of life. The firft thing 
 to be done, after the body is taken out of the water, is to convey it, as foon as pof- 
 lible, to fome convenient place where the neceflary operations for its recovery may 
 be performed. In attempting to recover perfons apparently drowned, the principal 
 intention to be purfued is, to reftore the natural warmth, upon which all the vital 
 functions depend ; and <o excite thefe funflions by the application of ftimulants, 
 not only to the ikin, but likewife to the lungs, inteftines, &c. Though cold was by 
 no means the caufe of the peribn's death, yet it will prove an efFedual obftacle to his 
 recovery. For this reafon, after ftripping him of his wet clothes, his body muft be 
 ftrongly rubbed for a <:onfiderable time with coarfe linen cloths, as warm as they can 
 be made; and, as foon as a well-heated bed can be got ready, he may be laid in it, 
 and the rubbing fliould be continued. Warm cloths ought likewife to be frequent- 
 ly applied to the ftomach and bowels, and hot bricks, or bottles of warm water, to 
 the foles of the feet and to the palms of the hands. Strong volatile fpirits Ihould be 
 frequently applied to the nofe; and the fpine of the back and pit of the ftomach 
 may be rubbed with warm brandy or fpirit of wine. The temples ought always to 
 be chafed with volatile fpirits ; and ftimulating powders, as that of tobacco or mar- 
 joram, may be blown up the noftrils. To renew the breathing, a ftrong perfon may 
 blow his own breath into the patient's mouth with all the force he can, holding his 
 noftrils at the fame time. When it can be perceived, by the rifing of the cheft or 
 
 belly.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 197 
 
 belly, that the lungs are filled with air, the perfon ought to defift from blowing, and 
 fliould prefs the breaftand belly fo as to expel the air again; and this operation may 
 be repeated for fome time, alternately inflating and dcprefling the lungs fo as to imi- 
 tate natural refpiration. If the lungs cannot be inflated in this manner, it may bo 
 attempted by blowing through one of the noftrils, and at the fame time keeping the 
 other clofe. When air cannot be forced into the chefl: by the mouth or nofe, it may 
 be necefl^ary to make an opening into the wind-pipe for this purpofe. It is needlefs, 
 however, to fpend time in defcribing this operation, as it fhould not be attempted 
 unlefs by perfons flcilled in furgery. To ftimulate the inteftines, the fume of to- 
 bacco may be thrown up in form of aclyfter. There are various pieces of apparatus 
 contrived for this purpofe, which may be ufed when at hand ; but where thefe 
 cannot be obtained, the bufinefs may be done by a common tobacco-pipe. The 
 bowl of the pipe muftbe filled with tobacco well kindled, and, after the fmall tube 
 has been introduced into the fundament, the fmoke may be forced up by blowing 
 through a piece of paper full of holes wrapped round the mouth of the pipe, or by 
 blowing through an empty pipe, the mouth of which is applied clofe to that of the 
 ether. While thefe things are doing, fome of the attendants ought to be preparing 
 a warm bath, into which the perfon fliould be put, if the above endeavours prove 
 ineffeftual. Where there are no conveniencies for ufing the warm bath, the body 
 may be covered with warm fait, fand, aflies, grains, or fuch-like. Tiflbt mentions 
 an infl:2nce of a girl who was reftored to life, after (he had been taken out of the 
 water, fwelled, bloated, and to all appearance dead, by laying her naked body upon 
 hot afhes, covering her with others equally hot, putting a bonnet round her head 
 and allocking round her neck fluffed with the fame, and heaping coverings overall. 
 After fhe had remained half an hour in this fituation, her pulfe returned, Ihe re- 
 covered fpeech, and cried out, I freeze, I freeze ; a little cherry-brandy was given 
 her, and fhe remained buried as it were under the afhes for eight hours ; afterwards 
 flie was taken cut, without any other complaint except that of lafl"itude or weari- 
 nefs, which went off in a few days. The doctor mentions likewife an inflance of a 
 man who was reftored to life after he had remained fix hours under water, by the 
 heat of a dunghill. Till the patient fhews fome fignsof life, and is able to fwallow, 
 it would be ufelefs and even dangerous to pour liquors into his mouth. His lips, 
 however, and tongue, maybe frequently wet with a feather dipped in warm brandy, 
 or other ftrong fpirits ;,and, as foon as he has recovered the power of fwallowing, a 
 little warm wine, or fome other cordial, ought every now and then to be adminif- 
 tered. We are by no means to difcontinue our affiftanceas foon as the patients dif-' 
 cover fome tokens of life, fince they fometimes expire after thefe firfi; appearances' 
 of recovering. The warm and fl:imulating applications are flill to be continued, ' 
 39- ■ 3 £ ' and'
 
 198 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 and fmall quantities of fome cordial ought frequently to be adminiftered. Laflly, 
 though the perfoii Ihould be manifdlly re-animated, there fomctimes remain an 
 oppreflion, a cough, and feverifhnefs, which efFc(ftually conftitute a difeafe. In this 
 cafe, it will be neceflary to bleed the patient in the arm, and to caufe to him to drink 
 plentifully of barley-water, elder-flower tea, or any other foft peftoral infufions. 
 Such perfons as have the misfortune to be deprived of the appearance of life, by a 
 fall, a blow, fufFocation, or the like, muft be treated nearly in the fame manner as 
 thofe who have been for fome time under water. 
 
 Of convulsion FITS. 
 
 CONVULSION fits often conftitute the laft fcene of acute or chronic difor- 
 ders. When this is the cafe, there can remain but fmall hopes of the patient's re- 
 covery after expiring in a fit. But when a perfon, who appears to be in perfedt 
 health, is fuddenly feized with a convulfion fit, and feems to expire, fome attempts 
 ought always to be made to reftore him to life. Infants are moft liable to convul- 
 fions, and are often carried off very fuddenly by one or more fits about the time of 
 teething. There are many well-authenticated accounts of infants having been re- 
 ftored to life, after they had to all appearance expired in convulfions ; but we fhall 
 only relate the following inftance mentioned by Dr. Johnfon in his pamphlet on the 
 prafticability of recovering perfons vifibly dead : In the parifh of St. Clemens, at 
 Colchefter, a child of fix months old, lying upon its mother's lap, having had the 
 breaft, was feized with a ftrong convulfion fit, which lafted fo long, and ended with 
 fo total a privation of motion in the body, lungs, and pulfe, that it was deemed 
 abfolutely dead. It was accordingly ftripped, laid out, the palTing-bell ordered to 
 be tolled, and a coffin to be made -, but a neighbouring gentlewoman who ufed to 
 admire the child, hearing of its fudden death, haftened to the houfe, and upon exa- 
 mining the child found it not cold, its joints limber, and fancied that a glafs fhe 
 held to its mouth and nofe was a little damped with the breath-, upon which fhe 
 took the child in her lap, fat down before the fire, rubbed it, and kept it in gentle 
 agitation. In a quarter of an hour flie felt the heart begin to beat faintly ; (he then 
 put a little of the mother's milk into its mouth, continued to rub its palms and 
 foles, found the child begin to move, and the milk was fwallowed ; and in another 
 quarter of an hour fhe had the fatisfaftion of reftoring to its difconfolate mother the 
 babe quite recovered, eager to lay hold of the breaft, and able to fuck again. The 
 child throve, had no more fits, is grown up, and at prefent alive. There are many 
 other things which might be done, in cafe the above fhould not fucceedj as rubbing 
 the body with ftrong fpirits, covering it with warm afhes or fait, blowing air into 
 the lungs, throwing up warm ftimulating clyfters, or the fmoke of tobacco, into 
 
 , thfc
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. igf 
 
 (he inteftines, and fuch like. When children are dead born, or expire foon after 
 the birth, the fame means ought to be ufed for their recovery as if they had expired 
 in circumftances fimilar to thofe juft mentioned. Thefe directions may likewife 
 be extended to adults, attention being always paid to the age and'other circum- 
 ilances of the patient. The means ufed with fo much efBcacy in recovering 
 drowned perfons are, with equal fuccefs, applicable to a number of cafes where the 
 powers of life feem in reality to be only fufpended, and to remain capable of renew- 
 ing all their functions, on being put into motion again. It is fhocking to reflecfb, 
 that for want of this confideration many perfons have been committed to the grave, 
 in whom the principles of life might have been revived. The cafes wherein fucli 
 endeavours are moR likely to be attended with fuccefs, are all thofe called fudden 
 deaths from an invifible caufe, as apoplexies, hyfterics, faintings, and many other 
 diforders wherein perfons in a momient fink down and expire. The various cafual- 
 ties in which they may be tried are, fuffocations, from the fulphureous damps of 
 mines, coal-pits, &c. the unwholefome air of long- unopened wells or caverns ; the 
 roxious vapours arifing from fermenting liquors ; the fteams of burning charcoal ; 
 fulphureous mineral acids •, arfenical effluvia, &c. The various accidents of 
 drowning, ftrangling, and apparent deaths, by blows, falls, hunger, cold, &c. like- 
 wife furnilh opportunities of trying fuch endeavours. Thofe perhaps who to ap- 
 pearance are killed by lightning, or by any violent agitation of the paffions, as fear, 
 joy, furprife, and fuch-like, might alfo be frequently recovered by the ufe of proper 
 means, as blowing ftrongly into their lungs, &c. 
 
 Of cold bathing. 
 
 IMMERSION in cold water is a cuftom which lays claim to the moft remote 
 antiquity : indeed it muft have been coeval with man himfelf. The necelTity of 
 water for the purpofes of cleanlinefs, and the pleafure arifing from its application to 
 the body in hot countries, muft very early have recommended it to the human fpe- 
 cies. Even tlie example of other animals was fufficient to give the hint to man. By 
 inftinfl many of them are led to apply cold water in this manner ; and fornc, when, 
 deprived of its ufe, have been known to languifh, and even to die. But whether the 
 praftice of cold bathing arofe from neceffity, reafoning, or imitation, is an inquiry of 
 no importance ; our bufinefs is to point out the advantages which may be derived 
 from it, and to guard people againft an improper ufe of it. The cold bath recom- 
 mends itfelf in a variety of cafes ; and is peculiarly beneficial to the inhabitants of 
 populous cities, who indulge in idlcnefs, and lead fcdcntary lives. In perfunsof this 
 defcription the aiftion of the folids is always too weak, which induces a languid 
 circulation, a crude indigefted mafs of humours, and obltrudtions la the capillary 
 
 vefTcls.
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 aco CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN,. 
 
 veffelsand glandular f^ftem. Cold water, from its gravity, as well asits tonic power, 
 is well calculated cither to obviate or remove thefe fymptoms. It accelerates the 
 motion of the blood, promotes the different fecretions, and gives permanent vigour 
 to the folids. But all thefe important purpofes will be more efientially anfwered by 
 the application of fait water. This ought not only to be preferred on account of 
 its fuperior gravity, but likewife for its greater power of ftimulating the flcin, which 
 promotes the perfpiration, and prevents the patient from catching cold. It is ne- 
 ceffary, however, to obfcrve, that cold bathing is more likely to prevent, than to 
 remove, obftruftions of the glandular or lymphatic fyllem. Indeed, when thefe 
 have arrived at a certain pitch, they are not to be removed by any means. In this 
 cafe the cold bath will only aggravate the fymptoms, and hurry the unhappy patient 
 into an untimely grave. It is therefore of the utmoft importance, previous to the 
 patient's entering upon the ufe of the cold bath, to determine whether or not hela* 
 hours under any oblVinate obftrudions of the lungs or other vifcera •, and, where 
 this is the cafe, cold bathing ought ftriftly to be prohibited. In what is called a 
 plethoric ftate, or too great a fulnefs of the body, it is likewife dangerous to ufe the 
 cold bath, without due preparation. In this cafe there is great danger of burfting a 
 blood- veflel, or occafioning an inflammation of the brain, or fome of xhtvifcerat 
 This precaution is the more necefiary to citizens, as moft of them live full, and are 
 of a f^rofs habit. Yet, what is very remarkable, thefe people refort in crouds every 
 feafon to the fea-fide, and plunge in the water without the leaft confideration. No 
 doubt they often efcape with impunity, but does this give a fandtion to the pradlice i* 
 Perfons of this defcription ought by no means to bathe, unlefs the body has been 
 previoufly prepared by fuitable evacuations. Another clafs of patients, who (land 
 peculiarly in need of the bracing qualities of cold water, is the nervous. This in- 
 cludes a great number of the male, and almoft all the female, inhabitants of great 
 cities. Yet even thofe perfons ought to be cautious in ufing the cold bath. Ner- 
 vous people have often weak bowels, and may, as well as others, be fubjecl to con- 
 geftions and obftruftions of the vifcera ; and in this cafe they will not be able to bear 
 the effefts of the cold water. For them, therefore, and indeed for all delicate people, 
 the bcft plan would be to accuftom themfelves to it by the moft pleafingand gentle 
 iiegrees. They ought to begin with the temperate bath, and giadually ufe it cooler, 
 tilfat length the coldeft proves quite agreeable. Nature revolts againft all great 
 tranfuions° and thofe who do violence to her dittates have often caufe to repent of 
 their temerity. To young people, and particularly to children, cold bathing is of 
 the laft importance. Their lax fibres render its tonic powers peculiarly proper. It 
 promotes their growth, increafes their ftrength, and prevents a variety of difeafcs 
 incidcnc to childhood. The moft proper time of the day for ufmg the cold bath is' 
 
 no
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 201 
 
 no doubt the morning, or at lead before dinner -, and the bed mode, that of quick 
 immerfion. As cold bathing has a confVant tendency to propel the blood and other 
 humours towards the head, it ought to be a rule always to wet that part as foon as 
 pofTible. By due attention 10 this circumftance, there is reafon to believe, that vio- 
 lent head-achs, and other complaints, which frequently proceed from cold bathing, 
 might be often prevented. The cold bath, when too long continued in, not only 
 occafions an exceflive flux of humours towards the head, but chills the blood, 
 cramps the nuifcles, relaxes the nerves, and wholly defeats the intention of baching. 
 Hence, by not adverting to this circumifance, expert fwimmers are often injured, 
 and fometimes even lofe their lives. Ail the beneficial purpofes of cold bathing 
 are anfwered by one fingle immei fion -, and the patient ought to be rubbed dry the 
 moment he comes out of the water, and fnould continue to take cxercife for fome 
 time after. When cold bathing occafions chilnefs, lofs of appetite, liftlefl"nefs, pain 
 of the bread or bowels, a prodration of drength, or violent head-achs, it ought to 
 bedifcontinued. 
 
 Of drinking the MINERAL WATERS. 
 
 THE waters mod in ufc for medical purpofes in Britain, are thofe impregnatecl 
 with faks, fulphur, iron, and mcphitic air, either feparacely, or varioudy combined. 
 The errors which fo often defeat the intention of drinking the purgative mineral 
 waters, and which fo frequently prove injurious to the patient, proceed from the* 
 manner of ufing them, the quantity taken, the regimen purfued, or ufing them in 
 cafes where they are not proper. Drinking the water in too great quantity, not only 
 injures the bowels and occafions indigedion, but generally defeats the intention for 
 which it is taken. The difeafes for the cure of which mineral waters are chiefly 
 celebrated, are modly of the chronic kind ; and it is well known that fuch difeafes 
 can only be cured by the flow operation of alteratives, or fuch medicines as &&. by 
 inducing a gradual change in the habit. This requires length of time, and never 
 can be effefted by medicines which run off by dool, and operate chiefly on the firft 
 pafTages. Thofe who wifh for the cure of any obdinate malady from the mineral 
 waters, ought to take them in fuch a manner as hardly to produce any efltft what- 
 ever on the bowels. With this view a half-pint glafs may be drunk at bed-time, 
 and the fame quantity an hour before breakfad, dinner, and fupper. The dofe, 
 however, mud vary according to circumdances. Even the quantity mentioned 
 above will purge fome perfons, while others willdrink twice as much without being 
 in the lead moved by it. Its operation on the bowels is the only dandard for ufing 
 the water as an alterative. No more ought to be taken than barely to move the 
 body } nor is it always neceflfary to carry it this length, provided the water goes off 
 
 39* 3^ ' ^y
 
 202 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PEIYSICIAN, 
 
 by the other emun^tories, and docs not occafion a chilncfs, or flatulency in the fto- 
 mach or bowels. When the water is intended to purge, the quantity mentioned 
 above may be all taken before breakfaft. To promote the operation of mineral 
 waters, and to carry them through tiie f>{l£m, exercife is indifpenfably neceflary. 
 This may be taken in any manner that is moft agreeable to the patient, but he 
 ought never to carry it to excefs. As a purgative, thefe waters are chiefly recom- 
 mended in difeafcs of the firft paflages, accompanied with, or proceeding from, in- 
 aftivityof the (lomach and bowels, acidity, indigeftion, vitiated bile, worms, putrid 
 fores, the piles, and jaundice. In mofl; cales of this kind, they are the befl; medi- 
 cines that can be adminillered. But, when ufed with this view, it is fufficient to 
 take them twice, or at moft three times, a week, fo as to move the body three or four 
 times; and it will be proper to continue this courfe for fome weeks. But the ope- 
 ration of the more a<5tive mineral waters is not confined to the bowels. They often 
 promote the difcharge of urine, and not unfrequently increafe the perfpiration. 
 This fliews that they are capable of penetrating into every part of the body, and of 
 ftimulating the whole fyftem. Hence arifes their efficacy in removing the moft 
 obftinate of all diforders, obftruclions of the glandular and lymphatic fyftem. Un- 
 der this clafs is comprehended the fcrophula or king's evil, indolent tumours,obftruc- 
 tions of the liver, fpleen, kidneys, and mefenteric glands. When thefe great pur- 
 pofes are to be effefted, the waters muft be ufed in the gradual manner mentioned 
 above, and perfifted in for a length of time. It will be proper, however, now and 
 then to difcontinue their ufefor a few days. The next great clafs of difeaies, where 
 mineral waters are found to be beneficial, are thofe of the fkin, as the itch, fcab, 
 tetters, ring- worms, fcaly eruptions, leprofies, blotches, foul ulcers, &c. Though 
 thefe may feem fuperficial, yet they are often the moftobftinate which the phyfician 
 has to encounter, and not unfrequently fet his fl<ill at defiance : but they will fome- 
 times yield to the application of mineral waters for a fufficient length of time, and 
 in moft cafes of this kmd thefe waters deferve a trial. 
 
 Of the VENEREAL DISEASE. 
 
 IT is peculiarly unfortunate for the unhappy perfons who contraft this difeafe, 
 that it lies under a fort of difgrace. This renders difguife neceflTary, and makes the 
 patient either conceal his diforder altogether, or apply to thofe who promife a fud- 
 den and fecret cure -, but who in facb only remove the fymptoms for a time, while 
 ihey fix the difeafe deeper in the habit. By this means a flight infeftion, which 
 might have been eafily removed, is often converted into an obftinate, and fometimes 
 incurable, malady. Another unfavourable circumftance attending this difeafe is, 
 that it affumes a variety of different ihapes, and may with more propriety be called 
 
 . an
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 203 
 
 an aflemblage ofdireafes, than a fingle one. No two difeafes can require a moredif- 
 fcrent method of treatment than this does in its different ftagcs. Hence the folly and 
 danger of trufting to any particular noftrum for the cure of it. Such noftrums are 
 however generally adminiftered in the fame manner to all who apply for them, with- 
 out the leaft regard to the ftate of the dileafe, the conftitution of the patient, the de- 
 gree of infeftion, and a thoufand other circumftances of the utmoft importance. 
 Though the venereal difeafe is generally the fruit of unlawful embraces, yet ic may 
 be communicated to the innocent as well as the guiky. Infants, nurfes, midwiveS, 
 and married women whofe hufbands lead diflblute lives, are often afreded with ir, 
 and frequently lofe their lives by not being aware of their danger in due time. The 
 unhappy condition of fuch perfons certainly requires that we fliould endeavour to 
 point out the fymptoms and cure of this too common difeafe. 
 
 Of the virulent GONORRHCEA. 
 
 THE virulent gonorrhoea is an involuntary difcharge of infeftious matter from 
 the parts of generation in either fex. It generally makes its appearance within 
 eight or ten days after the infeflion has been received ; fometimes indeed it appears 
 in two or three days, and at other times not before the end of four or five weeks. 
 Previous to the difcharge, the patient feels an itching with a fmall degree of pain in 
 the genitals. Afterwards a thin glary matter begins to diftil from the urinary p^af- 
 fage, which ftains the linen, and occaGons a fmall degree of titillation, particularly 
 in the time of making water; this, gradually increafing, arifesat length to a degree 
 of heat and pain, which are chiefly perceived about the extremity of the urinary 
 paflage, where a flight degree of rednefs and inflammation begin to appear. As the 
 diforder advances, the pain, heat of urine, and running, increafe, while frefh fymp- 
 toms daily enfue. In men the ereftions become painful and involuntary, and are 
 more frequent and lading than when natural. This fymptom is mofl troublefome 
 when the patient is warm in bed. The pain, which was at firfl: only perceived to- 
 wards the extremity, now begins to reach all up the urinary pafllage, and is moft 
 intenfejuft after the patient has done making water. The running gradually re- 
 cedes from the colour of feed, grows yellow, and at length puts on the appearance 
 of matter. When the diforder has arrived at its height, all the fymptoms are more 
 intenfe ; the heat of urine is fo great, that the patient dreads the making water, and, 
 though he feels a conftant inclination this way, yet it is rendered with the greateft 
 difficulty, and often only by drops: the involuntary ereftions now become ex- 
 tremely painful and frequent •, there is alfo a pain, heat, and fenfe of fulnef? , about 
 the feat, and the running is plentiful and fliarp, of a brown greenifh, and fometimes 
 of a bloody, colour. 
 
 CURE. .
 
 «04 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 CURE. —-When a perfon has reafon to fufpedl that he has caught the venereal 
 infeftion, he ought tnoft ftridlly to obferve a cooling regimen, to avoid every thing 
 of a heating nature, as wines, ipirituous liquors, rich fauces, fpiced, faked, high-fea- 
 foned, andfmoke-dried, provifions, &c. as alfo all aromatic and ftimulating vegeta- 
 bles, as onions, garlic, (hollot, nutmeg, muftard, cinnamon, mace, ginger, and 
 fuch-like. His food ought chiefly to confifl: of mild vegetables, milk, broths, 
 light puddings, panado, gruels. Sec. His drink may be barley-v/ater, milk and 
 water, decodions of marfh- mallows and liquorice, linfeed-tea, or clear whey. Of 
 thefe he ought to drink plentifully. Violent exercife of all kinds, efpecially riding 
 on horfeback, and venereal pleafures, are to be avoided. The patient mull beware 
 of cold, and, when the inflammation is violent, he ought to keep his bed. A viru- 
 lent gonorrhoea cannot always be cured fpeedily and effedtually at the fame time. 
 The patient ought therefore not to expcft, nor the phyfician to promife, it. It will 
 often continue for two or three weeks, and fometimes for five or fix, even where the 
 treatment has been very proper. Sometimes indeed a flight infeftion may be carried 
 off in a few days, by bathing the parts in warm milk and water, and injeiling fre- 
 quently up the urethra a little fweet oil or linfeed-tea about the warmth of new 
 milk. Should thefe not luccced in carrying off the infeflion, they willatleaft have 
 a tendency to lefTen its virulence. To effedl a cure, however, aftringent injedions 
 will generally be found neceffary. Thefe may be various ways prepared, but thofe 
 made with the white vitriol are both moft fafe and efficacious. They can be made 
 ftronger or weaker as circumftances may require, but it is beft to begin with the 
 more gentle, and increafe their power if neceffary. A drachm of white vitriol may 
 bedifTolved in eight or nine ounces of common or rofe water, and an ordinary 
 fyringe full of it thrown up three or four times a-day. If this quantity does not 
 perform a cure, it may be repeated, and the dofe increafed. Whether injedlions be 
 ufed or not, cooling purges are always proper in the gonorrhoea. They ought not 
 however to be of the ftrong or draftic kind. Whatever raifes a violent commo- 
 tion in the body increafes the danger, and tends to drive the difeafe deeper into the 
 habit. Procuring two or three flools every fecond or third day for the firft fort- 
 night, and the fame number every fourth or fifth day for the fecond, will generally 
 be fufficient to remove the inflammatory fymptoms, to diminifh the running, and 
 to change the colour and confiftence of the matter, which gradually becomes more 
 clear and ropy as the virulence abates. When the inflammatory fymptoms run 
 high, bleeding is always neceffary at the beginning. This operation, as in other topi- 
 cal inflammations, mufl be repeated according to theftrengthandconftitutionof the 
 patient, and the vehemence and urgency of the fymptoms. Medicines which pro- 
 mote the fecretion of urine are likewife proper in this ftage of the diforder. For 
 I this
 
 A N D F A M 1 L Y D I S P E N S A T O R Y. 205 
 
 this purpofe an ounce of nitre and two ounces of gum-arabic, pounded together, 
 may be divided into twenty-four dofes, one of which may be taken frequently, in a 
 cup of the patient's drink. If thefe fliould make him pafs his urine fo often as to 
 beccme troublcfjme to him, he may cither take them lefs frequently, or leave out 
 the nitre altogether, and take equal parts of gum-arabic and cream of tartar. Thcle 
 may be pounded together, and a tea-fpoonful taken in a cup of the patient's drink 
 four or five times a-day. I have generally found this anfwer extremely well, both 
 as a diuretic, and for keeping the body gently open. When the pain and inflam- 
 mation are feated high, towards the ntck or the bladder, it will be proper frequently 
 to throw up an emollient clyfter, which, befides the benefit of procuring (tools will 
 ferve as fomentations to the inflamed parts. Soft poultices, when they can conve- 
 niently be applied to the parts, are of great fervice. They may be made of the flour 
 of linfeed, or of wheat-bread and milk, foftened with frefli butter or fweet oil. 
 When poultices cannot be conveniently uied, cloths wrung out of warm water, or 
 bladders filled with warm milk and water, may be applied. Few things tend more 
 to keep off" inflammation in the fpermatic vefl^els than a proper trufs for the fcrotum. 
 It ought to be fo contrived as to fupport the tefticles, and fliould be worn from the 
 firfl: appearance of the difeafe till it has ceafed fome weeks. Many people, on the 
 firft appearance of a gonorrhoea, fly to the ufe of mercury. This is a bad plan. 
 Mercury is often not at all neceflTary in a gonorrhoea ; and, when taken too early, it 
 does mifchief. It may be neceflTary to complete the cure, but it can never be proper 
 at the commencement of it. When bleeding, purging, fomentations, and the other 
 things recommended above, have eafed the pain, foftened the pulfe, relieved the heat 
 of urine, and rendered the involuntary ereftions lefs frequent, the patient may begin 
 to ufe mercury in any form that is leafl: difagreeable to him. If he takes the com- 
 mon mercurial pill, two at night and one in the morning will be a fufficient dofe ac 
 firfl:. Should they aff'ed the mouth too much, the dofe mufl: be leflened ; if not at 
 all, it may be gradually increafed to five or fix pills in the day. If calomel be 
 thought preferable, two or three grains of it, formed into a bolus with a little of the 
 conferve of hips, may be taken at bed-time, and the dofe gradually increafed ta 
 eight or ten grains. One of the mofl; common preparations of mercury now in ufe 
 IS the corrofive fublimate. This may be taken in the manner hereafter recommend- 
 ed under the confirmed lues or pox : it is one of the moll fafe and efiicacious medi- 
 cines when properly uied. The above medicines may either be taken every day or 
 every other day, as the patient is able to bear them. They ought never to be taken 
 in fuch quantity as to raife a falivation, unlefs in a very flight degree. The difeafe 
 may be more fafely, and as certainly, cured without a falivation as with it. When 
 the mercury runs off by the mouth, it is notfo fuccefsful in carrying off the difeafe, 
 39. 3G as
 
 2o6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 as when it continues longer in the body, and is difcharged gradually. Should the 
 patient be purged or griped in the night by the mercury, he muft take an infufion of 
 fenna, or fome other purgative, and drink freely of water-gruel to prevent bloody 
 ftools, which are very apt to happen fhould the patient catch cold, or if the mercury 
 has not been duly prepared. When the bowels are weak, and the mercury is apt 
 to gripe or purge, thefe difagreeable confequences may be prevented by taking, 
 with the above pills or bolus, half a drachm or two fcruples of diafcordium, or of 
 the Japonic confedion. To prevent the difagreeable circumftances of the mercury's 
 afFefting the mouth too much, or bringing on a falivation, it may be combined with 
 purgatives. With this view the laxative mercurial pill has been contrived, the 
 \ifual dofe of which is half a drachm, or three pills, night and morning, to be re- 
 peated every other day ; but the fafer way is for the patient to begin with two, or 
 even with one, pill, gradually increafing the dofe. To fuch perfons as can neither 
 fwallow a bolus nor a pill, mercury may be given in a liquid form, as it can be fuf- 
 pended even in a watery vehicle, by means of gum-arabic -, which not only ferves 
 this purpofe, but likewife prevents the mercury from afFe£ling the mouth, and ren- 
 ters it in many refpedls a better medicine. Takequickfilver one drachm ; gum-ara- 
 bic reduced to a mucilage in a marble mortar, until the globules of mercury 
 entirely difappear: afterwards add gradually, ftill continuing the trituration, half 
 an ounce of balfamic fyrup, and eight ounces of fimple cinnamon-water. Two 
 table-fpoonfuls of this folution may be taken night and morning. It happens very 
 fortunately for thofe who cannot be brought to take mercury inwardly, and likewife 
 for perfons whofe bowels are too tender to bear it, that an external application of ic 
 anfwers equally well, and, in fome refpefls, better. It muft be acknowledged, that 
 mercury, taken inwardly for any length of time, greatly weakens and diforders the 
 bowels ; for which reafon, when a plentiful ufe of it becomes neceffary, we would 
 prefer rubbing to the mercurial pills. The common mercurial or blue ointment 
 will anfwer very well. Of that which is made by rubbing together equal quan- 
 ties of hog's-lard and quickfilver, about a drachm may be ufed at a time. The 
 beft time for rubbing it on is at night, and the moft proper place the inner- fide of 
 the thighs. The patient fhould ftand before the fire when he rubs, and fhould wear 
 flannel drawers next his fkin at the time he is ufing the ointment. If ointment of 
 a weaker or ftrongerkind be ufcd, the quantity muft be increafed or diminilhed in 
 proportion. If, during the ufe of the ointment, the inflammation of the genital 
 parts, together with the heat and feverifhnefs, fhould return, or if the mouth fhould 
 grow fore, the gums tender, and the breath become offenfive, a dofe or two of Glau- 
 ber's falts, or fome other cooling purge, may be taken, and the rubbing intermitted 
 for a few days. £i s foon, bQwever, as the figns of fpitting are gone off, if the viru- 
 
 I lency
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 407 
 
 lency be not quite correfbed, the ointment mufl: be repeated, but in fmaller quanti- 
 ties, and at longer intervals, than before. Whatever way mercury is adminiltered, 
 its ufe muft be perfifted in as long as any virulency is fufpefted to remain. When 
 the above treatment has removed the heat of urine, and forenefs of the genital parts ; 
 when the quantity of running is confiderably leJTcned, without any pain or fwelling 
 in the groin or teftlcle fuperventing; when the patient is free from involuntary 
 erections ; and laftly, when the running becomes pale, whitifh, thick, void of ill 
 fmell, and tenacious or ropy ; when all or moil of thefe fymptoms appear, the go- 
 norrhoea is arriv^ed at its laft ftage, and we may gradually proceed tOrtreat it as a, 
 gleet with .aftringent and agglutinating medicines. 
 
 Of gleets. 
 
 A GONORRHCEA frequently repeated, or improperly treated, often ends in a 
 gleet, which may cither proceed from relaxation, orfromfome remains of the difeafe. 
 It is, however, of the greateft importance, in the cure of the gleet, to know from 
 which of thefe caufes it proceeds. When the difcharge proves very obftinate, and 
 receives little or no check from aftringent remedies, there is ground to fufpedt thac 
 k is owing to the latter ; but, if the drain is inconftant, and is chiefly obfervable 
 when the patient is ftimulated by lafcivious ideas, or upon ftraining to go to ftool, 
 we may reafonabfly conclude that it is chiefly owing to the former. In the cure of a 
 gleet proceeding from relaxation, the principal defign is to brace, and reltore a pro- 
 per degree of tenfion to, the debilitated and relaxed veflTels. For chis purpofe, be- 
 fides the medicines recommended in the gonorrhoea, the patient may have recourfe to 
 ftronger and more powerful aftringents, as the Peruvian bark, alum, vitriol, galls, 
 lormentil, biftort, balauftines, tinfture of gum-kino, &c. The injedions may be 
 rendered more aftringent by the addition of a few grains of alum, or increafing the 
 quantity of vitriol as far as the parts are able to bear it. The laft remedy which we 
 Ihall mention in this cafe is the cold bath, than which there is not perhaps a more 
 powerful bracer in the whole compafs of medicine. It ought never to be omitted 
 in this fpecies of gleet, unlefs there be fomething in the conftitution of the patient 
 which renders the ufe of it unfafe. The chief objeftions to the ufe of the cold bath 
 are, a full habit, and an unfound ftate of the vifcera. The danger from the former 
 may always be leflened, if not removed, by purging and bleeding ; but the latter is 
 an unfurmountable obftacle, as the preflTure of the water, and the fudden contradion 
 of the external veflfels, by throwing the blood with too much force upon the inter- 
 nal parts, are apt to occafion ruptures of the vcflels, or a flux of humours upon 
 the dileafed organs. But, where no objection of this kind prevads, tbec, patient 
 ought to plunge over head in water every morning fafting, for three or four weeks 
 
 together.
 
 2o8 CUlPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 together. Hefhould not, however, flay long in the water, and fliould take care to 
 have his fkin dried as foon as he comes out. The regimen proper in this cafe is the 
 fame as was mentioned in the laft ftage of the gonorrhoea : the diet mufl: be drying 
 and aftringcnt, and the drink, Spa, Pyrmont, or Briftol, waters, with which a little 
 xlaretor red wine may fometimes be mixed. Any perfon may now afford to drink 
 thefe waters, as they can be every where prepared at almoft no expence, by a mix- 
 ture of common chalk and oil of vitriol. When the gleet does not yield to thefe 
 medicines, there is reafon to fufpett that it proceeds from ulcers. In this cafe, re- 
 courfe muft be had to mercury, and fuch medicines as tend to correft any predomi- 
 nant acrimony with which the juices may be afFedled, as the decodion of china, far- 
 faparilla, faffafras, orthe like. The beft remedy for the cure of ulcers in the uri- 
 nary palTage, are the fuppurating candles or bougies ; as thefe are pre, ared various 
 ways, and are generally to be bought ready-made, it is needlefs to fpend time in 
 enumerating the different ingredients of which they are compofed, or teaching the 
 manner of preparing them: before a bougie be introduced into the urethra, how- 
 ever, it (hould be fmeared all over with fweet oil, to prevent it from ftimulating too 
 fuddenly; it may be fuffered to continue in from one to feven or eight hours, ac- 
 cording as the patient can bear it. Obfbinate ulcers are not only often healed, but 
 tumours and excrefcences in the urinary paffages taken away, and an obftrudion of 
 urine removed, by means of bougies. 
 
 Of the SWELLED TESTICLE. 
 
 THE fwelled teflicle may either proceed from infedion lately contrafted, or from 
 the venereal poifon lurking in the blood : the latter indeed is not very common, 
 but the former frequently happens both in the firft and fecond ftages of a go- 
 norrhoea •, particularly when the running is unfeafonably checked, by cold, hard 
 drinking, ftrong draftic purges, violent exercife, the too early ufe of aflringent me- 
 dicines, or the like. In the inflammatory ftage bleeding is neceflary, which muft be 
 repeated according to the urgency of the fymptoms. The food muft be light, and 
 the drink diluting. High-feafoned food, flefli, wines, and every thing of a heating 
 nature, are to be avoided. Fomentations are of fingular fervice. Poultices of 
 bread and milk, foftened with frefti butter or oil, are likewife very proper, and 
 ought conftantly to be applied when the patient is in bed : when he is up, the tcf- 
 ticie fhould be kept warm, and fupported by a bag or trufs, which may ealily be 
 contrived in fuch a manner as to prevent the weight of the tefticle from having any 
 effcd. If it fhould be found impradlicable to clear the tefticle by the cooling regi. 
 men novppointed out, and extended according to circumftances, it will be neceffary 
 
 to lead the patient through fuch a complete anti- venereal courfe as fhall enfure him 
 
 againft
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. soj 
 
 againfl: any future uneafinefs. For this purpofe, befides rubbing the mercurial 
 ointment on the part, if free from pain, or on the thighs, as direded in the gonorrhoea, 
 the patient mu(t be confined to bed, if neceflary, for five or fix weeks, fufpending 
 the tefticle all the while with a bag or trufs, and plying him inwardly with ftrong, 
 decoftions of farfaparilla. When thefe means do not fucceed, and there is reafon 
 to fufpecta fcrophulous or cancerous habit, either of which may fupport a fchirrhous 
 induration, afterthe venereal poifon is correfted, the parts ftiould be fomented daily 
 with a decottion of hemlock, the bruiled leaves of which may likewifc be added to 
 the poultice, and the extract at the fame time taken inwardly. By this method, dif- 
 eaied tefticles of two or three years ftanding, even when ulcerated, and affccSed with 
 pricking and lancing pains, have been completely cured. 
 
 Of buboes. 
 
 VENEREAL buboes are hard tumours feated in the groin, occafioned by the 
 venereal poilon lodged in this part. They are of two kinds-, viz. luch as proceed 
 from a recent infeftion, and fuch as accompany a confirmed lues. The cure of re- 
 cent buboes, that is, fuch as appear foon after impure coition, may be firft attempted 
 by difperfion, and, if that fliould not fucceed, by fuppuration. To promote the 
 difperfion of a buboe, the Hime regimen muft be obferved as was direfted in the firft 
 ftage of a gonorrhoea. The patient muft likewife be bled, and take fome cooling 
 purges, as the decodlion of tamarinds and fenna, Glauber's falts, and the like. If, 
 by this courfe, the fwelling and other inflammatory fymptoms abate, we may fafely 
 proceed to the ufe of mercury, which muft be continued till the venereal virus is 
 quite fubdued. But, if the buboe Ihould, from the beginning, be attended with 
 great heat, pain, and pulfation, it will be proper to promote its fuppuration. For 
 this purpofe the patient may be allowed to ufe his ordinary diet, and to take now 
 and then a glafs of wine. Emollient cataplafms, confifting of bread and milk, 
 foftened with oil or frefh butter, may be applied to the part ; and, in cold confticu- 
 tions, where the tumour advances flowly, white-lily roots boiled, or fliced onions 
 raw, and a fufficient quantity of yellow bafilicon, may be added to the poultice. 
 When the tumour is ripe, which may be known by its conical figure, the foftnefs 
 of the (kin, and a fluftuation of matter plainly to be felt under the finger, it may 
 be opened either by cauftic or a lancet, and afterwards drefled with digeftive oint- 
 ment. It fometimes, however, happens that buboes can neither be difperfed nor 
 brought to a fuppuration, but remain hard indolent tumours. In this cafe the in- 
 durated glands muft beconfumed by cauftic ; if they ftiould become fchirrhous, they 
 muft be difiblved by the application of hemlock, both externally and internally, as 
 diredlcd in the fchirrhous tefticle. 
 39. 3 // Of ■
 
 «io„ CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of chancres. 
 
 CHANCRES are fuperficial, callous, eating, ulcers ; which may happen either 
 with or without a gonorrhoea. They are commonly feated about the glans, and 
 make their appearance in the following manner : firfl: a little red pimple arifes, 
 which foon becomes pointed at top, and is filled with a whitifti matter inclining to 
 yellow. This pimple is Jiot, and itches generally before it breaks : afterwards it 
 degenerates into an obftinate ulcer, the bottom of which is ufualiy covered with a 
 vifcid mucus, and whofe edges gradually become hard and callous. Sometimes the 
 firit appearance refembles a fimple excoriation of the cuticle-, which, however, if 
 the caufe be venereal, foon becomes a true chancre. A chancre is fometimes a 
 primary afFcftion, but it is much oftener fymptomatic, and is the mark of a con- 
 firmed lues. Primary chancres difcover themfdves foon after impure coition, and 
 are generally feated in parts covered with a thin cuticle, as the lips, the nipples of 
 women, the glans penis of men, &c. When venereal ulcers are feated in the lips, the 
 infedtion may be communicated by kiffing. When a chancre appears foon after 
 impure coition, its treatment is nearly fimilar to that of the virulent gonorrhoea. 
 The patient mufl: obferve the cooling regimen, lofe a little blood, and take fome 
 gentle dofes of falts and manna. The parts affeded ought frequently to be bathed, 
 or rather foaked, in warm milk and water, and, if the inflammation be great, an 
 emollient poultice or cataplafm may be applied to them. This courfe will, in mod 
 cafes, be fufficient to abate the inflammation, and prepare the patient for the ufe of 
 mercury. Symptomatic chancres are commonly accompanied with ulcers in the 
 throat, nofturnal pains, fcurfy eruptions about the roots of the hair, and other fymp- 
 toms of a confirmed lues. Though they may be feated in any of the parts mention- 
 ed above, they commonly appear upon the private parts, or the infide of the thigh. 
 They are alfo lefs painful, but frequently much larger and harder, than primary 
 chancres. This diforder is ufualiy attended with a Ilranguary or obftruiSiion of urine, 
 a phymofis, &c. A ftranguary may be occafioned either by a fpafmodic conftriclion, 
 or an inflammation of the urethra and parts about the neck of the bladder. In the 
 former cafe, the patient begins to void his urine with tolerable eafe; but, as foon 
 it touches the galled or inflamed urethra, a fudden conftridion take place, and the 
 urine is voided by fpirts, and fometimes by drops only. When the ftranguary is 
 owing to an inflammation about the neck of the bladder, there is a conftant heat and 
 uneafinefs of the part, a perpetual defire to make water, while the patient can only 
 render a few drops, and a troublefome tenefmus, or conftant incination to go to ftool. 
 When the ftrangiiary is owing to fpafm, fuch medicines as tend to dilute and blunt 
 the falts of the urine will be proper. For this purpofe, befides the common diluting 
 
 liquors.
 
 AND FAMULY IDISIPENSATO'RY. ifi 
 
 liquors, foft and cooling emulfions, fweetenedwith the fyrup of poppies, maybe ufed. 
 Should thefe not have the defired effeft, bleeding, and emollient fomentations, will 
 be necefTary. When the complaint is evidently owing to an inflammation about 
 the neck of the bladder, bleeding muft be more liberally performed, and repeated 
 according to the urgency of the fymptoms. After bleeding, if the (Iranguary ftill 
 continues, foft clyilers, with a proper quantity of laudanum in them, may be ad- 
 mirviftered^ and emollient fomentations applied to the region of the bladder. At the 
 fame time, the patient may take every four hours a teacup-full of barley-water, to an 
 Englifh pint of which fix ounces of the fyrup of marfh-mallows, four ounces of the 
 oil of fweet almonds, and half an ounce of nitre, may be added. If thefe remedies 
 fhould not relieve the complaint, and a total fuppreflion of urine fhould come on, 
 bleeding muft be repeated, and the patient fet in a warm bath up to the middle. It 
 will be proper, in this cafe, to difcontinue the diuretics, and to draw off the water 
 with a catheter; but, as the patient is feldom able to bear its being introduced, we 
 would rather recommend the ufe of mild bougies. Thefe often lubricate the paf- 
 fagc, and greatly facilitate the difcharge of urine. Whenever they begin to Simu- 
 late or give any uneafinefs, they may be withdrawn. The phymofis is fuch a con- 
 ftriftion of the prepuce over the glans as hinders it from being drawn backwards ; 
 the paraphymofis, on the contrary, is fuch a conftriftion of the prepuce behind the 
 glans as hinders it from being brought forwards. The treatment of thefe fymptoms 
 is fo nearly the fame with that of the virulent gonorrhoea, that we have no occafion 
 to enlarge upon it. In general, bleeding, purging, poultices, and emollient fomen- 
 tationSj are fufBcient. Should thefe, however, fail of removing the ftridure, and 
 the parts be threatened with a mortification, twenty or thirty grains of ipecacuarvha,- 
 and one grain of emetic tartar, may be given for a vomit, and may be worked off 
 with warm water or thin gruel. It fometimes happens, that, in fpite of all endea- 
 vours to the contrary, the inflamrriation goes on, and fymptoms of a beginning 
 mortification appear. When this is the cafe, the prepuce nruaft be fcarified with a 
 lancet, and, if neceflary, divided, in order to prevent a ftrangulation, and fet the 
 imprifoned glans at liberty. We ftiall not defcribe t^e maaner of performing this 
 operation, as it ought always to be done by a furgeon. When a mortification has 
 actually taken place, it will be necefiary, befides performing the above operations, 
 to foment the parts frequently with cloths wrung out of altrong decodion of carrro^ 
 mile flowers and bark, and to give the patiem a drachm of the bark i to ipowder every 
 two or three hours. With regard to the priapifm, chordee, and oohtr <.^,iftorri©nsof 
 the penis, their treatment is no way different from that of the gonoirrhoca. When 
 they prove very troubJefome, tbe pacient may take a few drops of laodamim ac 
 n-iglit, efpecjally after the operation of a purgative through 'the day. ■ 
 
 Or
 
 212 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 F A C O N F I R M E D L U E S. 
 
 THE fymptoms of a confirmed lues are, buboes in the groin, pains of the head 
 and joints, which are peculiarly troublefome in the night, or when the patient is 
 warm in bed ; fcabs and fcurfs in various parts of the body, efpecially on the head, 
 of a yellowifh colour, refembling a honey-comb; corroding ulcers in various parts 
 of the body, which generally begin about the throat, from whence they creep gra- 
 dually, by the palate, towards the cartilage of the nofe, which rhey deftroy ; excref- 
 cences or exoftofes arife in the middle of the bones, and their fpongy ends become 
 brittle, and break upon the lead accident ; at other times, they are foft, and bend 
 like wax ; the conglobate glands become hard and callous, and form, in the neck, 
 armpits, groin, and mefentery, hard moveable tumours, like the king's evil ; tu- 
 mours of different kinds are likewife formed in the lymphatic vefTels, tendons, 
 ligaments, and nerves, as the gummata, ganglia, nodes, tophs, &;c. the eyes are 
 affected with itching, pain, rednefs, and fometimes with total blindnefs, and the 
 cars with a Tinging noife, pain, and dtafnefs, whilft their internal fubftance is exul- 
 cerated and rendered carious ; at length all the animal, vital, and natural, func- 
 tions, are depraved ; the face becomes pale and livid ; the body emaciated and 
 unfit for motion, and the miferable patient falls into an atrophy or wafting confump- 
 tion. Women have fymptoms peculiar to the fex ; as cancers of the breaft, a fup- 
 preffion or overflowing of the menfes, the whites, hyfteric affeftions, an inflamma- 
 tion, abfcefs, fchirrhus, gangrene, cancer, or ulcer, of the womb ; they are generally 
 either barren or fubjecft to abortion ; or, if they bring children into the world, 
 they have an univerfal eryfipelas, are half rotten, and covered with ulcers. Such is 
 the catalogue of fymptoms attending this dreadful difeafe in its confirmed ftate. 
 Indeed they arefeldom to be met with in the fame perfon, or at the fame time; fo 
 many of them, however, are generally prefent as are fufEcient to alarm the patienti 
 and, if he has reafon to fufpeft the infedlion is lurking in his body, he ought im- 
 mediately to fet about the expulfion of it, otherwife the moft tragical confequences 
 will enfue. The only certain remedy hitherto known in Europe for the cure of 
 this difeafe is mercury, which may be ufed in a great variety of forms, with nearly 
 the fame fuccefs. Some time ago it was reckoned impofllble to cure a confirmed 
 lues without a falivation ; this method is now, however, pretty generally laid afidc, 
 and mercury is found to be as efficacious, or rather more fo, in expelling the vene- 
 real poifon, when adminiftered in fuch a manner as not to run off by the (alivary 
 glands. The only chemical preparation of mercury which we fliall take notice of 
 is the corrofive fublimate. This was fome time ago brought into ufe for the vene- 
 real difqafe in Germany, by the illuftrious Baron Van Swieten j and was foon after 
 
 1 introduced
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 213 
 
 introduced into Britain by the learned Sir John Pringle, at chat time phyficiantOLlv- 
 army. The method of giving it is as follows : one grain of corrofive fublimate is 
 diflblved in two ounces of French brandy or male fpirits ; and of this folucion, an 
 ordinary tablefpoon-full, or the quantity of half an ounce, is to be taken twice a- 
 day, and to be continued as long as any fymptocns of the diforder remain. To thofe 
 whofe ftomach cannot bear the folution, the fublimate may be given in form of pills. 
 Several roots, woods, and barks, have been recom,mended for curing the venereal 
 difeafe ; but, though none of them, when adminiftered alone, have been found, 
 upon experience, to anfwer the high encomiums which have been beftowed 
 upon them, yet, when juined with mercury, many of them are found to be 
 very beneficial in promoting a cure. The bed we know yet are farfaparilla 
 and the mezereon-root, which are powerful afTiftants to the fublimate or to any 
 other mercurial. Thofc who chufe to ufe the mezereon by itfelf, may boil an ounce 
 of the frefh bark, taken from the root, in twelve Englifh pints of water to eight, 
 adding towards the end an ounce of liquorice. The dofe of this is the fame as of 
 the decoclion of farfaparilla. We have been told that the natives of America cure 
 the venereal difeafe, in every ftage, by a decocflion of the root of a plant called the 
 Lobelia. It is ufcd either frelh or dried •, but we have no certain accounts with re- 
 gard to the proportion. Sometimes they mix other roots with it, as thofe of the 
 ranunculus, the ceanothus, &c. but whether thefe are defigned to difguife or afTift 
 it, is doubtful. The patient takes a large draught of the decodion early in the 
 morning, and continues to ufe it for his ordinary drink through the day. JVJany 
 other roots and woods are highly extolled for curing the venereal difeafe, as the roots 
 of foap-wort, burdock, &c. as alfo the wood of guaiacum and faflafras ; but, being 
 particularly pointed out in the Herbal, we fliall, for the fake of brevity, pafs them 
 over in this place, with only remarking, that, though we are ftill very much in the 
 dark with regard to the method of curing this difeafe among the natives of America, 
 yet it is well known, that they do cure it with fpeed, fafety, and fuccefs, by the ufe 
 of vegetables only, and that without the leaft knowledge of mercury. Hence it 
 becomes an objedl of confiderable importance to difcover a method of cure in this 
 ifland, by the ufe of vegetables only, by making trials of all the various plants 
 which are found in it, and particularly fuch as Culpeper was known to make 
 ufe of with fuch fingular fuccefs, and which he has dillinguifhed in the Her- 
 bal. Indeed there can be no doubt, but plants of our own growth, were pro- 
 per pains taken to difcover them, would be found as efficacious in curing the 
 venereal difeafe here, as thofe of America there j for it mull be remembered, 
 that what will cure a patient of the venereal difeafe in one country, will not havi 
 equal fuccefs if carried into another; a plain demonltration that every country pro- 
 duces that which is moQ: congenial to the health of its own native inhabitants. 
 40. i I Mercury
 
 2!4 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Mercury ought not to be adminiftered to women in the menllrual flux, or when 
 the period is near at hand. Neither fhould it be given in the laft ftage of pregnancy. 
 If, however, the woman be not near the time of her delivery, and circumftances ren- 
 der it necelTary, mercury may be given, but in fmaller dofes, and at greater intervals 
 than ufual : with thefe precautions, both the mother and child may be cured at the 
 fame time ; if not, the diforder will at leaft be kept from growing worfe, till the 
 woman be brought to bed, and fufficiently recovered, when a more effedual me- 
 tiiod may be purfued, which, iffhe fuckles her child, will in all probability be 
 fufficient for the cure of both. Mercury ought always to be adminiftered to infants 
 with the greateft caution. Their tender condition unfits them for fupporting a fa- 
 livation, and makes it necelTary to adminifter even the mildeft preparations of mer- 
 cury to them with a fparing hand, A fimilar conduft is recommended in the treat- 
 ment of old perfons, who have the misfortune to labour under a confirmed lues. 
 No doubt the infirmities of age mud render people lefs able to undergo the fatigues 
 of a falivation ; but this, as was formerly obferved, is never neceflary ; befides, we 
 have generally found, that mercury had much lefs efFefl upon very old perfons than 
 on thofe who were younger. The moft proper feafons for entering upon a courfe of 
 mercury, are the fpring and autumn, when the air is of a moderate warmth ; if the 
 circumftancesof the cafe, however, will not admit of delay, we muft not defer the 
 cure on account of the feafon, but muft adminifter the mercury ; taking care, at 
 the fame time, to keep the patient's chamber warmer or cooler, according as the 
 feafonof the year requires. A proper regimen muft beobferved by fuch as are under 
 a courfe of mercury. Inattention to this not only endangers the patient's life, but 
 often alio difappoints him of a cure. A much fmaller quantity of mercury will be 
 fufficient for the cure of a perfon who lives low, keeps warm, and avoids all manner 
 of cxcefs, than of one who cannot endure to put the fmalleft reftraint upon his ap- 
 petites: indeed it but rarely happens that fuch are thoroughly cured. There is 
 hardly any tiling of more importance, either for preventing or removing venereal 
 infection, than cleanlinefs. By an early attention to this, the infedlion might often 
 be prevented from entering the body ; and, where it has already taken place, its 
 cffefts may be greatly mitigated. The moment any perfon has reafon to fufped 
 that he has received the infeftion, he ought to wafli the parts with water and fpirits, 
 fweet oil, or milk and water ; a fmall quantity of the laft may likewife be injeded 
 up the urethra, if it can be conveniently done. Whether this difeafe at firft took its 
 rife from dirtinefs is hard to fay ; but, wherever that prevails, the infeftion is found 
 in its greateft degree of virulence, which gives ground to believe that a ftridt atten- 
 tion to cleanlinefs would go far towards extirpating it altogether. 
 
 DISEASES
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 215 
 
 DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 
 IN all civilized nations, women have the management of domeftic affairs ; and it 
 is very proper they fliould, as nature has made them lefs fit for the more adive and 
 laborious employments. This indulgence, however, is often carried too far ; and 
 females, inftead of being benefited by it, are greatly injured, from the want of exer- 
 cifeand free ?ir. To be fatisfied of this, one need only compare the frefh and ruddy 
 looks of a milk-maid with the pale complexion of thofe females whofe whole time 
 is fpent within doors. Though nature has made an evident diftinftion between the 
 male and female with regard to bodily ftrength and vigour, yet fhe certainly never 
 meant, either, that the one fhould be always without, or the other always within, 
 doors. The confinement of females, befides hurting their figure and complexion, 
 relaxes their folids, weakens their minds, and diforders all the fun<5lions of the 
 body. Hence proceed obftruftions, indigeftion, flatulence, abortions, and the whole 
 train of nervous diforders. Thefe not only unfit women for being mothers and 
 nurfes, but often render them whimfical and ridiculous. A found mind depends fo 
 much upon a healthy body, that, where the latter is wanting, the former is rarely to 
 be found. Women who are chiefly employed without doors, in the difi^erent 
 branches of hufbandry, gardening, and the like, are almoft as hardy as their huf- 
 bands, and their children are likewife ftrong and healthy. But, as the bad efFeds of 
 confinement and inadivity upon both fexes have been already (hewn, we fnall pro- 
 ceed to point out thofe circumftances in the ftrudure and defign of females, which 
 fubjcd them to peculiar difeafes ; the chief of which are, their monthly evacua- 
 tions, pregnancy, child-bearing, &c. Thefe indeed cannot properly be called dif- 
 eafes, but, from the delicacy of the fex, and their being often improperly managed 
 in fuch fituations, they become the fource of numerous calamities. 
 
 Of the MENSTRUAL DISCHARGE. 
 
 FEMALES generally begin to menftruate about the age of fifteen, and leave it 
 off about fifty, which renders thefe two periods the moft critical of their lives. 
 About the firft appearance of this difcharge, theconftitution undergoes a very con- 
 fiderable change, generally indeed for the better, though fometimes for the worfe. 
 The greateft care is therefore neceflary, as the future health and happinefs of the 
 female depends, in a great meafure, upon her condud at this period. It is the duty 
 of mothers, and thofe who are intruded with the education of girls, to iaftrud them; 
 early in the condud and management of themfelves at this critical period of their 
 lives. Falfe modefty, inattention, and ignorance of what is beneficial or hurtful at 
 this time, are the fources of many dilcales and misfortunes in life, which a few fen- 
 1 fible-
 
 2i6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 fible lefiTons from an experienced matron might 'have prevented. Nor is care lels 
 neceffary in the fubfequent returns of this dilcharge. Taking improper food, vio- 
 lent affections of the mind, or catching cold at this period, is often fufficient to ruin 
 the health, or to render the female ever after incapable of procreation. If a girl 
 about this time of life be confined to the houfe, kept conftantly fitting, and neither 
 allowed to romp about, nor employed in any aftive btifinefs, which gives exercife 
 to the whole body, (he becomes weak, relaxed, and puny -, her blood not being duly 
 prepared, fhe looks pale and wan; her health, fpirits, and vigour, decline, and fhe 
 finks into a valetudinary for life. Such is the fate of numbers of thofe unhappy 
 females, who, cither from too much indulgence, or thtir own narrow circumftances, 
 are at this critical period, denied the benefit of txercife and free air. A lazy indo- 
 lent diipofition proves likewife very hurtful to girls at this period. One feldom 
 meets with complaints from obftruftions amongfl: the more aftive and indutlrious 
 part of the fcx ; whereas the indolent and lazy are feldom free from them. Thefe 
 are in a manner, eat up by the chlorofts^ or green fuknefs, and other difeaies of this 
 nature. We would therefore recommend it to all who wifh to efcape thefe cala- 
 mities, to avoid indolence and inaftivity, as their greateft enemies, and to be as much 
 abroad in the open air as poQible, After the menfes have once begun to flow, the 
 greateft care fl:iould be taken to avoid every thing that may tend to obfl:ru£t them. 
 Cold is extremely hurtful at this particular period. More of the fexdate their dif- 
 orders from colds, caught while they are out of order, than from all other caufes. 
 This ought fuiely to put them upon their guard, and to make them very circum- 
 fpedl in their condudl at fuch times. A degree of cold that will not in the leaft hurt 
 them at another time, will, at this period, be fufficient to ruin their health and con- 
 ftitution •, therefore, from whatever caufe this flux is obftruded, except in the ftate 
 of pregnancy, proper means fliould be immediately ufed to reftore it. But the 
 menfl:rual flux may be too great as well as too fmall. When this happens, the pa- 
 tient becomes weak, the colour pale, the appetite and digeftion are bad, and cedema- 
 tous fwellings of the feet, dropfies, and confumptions, often enfue. To reftrain the 
 flux, the patient fliould be kept quiet and eafy both in body and mind. If it be 
 very violent, fhe ought to lie in bed with her head low ; to live upon a cool and 
 flender diet, as veal or chicken broths with bread •, and to drink decoftions of net- 
 tle-roots, or the greater comfrey. If thefe be not fufficient to fl:op the flux, flironger 
 aftringents may be ufed, as Japan earth, allum, elixir of vitriol, the Peruvian bark, 
 &c. Two drachms of allum and one of Japan earth may be pounded together, and 
 divided into eight or nine dofes, one of which may be taken three times a-day. Per- 
 fons whofe ftomachs cannot bear the allum, may take two tablefpoon-fulls of the 
 tinfture of roles three or four times a-day, to each dofe of which ten drops of lauda- 
 num
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 217 
 
 num may be added. If thefe fiiould fail, half a drachm of the Peruvian bark, in 
 powder, with ten drops of the elixir of vitriol, may be taken in a glafs of red wine 
 four times a-day. That period of life at which the menfes ceafe to flow is likewife 
 very critical to the fcx. The ftoppage of any cuftomary evacuations, however fmall, 
 is fufficient to diforder the whole frame, and often to deftroy life itfelf. Hence it 
 comes to pafs, that fo many women either fall into chronic diforders, or die, about 
 this time. Such of them, however, as will perfevere in taking the Lunar Tinfture 
 previous to the time their menfes leave them, will become more healthy and hardy 
 than they were before, and enjoy ftrength and vigour to a very great age. 
 
 Of the GREEN-SICKNESS. 
 
 THE green-ficknefs is an obftriidtion in the womb-veflels of young females, 
 under or about the time of their courfes beginning to flow. It is attended with a 
 vifcidity of all the juices, a fallow, pale, or greenifh, colour of the face, a difficulty 
 of breathing, a ficknefs in the (tomach at the fight of proper food, and an unnatural 
 defire of feeding on fuch things as are accounted hurtful, and unfit for nourifhment. 
 It isalfo called by phyficians the white fever, the love fever, the virgin's difeafe, and 
 the white jaundice. It fometimes feems to proceed from an alteration of the fluids, 
 about the time that the menfes firft begin to flow, or from the inaptitude of the vef- 
 fels to perform thofe difcharges which nature then calls for. It may alfo proceed 
 from an obflruftion in the bowels, or a fluggifh languid motion of the blood, whe- 
 ther natural, or acquired by cafe, indulgence, or want of exercife: and this latter, 
 no doubt, is the cafe, when the didemper happens co very young girls, who are not 
 capable of fufl^ering an hyfleric diforder. Finally, it may proceed from a longing 
 defire after the enjoyment of feme particular perfon ; or, in general, from a violent 
 inclination to exchange a fingle life for the fliate of matrimony ; and, when this is 
 the cafe, there is an univerfal dulnefs and difinclination to exercife, and the patient 
 complains of a prefigure or weight, chiefly about the reins and loins. Upon any 
 briflc motion come on a difficulty of breathing, and a tenfion and quick puliation 
 of the arteries in the temples, which feem to beat with great violence ; alfo a heavy 
 and frequently a lafting, pain of the head, and palpitation of the heart. The pulfe 
 is quick and low, attended with a fmall feverilhnefs, and a lofs of the natural appe- 
 tite i but chalk, coals, fl:ones, clay, tobacco-pipes, and other things of like unwhole- 
 fome nature, ought to be kept as much as poffible out of the patient's way, for fhe 
 generally has more inclination to thefe than to a proper diet. The green-ficknefs is 
 feldom dangerous, though it often proves of long continuance ; but when very vio- 
 lent, and too much neglefted, proceeding from a fuppreffion of the monthly courfes, 
 and attended with the whites, it may in time bring on weaknefles, hard fwellings, 
 40- 3 K and
 
 2i8 C U L P E P E R ' s ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 and bafrennefs. When it happens Tome time before the menfes ought to appear, 
 and they break forth without obftruclion, it is ufually cured upon this eruption, 
 without farther means. If the whites come after the green- fickntfs has been long 
 fixed, it is held to be a bad fign ; if before, and it happens upon the ftoppage of 
 the menftrual flux, it often proves critical : if the courfes flow regularly during the 
 diftemper, it is accounted a good fymptom, and there is no danger. To forward a 
 cure, the patient ought to be placed in a thin and clear air, to drink tea, barley- 
 water, and other attenuating liquors, warm, and made agreeable to the palate. Her 
 food [houlu be nourifhing, but eafy of digeflion, and not fuch as may inflame. 
 Moderate exercife every day, fuch as walking, riding, ftirring about the houfe, is 
 very ferviceabie, notwithftanding the difficulty and uneafinefs that attend it, and 
 the great antipathy of the patient to any lort of motion. Sleep ought to be mode- 
 rate, and taken at a due didance from meals, not till an hour or two, at leaft, after 
 fupper. All paffions of the mind, efpecially thofe of melancholy and defpair, are 
 highly prejudicial •, if the difeafe, therefore, be found to proceed from a fettled in- 
 clination after marriage, the parents of the patient fhould endeavour to provide her 
 a fuitable match, as the moft effedlual cure -, or, if the defire be after a particular 
 perfon, to let her have him at all events, if they approve her choice. But, if matri- 
 mony be not judged convenient for her, either on account of youth or for any other 
 reafon, they muft then have recourfe to medical remedies, accordmg to the following 
 directions. If the patient be at all plethoric, that is, if her veins be well ftored with 
 blood, bleeding will be highly proper to begin the cure ; and this is to be fucceeded 
 by proper purgatives. In fome cafes, efpecially when the patient is very young, a 
 vomit is often fuccel'sful, being exhibited before purgation. Thofe cathartics, that 
 are either mixed along with alterative medicines, or given in fuch quantities as to 
 make them aft as alterants, or lie a confiderable time in the body before they ope- 
 rate, are ufually very efficacious, and in weakly conftitutions preferable to other pur- 
 gatives. The following will, in general, be found to perform a cure : Take caftor, 
 fafFron, myrrh, black hellebore-root, all in powder, each one drachm ; gum-ammo- 
 niac, one drachm and a half; fait of fteel, four fcrupies ; beft alces powdered, two 
 drachms ; oil of cinnamon, fifteen drops ; fyrup of the five roots, a fufficient quan- 
 tity. Make ten pills out of every drachm, of which let five be taken every night, 
 drinking after them briony-water and penny-royal water, of each two ounces. 
 Thefe are excellent to warm and comfort the nerves, thin the blood and juices, and 
 caufe them to circulate freely. They muft be continued regularly for ten or 
 twelve days. And indeed all cathartics of this nature, that are intended to make an 
 alteration in the whole animal fyftem, which is often neceflary in thefe cafes, muft 
 have much more time to operate than thofe which are intended only to purge the 
 
 I inteftines.
 
 A N D F A M I L Y D I S P E N S A T O R Y. zjg 
 
 inteftines. When thegreen-ilckncrs proves obftinate, it is proper to have reconrfe 
 to the cold bath, and to the ule of mineral waccrs : or an infiificn may be made in 
 lime-water, with chips of guaiacum, faffafras, launders, a little gentian and ange- 
 lica-root, winter-bark, and Roman wormwood •, to which add tinflure of Iteel, a 
 fufficient quantity in proportion to the other ingredients ; or infufc filings of (leel 
 with the woods and roots. This may be drunk in (lead of the chalybeate-waters, 
 and wiil frequently anfwer the fame purpofe. Decodtions or other preparations of 
 the Jekiu's bark, with fteel, wine, and tindlures of black hellebore and cinnamon, 
 being continued a confiderable time, are alfo very effeftual in lax conftitutions, and 
 where the juices are vifcid -, but, when the green-ficknefs is attended with the whites, 
 nothing IS fo certain a cure as the Lunar Tincture. 
 
 Of the FLUOR A L B U S, or WHITES. 
 
 THIS diieafe may becaufed by falls, fprains in the back, purging to excefs, ef- 
 pecially with mercurials, and when the body is weak and lax; or it may be the 
 effefts of a venfeal infeftion, which, though cured, leaves the glands and other 
 veflels in a relaxed ftate, which is very difficult to repair. The whites come away 
 fometimes in a large and fometimes in a fmall quantity; and it is obfervable, that 
 the running generally increafes after violent exercife, and that it is in greateft plenty 
 at about the middle of the time between the monthly periods: the matter often 
 proves variable, being fometimes white mixed with yellow, and at others of a thin 
 waterifti confillence, greenifli, and inclining to black ; (harp, corrofive, of an iil 
 fmell, occafionrng heat of urine, and now and then ulcers. It then caules great 
 weaknels, elpeclaily in the fmall of the back and the loins •, a pale colour in the face, 
 faintnels, loathing of food, indigcftion, Iwelling of the legs, irregularity in the 
 courfes. Sometimes it degenerates into a confumption or dropfy, and proves mor- 
 tal: at otiiers, it cauft-s incurable barrennefs. The urine, under this dilorder, is 
 generally vifcid, thick, and flimy, and fometimes appears as if fmall threads were 
 mixed with it: nor does it fettle fo freely as in other cales. It has ufually been 
 thought difficult to diftmguifh the whites from the venereal difeafc; and fome 
 women, who have had bad hulbands, have laboured under the latter for a long time 
 together, imagining it all the while to be only the former: others have miftaken a 
 running, orcafioned by an ulcer in the womb, for that difeafe. Now, as it is highly 
 neceflary every woman fhould learn the fymptoms by which thefe are known afun- 
 der, let it be obferved, that, whenever the courfes come down, the whites always 
 ceafe, and do not trouble the patient again till the courfes are over; whereas a ve- 
 nereal running remains conftantly upon the patient, appears and does not ceafe 
 during the monthly difcharges : it is alfo much lefs in quantity than the whites. As 
 
 ta
 
 320 CULPEPEll's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 to an ulcer in the womb, it is bed known by the fharp and grow ng pains that it oc- 
 cafions in the womb from the very beginning of thedifeafe-, whereas in the whites, 
 though fometimes the humour be fo (harp as to caufe great pain, and even an ulcer, 
 yet this is not till after they have continued long enough on the patient to be 
 diftinguifhcd by their other fymptoms. The matter that flows from an ulcer is alio 
 frequently bloody, which the whites never are. Maids of a weakly conftitution are 
 often afflided with this diftemper, as well as married women and widows ; and in- 
 deed there are few of the fair fex, efpecially fuch as are any way fickly, but who have 
 known it more or lefs, it being often occafioned by other dileafes. For whatever 
 difcale renders the blood poor, foul, or vifcous, and reduces a woman to a languid 
 condition, is commonly fucceeded by the whites, which, when they come in this 
 manner, continue to weaken the body more and more, and are in great danger, 
 without fpeedy remedy, of wearing away the patient, and making her a miierable 
 victim to death. Let no woman, therefore, negleft this diftemper, when fhe finds 
 it on her, but endeavour to prevent its getting too much a-head. The diet, in the 
 cure cf this diftemper, ought to be nourifiiing, and much the fame v;ith that pre- 
 fcribed in confumptions, confilling of broths, boiled with fliavings of harcfliorn, 
 tormentil-root, biitort, comfrey, conferve of red rofes, ifinglafs, red-rofe flowers, 
 gum-arabic, nutmegs, mace, cinnamon, and other ftrengthening and agglutinating 
 ino^redients. Sago and jellies are alfo ferviceable in this cafe, particularly that of 
 haridiorn. Some drink every morning, with very good luccefs, a quarter cf an 
 ounce of ifinglafs, difiblved in a pint of milk, and fweetened with fugar. Exer- 
 cife fliould be moderate, and taken, as much as can be, in a warm and dry air ; and 
 the continuance of this for fome time, with a milk diet, have been found prevalent, 
 when other means, though the beft that could be made ufe of, have failed. Bleed- 
 ino" cwght here to be omitted, unlefs the perfon be plethoric, or her monthly courfes 
 are obftrufted : for it is not proper to weaken her who is already too weak. Pur- 
 gatives however, are held to be proper, but withoui: calomel, efpecially when the 
 difeafe is in its infancy, and appears but in fmall quantity. But, when it is of long 
 {landing, and the matter which flows is thin, difcoloured, and of an ill fmell ; if 
 ulcers are apprehended in the uterus ; if any venereal infedtion has preceded, and 
 part of the virulence is ftill fuppofed to remain, mercurials and other medicines 
 fuited to virulent cafes are undeniably proper : and the cure here differs little from 
 the cure of the venereal difeafe itfelf, only the purges fhould not be too violent, nor 
 the calomel given in too large dofes. In fuch cafes, however, a perfeverance in the 
 Solar and Lunar Tinftures alternately, as prefcribed in the Treatifes round each 
 bottle, may be depended on as the moft eafy, fafe, fpeedy, and elegant, cure. 
 
 Or
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. «2i 
 
 Of weaknesses contracted before MARRIAGE. 
 
 THERE are fome diforders contraded by the fair lex, the caufc, and cure, of 
 which areof fuch a nature, that for feveral reafons, chiefly through fliame, they are 
 likely to GOftceaJ them, and therefore may fufferworfe confequences that can here be 
 defcribed. To tell, in few words, what I mean by fuch difeafes as are contradled, 
 they are all fuch as the patient^ by a criminal indulgence of her pafTions, has herfelf 
 been inftrumental in caufing. For that many of the fair, efpecially in their younger 
 years, have fuffcred much from a fecret vice, by which they have endeavoured to 
 procure themfelves thofe pkafurable fenfations which God has ordered to be the 
 efFefts of a mutudl commerce betvt^en thefexes^ is a matter of late become too noto- 
 ri&Us to be doubted, and tt)o dreadful in its ebnfeqiaences to be indulged in •, I mean 
 that abominable vice f^^^wT^, or fecret venery. And certainly hone of them can 
 take it amifs if, for their advantiage, I venture fo far to expofe this praftice, as to 
 remove the evil conlcquencesof it-j and to prevent, as much as poflible, its continu- 
 ance. The fecret vice before-mentioned is chiefly a fault of the youth of both 
 fexes; and nothing is of more importance to the prefervation of human-kind in ge- 
 neral, than the endeavouring to prevent a pracStice that ftrikes at the very root of 
 fecundity. Among the motives to this crime of fclf-abufe, the three following 
 have, 1 think, with a great deal of juftice, been afllgned as the principal. Firft, ig- 
 norance of its nature and confequences. As to its nature, there is no exprefs pro- 
 hibition of it ; and therefore, many may unhappily be induced to imagine, when 
 either by ill example, their own lafcivious inclinations, or any accidental caufe, they 
 have been betrayed into an acquaintance with the prafliceof it, that there can be no 
 harm in procuring to themfelves that fenfatioh, which, in their prefent circum- 
 ftances, they cannot otherwife acquire, without a manifefl violation of the national 
 laws, and the hazard of expofing themfelves to fhame and infamy. If it were not 
 for this unfortunate miilake, we have little reafon to ^magine, that perfons otherwife 
 pious, and the moft obfervant of what is feemly in other particulars, would be guilty 
 of fuch an off^ence, both againfl: religion and decency. The cafe of Onan, however, 
 whom God flew {fee GeneJJs, chap, xxxviii. ver. 9 J for thus wickedly defeating the 
 purpofes of generation, may anfwer the end of a precept, and witnefs the divine de- 
 tefl:ation of this kind of uncleannefs. Nor is this example lefs applicable to women 
 than it is to men, fince we fhall fhew in the following infl:ances, that they are as ca- 
 pable to render themfelves unapt, by fimilar pradtices, for the bufinefs of procrea- 
 tion. And as to its confequences, they are no lefs fatal to this fex than to the other, 
 as will be abundantly fhewh in the fame inflances. The fecrecy with which this 
 crime may be committed, is a fecond inducement to it. There muft be another 
 40. 3 L party
 
 222 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 party in all other afts of uncleannefs -, but in this, there is neither partaker 
 nor witnefs. And this, above all other motives, feems to have been the moft 
 dangerous to women in particular, wlio are naturally more bafliful than men, 
 and vvhom cuftom alone has precluded from making any advances towards a mutual 
 commerce with the other fex. Thirdly, there is no fpecific punifhment to deter 
 from this pradtice ; but every one, who will, commits it with impunity. Adul- 
 tery, in many countries, is punifhed with death : and with us, it fubjeds a man to 
 pecuniary fines, and inflifts eternal infamy on the woman who is known to be guilty 
 of it. Even fornication, though regarded with lefs feverity, is yet moft fcandalous 
 to the fair fex in particular-, efpecially when they bring into the world, as the fruit of 
 it, a living witnefs of their crime. But for felf-abufe, there is no inflidtion, no other 
 punifhment, but felf-confcioufnefs. And indeed, how can there be any other ? The 
 very nature of it, which renders itfecure againft deteftion, would fruftrate any pro- 
 vifion that could be made in this cafe by the legiflature. And befides this fecurity 
 from legal animadverfion, it is fafe from the confequence which fingle women muft 
 fear in their commerce with men, that of becoming pregnant. I might add, that 
 fome give into this way out of caution. They are loth to truft their fortunes and 
 prerogatives in the hands of a man, and therefore will not marry; and, as to un- 
 lawful embraces, they dare not venture on them for many reafons. But I proceed 
 to fhew, that there can be no excufe for a practice, which, befides its wickednefs, is 
 the moft prejudicial that can be to the human conftitution. Its bad effefts on the 
 body are many and great. If praftifed often, it relaxes and fpoils the retentive fa- 
 culty. It occafions the whites in women, and gleets in men. It ruins the com- 
 plexion, and makes them pale, fwarthy, and hagged. It produces a long train of 
 hyfteric diforders ; and fometimes, by draining away the radical moifture, induces 
 confumptions. It brings on heats in the privities, belly, thighs, with ftiooiing pains 
 in the head, and all over the body. It fometimes brings on that fatal malady, 3. furor 
 uterinus, or, infatiable appetite to venery. But what it is moft liable to produce is 
 barrennefs, by caufing an indifference to the pleafures of Venus, and in time, a total 
 inability or inaptitude to the aft of generation itfelf. Virgins, who indulge them- 
 fclves over-eagerly in this abufe of their bodies, deflower themfelves, and dei^roy the 
 valuable badge of their chaftity, which it is expefted they fhould not part with be- 
 fore marriage ; but which, when loft, can never be retrieved. With regard to 
 maids, who have hereby deprived themfelves of that facred badge, thelofs of which, 
 before marriage, was fo feverely punifhed among the Jews -, under what apprehenfions 
 muft they continually lie!— with what terrors muft they approach the marriage-bed, 
 which heaven has defigned for the feat of the higheft fenfible enjoyment !— when 
 they refleft that their virtue, on the firft amorous encounter, is liable to fuch fuf- 
 picions, as may never be worn off, but which may render uncomfortable the whole 
 
 life.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 223 
 
 life, both of her and her otherwife affedtionate hiifband ! Bur, befides this difgrace, 
 fuppofe women have aftually entered with reputation in all other refpecls on the 
 conjugal ftate, how muft it grieve them, when they find the ends of it unanlwered, 
 and have room to charge their inaptitude to procreation on their own fault! Both 
 hufljand and wife, perhaps, may be pafiionately defirous of ifTue -, and the good 
 man may think it a defeft in himfelf, that their nuptial embraces are perpetually 
 fruitlefs. But where a woman can charge herfelf with fuch a courfe of felf-abufe, 
 as hath fenfibly weakened and debilitated her organs of generation, hath fhe not all 
 the room in the world to be for ever unhappy, in the remembrance of her folly and 
 wickednefs -, and to believe, with juftice, that another woman in her cafe would not 
 be infertile? How much more tormenting muft it be, if, befides her having ren- 
 dered ineffeflual the ufe of the marriage-bed, fhe feels in herfelf no inclination to 
 the enjoyment of it, and is thereby not only infenfible, as to her own particular, but 
 makes imperfedt to her hufband that exquifite pleafure, which ought to refult from 
 their mutual embraces ! Suppofing neither of the aforefaid calamities to befal her, 
 but that (he is capable of bringing forth heirs to her hufband ; yet, if fhe is con- 
 fcious of having weakened her body, and brought on herfelf a miferable train of 
 pains and infirmities, what anxiety, what remorfe, muft not a woman endure on that 
 account ! Every guilty female, who finds in herfelf any of the difmal fymptoms here 
 enumerated, will not readily forget what fenfibly affedrs her ; nor will fheeafily for- 
 give herfelf thofe unnatural failles, whofe fatal confequences reft heavily upon her, 
 and abridge her of half thofe enjoyments, which her fex, her conftitution, and the 
 various benefits of nature, had made her capable of partaking. What I have al- 
 ready laid, if duly attended to, will be kifficient to render this praftice deteftabfe; 
 to deter the young, and hitherto innocent, from making themfelves miferable, and 
 to ftop the courfe of thofe who have already advanced far in the road to deftrudion. 
 A fudden and refolute ftand, to all old offenders, is what I v/ould in the firft place 
 ferioufiy advife, as the moft effential ftep towards reftoring to themfelves a found 
 conftitution, and that peace of mind which they cannot otherwife enjoy. There 
 are few cafes fo bad, but what, if taken in any reafonable time, a due regimen and 
 the proper ufe of medicines may be effectual in the relief of Let the guilty refolve 
 then, that they will do fo no more. Let them, as much as pofiible, abftain from 
 every thought, but efpecialiy from every adion, that may raife irregular defires. 
 Let them, when any way tempted, rcfleft on the miferable condition of many, who, 
 in galloping confumptions, have died terrible examples to all thofe who perfift in 
 this vice. As the moft ufual complaints of thofe who have been guilty of this prac- 
 tice, regard the weaknefs and infertility of the parts, they muft have recourfe to 
 the medicines hereafter prefcribed for barrennefs ; but, if a confumptive habit be 
 
 induced, then muft the patient be treated as direded under that head. 
 
 Of
 
 £24 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Of THE FUROR UTERINUS. 
 
 THE furor uterinns \s fuch a particular complication of hyfterical fymptoms, 
 from an extraordinary fulnefs or inflammation of the veflels of the womb, as forms 
 a fort of madnefs, wherein the patient is preternaturally difpofed, or involuntarily 
 excited, as it were, to venereal embraces. It is a diftemper not very frequent, but 
 which fometimes happens. The figns of it are very manifeft, both by the geftures 
 of the body and the tendency of the patient's difcourfe ; which, how great foever 
 her natural modefty may be, will be extravagantly lewd. Thecaufes of this dit'eafa 
 are ufually the fame with thofe of other hyfterical diforders ; but, by falling on the 
 organs of generation, are more violent in their cfFedts. A vigorous, healthy, and 
 fangurne, conditucion, high feeding, want of exercife, or a mixed converfacion, may 
 difpofe to ic : as may alfo too large a dofe of cantharides, and other provocative me- 
 dicines; or indulging vehement defircs, and too great familiarity, but (hort of en- 
 joyment, with the other fex. Some time before the fit, the patient often appears 
 fiient and forrowful, with a baftiful, down-caft, look, and an unufual flulhing all 
 over the face. Her pulfe is irregular, varying from high and ftrong to low and 
 weak, and then growing ftrong again 6f a fudden : fhe breathes alfo now thick and 
 Ihort, and then with long intervals, heaving it out, as it were, with a figh. Thefe 
 fynjptoms increafe gradually, till the fit aftually comes on: then the patient burfts 
 out into a fit of crying, when the tears are plentifully flied ; if a man comes in her 
 way, file is apt to lay hold of him, and treat him with indecent fondnefs. In fine, 
 thofe who labour under this diforder appear to be mad by intervals, and fay and do 
 a thoufand things which they are unconfcious of when the fit is over. If the fymp- 
 toms are violent, the fits frequent and of long continuance, and efpecially if the 
 patient be of a fanguine conftitution, unmarried, and the cafe originally proceeds 
 from a fixed amour, it is difficult of cure, and fometimes degenerates into a con- 
 tinued madnefs. But if the diftemper proceeds from an obftruftion or fuppreffioa 
 of the monthly courfes, from too great a quantity of blood, or from a too indulgent 
 life it is more eafily remedied. The perfon thus afflifted fhould be removed into 
 a clear and open air, if fhe be not in fuch already ; and, if Ihe be, a change per- 
 haps may be of fervice. Her diet fl^ould be thin and cooling, and not taken in large 
 quantities : her exercife, between the fits, moderate. Let her be kept, as much aa 
 poffible, from the company of men; and efpecially, if love be the fufpefted caufe, 
 from that man whom Ihe is known to regard, unlefs it be to bring them entirely to- 
 gether, and cure the difeafe by removing its origin. During the fir, bleed diredly, 
 and that in a confiderable quantity, efpecially if any evacuations have been fup- 
 prefied } afterwards exhibit the following opiate : Take black-cherry water and 
 
 I white
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 22.^ 
 
 white-wine vinegar, of each one ounce; camphire half a fcruple; white fugar, two 
 ounces ; liquid laudanum, forty drops : mix them well, for a fingle draught : alfo, 
 take fpring-water, twelve ounces; lemon-juice and white-wine vinegar, of each 
 one ounce and a half; white fugar, a fufficienc quantity to make it palatable : mix 
 them well, and let her ufe it for common drink. Take milk, half a pint : tinfture 
 of afiafoetida, two ounces ; camphire, fugar of lead, and troches of myrrh, of each 
 two drachms : mix them, and injeft cold into the privities with a proper inftru- 
 ment. If thefe fail of fuccefs, repeat the opiate ; and, if the fit ftiU increafc, let the 
 l>atient be had to the cold bath. Bliftering alfo has been found ferviceable to fome 
 women. A whey diet, together v/ith the ufe of the cold bath continued for a 
 month or two, are excellent ; and, during all this time, clyfters and injections may 
 be u fed between whiles, made according to the form above, without any mixture 
 of more ftimulating ingredients. When this difeafd degenerates into a madnefs, it 
 muft be treated accordingly, and the bell: advice fhould be immediately had ; for, if 
 it remains long in a confirmed ftate, it will feldom admit of a cure. 
 
 Of conception or PREGNANCY. 
 
 WHEN almighty God created the world, he fo ordered and difpofed of the ma- 
 tcries mmidi, that every thing produced from it fhould continue fo long as the world 
 Ihould ftand. Not that the fame individual fpecies fhould always remain ; for 
 they were in procefs of time to perifh, decay, and return to the earth from whence 
 they came; but that every like (hould produce its like, every fpecies produce its 
 own kind, to prevent a final deftrudion of the fpecies, or the necefTity of a new 
 creation. For which end he laid down certain regulations, by which each fpecies 
 was to be propagated, preferved, and fupported, till, in order and courfe of time, 
 they were to be removed hence : for, without that, thofe very beings, which were 
 created at firft, mufl have continued to a final difTolution of all things; which al- 
 mighty God, of his infinite wifdom, did not think fit. But, that he n;ight flill the 
 more manifeft his omnipotence, he fet all the engines of his providence to work, by 
 which one efFc6l was to produce another, by means of certain laws or rules, laid 
 down for the propagation, maintenance, and fupport, of all created beings. This his 
 divine providence is called nature, and thefe regulations are called the laws of na- 
 ture, by which i: ever operates in its ordinary courfe, producing conception and 
 generation of all things, as it were, from the beginning. 
 
 The procefs of generation of the human Ibecies, fo far as the ma^e contributes to 
 
 it, is as follows : the penis being ereded by an affufion of blood ; the glands at the 
 
 fame time tumefied; and the nervous papillae in the glands much rubbed, and highly 
 
 excited, in coition ; an ejaculatory contraflion follows, by which the feed is preffed 
 
 40. iM out
 
 226 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 out of the fcminal veficles, and expelled with ibme confiderable force. The procefs 
 of generation on the part of the female is thus : the clitoris being ercded, after the 
 Jik^ manner as the penis in man; and the neighbouring parts all diftended with 
 blood i they more adequately embrace the penis in coition ; and, by theintumef- 
 cence, prefs out a liquor from the glands about the neck of the womb, to facilitate 
 the paiTage ofthe penis. At the fame time, the fibres of the womb, contrafLing, 
 open its mouth (which at other times is extremely clofe) for the reception of the 
 finer part of the feed. 
 
 From this contact ofthe fexes, follows conception, or the produdlion of an embryo, 
 which is efitfted in the following manner : In the fiiperfices ofthe tefticles or ova- 
 ries of women there are found little pellucid fpherules, confiding of two concen- 
 tric membranes, filled with a lymphatic humour, and conneclcd to the furfaccof the 
 ovarja, underneath the tegument, by a thick calix, contiguous to the extremities of 
 the minute ramifications of the Fallopian tubes. Thefe fpherules, by the ufc of 
 venery, grow, fwell, raife, and dilate, the membranes ofthe ovary into the form of 
 paf^iila; ; till the head, propending fiom the fl:alk, is at length feparatcd from it ; 
 leaving it a hollow cicatrix, in the broken membrane of the ovary ; which, how- 
 ever, foon grows up again. Now, in thefe fpherules, while ftill adhering to the 
 ovary, fcetufes have been frequently found: whence it appears, that thefe area 
 kind of ova, or eggs, deriving their ftruflure from the veflels of the ovary, and their 
 liquor from the humouis prepared therein. Hence, alfo, it appears, that the Fallo- 
 pian tubes being fwelled, and ItifFened by the a6t of venery, with their mufcular 
 fimbriae, like fingers, may embrace the ovaries, cbmprefs them, and by that com- 
 prefiion expand cheir own mouths : and thus the eggs, now mature, and detached as 
 before, may be forced into their cavities ; and thence conveyed into the cavity of the 
 uterus; where they may either be cherifhed and retained, as when they meet with 
 the male feed ; or, if they want that, again expelled. Hence the phfenomena of 
 falfe conceptions, abortions, fcetules found in the cavity of the abdomen, the Fal- 
 lopian tubes, &c. For, in coition, the male feed, abounding with living animal- 
 cules, agitated with a great force, a briflc heat, and probably with a great quantity 
 of animal fpirits, is violently impelled through the mouth ofthe uterus, wiiichon 
 this occafion is opener, and through the valves of the neck of the uterus, which 
 on this occafion are laxer than ordinary, into the uterus itfclf ; which now, in like 
 manner, becomes more aftive, tui^id, hot, inflamed, and moillened with the flux of 
 its lymph, and fpirits, by m.eans of the titillation excited in the nervous papillae by 
 the attrition againlt the rut fe of the vagina. The femen thus difpofed in the uterus, 
 is retained, heaTed, and agitated, by the convulfive conftriftion of the uterus itfelf ; 
 till, meeting with the ova, the fined and mod animated part enters through the di- 
 lated
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 227 
 
 lated pores of the membranula of the ovum, now become glandulous, is there re- 
 tained, nouriflied, dilated, grows to its umbilicus, or navel; ftifles the other lefs 
 lively animalcules ; and thus is conception efFefttd. 
 
 The egg in the ovarium of a woman^ when impregnated with the male feed, may 
 be compared to the fmall round white fpot of the fize of a fmall pea on the yolk of 
 a hen's egg; in which fmall part, if it is impregnated, the chiclcen begins to form, 
 and which isrommonly called the tread ; though this part is always to be found in 
 the eggs of thofe hens that have not cohabited with the cock, but fmaller, and 
 thefe, not having r-ceived the male feed, produce no chickens. Therefore fince an 
 egg is fo nearly completed in a hen without communication with a cock, and fince 
 there are parts in a woman equally adapted for this purpofe ; it may be prefumed, 
 that the unimpregnated egg of a woman, when it proceeds from the ovarium, con- 
 fifts of thofe parts which are the rudiments of the foetal part of the placenta, and 
 membranes ; and, nioft likely, c part, at leaft, of the rudiments of the child itfdf ; 
 and may be called the ovarial portion, which then impregnated by the addition of 
 the male feed, and afterwards conveyed into the womb, acquires a further addition 
 from the womb itfelf ; which may be called the uteral portion ; but, if not impreg- 
 nated, it is difcharged from the womb without any further growth. The firlt 
 thing that appears of a foetus, is the placenta, like a little cloud, on one fide of the 
 external coat of the egg : about the fame time the fpine is grown big enough to be 
 vifible; and a little after the cerebrum and cerebellum appear like two fmall blad- 
 ders : next, the eyes (land prominent in the head : then the punftum fallens, or 
 pulfation of the heart, is plainly feen. The extremities difcover themfelves laft 
 of all. The formation of the bones in a foetus is very gradual and regularly per- 
 formed. In the firft two months there is nothing of a bony nature in the whole; 
 after this, the hardnefs of the parts where the principal bones are to befituated be- 
 comes by degrees perceptible. Dr. Kerkring defcribes the progrefs of the oflifiea- 
 tion from fkcletons which he had prepared from fcctufesof two months, and thence 
 up to nine. In the firft two months, or till the end of that time, there appears not: 
 anything bony ; after this, in the third and fourth months, and fo en, the fevcral 
 parts, one after another, acquire their bony nature. In the firft ftages every thing 
 is membranous, where the bones are to be ; thcfe by degrees tranfmigrate into cur- 
 tilages ; and from thefe, by the fame fort of change continued, the bon^s them!'-lves 
 are by degrtcs formed. All this is done by nature, by fuch flow, though fuch cer- 
 tain, progrcfiions, that the niceft eye can never fee it doing, though it eilily fees it 
 when done. 
 
 Though the flate of pregnancy is not a difeafe, yet it is attended with a variety of 
 complaints which merit great attention, and often require the aBiftance of medicine. 
 
 Some
 
 228 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 Some women indeed are more healthy during their pregnancy than at any other 
 time; but this is by no means the general cafe: mofl: of them breed in fonow, and 
 are frequ*;ntly indifpofed during the whole time of pregnancy. Few fatal difeafcs, 
 however, happen during that period ; and hardly any, except abortion, that can be 
 called dangerous. Every pregnant woman is more or lefs in danger of abortion. 
 This fhouid be guarded againft with the greateft care, as it not only weakens the 
 conftitution, but renders the v/oman liable to the fame misfortune afterwards. Abor- 
 tion may happen at any period of pregnancy, but it is mod: common in the fecond 
 or third month. Sometimes, however, it happens in the fourth or fifth. If it hap- 
 pens in the firft month, it is ufuaily called a falfe conception ; if after the fcventh 
 month, the child may often be kept alive by proper care. The common caufes of 
 abortion are : the death of the child -, wcaknefs or relaxation of the mother ; great 
 evacuations; violent exercife ; jumping, or ftepping from an eminence; vomit- 
 jjjcr, coughing, con'^ulfion-fits, ftrokes on the belly, falls, fevers, difagreeable 
 Imells, excefs of blood, indolence, high living, or the contrary, violent paffions or 
 affeftions of the mind, as fear, grief, &c. Vv'hen any figns of abortion appear, the 
 the woman ought to be laid in bed on a mattrafs, with her head low. She fliould be 
 kept quiet, and her mind foothed and comforted. She ought not to be kept too hot, 
 nor to take any thing of a heating nature. Eler food (hould conGft of broths, rice 
 and milk, jellies, gruels made of oat-meal, and the like, all of which ought to be 
 taken cold. If (be be able to bear it, fne fliould lofe, at leaft, half a pound of blood 
 from the arm. Her drink ought to be barley-water, fharpened with juice of lemon; 
 or (he may take half a drachm of powdered nitre, in a cup of water-gruel, every 
 five or fix hours. If the woman be feized with a violent loofenefs, (he ought to 
 drink the decodtion of calcined hartfliorn prepared. If (he be affected with vomit- 
 ing, let her take frequently two table- fpoonfuls of the faline mixture. In general, 
 opiates are of fervice, but they (hould always be given with caution. Sanguine ro- 
 buft women, who are liable to mifcarry at a certain time of pregnancy, ought always 
 to be bled a few days before that period arrives. By this means, and obferving the 
 ref^imen above prefcribed, they might often efcape that misfortune. 
 
 Of CHILD-BIRTH. 
 
 THOUGH the management of women in child-bed has been praiflifed as an em- 
 ployment fince the earlieft accounts of time, yet it is ftill, in mod countries, on a 
 very bad footing. Few women think of following this employment till they are re- 
 duced to the necefTity of doing it for bread. Hence not one in a hundred of them 
 have any education, or proper knowledge of their bufinefs. It is true, that nature, 
 if left to herfelf, will generally expel the foetus ; but it is equally true, that moft 
 
 I women
 
 ^:''jf} 
 
 J^}f////<'// ^^V/ /"////(/ r}/ ///r' ir/>////>u/^/ /^r/v/'rJM'/f )7/')\ 
 
 I 
 
 i'/'ii/Zm/ ■J':yi//>.
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 229 
 
 women in child-bed require to be managed with fl<ill- and attention, and that they 
 are often hurt by the fuperflitious prejudices of ignorant and officious midwives. 
 The mifchief done in this way is much greater than is generally imagined; mod 
 of which might be prevented by allowing no women to praftife midwifery but fuch 
 as are properly qualified. Were due attention paid to this, it would not only be 
 the means of faving many lives, but would prevent the neceffity of employing men 
 in this indelicate and difagrceable branch of medicine, which is, on many accounts, 
 more proper for the other f;x. In order to obtain a perfeft idea of the.procefs 
 of delivery, and to form a competent knowledge of difficult child-births, it is ne- 
 ceflary we (hould firft undcrftand thofe that are natural. The time of the natural 
 birth is from the 15th day of the ninth month to the end of the 30ch of the fame : 
 yet fome women affirm it may be looner or later. Hoffman fays, the ufual time 
 is nine folar months ; and Junker, that, excretions from the uterus being by women 
 referred to certain lunar phafes, they reckon their going with child by the weeks, 
 and that they ufually exclude the fcetus forty weeks from the time of their being 
 with child, commonly on that very day they were ufed to have their menfcs. When 
 this time is arrived, which may be known by a remarkable defcent of the womb, 
 and a fubfidence of the belly, the foetus is mature for delivery ; it then turns round, 
 and its head falls towards the orifice of the womb, as in the annexed plate, where A A 
 denotes the [Xirtion of the chorion difTedled and removed from ics proper place ; B 
 a portion of the amnios ; C C the membrane of the womb difTetled ; D D the pla- 
 centa endued with many fmall vefTels by which the infant receives its nourifhment; 
 E E the varication of the vefTels which makes up the navel-ftring ; F F the navel- 
 ftring, by which the umbilical velTels are carried from the placenta into the navel ; 
 G G the infant as it lieth perfcft in the womb ready for delivery -, H the infertion 
 of the umbilic vefTels into the navel of the infant. The orifice of the womb dilates 
 by the weight and prefTure of the child ; and the chorion and amnios, being dri- 
 ven forward with th e waters they contain, form a kind of pouch or bladder, at the 
 faid orifice; which fhould be fufTered to break of itfelf, or at leaft it fhould not 
 be burft till the woman is in labour. There is a flux of whitilli matter from the 
 faid orifice : pains which extend from the loins and groin towards the genital parts : 
 there is a frequent defire to make water, or a continual inclination to go to flool; 
 a flux of the waters from the membranes which contain the child immediately be- 
 fore the birth, or more early : a trembling of the lower joints ; fometimes the head 
 achs, and the face looks intenfely red. In this ftate of things, the midwife ought to 
 examine the flate of the uterus, and relax the vagina by fome oily and mollifying 
 remedy, which ought to be kept in readinefs ; fhe fliould likewife examine by the 
 touch, with the fore and middle fingers, introducing them from time to time into 
 41. 3 N the
 
 230 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the orifice of the womb, to difcern whether it be dilated, contracted, or in an oblique 
 or Ilraight direftion ; from whence a judgment may be formed whether it will 
 comeeafily, or difficultly, &c. as reprefented in No. i. of the annexed plate, where 
 A denotes the uterus ; B B the vagina laid open ; C C the os uteri internum, as yet 
 contrafted, but in its right fituation ; D reprefents the manner of examining the os 
 uteri with one or more of the fingers, which if obliquely fituated either forwards to- 
 wards the OS pubis, backwards on the os facrum, or towards either fide, denotes a 
 difficult delivery. As the infant gradually advances, the above-mentioned protube- 
 rance continually enlarges the paflage, till the crown of the head may be felt ; the 
 birth is then faid to be advanced one third, and the midwife may now affift the ex- 
 clufion. When the infant is advanced forward as far as his ears, he is faid to be in 
 the palTage, as Ihewn in No. 2. of the annexed plate, which reprefents the natural 
 pofture of the infant in the birth, with its head protruding into the os uteri, under 
 the arch of the os pubis ; A the infant, B B the womb laid open, C C the offa pubis, 
 D D the ofla ifchii, E E the ofTa ilci, F the navel-ftring, G the fecundines adher- 
 ing to the womb. If the membranes are not already burft, they may now be 
 opened, and the waters, by their effufion, will render the vagina flippery, and pro- 
 mote the expulfion of the infant. When the child is born, the midwife fhould lay 
 it on her knees fo as to give iiTue to the waters from the mouth, if any have been 
 imbibed : foon after, the placenta appears of itfclf, if not attached to the uterus : if 
 otherwife, the midvvife muft feparate it gently, by introducing her hand. The 
 navel-ftring muft now be cut, having firft made a ligature as well on the child's fide 
 as on the mother's to prevent an hemorrhage. After the child is born, and the 
 after-birth brought away, let a warm linen cloth be applied to the parts, but not 
 fo as to hinder the flowing of the lochia. An hour after, let the mother take a liitle 
 ell of fweet almonds, to eafe the after-pains, and let a cataplafm of the oil of fweet 
 almonds two ounces and two or three new-laid eggs be boiled together, and laid to 
 the parts, renewing it every fix hours, for two days: fifteen days after the birth^ 
 the parts may be bathed with an aftringent decoction of red rofes, balauilines, or nut- 
 galls, in red wine, in order to brace them. If the labour is long and difficult, it will 
 be proper to bleed, to prevent inflammations, and to give a little Alicant wine, 
 with addition of cinnamon, or confeflio alkermes. 
 
 A difficult delivery is fo'metimes brought on by the mother, the midwife, or the 
 foetus. The fault is in the mother, if, when the orifi:ce of the worr>b is open,and the 
 child rightly placed, fhe has not ftrength to expel the fcEtus, efpecially if the waters 
 are come away, and the pains ceafe ; or when the mother will not exert herfelf ; or 
 there is a natural fault in the genital parts. In a defed: of ftrengih or pains, all eife 
 beingnght>adraughtof generous wine fhould be given, with cinnamon and macej 
 
 again
 
 'i:;^^. 
 
 ill Fi 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^6? 
 
 r 
 
 U -K 
 
 XI 
 
 12 
 
 Jyvcdj' of'Df/^vef^i/ ,
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 231 
 
 again and again, if the worlc does not go forward. If there wants a greater ftimu- 
 lus, borax, cinnamon, or myrrh, may be given, with a proper drink, which muft be 
 repeated in an hour or two, if occafion requires. But the abufc of forcing medicines 
 is dangerous : ftimulating clyfters may be injc£i:ed now and then, elpecially if the 
 woman is coftive. The midwife (hould alfo prefs back the os coccygis, which tends 
 to excite the pains, and to eafe the labour. If the parts are over ftrait, as in the firfl 
 birth, efpecially if the woman is not young, emollient liniments are to be ufed, and 
 the parts mufl: be anointed with frefh butter, or oil, and to be dilated gently with 
 the fingers. If there is a tumour, caruncle, or membrane, oppofing the birtli, a 
 furgeon's affiftance is required. The m/idwife is in fault, when flie hallens the la- 
 bour before the time, when there are no true pains, when the orifice of the uterus is 
 not open, which alone diftinguifhes the true pains from falfe : the true time of birth 
 mull be waited for : the woman muft be compofed, and her fpirits kept up with 
 comfortable liquors. If the fault is with the foetus, and the head too large, or the 
 fnape monftrous, or the fituation preternatural, then forcing medicines are fruitlefs 
 and noxious; and the foetus muft be brought forth by the feet, by a fkilful hand, or 
 the inftrument called embryulcus, as in No. 9. of the annexed plate, whether alive 
 or dead. If the feet prefent firft, as in No. 3. the midwife muft be wary, left there 
 be twins, and left fhe Ihould take a foot of each : the feet muft be wrapped in 
 a dry napkin, and the child muft be drawn gently, till the wafte is in the orifice of 
 the uterus : then the infant's hands ftiould be drawn clofe by the fides ; and, if the 
 nofe be towards the os pubis, it ftiould be turned towards the coccyx, to prevent an 
 obftacle. Then, the orifice muft be dilated with the fingers, and the woman's 
 throws ftiould affift the midwife's efforts to educe the child. If the chin is embar- 
 rafied, the midwife muft dife^igage it, by putting her finger into the mouth, in order 
 to turn it to advantage. If the infant's head prefents acrofs, as in No. 4. it muft be 
 P'jt back, and gently turned to its natural ficuation ; and if the lliouldcr or back 
 prefents, as in No. 5. and 6. the fame art r:iuft be ufed. If the belly, hip, or thigh, 
 appears firft, as in No. 7. and 8, the child muft be extracted by the feet, and the mo- 
 ther muft lie horizontally on her back. If one or both hands are diredled upwards, 
 and lie clofe to the head, the cafe is not fo bad as feme apprehend, for they will keep 
 the orifice dilated, till the head paffes, and prevents ftrangling. If one leg, or the 
 feet and hands, appear, they muft be returned, and the infant brought forth by the 
 feiT, as in No. 10. and 1 1. If the infant is dead, there is generally a collapfion of the 
 abdomen; the breafts are flaccid -, the infant bears on the lower part of the pelvis : 
 and the child, upon motion, rolls like a lump of lead. The bones of the Ikull are 
 wrapped over one another; an ichorous fymphatic fanies flows from the uterus; 
 the mother is fubjed: to fainting. There is no pulfation in the navel-ftring ; it is 
 
 2 foft
 
 ^32 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 •foft and indolent to the touch, and abfolutely deprived of motion. If t!ie placenta 
 comes fii-ft, and is hot, the child is alive. Above all, if any part of the infant's 
 body appears, and is full of fmall veficles, livid, foft, and brittle, it is not only dead, 
 but beginning to putrify. In thefe cafes it mull be extracted by the feet, and, if it 
 cannot be done otherwife, with an inftrument; but a man-midwife's afiiftance muft 
 not be negleded. When the foetus dies before the time of birth, and the membranes; 
 continue whole, it will not putrify-, therefore the work muft be left to nature, for 
 birth-pains will at length come on fpontancoufly. If the navel-ftring appears firfl-, 
 and is compreffedfoon after by the head of the infant, its life is in danger, and the 
 remedy is to return the infant, and reduce the cord, till the head fills the orifice ; 
 -but, if this cannot be done, the woman muft be put in a fuitable pofture, and the 
 child muft be extradted by the feet. When the placenta prefents itfelf, v^'hich is 
 iknown by its fpungy, foft, texture, and the great quantity of blood flowing at the 
 fame time, it requires fpeedy afliftance. If the membranes are entire, they fhould be 
 broken; the placenta and membranes fhould be reduced into the uterus, and the 
 child be extrafted by the feet -, which is more eafily performed in the membranes 
 •than in the uterus, and put into a proper fuuation: but, if the placenta is difen- 
 gaged from its membranes, and thefe are broke, and the placenta, or both, appear 
 before the infant, they may be brought away firft, and the infant immediately after- 
 wards. When there is a great flux of blood from outward accidents, the infant 
 fhould be immediately delivered by art, though the mother is not in true labour. If 
 the uterus is opened, and the vagina relaxed, as in this cafe they commonly are, the 
 child muft be extrafted by the feet-, if not, they muft be mollified with frefh oil, 
 and the infant delivered as before. After all laborious births, the woman is gene- 
 rally weak, and apt to faint: therefore, her fpirits (hould be kept up by aglafsof hot 
 wine, or analeptic water, which muft be repeated as oft as there is occafion. If, after 
 the child is born, the placenta does not foon follow, and it adheres to the womb, the 
 v/oman is not to change her pofture immediately, but the midwife's hand is to be 
 introduced into the womb, as far as the placenta, taking the navel-ftring for a 
 guide ; and, taking hold of it, fhe is to move it gently to and fro, in order to loofen 
 and extract it. If it adheres too clofely, it is not to be pulled forcibly, or broken : 
 it will be beft to wait half an hour, keeping the hand in the uterus, for fear of its 
 clofing, till it comes away of itfelf, or may be feparated without force, as in No. 
 i2. which exhibits the method of feparating and extracting the placenta from the 
 v/omb, when it does not eafily follow the infant. There the navel-ftring A A is 
 held by the left hand B, while the right hand D is thereby guided in the collapfed 
 uterus C C to the placenta E, which is hereby feparated from the uterus. If, through 
 the unfkilfulnels of the midwife, the orifice of the womb clofes, before it is come 
 
 away.
 
 
 J)PiM./Jr/t'i . 
 
 /'r ,/^.ii:'.fh'//t ■
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 233 
 
 away, aloetic pills muft be taken every evening. If it putrifies, the patient dies, or 
 falls into dangerous fevers. After delivery, the woman (hould be put into bed, and 
 a folded iheet put under her hips, in order to receive the lochia. Warm linen 
 fliould be applied to the genital parts, to keep out the air, and a comprefs, dipped in 
 warm wine, Ihould be applied to the belly, but not too light If there are violent 
 painsafcer delivery, they generally proceed from the after-birth's being retained, or 
 part of it ; from blood clotted, or concreted, in the uterus •, from hard labour ; from 
 a defcft in the flux of the lochia -, or from wind, efpecially if the woman has not 
 beenfwathed in a proper way. In this cafe, hot diluents are proper, or an infufion 
 of camomile-flowers, drunk as tea, or broths with carraway- feeds ; or wormwood, 
 or thin orange-peel one ounce, or a bitter tindure in a proper infufion, taken hot. 
 An ounce or two of oil of fweet almonds, taken in a hot vehicle, is alfo excellent. 
 
 If violent pains continue after delivery of the child, fo as to give fufpicion of 
 more being left behind, the greateil: care and circumfpeftion fliould be ufed in exa- 
 mining the fl:ateof the uterus, and watching an opportunity toextrad them in thofe 
 favourable moments when the efforts of nature and the mother's throws mutually 
 confpire to promote the birth -, and in which the utmoft Ikill and caution are requi- 
 fite, or both mother and offspring are liable to perifh. Thefe cafes, when they 
 happen, are generally attended with the more difficulty from the midwife not know- 
 ing the ufual pofition of a plural conception. I have therefore given the annexed 
 plate of a recent cafe, where three children were fafely delivered, who, with the mo- 
 ther, are all in a fair way of doing well. 
 
 The moft: fatal diforder confequent upon delivery is the pw^r/^^r^/ or child-bed 
 fever ; and there is not any difeafe that requires to be treated with more fliill and 
 attention than thisj confequently the befl afTiftance ought always to be obtained as 
 foon as pofTible, In women of plethoric conftitutions, bleeding will generally be 
 proper at the beginning; it ought however to be ufed with caution, and not to be 
 repeated unlefs where the figns of inflammation rife high ; in which cafe it will alfo 
 be necefl'ary to apply a blifter to the region of the womb. During the rigour, or 
 cold fit, proper means fhould be ufed to abate its violence, and fhorten its duration. 
 For this purpofe the patient may drink freely of warm diluting liquors, and, if low, 
 may take now and then a cup of white-wine whey ; warm applications to the ex- 
 tremities, as heated bricks, bottles or bladders filled with warm water, and fuch- 
 like, may alfo be ufed v/ith advantage. Emollient clyfl:ers of milk and water, or 
 of chicken water, ought to be frequently adminiflered through the courfe of the 
 difeafe. Thefe prove beneficial by promoting a difcharge from the intefl:ines, and 
 alfo by acfting as a kindly fomentation to the womb and parts adjacent. Great care 
 however is requifitc in giving them, on account of the tendernefs of the parts in 
 41. 3 the.
 
 234 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 the pelvis at this time. The medicine always found to fucceed bed in this difeafe is 
 thefalinedraught. This, if frequently repeated, will often put a flop to the vomiting, 
 and at the fame time leflen the violence of the fever. If it runs off by ftool, or if the 
 patient be reftlefs, a few dropsof laudanum, or fome fyrup of poppies, tnayoccafionally 
 be added. To avoid this fever, every woman in child-bed ought to be kept perfeftly 
 eafy; her food fhould be light and fimple, and her bed-chamber cool, and properly 
 ventilated. There is not any thing more hurtful to a woman in this fituation than 
 being kept too warm. She ought not to have her body bound too tight, nor to rife 
 too foon from bed, after delii'ery ; catching cold is alfo to be avoided ; and a proper 
 attention fhould be paid to cleanlinefs. To prevent the milk-fever, the breafts ought 
 to be frequently drawn ; and, if they are filled previous to the onfetof a fever, they 
 fhould, upon its firft appearance, be drawn, to prevent the milk from becoming 
 ^crid, and its being abforbed in this ftate. 
 
 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 IT is proper immediately afcer children are born, to fearch narrowly whether they 
 have received any injury, either in the womb, or in the delivery itfelf. Bruifes in 
 the head, or elfewhere, occafioned by the rough treatment of the midwife, and 
 Iwellings, occafioned by a prefTure againft the internal orifice, may be cured or dif- 
 culTed by the following mixture : Take camphorated fpirit of wine and oil of fweet 
 almonds, of each two drachms; compound fpirit of lavender, half a drachm: mix. 
 Let the injured part be frequently anointed therewith. It may alfo be now and 
 then fomented with warm milk. But, if the fwelling tends to fuppuration, it ought 
 to be immediately forwarded with mucilage plaifter, diachylon with gum, or a 
 poultice of bread and milk. And, after the difcharge of matter, ufe Arcsus's lini- 
 ment, warm, and mixed with a little Peruvian balfam, for the dreffings, covering 
 them with a fimple diachylon plaifter. 
 
 Thegripes in children fometimes prove fo violent, as to throw them into univer- 
 fal convulfions, or to caufe what is called a convulfion of the bowels. When the 
 diet is ful'pcfted to caufe this diforder, it is ufual to boil carraway-feeds and laurel- 
 leaves along with the panada, or to mix with it a little wine or brandy. If the me- 
 conium has not been duly purged away, five grains of rhubarb fhould be given 
 twice a week, till the bowels are evacuated ; or a little oil of fweet almonds, and 
 fyrup of violets, where the infant is weak. When the taking in too much milk is 
 fufpedled to be the caufe, let it be debarred the nipple a fhort time, and in the mean 
 whileexhibitingthe following mixture : Take fyrup of peach blofToms and rhubarb, 
 of each half an ounce; of annifeed, two drops : mix. Let a fmall fpoonful of this 
 be given occafionally, while the fymptoms laft. When the curdling of the milk 
 
 caufes
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 235 
 
 caufes the gripes, proceed as follows : Take rhubarb powdered fine, and magnefia 
 alba, of each ten grains ; oil of annifeed, one drop : mix. Give half this for a 
 purge, in a fpoonfui of the mother's milk, and repeat the dofe two or three times 
 if there be occafion. When worms are the caule ot the gripes, the readieli way to 
 remove them is by giving Ethiop's mineral and rhubarb mixed in equal quantities, 
 about five grains at a time, twice a-day. If wind be the caufe, the belly of the 
 child may be anointed with a mixture of two parts oil of fweet almonds, and one 
 part French brandy ; wrapping the part up warm afterwards, with a flannel. 
 
 The fymptoms of cutting teeth generally begin about the fifth or fixth month, at 
 which time fome of the fore-teeth rife, and occafion great pain, or even convulfions. 
 Children have then commonly an itching, heat, pain, and fwelling, in the gums ; 
 their fpittle rifes much; they are reftlefs and feverifh, fometimes loofe, and fome- 
 times coftive. A few days before any tooth is cut, the gum immediately above it 
 appears thin and whicifh, its fides being fwelled and inflamed. Children of grofs 
 habit, and who breed their teeth with cofti venefs, are generally in moft danger. The 
 following mixture, given occafionally, will mitigate the pain, during the cutting of 
 teeth : Take black-cherry water, two ounces; compound piony-water, twodrachms; 
 confedion of kermes, two fcruples ; Sydenham's liquid laudanum, fifteen drops: 
 mix. Let one fpoonfui be given at a time, when the child is very reftlefs. 
 
 Thofe littk ulcerous eruptions in the mouth called the thrufh, which fometimes 
 appear early, and fometimes not till the third or fourth year, are accounted danger- 
 ous when joined with a fever, and are always troublefome. The child here fhould 
 be kept moderately cool, as in a common fever, and a fmall blifter may be applied 
 to the neck, if the diforder be great. In the mean time ufe the following julep : 
 Take black-cherry water, four ounces ; treacle- water, one ounce ; lemon-juice, fix 
 drachms; fpirit of fweet nitre and fpiritus volatile oleofum, of each fifteen drops : 
 mix. Give a fpoonfui or two every third or fourth hour ; and let the ulcers in the 
 mouth be cleanfed with the following gargle : Take barley decoftion, three ounces ; 
 beft vinegar, one ounce ; fyrup of mulberries, fix drachms : mix. This fhould be 
 ufed twice or thrice a day, with a foft linen rag, or the nurfe's finger. 
 
 Coughing, crying, violent motion, and tight fwathing, are apt to cau{e ruptures 
 in the tender bodies of infants. While the rupture is frefh, it may be remedied by 
 the conftant wearing of a trufs, made for that pnrpofe. Aftringent fomentations, 
 made of pomegranate-peels, balauftine, and red-rofe flowers, boiled in lime-water, 
 and mixed with red wine, may be ufed after the inteftines are replaced, which fliould 
 be immediately done. Small ruptures in the groin and privities, happening fre- 
 quently in children, are ufually cured with fmall difficulty, by only plaifters and 
 bandages; but, when they contmue obfliinate, the child fhould be kept in the cra- 
 dle as quiet as poffible. 
 
 When
 
 2j6 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 When the futures or joining feams of the head continue too long open, it is 
 thought a bad fign. In this cafe it is ulual to rub the head often with a little warm 
 rum or brandy, mixed with the white of an egg and palm-oil, a red cloth being 
 conftantly worn over the part. But, when this diforder proceeds from a colledion 
 of water in the head, it mud be cured by ifTues in the neck, perpetual blifters, and 
 purgatives. A purgative diet-drink may be made of rhubarb and fweet-fennel feeds, 
 •0 be drunk daily. When there is a diforder direftly oppofite to this, called head- 
 mould fioty which fignifies a too clofe locking of the futures, it is ufually left to 
 nature, as admitting of no help from medicine. 
 
 Breakings out in children, when they are fuperficial, contain a thin yellow mat- 
 ter, and leave the fkin beneath red when the fcabs fall off, are rather falutary than 
 hurtful. It is cuftomary however, to purge with a few grains of rhubarb, and 
 anoint the puftules with cream, or oil of almonds, or extract of Saturn, commonly 
 called Goulard. A little bafilicon likewife, fpread thin upon lint, has been found 
 ufeful ; and the body Ihould be kept open. But, when thefe cafes grow inveterate 
 and ftubborn, there can be no fafer method than a courfe of ^thiop's mineral and 
 rhubarb. 
 
 The rickets is a diforder of the bones in children, caufing a bunching out, or 
 
 crookednefs thereof. It may be occafioned by fwathing a child too tight in fome 
 
 places, and too loofe in others ; by placing it in an inconvenient, or too often in 
 
 the fame, pofture ; fuffering it to be long wet, not giving it proper motion, or 
 
 ufing it to one arm only. It may alfo be owing to the parents, or fome defefl: in 
 
 the digeftive faculty, or a vifcidity of the blood. But the moft evident caufe of the 
 
 rickets, is the violence done to the body by preffure or fwathing, while the bones are 
 
 but in a cartilaginous ftate. Add to this, external injury by falls, blows, difloca- 
 
 tions, or fraftures, which fpecies fometimes bring on an afthma, confumption, or 
 
 crookednefs of the back. Upon the firft appearance of this difeafe, which ufually 
 
 happens between the eighth month and the fifth year, the part it affccls grows 
 
 flaccid and weak ; the child becomes pale, fickly, flothful, and lofes the ufe ot its 
 
 feet, though it had it before ; the head grows too large for the trunk, and cannot 
 
 be managed by the mufcles of the neck ; knotty excrefcences appear in the wrifls, 
 
 ancles, and tops of the ribs -, the bones of the legs and thighs become crooked, 
 
 v'hich makes the motion difagreeable; and fometimes the arms alfo are diftvjrted, 
 
 and appear knotty. If thefe fymptoms continue long, a difficulty of breathing, 
 
 cough, and hyfteric fever, come on; the belly fwells, the pulfe grows weak, and 
 
 the child's life is in danger. The rickets is moft commonly cured, when taken in 
 
 lime, and while the child is very young. But, if it continues long, the patient gene- 
 
 2 rally
 
 A N D F A M I L Y D I S P E N S A T O R Y. "237 
 
 rally becomes a dwarf, and is fickly or phthifical during life, efpecialiy if the 
 back be any way affefted. A ricketty child fhould be ufed to motion, and kept as 
 much as poO'ible in a poilure oppofite to chat which his bones are inclined to. It is 
 aUo fcrviccable, before thediUemper is confirmed, to plunge the child two or three 
 times every morning in a tub of cold water, during the months of May and June 
 efpecialiy. After being taken out the lalt time, it is to be well dried, and put im- 
 mediately into a bed or cradle, there to fweat freely for an liour or more, as the 
 flrength will bear; and, when it grows cool again, it may be taken up and fliifted. 
 The back-bone alfo, and joints, may every night be anointed before the fire, wiih 
 the white of an egg, beat into a water with a whiflc or fpoon ; or with a liniment of 
 rum and palm oil. It is ufual likewife to apply a plaifter of minium and oxy- 
 croceum along his back, and to rub him all over before the fire, but moftiy the 
 parts afFcded, with a dry linen cloth. But perhaps nothing can exceed the follow- 
 ing liniment and plairter ; the former for anointing the joints, and principal parts 
 aftedted, with a warm hand, once or twice aday ; and the latter for applying to the 
 back, or any particular part, being fpread upon leather. Take nerve ointment, 
 with oils of palms and bays, of each one ounce ; balfam of Peru, and oil of nutmeg 
 by expreffion, of each two drachms; oil of cloves and chemical oil of amber, of 
 each ten drops; compound fpirit of lavender, one ounce; fpirit of fal ammoniac, 
 two drachms : mix for a liniment. Take plaillers of cummin, brown minium, and 
 herniam and oxycroceum, of each half an ounce; balfam of Peru, one drachm; 
 powder of red-role flowers, and armenian bole, of each half an ounce ; oils of amber 
 and camphire, of each one drachm ; oil of parfley, enough to make a confiftence for 
 a plaiiler. When the diftemper feems fixed and obftinate, ifTues may be cut in the 
 arms and neck, efpecialiy if the head be large, and the child of a grofs habit. 
 
 Of barrenness in WOMEN and INSUFFICIENCY m MEN. 
 
 BARRENNESS is fuch a ftate of a woman's body as indifpofes it, upon the 
 ufe of the natural means, to conceive and propagate her fpecies. This diitemper 
 proceeds from many fources, which may be reduced to thefe two general heads : 
 Firfl, — An indifpoficion of the parts to receive the male femen in the afb of copu- 
 lation, or that vital effiuvium flreaming from it which alone can impregnate the 
 ovaria. Secondly,— An inaptitude to retain and nourilh the vital particle after it 
 is injeifted, fo as to make it grow and expand its parts, till it becomes a proper foe- 
 tus. The reception of the feed is hindered by many caufes ; as, immature age, 
 when by reafon of the narrownefs of the genital paflTages the woman cannot admit 
 the virile member, or at leaft not without great pain, which makes her diflike co- 
 pulation ; and old age hath fomerimes the fame effedl ; for, in elderly virgins, the 
 
 4'- 3 P parts
 
 238 CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 parts are fo ftraitened for want of ufe, ihac they cannot without difficulty con- 
 tribute to the means of generation. Women who are lame alfo, or have their 
 limbs diliorted, or their hips deprelTed, cannot always lie in fuch a pofture as is ne- 
 ceflary tor a fit reception of the femen. Too much fat likewife ftops the palTage, 
 particularly, when the omentum preflcs upon the orifice of the womb, and renders 
 the copulation incommodious. And, when a woman is troubled with a cold intem- 
 perament of the womb, fhe becomes dull and indifferent as to conjugal embraces, 
 in which fhe hardly enjoys any pleafure, or is fo flowly moved, that the inner orifice 
 of the womb does net open feafonably to receive the man's feed. The paflions of 
 the mind are alfo a great hindrance to fertility, efpecially hatred between man and 
 wife, whereby the woman, having an averfion to enjoyment, does not fupply fpirits 
 fufficienttomake the genital parts turgid at the time of coition : nor can the womb 
 then kindly meet the effluvium, and draw it into its cavity in a due manner. Swel- 
 lings, ulcers, callofities, obfirudions, diftortions of the genital or neighbouring 
 parts, may be fo many impediments to the proper reception of the male femen, or its 
 retention and nutriment after reception. A ftone in the bladder may have the fame 
 effeft, as may a too great moiftnefs and flipperinefs of the womb or vagina, when 
 they.are filled with excrementitious humours, and rendered too lax. Conception is 
 allp h'fidered by a hedtic, hydropic, or feverifh, fickly, habit ; by a deficiency or ob- 
 ftruftion of the monthly courfes, when the natural brifknefs of the blood is wanting, 
 by an immoderate flux of the courfes, which impoverifhes the fluids •, by the whites, 
 which, continuing too long, relax the glands of the womb, and drown, as it were, 
 the prolific particles-, and too often by fecrct venery, which utterly deftroys the tone 
 and vigour of the parts. This may particularly happen on the fide of the man, 
 fince it induces a feminal weaknefs, and a want of a proper ereftion. A virulent 
 gonorrhoea or ill-cured venereal cafe, fafl living, a worn-out conftitution, and want 
 of animal fpirits, or fufficient feed, are fo many obftacles to procreation. Some- 
 times indeed, there may be no defeft difcoverable on either fide, and yet the parties 
 remain without ifTue, notwithflanding their motlearnefl: endeavours to the contrary. 
 When a fwelling actually appears in the uterine vefTels, when the menfes are irregu- 
 lar, or the whites have continued long, if, by the ufe of proper means, the woman 
 does not conceive under thefe circumllances, her own reafon will dictate to her, that 
 ftie muil have immediate rccourfe to the remedies prefcribed for thofe particular 
 complaints. When fhe is very fat and bulky, and has room to think her concep- 
 lion is thereby hindered, her only way is to correft that vicious habit by a thin fpare 
 diet, and proper evacuations. If the lips of the privities, or the entrance of the va- 
 gina, are clofed, it is manifeft to the fight : but, when the orificeof the womb is fhut 
 up, it is dlfiicalt to be known, while the patient is very young, 4nd till her courfes 
 
 come
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 239 
 
 come down : but, when the patient is once certain that it happens by any of thefe 
 cauies, it may not be rafh to lay, that conreption is impracticable till they are re- 
 moved. When there is a total want of erection, or of feminal matter, on the fide of 
 the male, generation is not only impoffible, but the cure very precarious and diffi- 
 cult. Preparatory to the cure of infertility in cither fex, it is proper to ufe evacua- 
 tions, unlels any particular fymptom fhcw them to be dangerous. Bleeding, lenient 
 purgatives, fuch as the folutive eleduary, and a gentle vomit of ipecacuanha, efpe- 
 cially if the peifon be plethoric, or cacochymic, cannot but be of great fervice; 
 becaufe moft of the medicines to be prefcribed, in this cafe, being aromatic, or 
 highly nourifhing, may otherwife bring on inflammatory diforders, as the pleurify, 
 inflammation of the lungs, and the like. Due evacuations having been complied 
 with, proceed with the following ftrengthening electuary: take roots offatyrion 
 and eringo candied, of each one ounce; powders of cinnamon, fweet-fennel feeds, 
 and preferved ginger, of each half an ounce; mace, roots of contrayerva and Spa- 
 ni(h angelica, of each one drachm ; troches of vipers, one ounce ; juice of kermes, 
 fix drachms; tiniflure of cantharides, half a drachm ; fyrup of cloves, a fufiicient 
 quantity to make an eleftuary. Let the quantity of a large nutmeg be taken every 
 morning early, at about five o'clock every afternoon, and at night going to bed ; 
 and let this courfe be continued as long as the cafe requires. Three fpoonfuls of 
 the following wine fliould be drunk after each dofe, to the efficacy of which it will 
 make a confiderable addition. Take canary wine, two quarts ; cloves, nutmegs, 
 long pepper, fmaller cardamum feeds, Virginia fnake-root, and cochineal, of each 
 one drachm and a half; fyrup of citron peels, four ounces : infufe the aromatics, 
 and mix in the fyrup. If thefe, upon trial, fhould not be found efi^edlual; the fol- 
 lowing, which is more ftimulating and powerful, fliould be taken, viz. Take conferve 
 of orange-peels, one ounce ; Venice treacle, and confedion of kermes, of each half 
 an ounce; fpecies of diambrfe, winter's bark, powder of fafiron, fmaller carda- 
 mum feeds, carraways, powdered nutmegs, Virginian fnake-root, and cloves, of each 
 one drachm ; viper's flefli an ounce ; ballamic fyrup, enough to make an eleftuary. 
 Let this be taken in the fame quantities, and at the fame intervals, as the other, 
 drinking ^fter it four fpoonfuls of the following infufion : Take cmnamon pow- 
 dered, one ounce; fweet fennel feeds bruifed, and lavender flowers, of each half 
 an ounce ; Spanifli angelica root, ganger, contrayerva, mace, and cochineal, of each 
 one drachm and a half ; canary wine, two quarts : infufe according to art for two 
 or three days, and to the ftrained infufion add fyrups of faftron and cloves, of each 
 two ounces. At twelve o'clock each day, take a tablefpoon-full of the Solar Tinc- 
 ture in a wine-glafs of coldfpringwatcr ; this Tincture is a moft excellent difcovery 
 for the purpofe of curing flierility. It redifics and warms the blood and juices, in- 
 crcafcs the fpirits, invigorates and revives the whole human machine, and not only 
 
 I raifes
 
 240 C U L P E P E R ' s E N G L I S M PHYSICIAN, 
 
 raifes the appetite to venereal embraces, but removes the ufoal obftruftions of ferti- 
 lity ; prepares the femen for performing its office, and the ova for impregnation. In 
 old age it warms, comforts, and excites the generative parts to admiration, and 
 feldom fails of performing a cure in forty or fifty da^s, if duly followed, and the 
 barrennefs or imbecility be not abfolutely incurable by medicine j particularly if 
 afliftcd with a nourifhing diet, of which plenty of good potatoes and rich milk 
 ought to make a confiderable part. When there is a fulHcient eredion, and only 
 the feed is wanting, all ftimulating and aromatic medicines muft be entirely omit- 
 ted, and the cure attempted with the Tindure only, affifted with a nourifhing diet; 
 to which the ufe of external liniments muft be added. Take nerve ointment, two 
 ounces; oil of mace by exprelTion, one drachm and a half; balfam of Peru, two 
 drachms ; chymical oils of lavender, cloves, and rhodium, of each four drops : mix. 
 Anoint the parts between whiles with this liniment; that is to fay, the penis andfcro- 
 tum if it be for a man, and the pudendum, if for a woman, and it will not fail of ad- 
 miniftering comfort and ftrength. If any thing yet more ftimulating be defired, a 
 drachm and a half, or two drachms, of tinfture of cantharides, may be added to ei- 
 ther preparation. But I would not advife any debilitated perlon to be too bufy with 
 high provocatives, becaufe they may incite to the ufe of venery before nature is pre- 
 pared for it, and fo exhauft the animal fpirits more by one fingle ad of coition than 
 it would be by twenty in the common way. It is better, therefore, for moft per- 
 fons, to keep to the liniments and Tindure only, that their ftrength and ability 
 may be always equal to their inclination. To recover the tone and vigour of the 
 internal parts in women, ufe the following : Take cloves, nutmegs, ginger, Spanifh 
 angelica, of each one drachm ; aloes wood, mace, cardamum feeds, of each one 
 fcruple ; mint leaves, one handful ; cantharides, two drachms ; infufe them in a 
 pint of wh'te wine, and boil over a gentle fire till it is reduced to twelve ounces : 
 then ftrain it, and injed two ounces warm into the uterus every night going to bed, 
 taking at the fame time forty drops of the Lunar Tindure in a wine-glafs of cold wa- 
 ter. When the parts abound with moifture, reftringent or aromatic fumigations 
 may be ufed to advantage, as in the cafe of the whites, and of the falling down of the 
 ■womb and fundament. The ingredients proper in the prefcnt cafe, are ftorax, cloves, 
 nutmegs, caftor, ginger, Spanifti angelica root, and galingals. Equal quantities of 
 thefe may be taken powdered, and mixed together, and about an ounce of the mix- 
 ture is fufficient to burn at a time, according to the diredions in the place above re- 
 ferred to. Where other things have failed, the cold bath hath been of lervice to both 
 fexes, cfpecially in fome phlegmatic conftitutions ; a journey to Bath alfo, or Tun- 
 bridge, and drinking the waters for fome time, hath been attended with good fuccefs. 
 
 Having
 
 e 
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 244 
 
 Having before cautioned againll: the too frequent ufeof venery, cfpecially for tiiole 
 who fecm to be infertile through wcaknels, it will be proper jull to hint the nioll 
 aufpicious feafons for performing the conjugal aft to good purpofe. It has been 
 found, that, though a woman may conceive at any time during the three weeks that 
 Iier courfes ate entirely off", yet fhe is moie apt to do ib immediately after their 
 ceafing than at any other time between the periods of their return. This hint may 
 be made ufe of by weakly people, where the man and the woman are both equally 
 prudent and temperate. When the lips of the privities grow together, they are 
 cautioufly to be feparated by incifion, and the fides kept afunderfor fome time by 
 rags dipped in a proper ointment. And, if the mouth of the womb fhould happen 
 ^o be clofed, a proper pelTary of cork, cafed over with wax, may be introduced to 
 keep it open. But, the affiltance of a Ikilful lurgeon being always ntceffary in theft 
 extraordinary cafes, I choofe not to infill on them any longer. I (hall add only a few 
 words, directed peculiarly to the men, who find themfelves incapabie to propagate 
 their fpecies, though they have not any natural defecl in the inllruments of genera- 
 tion : for, as to ablblute impotency and incapacity of copulation, as it muft bema- 
 nifed to the fight, either from the want of ereftion or due proportion of the penis 
 or a deficiency of the tefticles, fo it is what no man will pretend to cure; on whicli 
 account our laws have given the wife a remedy, where there can be none for the 
 hufband, by allowing her to fue out a divorce, and marry another man. A fimple 
 gleet, brought on by felf- pollution, is one of the greateft caufes of infufficiency. It 
 greatly dcbilitatesthe wholeman, is attended with weaknefsand oftentimes pain in the 
 back, heavinefs and pain in the tefticles, and without help ufuaily terminates in that 
 kind of confumption which is called a tabes dorfalis, or confumption of the back. It 
 is a conftant oozing of a clear feminal matter, which diftinguilhes it from an impure 
 venereal running. A man that is troubled with this ftiocking complaint, either 
 from natural infirmity or habitual vice, (hould never attempt to propagate his fpc- 
 cits till fuch time as he is perfectly cured ; for, befides that his endeavours would 
 be inefi^edtual, they would infallibly heighten his infirmity. The beft medicines in 
 the whole body of phyfic for this dangerous diftemper, are thofejutl: before men- 
 tioned; and the famedireftions ihould beexadly followed by thole men whofefeed 
 is rendered too thin and watery, though without any fuch laxation of the feminal 
 vefiels as occafions a fimple gleet ; and alio by thofe men, who through weaknefs of 
 the parts, are apt to emit their feed as foon as they entertain any amorous thoughts, 
 by which means they are not only hindered from copulation, but even from fruition 
 itielf. In both thefe cafes, as well as in a fimple gleet, abft:inence from conjugal 
 embraces, and perfcvering in the ufe of the Solar Tinflure, with invigorating 
 
 4U 3^ . foo'J..
 
 541 -CULPEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 food, fuch as jellies, broths, oyftcrs, and all agglutinating meats, are the mod effec- 
 tual means of obtaining a cure. 
 
 There is a certain occult and fecret fpecies of barrennefs, that cannot be attributed 
 to any of the caufes before alTigned, or indeed to any vifible caufe at all. This 
 happens when no manner of deted is difcoverable, on the fide either of the male or 
 female, and yet they (hail, againlt their inclinations, remain without ifTue. Many 
 odd conjectures have been ifarted on this account, concerning the pofilble caufcs of 
 fteiility, when neither perfon appears to be in iault. Some fuperftitious people have 
 imputed it to forcery, and recourfe has been had to incantations, amulets, charms, 
 and magic rites, in order to the cure. But people of underftanding give no heed to 
 fuch fables, being fatisfied, that when both parties are of fuitable years, briflc, an3 
 not labouring under any apparent weaknefs or indifpofition, if fertility do not fol- 
 low then- nuptial intercourfe, there muft be fome real and mechanical reafon for it, 
 though not apparent to the fenfes. When there appears no deficiency or defeft in 
 either the man or woman, and none of the before-mentioned caufes of barrennefs 
 exilt, we muft then recur to the real phyfical caufe, which is confidered and under- 
 iliood by very few. It is what is called the temperament^ conjlitution, or complexion; if 
 the man be of a hot temperament, the woman fliould be of a cold one ; if he be of 
 the dry temperament, fhe (hould be of the moift : but, if both be of a dry or both 
 of a moift conftitution, they cannot propagate, though neither may be barren, fingly 
 confidered, and, if joined with an apt conftitution, might both become fruitful. 
 It muft fail under every one's obfervation, that both women and men, who marry 
 more than once, will have children by one marriage, and not by another-, which 
 will certainly confirm what is above afierted. And again, there are other caufes 
 in nature, much more abftrufe and occult than the foregoing, whereby men and 
 women prove barren, though, to all external appearances, their conformation is 
 every way congenial to procreation. This caufe, foftered in the mother's womb, 
 and having its root in the conftruftion of the zodiacal figns and planetary influence 
 under which the embryo is conceived and nourifhed, is totally incurable. So like- 
 wife the variety of parts, both male and female, have their caufe in the conftrudion 
 of the heavenly bodies, which predominate and govern their conception and birth ; 
 for it is certainly found, that, if the Sun be configurated with the Moon, in the 
 degrees of Mercury, and Mars and Venus irradiate the fame, in mafculine figns, 
 the man born under fuch an influence will exceed in that which is natural, having 
 thofe parts in excefs which are proper to men ; but the women fo born will have a 
 conformation of parts preternatural and mixed ; but, if Mars and Venus b« confti- 
 tuted after a mafculine manner in feminine figns, the men will be fubj^tft ro a mix- 
 ture of fex, and the women to excefs of parts and violent luft. All thefe fpeeula- 
 
 1 tions»
 
 AND FAMILY DISPENSATORY. 2^^ 
 
 tions, wonderful as they are, and a thoufand others, whofe effects, though unfeen, 
 are moft fenfibly felt, are fully explained in my Illuftration and Difplay of the Oc- 
 cult Sciences j where it is plainly fhewn, that, the more we enquire into the pathlefs 
 ways of nature, the more readily we deduce a radical caufe for all her operations. 
 
 Of sympathy and ANTIPATHY. 
 
 TO undcrftand the properties of fympathy and antipathy, is, in fa£l:, to take into 
 ourcomprehenfion the univerfal fyfteni of nature, with her obvious and occult pro- 
 perties, and the gradations and con fent of parts of all its atoms. This ftudy be- 
 comes all men ; but more efpecially thofe who praftife phyfic, fince their efFefts 
 not unfrcquently preferve life, or deftroy it-, and, in the beginning, middle, and 
 end, of difeafes, the refult may be always known. Sympathy and antipathy are 
 found in all things; and, if traced, account for thofe wonderful occurrences in na- 
 ture, which otherwife appear altogether inexplicable. All vegetable and mineral 
 produftions have not only a wonderful fympathetic power with their own fpecies, 
 but fo likewife has all animated nature; and more particularly man. It is certainly 
 true that this celeflial invifible principle is born with us, and emanates from the 
 centre of the intellectual foul, combined with the terreflrial body ; and, pafTing 
 through its nerves, forms an atm.ofphere around us, whereby the fenfations of fym- 
 pathy and antipathy, of love and hatred, of joy and grief, and all the propenfities of 
 human nature, are by a collifion of rays, which reciprocally cohere or repel what- 
 ever comes in contacfl with them, that the effeft is made manifeft to our fenfes. 
 Hence it is, that favoury high-fcafoned meats, feen or fmelt, excite the appetite and 
 affecfl the glands and parts of the mouth ; that an impudent or fhameful thing, feen 
 or heard, affefts the cheeks with blufhes ; and fo, on the contrary, if 'a thing pleafe, 
 it afiedts the pr<-Ecordia, and excites the mufcles of the face and mouth to laughter ; 
 if it grieve, it afFefts the glands of the eyes, fo as to occafion tears, and irritates the 
 mufcles of the face into an afpe(5t of crying; fo kiffing, though the delirium or 
 pleafure is excited by the lips, yet the mofl: fenfible irritation falls upon tlie gepital 
 parts, which are rendered turgid, ftiff, and apt for procreation, as the fum and 
 centre, or full end and completion, of all fublunary enjoyments. And hence the 
 caufe of thofe indefcribable pafTions, love, lult, inclination, fympathetic affection, 
 &c. for if we fee a limb amputated, or a violent blow ftruck, we cannot help feeling 
 a fympathetic pain in the felf-fame member of our own bodies; which is the reafon 
 why thofe perfons can never make good furgeons, whofe conception and birth were 
 irradiated by the ftrong fympathetic rays of benefic ftars, or, as it is commonly 
 termed, inherit ftrong fympathizing pafilons. So again, if cither man or woman 
 
 look
 
 244 CULTEPER's ENGLISH PHYSICIAN, 
 
 look upon brutes in the a<5t of copulation, it fympatheticaily affeds the fame organs 
 in themfelves, and excites to lafcivioufnefs and luft. 
 
 Some perfons, we find, are fo delicately organized, as to become violently ena- 
 moured with an objedtat firfl: fight, without ever having exchanged a fingle word ; 
 and it often happens that there is no alternative but death or the immediate enjoyment 
 of the beloved perlbn ! This is produced by a fympathy of fouls, united by a com- 
 bination of fcif-refle<fted rays, which reciprocally cohere from the male to the female, 
 and from the female to the male, by the adlion of the intelleftual foul on the folids 
 and fluids of the body ; and, as this combination or collifion of rays is formed ac- 
 cording to the different principles from whence it adls, and the organs of fenfe on 
 which it ftrikes, fo it excites a fweet vibratory delirium in the brain, which confti- 
 tutes that ardent afFettion and longing dtfire for the perfon, whofe genial effluvium 
 had thus drawn forth or excited the palTion of love. And, it is by this alone, we can 
 account for thofe perfeftions of beauty and merit difcoverable by one man's fenfes, 
 to which another will continue for ever infenfible and blind. 
 
 It is from a fimilar caufe that we define the longing of a pregnant woman, and 
 its effecl upon the foetus 5 for, as like produces its like, and the child takes its 
 frame from the external members of its parents in the a<5l of coition, fo there is a 
 fympathy and concordancy betwixt the child's members and thofe of its mother; 
 therefore, whatever member the mother touches at the time her foul is drawn forth 
 in longing after fome elementary fubftance, the fame member of the child receives 
 the imprefllon, and an external mark is produced, according to the nature and qua- 
 lity of the thing longed for. But, this impreflion can only take place before the em- 
 bryo has quickened ; for, till then, the child is pafiive, and the generative eflenceof 
 the mother a£tive, whence follows a confent of parts ; bur, when the light of life 
 is kindled in the foetus, it lives in its own fpirit, and is no longer fubjeft to this 
 afFedtion, nor fo liable to abortion. 
 
 We might here adduce ten thoufand curious inftances of theeffeds of fympathy 
 and antipathy, as well from natural hiftory as from the Occult Sciences ; but, as 
 this would be foreign to my purpofe, and too much enlarge the prefent publication, 
 I have given a very full difcuflion of this fubjeft in a work I have lately publifh- 
 ed, intituled, " A Key to Phyfic and the Occult Sciences ; in which I have laid down 
 fuch rules as to prevent a pofTibility of miftaking the patient's cafe, or of failing of 
 a cure, if the lamp of life be not too far exhaufted ; and have alfo more particularly 
 elucidated the aftrologic fcience, in ordertothrownew lights on fomeinterefting parts 
 of my former publications •, and alfo to illuftrate the fcience of Animal Magnetifm, 
 which is wholly founded on the principles of fympathy and antipathy. 
 
 CULPEPER's
 
 C 245 ) 
 
 CULPEPER's DISPENSATORY, for FAMILY USEi 
 
 COKTAININC 
 
 A choice SELECTION of invaluable P R E S C R I PTION S for alinoft all DISEASES 
 
 incident to tlie HUMAN BODY. 
 
 AROMATIC OR SPICE WATER, 
 ''I ''A K F. of white canetla, half a pound; frfh outward 
 JL peel of lemons, four ounces ; leJJ'er cardamum feeds, two 
 ounces ; French brandy, two gallons. Let them Jlecp 
 together for four days ; and then dijlil off two gallons. 
 
 This is a warm ferviceable cordial ; for, it gratefully 
 invigorates tlie animal fpirits, ftimulates the nerves, and 
 thus dilFolves cold vifcid humours, and expels flatulen- 
 cies. It is an excellent ftoniacliic, helps digedion, and 
 flops vomiting ; and as a carminative is ufed in the rougher 
 cathartics. Half a wine-glafs of it is a dofe in windy and 
 painful complaints of the llomach and bowels, and to be 
 repeated occafionally. 
 
 PLAGUE AND FEVER WATER. 
 
 Take roots of majler-wort, a pound and a half; angelica 
 feeds, half a pound; elder -fiowers, leaves of fcordium, of 
 each four ounces; French brandy, three gallons. Steep them 
 together for the fpace of four days; and then draw off, by 
 dijlillation, two gallons and a half. 
 
 The ingredients are well chofen for the purpofes in- 
 tended ; it being defigned as a high cordial in very low 
 and languid cafes, and to raife the fpirits in the plague 
 and malignant fevers with deprelTions. If a fifth part of 
 diftilled vinegar be added, it is then termed aqua epide- 
 tnia acida, which is a very powerful fudorific, and refifter 
 of putrefaflion in all peftilential and other putrid fevers. 
 
 EYE-WATER. 
 
 Take white vitriol, half a pound; water, four pints. 
 Boil them until the vitriol is diffolved ; and then filter the 
 liquor for ufe. 
 
 This is calculated to cool and repel thofe fharp rheums 
 and inflainniations which Ibnietimes fall upon the eyes, 
 where the veflels, being weak and thin, are often unable 
 to refill duly the iiupulfe of the blood, unlefs they are 
 conftringcd and (Irengthened by fome fuch collyrium. It 
 , is likewife good to clear them of beginning films and 
 fpecks. If it (hould prove too fharp for tender eyes, it 
 may be diluted with a little fpring or rofe water. 
 
 ANODYNE BALSAM. 
 
 Take of faponaceous halfam, or opodeldoc, a pound and a 
 half; of liquid laudanum, half a pound. Mix them for ufe. 
 
 This is certainly an extremely penetrating and refol- 
 vent anodyne, both for internal and external ufe ; being 
 a moll excellent medicine for procuring eafe in the extre- 
 mities of pain, and in nervous and nephritic cholics. It 
 cleanfes all the vifcera and glandular parts ; therefore 
 good in the jaundice and fuch diftempers of the urinary 
 palTages as proceed from the obdrudlion of gravel or 
 (limy humours. Inwardly it may be given from 20 to 
 40 drops. And outwardly, applied to the pained part, it 
 does mighty fervice, a rag being dipped in it, and retain- 
 ed thereon. 
 
 ALEXETERIAL BOLUS. 
 
 Taie of Virginian fnake-root, ffleen grains; of cajlor, 
 ten grains; of camphor, three grains; fyrup of fugar, 
 enough to mix and make them into a bolus. 
 
 This is a powerful alexipharmic, and is given in mod 
 kinds of fevers, efpecially the worfl and more malignant 
 fort, attended with convulfions and deliria. It is hardly 
 ever omitted, when the pulfe and fpirits begin to flag in 
 the progiefs of a putrid fever, fmall-pox, nieailes, mi- 
 liary fever, &c. It is good in nervous and paralytic cafes, 
 which proceed from too much humidity ; as alio in the 
 febricula, whether liyllerical or hypochondriacal. If 
 plentifully prefcribed, it requires to be well diluted with 
 fmall liquors; and, thus managed, it feldom fails of rail- 
 ing a diaphoraefis, and bringing the diftemper to a crifis.. 
 
 DIAPHORETIC BOLUS. 
 
 Take of compound powder of coutrayerva, and of crude 
 fait of ammoniac, each one fcruplc; fyrup ofjugar as muck 
 as isfuffcicnt to make a bolus. 
 
 This penetrates into the mod intimate parts, and is a 
 noble aperient, fudorific, antifeptic, and diuretic. Hence 
 it becomes proper, in cafes where perfpiralion is to be 
 auginented ; and in fevers, in which tlie diforder is to be 
 eliminated by the cutiailar dilcharges. ix is prelcribed, 
 with a draught of the plague-water, to remove cacheftic 
 and anafarcous fwellings. 
 
 BOLUS OF JALAP with MERCURY. 
 
 Take of choice jalap, one fcruple ; colomtl, from Jive p 
 ten grains ; fyrup of fugar f afuffcient quantity. Mix thefi 
 
 together into a bolus. 
 
 R Thif
 
 ■246 
 
 CULPEPER's DISPENSATORY, 
 
 This is a proper bolus in moft cafes where a brifk pur- 
 gative, preceded by a clyfier, is necelTary, either to make 
 a revulfion after bleeding in inflammatory fwelUngs and 
 obflruilions of the parts contained in tlie head, neck, or 
 tliorax ; or to make an evacuation of the inteftincs and 
 adjacent vifcera of the abdomen. Thus may a bilious 
 fever be carried oil, when it has lingered, and there is 
 little probability of its ending critically by any other way : 
 as a diaphoretic and hydrogogue, it is of ufe in drop- 
 fies, defluxions of the head, eyes, and ears ; as alfo in 
 huwioral coughs, and many obllinate chronical dirtem- 
 pcrs. It deftroys worms, cures a virulent gonorrhea and 
 fliioralbus. It ia alio good to cleanfe the bowels from 
 their redundant vifcid mucus, that often clogs or (liuts 
 lip the chylopoietic fyfleni, fo as to hinder the entrance 
 and proper effefls of otlier medicines. In intermitting 
 fevers it is a fpecific. 
 
 A PECTORAL BOLUS. 
 
 Take of fpermaceti, fifteen grains ; of gum ainmoniacum, 
 tea grains \ of the volatile fait of hartjhorn, [even grains. 
 Mix, and make them into a bolus. 
 
 This is an excellent balfamic in many diflempers of the 
 bread ; and gently deterges and heals. In coughs, pleu- 
 rifies, and inward impofihumations, where the mucus of 
 the bowels lias been abraded by acrimony and choler ; as 
 alfo in diawhasas and dyfenteries ; this is a very good 
 healer. In ulcerations of the kidneys and bloody urine, 
 it is likewife a very fuitable medicine ; and, by foftening 
 and relaxing the fibres, it contributes frequently to the 
 expuKion of gravel. It may be taken once or twice a-day, 
 with fome proper emulfion, draught, or julep, according 
 to the indications. 
 
 The rhubarb BOLUS with CALOMEL. 
 
 Take of the bejl purgative rhubarb, twenty-fve grains ; 
 of calomel, five grains. Mix, and make them into a bolus, 
 with as muck fyrup offugar as will fujice. 
 
 This is an admirable medicine in moft cafes where 
 purging is neceflary, to cleanfe the firft paflTages of any 
 thing that hinders the fuccefsful operation of other altera- 
 tive medicines. See the virtues of the jalap bolus, which 
 this nearly anfwers, but is more aftringent, hepatic, fio- 
 machic, and a purger of the urine and fabulous concretions. 
 
 EMOLLIENT CATAPLALM. 
 Take of the crumb of bread, eight ounces ; white foap, one 
 ounce ; frefk cow's milk, a fujfcicnt quantity. Boil them a 
 little, and fp read for ufe. 
 
 This is anodyne, penetrating, and refolvent, therefore 
 applied to the foles of the feet in fevers, to the joints 
 when afflifted with the gout, and caufes fometimes the 
 exudation of a great quantity of ferous matter j and to 
 white fwellings. 
 
 SUPPURATING CATAPLASM. 
 
 This is made by adding to the foregoing Cataplafm, of raw 
 onions bruifed, one ounce and a half; baftlicon ointment, me 
 ounce. 
 
 This is good to draw and fuppurate all kinds of tu- 
 mours; and to ripen, break, and cleanfe, impofthii- 
 mations. 
 
 APERIENT ALE. 
 
 Take of old mujlar d-feed , ten ounces; long birthwort- 
 root, fix ounces; tops of lefjcr centaury, two ounces ; favin, 
 one ounce ; new fniall ale, ten gallons. 
 
 This cleanfes the womb, excites the menftrual dif. 
 charges, and forwards delivery. It is ferviceable in hy- 
 fterical diforders, and good to loofcn and difcufs vifcidi- 
 ties ; and therefore excellent in all paralytic cafes, and the 
 decays and defluxions attending old age. 
 
 CEPHALIC ALE. 
 
 Take of wild valerian-root, ten ounces ; whole mujlard- 
 feed, fix ounces; Virginian fnake-root, two ounces; rofemaryy 
 or [age, three ounces ; new fmall ale, ten gallons. 
 
 This is good againfl epilepfies, apoplexies, palfies, and 
 all difeafes of that kind, and vertigoes from uterine ob- 
 (Iruftions ; it is alfo of ufe in almoft all nervous com- 
 plaints; efpecially fuch as arife from too great raoillure 
 and cold. 
 
 STRENGTHENING CONFECTION. 
 
 Take of bole ammoniac prepared, three ounces ; tormetrtil 
 roots, nutmegs, olibanum, of each two ounces ; opium, one 
 drachm and a half; fyrup of dry rofes, thrice the weight of 
 the powders. Mix them according to art. 
 
 This alexipharmic, anodyne, and aftringent vulnerary, 
 is recommended in immoderate evacuations of the abdo- 
 men. A drachm or two of it, at a dofe, along with the 
 chalk julep, will give an effedual check to the diforder. 
 It is fuccefsfully prefcribed for diarrhoeas in the meafles, 
 fmall-pox, or fevers ; as alfo for relaxations, haemor- 
 rhages, and hurts in the time of pregnancy ; and likewife 
 for the fluor albus, and feminal weaknefs. 
 
 ANTIHECTIC DECOCTION. 
 
 Take of the roots of comfry, eryngo, each half an ounce ; 
 conferve of rofes, two ounces ; water, three pints. Boil theft 
 ingredients together, till there remains a quart of liquor after 
 f raining; to which add of fweet fpirit of vitriol, forty 
 drops. 
 
 This is grateful and (Irengthening ; it retrains the fa- 
 line particles of the blood, and hinders it from rufhing 
 too impetuoufly through the lungs ; therefore it takes 
 place in newly-begun confumptions, lieflic fevers, night 
 fweats, &c. wheie the coUiquation of the humours 
 caufes a waliing of tlie mufcular parts. 
 
 COM.
 
 FOR FAMILY USE. 
 
 247 
 
 COMMON DECOCTION. 
 
 Take of mallow leaves, camomile Jlowers, each one oimce ; 
 water, two quarts. Boil till one quart of the liquor is wajlcd : 
 thenjlrain out the remaining decoilion for ufe. 
 
 Tliis is emollient and carminative, tlierefore accounted 
 a good anodyne, and excellent againft gripes, nephritic 
 pains, ftranguarics, andlieat of urine; as alio for cramps, 
 and fucli-like fpafms. It is likewife ufed for lotions and 
 clyfters.. 
 
 The diuretic DECOCTION. 
 
 Take of the roots of parjley, or thofe of fennel, one ounce; 
 feeds of wild carrot, three drachms ; pellttory of the wall, 
 half an ounce ; raifins of the fun, two ounces ; water, three 
 pints. Boil them together, till there remains a quart of liquor 
 after Jlraining ; to which add of nitre, one drachm. 
 
 This abfterges much (lime and vifcid adhefions from the 
 ftomach and bowels; cleanfes the vifcera, particularly the 
 kidneys; keeps the juices cool and fluid; and greatly 
 aflifts their dilc'harge by urine, efpetially in uterine and 
 hyfteric cafes. 
 
 VULNERARY D;EC0CTI0N. 
 
 Take cf the herb ground-ivy, leaves of plantain, each haf 
 an ounce; water, three pints. Boil them till there remains a 
 quart of liquor after Jlraining; to which add, of white fugar, 
 half an ounce. 
 
 This is cooling, abrterfive, and vulnerary; and pre- 
 fcribed as an afiringent in dillenipers of the lungs, chiefly 
 for futh confumptions as proceed from lliarp thin humours, 
 weaknelfes, and fpitting of blood. 
 
 ANTIDVSENTERIC ELECTUARY. 
 
 Take of the Jlrengthening confcSlion, one ounce ; batfam of 
 Lucatellus, ( dijfolved in the yolk of an egg, J half an ounce. 
 Mix them together. 
 
 This is an excellent internal vulnerary in an obftinate 
 bloody flux, to prevent abortion, &c. and very aptly 
 formed for correlponding with fuch purpofes. The con- 
 feftion has its fliare in accomplidiinga cure, partly from 
 its aftringency, partly from its opiate quality, by render- 
 ing the veffels infenfible of the pungency of the morbific 
 particles; while the virtues of the balfam agglutinate, 
 ileal, and (lop up tlie mouths of the velTels, and (lieath the 
 acrimonious humours which abrade the parts. 
 
 BALSAMIC ELECTUARY. 
 
 Tahe ofconfcrve ifrofes, two ounces; batfam of Lucatellus, 
 (dijfolved in the yolk of an egg,) one ounce. Mi.x, and make 
 them into an cleBuary. 
 
 This is a noble medicine, eafy to take, and oiiglit to be 
 repeated on the urgency of fuch coughs as give fufpicion 
 of tubercles, ulcerations, and decays of the lungs. It 
 diflToIves tough phlegm in the brontiiia, cures catarrhs 
 
 and coughs from tickling dcfluxions ; it repairs and heals 
 inward exulcerations and bloody difcharges, efpecially of 
 the kidneys, bladder, and uterus. In ffminal iveaknefles, 
 old gleets in both fexes, there can be nothing better ron- 
 trived. The ijuantity of a nutmeg may bo taken two or 
 three times in a day, with a draught of the antihc^fic 
 decoffion, 
 
 CEPHALIC ELECTUARY. 
 
 Take of wild valerian-root, mijletoe of the oak, each one 
 ounce ; fyrup of fugar, a J'ujficient quantity. Mix them into 
 an elcSluary. 
 
 This is calculated for diforders of the head, and is in 
 great efleem for cpilepfies and inveterate head-achs. It 
 is frequently prefcribed in apoplexies, vertigoes, and 
 convuKions from uterine obftrudlions. 
 
 ELECTUARY against the PILES. 
 
 Take of lenitive eleEluary, two ounces ; Julphur vivum, 
 hafan ounce. Make thereof an cleiiuary. 
 
 The quantity of a nutmeg is to be taken of this every 
 morning and night ; it will keep the belly moderately lax, 
 and greatly eafc the piles. 
 
 LENITIVE ELECTUARY. 
 
 Take three ounces of polypody-roots, and three quarts of 
 water. Boil till two quarts are wajlcd; adding, towards 
 the end of the codlion, two ounces of Jena, and halj' an ounce of 
 coriander J'ceds. Strain out the liquor, add to it four pounds 
 of white fugar, and boil to the conjijtcnce of a thick fyrup; 
 with which mix a pound of the pulp of French prunes; haf 
 a pound of the pulp of cajf a, and the Jame quantity if tama- 
 rinds. Make the whole into an electuary. 
 
 This cools and purges very gently, and is convenient 
 enough to add in clyfiers. Internally it is more proper to 
 prevent collivcnels than to be exhibited as a regular ca- 
 thartic. It is alfo intended lo cleanle the liver and other 
 vifcera. 
 
 STRENGTHENING ELECTUARY of BARK. 
 
 Take of Peruvian bark, one ounce and a lialf; eolcolhar 
 of vitriol, three draclms; fyrup of Jugar, a Jujicient quan- 
 tity. Make than into an eleiluary. 
 
 In robufl conftitutions this is prefcribed for ftubborn 
 agues; and alfo for fluxes and h.xmorrages. It promotes 
 difcharges by urine, deliroys worms, brings them away, 
 and ftrengthens the fibres; but in thin heftical habits it is 
 not fo proper. The colcothar here prevents the bark from 
 going oft' by (iool, which it is fomctimes apt to do; and 
 opium likewife w ill have the fame effefl, 
 
 ELECTUARY against FLUXES. 
 Take of ttie Jlrengtticning confeHion, two ounc&s ; txtraSl 
 of logwood, one ounce; fyrup of dry rofes, a fujfiuenl quan- 
 tity. Make them into an eleiluary. 
 
 This
 
 248 
 
 CULPEPER*s PISPENSATORY, 
 
 This is ai» aitriiigciit, and good to forlify the ftomadi 
 and bowels when weakened by a diarrhoea ; and is much 
 elleenied of late for its virtues in curing a dyfentery, 
 
 WARM P L A1 ST ER. 
 
 Take of ^um-plaijler, one own; ; blijlenng-piaijtcr, two 
 irackmi. Melt thou together over a gentle fire. 
 
 The chief intention of this is to raife blifters, and to 
 ■rreale a rtimuUis in a languor or ftupor of the nervous 
 fvilem; to dillblve a vifcofity or fizinefs of the juices, 
 and hinder their tendency to a coagulation ; or to caufe a 
 derivation and dilcliarge of fonie morbific humour, and 
 prevent its returning into the blood; therefore it is ef- 
 {eeiued ufeful in Ibnic intlanuu.itory fevers, dropfies, and 
 certain ftages of the chryfialHne or watery fmall-pox ; 
 efpecially if the puftules fubfide, and the extremely vifcid 
 matter of the difeafe can neither be brought to fuppurate, 
 nor be carried off by diuretics. It remarkably affecls 
 the kidneys and bladder, and provokes urine, not by an 
 eafy natural ejectment, but rather by au erytifmiis from 
 its acrid falls that caufe a ftranguary, which (hould be 
 guarded againft by broths and emulfions. It is good 
 againlt a mortification, and reckoned anefficacious cleanfer 
 and fcourer of the urinaiy patTages and uterus, when ob- 
 ftrufted with fiough and vifcidities. But its ufe requires 
 the higlieft caution, and prudence j hence it is not every 
 one who mud tliink himfelf qualified to meddle, without 
 diilinflion, with remedies, wliich are Aire to do good or 
 hurt, according as they are adniiniftered, 
 
 COMMON PLAISTER. 
 
 Take of litharge prepared, three pounds; oil of olives, 
 fix pounds. Boil them up to a due conjiflence. 
 
 This is to fupply the place of the diachylon plaifter of 
 former difpenfutoriesj and is efteemed more emollient 
 niuturant, andrefolvcnt, It will alfo incarnate and cicatrize. 
 
 DEFENSIVE PLAISTER, 
 
 Take of litharge preparidi tvjo pounds; pil of olives, four 
 pounds. Boil them almojl to the conjijlence of a plaijler, in 
 tiikich qualify fix ounces of yellow wax, and four ounces of 
 oUl/amim. Then add fix ounces of bole ammoniac prepared, 
 two ounces of dragon's blood in powder, and four ounces of 
 Venice turpentine. 
 
 This is employed to confolidate frai5lures, to ftrengthen 
 luxations and weaknefles of the loins and joints ; and is. alfo 
 ferviceable for ruptures and chilblains, 
 
 BLISTERING PLAISTER, 
 
 Take of Burgundy pitch, twenty ounces ; Venice turpentine, 
 cantharides in powder, eachfx ounces. 
 
 This is a powerful epifpaflic, and is applied either to 
 the head, between the (hotilders, or to the foles of the 
 fip.et. See its ufe in the warm plainer. But when ap- 
 plications are made to the feet, with an intent to ftimulate 
 
 ftrongly, excite pain therein, and relievg thp haad, es- 
 tapUfms conipofed of equal parts of fcraped borfe-radl(h» 
 and powdered mufiiardrfeed, moiftened with old yesft, 
 will anfwer tlie defign expcditloufly, (trongly, and cf- 
 feclually, 
 
 MERCURIAL PLAISTER, 
 Gum plaijier is fubjlituted here for diachylon. 
 This admirably warms, foftens, and difculTes, all indu. 
 
 rations and luudened tumours, be they chalky, fcrophu- 
 
 lous, or venereal, 
 
 STOMACH PLAISTER. 
 
 Take of yellow wax, eight ounces ; tacamahaca in powder, 
 palm oil, each four ounces. Melt them together, and add qf 
 cloves in powder, two ounces; expreffed oil of mate, one ounce 
 and a half. Mix, and make them into a plaijier, which is 
 to be moijlened, when frefh fpread, with fome drops of dif- 
 tilled oil of mint. 
 
 This is intended as a warm, carminative, and cordial, 
 application to the ftomach, and exerts very confiderable 
 effefts when fuch things are wanted i therefore it is ufe» 
 ful in flatulencies, gripes, and all complaints arifing from 
 indigeftions J and a cold weak llomach cannot well iail 
 finding relief fiom its ufe, 
 
 COMMON EMULSION. 
 
 Take offmeet almonds, one ounce ; water, one quart. Make 
 them into an emulfion; to which add of white fugar, two 
 drachms. If three drachms of gum arable be preuioufly boiU 
 ed ill the water, the preparation is called 
 
 ARABIC EMULSION. 
 
 Either of thefe is fingulsrly ufeful in many emergen- 
 cies, particularly in acute diflempers, and tlie gravel. In 
 heat of urine and ftranguaries, either from acrimonious 
 humours or tlie falts of epifpaftics, they give immediate 
 eafej and ought to be drunk while frelh, half a pint at 
 a time, and pretty often. There are other forts of eniuU 
 lions, which are calculated for diuretics, coolers, and 
 pcftorals. 
 
 ANODYNE CLYSTER. 
 
 Take of the infufon of linfeed, fix ounces ; liquid lauda- 
 num, forty drops. Mix them together. 
 
 This is excellent to alTuage pains in lyenteries, and in- 
 flammations of the uterus and bladder, by reafon of a 
 proximity and confent of parts. 
 
 ANTICHOLIC CLYSTER. 
 
 Take of the common deco6lion, half a pint ; tinQura facra, 
 one ounce; common fait, one drachm; linfeed oil, two ounces. 
 Mix them together. 
 
 This falls in with the view of unloading the bowels of 
 their coftive contents, and confequently procures an im- 
 mediate relief on many occafions, chiefly in flatulencies, 
 
 gripes,
 
 FOR FAMILY USE. 
 
 249 
 
 gripes, and biliovis chollcs. The addition of the fait, by 
 a mild gL-ntle (iimulus, infures its effeets. It likewife de- 
 ftroyi worms> paniculaily the aiirarides, if jliifted with 
 a few grains of calomel by the nioutli. 
 
 The purging CLYSTER. 
 ■ Take of the common decoSlion, ha(f a pint; lehite Joaj>, 
 one ounce ; Jyrup of buckthorn., an ounce and a half. Mix 
 them according to art. 
 
 This is penetrating, deterllve, and capable of dilTolv- 
 , ing indurations and grumous vifcidities of the ijiteflinal 
 tube, efpecially in the jaundice, and by ridding the bow- 
 eli of their concreted contents may prevent an inflamma- 
 tion. It is ufeful in diforders of the head, and may caufe 
 B revulfion in the fa:culcnt vomitings. 
 
 EXPRESSION OF MILLEPEDES. 
 Take of live millepedes, (commonly called wood-lice,) three 
 ounces ; Jimple fennd-water, one pint ; compound horfe-fadijh 
 tuater, half a pint. Bruife the millepedes, gradually adding 
 to them the dijlilled waters ; and afterwards prcfs out the 
 liquor. 
 
 This is an excellent diuretic, fweetener and cleanfer 
 of the blood, and a moll efficacious medicine in all chro- 
 nic cafes, that are to be relieved by promoting the urinary 
 difcharges, as are many inveterate ulcers, flrumas, and 
 fcrophulous diforders, and fuch as frequently are the 
 fore-runners of fcorbiitic dropfies, from a retention of 
 fucli lumiours as obltruifl the vifcera, and fill the whole 
 habit with water and vifcidities. Hence it is of Angular 
 efficacy in the (lone, jaundice, nephritic pains, dyfury, 
 cholic, and adhma, 
 
 AROMATIC FOMENTATION. 
 Take of cloves, mace, each one drachm ; red wine, one 
 pint. Boil them a little, and then Jlrain out the liquor. 
 
 This, applied warm to the abdomen, will be found of 
 admirable fervice in cliolics, and for relaxed weak (lo- 
 rnachs that are fubieft to dilienfion from flatulency. It 
 jnay be ufcd to the head with fuccefs in any diforders 
 from too much moiOure and pituitous defiuxions. 
 
 STRENGTHENING FOMENTATION. 
 Take of oak-bark, one ounce ; pomegranate peel, half an 
 ounce I forge water, three pints. Boil them till there remains 
 a quart of the Jlrained liquor ; to which add of roch altum, 
 two drachms. 
 
 This is proper for haemorrhages, whether uterine, 
 ha;morrhoidal, or from any other part. It is jlfo good 
 to foment fprains, fractures, or paralytic limbs ; and will 
 help to check immoderate vomitings. 
 
 The COMMON GARGLE. 
 
 Take of water, fix ounces ; nitre, one drachm; homy of 
 Tofes, one ounce. Mix them together. To this gargarifm I 
 arefometimei added, of fxnttt fpirit of vitriol, fifteen drops, 
 
 4»' 3 
 
 This is proper to clcanfe and fcour ths mouth and 
 throat from flough, and the phlegmatic matter which 
 fluffs and tiunifies tl-.e glands. It is alfo pood 10 cool 
 and deterge the mouth when fore, parclied, and dry with 
 a fever. 
 
 EMOLLIENT G.'KRGLE. 
 
 . Tjokt of marfi-malloiu roots, two ounces; figs, in number 
 four; water, three pints. Boil till there remains one quart 
 of liquor, which Jlrain out for vfe. 
 
 This is excellent to affiiage pain and iTiflammation in 
 the throat or mouth, to maturate any ulcer therein, and 
 to mollify the blidered tongue and fauces in a falivation. 
 Tlie learned and accurate Sir John Pringle obferves, that 
 in the inflammatory quinfey, or (frangulation of the fau- 
 ces, little benefit arifes from the common gargles ; that 
 fuch .is are of an acid nature do more harm than good, 
 by contracting the emunCtoi^ies of the faliva and mucus, 
 and ihickenirrg thofe humours ; that a decoction of figs 
 in milk and water has a contrary effeft, efpecially if fome 
 lal-ammoniac be added ; by which the faliva is made 
 thinner, and the glands brought to fecrete more freely ^, 
 a tircumllance always conducive to the cure. 
 
 SALINE DRAUGHT. 
 Take fait of wormwood, one fcruplc ; lemon juice, half 
 an ounce ; white J'ugar, one drac/itn. Mix them together. 
 
 This is an effeftual remedy to flop vomitings, and is 
 of finguhr ufe in fevers, efpecially iholc of the inter- 
 mittent kind, when the bark often fails. It caufes iden- 
 tic breathing fweats, and may be repeated every five or 
 fix hours occafionally. 
 
 ANTISCORBUTIC INFUSION. 
 Take of water-trefoil, two ounces ; oranges, half an 
 ounce ; boiling water, two quarts. Let them fiaiid in in- 
 fufion for a night in a clofc vejfcl; afterwards fit ain titt 
 liquor, and then add to it of compound horfe-radijli water, 
 half a pint. 
 
 This is effcflual againft fcrophulas, the king's-cvil, and 
 all obllinate fcorbutic difeafes. In the rheumatic, drop- 
 fical, and cachetic, habits, it will be of good fervice. If 
 likewifc gives due warmth to the nerves, which in pa- 
 ralytic cafes tliey are dcltitutc of. It may be drunk at 
 difcretion, and the ufe of it continued according to the 
 exigency of the diforder. 
 
 INFUSION OF LINSEED. 
 
 TaAe of linfced, tt/io fpoonfuls ; liquorice root, fliced, half 
 an ounce ; boiling water, three pints. Let them fiand to in- 
 fufe by the fire for fome hours, and thcnfirain cjf tin: liquor. 
 
 If an ounce of the leaves of colt's-foot be added to 
 thefe ingredients, it will then be the pei5toral infufion. 
 Both thcfc are emollient mucilaginous liquors, and may 
 S be
 
 2 5© 
 
 CULPEPER's DISPENSATORY, 
 
 be t.ikeu with advantage as ordinary drink in difficulty of 
 making water; and in coughs and other complaints of 
 the breart. 
 
 BALSAMIC INJECTION. 
 Take of baljam copaiba, half an ounce, the yolk of one 
 • 0-0-. Work them well together, and gradually add of lime- 
 tualer, Jix ounces ; kcney of rofes, two ounces. Mix the 
 wrole uitll together. 
 
 This is excellent for the confolidation of wounds, and 
 to clcanfe and hcjl ulcerations, gleets, and feminal weak- 
 iiilTes, if ufed two or tlrec times a-day ; and for cor- 
 roborating the nervous parts, which have been relaxed 
 by the dilcafe. 
 
 The mercurial INJECTION. 
 
 Take of quich-filver, balfan copaiba, each half an ounce. 
 Beat and work them tcgethcr, till the quick-flvcr is extin- 
 guiflied; then put to the maf the yulk if one egg. Mix the 
 while very well together, gradually adding of rofe-tvaler, 
 half a pint. 
 
 This is calculated for gonorrhoeas, and venereal ulcers 
 m the urethra, vagina, and uterus; the quicklllver de- 
 itroys the virulency, while the balfam heals and fheaths 
 the excoriated parts from the acrimony of the urine. 
 
 The CORDIAL JULEP. 
 
 Take of aUxeterial water, four ounces; aromatic water, 
 two ounces ; faline aromatic fpirit, tinBure of faffron, each 
 two drachms ; white fugar, half an ounce. Mix, and make 
 them into a julep. 
 
 This is a high cordial, and will bring on an effedual 
 nioitture ; confequently remove all wearinefs, heat, and 
 tenfion of the parts ; therefore it is of great fervice in 
 the deprefTed ftate of fevers, fatigue from excefTes, and 
 lownefs of fpirits. A few fpoonfuls, drunk every three 
 or four hours, will, by its enlivening quality, commu- 
 nicate an agreeable fenfation. It is likewife very aptly 
 prefcribed with powders and bolufes. 
 
 DIAPHORETIC JULEP. 
 
 Take of alexeterial water, four ounces ; fpirit of minde- 
 reus, two ounces ; volatile fait of harlfhorn, ten grains ; 
 fyrup of meconium, one ounce. Mix them together. 
 
 In flow malignant fevers, with cold clammy fweats, pale 
 vifage, a low intermitting pulfe, and where great reft- 
 leltnefs prevails, this julep will be fiiigularly beneficial. 
 A tea-cupful may be given and repeated every four or 
 five hours, till fome crifis appears, and the diftemper 
 abates. 
 
 DIURETIC JULEP. 
 Take of fpirit ofmindereus, four ounces ; compound horfe- 
 Todifh water, two ounces ; fyrup of marfh-mallows, three 
 
 ounces. Mix, and make a julep ; to uhich may te added 
 occafonally, of fpirit of amber, one drachm. 
 
 This is flrongly diuretic; hejice a good remedy againrt 
 a fuppreflion of urine from any caufe, the gravel and 
 nephritic pains. It will alfo promote and adill an urinary 
 crifis; and may be repeated as the urgency of the fympr 
 toms indicates. 
 
 The fetid JULEP. 
 
 Take of rue water, fix ounces ; ajfa-falida, one drachm, 
 and an half. Diffolve the ajfafcetida in the water, and add 
 to the folution, of anlihyjleric water, two ounces; difilled 
 oil of hartfhorn, twenty drops, received upon ten drachms of 
 white fugar. Mix the whole well together. 
 
 This is ordered in hyderic afFeftions, and a defe6live 
 ftate of the nienfes, and fometimes in hyiKicliondriacal 
 cafes. A tea-cupful may be taken three or four times a-day . 
 
 The saline JULEP. 
 Take of mint water, fyrup of lemons, each two ounces*; 
 fait of wormwood, one drachm. Make them into a julep. 
 
 This is an admirable remedy in vomitings and hiccups. 
 It has a mild and innocent virtue, though powerfully at- 
 tenuating and refolving, diuretic and fudorific ; hence it 
 is excellent in rheumatifms, fevers, and all difordcrs 
 from a fizinefs of the blood. Two or three fpoonfuls 
 are given every five or fix hours. 
 
 The anodyne LINIMENT. 
 
 Take of nerve ointment, three ounces ; balfam of turpen- 
 tine, one ounce. Mix them together. 
 
 This is a warm invigorating topic, and may be ufed 
 with good effefl, to excite the nerves to aftion when too 
 languid. It is applied to paralytic and numbed limbs, to 
 relfore a due fenfe and feeling ; and, by its penetrating 
 quality it is of good ufe in a fciatica and the gout. 
 
 PECTORAL LOHOCH. 
 
 Take of fperma-ceti, white foap, each two drachms ; 
 whites of eggs, a fujfcient quantity. Mix them thoroughly 
 together, and then add, of frefh- drawn linfeedoil, one ounce 
 and an half; fyrup of marfh-mallows, three ounces. Mix 
 the whole well together. 
 
 This contains very great emollient and balfamic vir- 
 tues ; and, by the inciting and detergent property of the 
 foap, becomes a powerful deobftruent in infari^ions of 
 the bread ; hence it is recommended in a difficulty of re- 
 fpiration, either from a dry huiky cough, or a tough 
 thick phlegm ; and likewife in impofthumations and tu- 
 bercles of the lungs. 
 
 ALGETIC PILLS. 
 
 Take fuccotrine aloes, white foap, of each equal parts ; 
 thin honey, as much as isfujicieni. Make them into a mafs. 
 
 The
 
 251 
 
 Tlie foap liere is added purely to promote the diflTolu- 
 tion of the aloes in the ftomach ; for, pills made up of 
 raifins, and fubdances not eafily dilToUible, frequently 
 pal's tliroiigli the body entire: hence, by the purgative 
 quality ot the aloes, and detergent property of tlie foap, 
 the glaires and vifcidities of the iiitedines are dillblved 
 and carried off; therefore the pills are flomachic, anti- 
 febrile, and excellent in nephritic and cholic pains. — 
 Moreover, the aloes, being hepatic, forward the dif- 
 charge of the bile, vvhiUt, by the conconiitancy of the 
 foap, it breaks the obliruLtitms of the hver, blends and 
 ^(liniilates the humours. Hence it appears liow advan- 
 tageous and elTcntial it is to adapt and combine medicines 
 judiciuufly. 
 
 PURGING ECPHRATFC PILLS. 
 
 Takefuccotrinr abas, txlraB of black hellebore, fcammony, 
 of t/ich two ouncfs ; vitriolutcdtariar, thru drachms; dijiillcd 
 oil of juniper, a drachm and an half \ fyrup of buckthorn, as 
 much as isfujjicient to malie the whole into a mafs. 
 
 Thefe are an excellent hydiagoguc, particularly in ca- 
 cheftic and fcoibiitic habits abounding with dropdcal hu- 
 mours. Three or four of thefe may be taken once a-day, 
 or every other day, and continued according to the exi- 
 gency of the complaint. 
 
 MERCURIAL PILL. 
 
 Take of purified quickjitvir and honey, each half an ounce. 
 Rub them together in a mortar, till the gUibules of mercury 
 are perfeBly extinguiflied; then add, of Cajlile foap, two 
 drachms, powdered liquorice, or crumb of bread, a fujjicicnt 
 quantity to give the mafs a proper confficnce for pills. 
 
 When ftronger mercurial pills are vi-anted, the quan- 
 tity of quickfilver may be doubled. The dofe of thefe 
 pills is different, according to the intention with which 
 they are given. As an alterant, two or three may be 
 taken daily. To raife a falivation, four or five will be ne- 
 ceflary. Equal parts of the above pill and powdered 
 rhubarb made mto a mafs, with a fufficient quantity of 
 fimple fyrup, will make a mercurial purging pill. 
 
 MERCURIAL SUBLIMATE PILL. 
 
 Dijolve fifteen grains of the corrofive fublimate of mer- 
 cury in two drachms of the faturaiid folution of crude f at 
 ammoniac, <i)kl mate it into a pajle, in a glafs mortar, with 
 afujicicnt quantity of the crumb of bread. This mafs mufi 
 ie formed into one hundred and twenty pills. 
 
 This pill, which is the moft agreeable form of exhibit- 
 ing the fublimate, has been found efficacious, not only in 
 curing the venereal difeafe, butalfo in killing and expel- 
 ling worms, after other powerful medicines had failed. 
 For the venereal difeafc, four of thefe pills may be taken 
 .twice a-day, as an alterant tliree, and for worms two. 
 
 FOR FAMILY USE. 
 
 PACIFIC PILLS. 
 
 Take of galbanum, myrrh, white foap, of each two ounces 
 
 opium, one ounce; fyrup of fugar, as much as is fujficienl to 
 make the whole into a mafs fit for pills, 
 
 Thefe are admirable in alTuaging hypochondriacal and 
 hyflcric complaints, nephritic and uterine pains, caufed 
 either from obllrurtions, or ulcers in the kidneys orutcrus. 
 
 The pectoral PILLS. 
 
 Take of gum ammoniacum, an ounce and an half; myrrh, 
 one ounce; balfam of fulphur tcrebmthinated, one drachm; 
 fyrup of marfi-mallows, as much as will make the whole into 
 a mafs, 
 
 Thefe are healing and balfirmic in a hsemopthilij, in- 
 fardtions, and ulcei'i of the lungs. 
 
 STOMACHIC PIILS. 
 
 Take offuccotrine aloes, an ounce and a half; gum am- 
 moniac, myrrh, each half an ounce ; vitrwlated tartar, two 
 drachms; difiilled oil of mint, half a drachm; fyrup jf 
 fugar, afujicicnt quantity. Mix according to art, 
 
 Tliefe, by their catliartic, bitter, attenuating, and aro- 
 matic, qualities, incide and purge away lloughy humours, 
 which foul the coats of the ftomacli; alfo warm and for- 
 tify the fibres, whereby the gaftric juioe and digeflionare 
 promoted. They are moll convenient in an advanced 
 age, and full cacheftic habits, which abound with cold 
 vifcid humours. They may be taken five or fix at a dofe. 
 
 The BALSAMIC POTION. 
 
 Take of balfam copaiba, three drachms ; difiilled oil of 
 juniper, thirty drops; the white of an egg. Work them 
 well together, and mix in, of fnnel water, compound horfe- 
 radifii water, each three ounces; fyrup of marfh-mallews, 
 two ounces. 
 
 This is vulnerary and diuretic ; hence chieflv of ufe in 
 wounds, ulcers, and weaknelfes of the kidneys and uterus. 
 
 LITHONTRIPTIC POTION. 
 
 Take of white foap (the outward part being pared off), 
 one ounce ; warm lime-water, one quart. Stir th-m together 
 till the foap is perfeBly difiolved. 
 
 This, by its penetratingand alkaline virtues, is intended 
 for the gravel and fione, which it dilfolves and prevents 
 by ailimilating the humours, and by abforbing thofe aci- 
 dities which form calculous concretions. 
 
 COMPOUND SPIRIT of LAVENDER. 
 Take fiowers of lavender, fnfk gathered, a pound and a 
 half; frefh fiowers of rofemary, half a pound; frefh out- 
 ward part of lemon-peel, three ounces ; redified fpirit cf 
 wine, a gallon and a half, Difiil in balneo maria: to dry- 
 nefs. h the difiilled fpirit fieep, for two days, of cloves, 
 cubebs, and fhavings of red founders , each two ounces: then 
 firain out tht fpirit for ufic. 
 
 POVV.
 
 CULPEPER's DISPENSATORY. 
 
 «5* 
 
 POWPER fOR EPILEPTIC and CONVULSION 
 FITS. 
 Taie fowtrs of zinc, mujti, and fuBitioui cinnabar, of 
 each equal parts ; inix them togetltcr in a glafs or marble 
 mortar. The dofe is from ikrcc grains to ten and upwards, 
 tfixed in a liule treacle or honey, every night and morning. 
 
 Tlie life of this powder, with dipping children in a 
 (lib of fpring water every morning, h:is very often rehcv- 
 cU iheni, when every other remedy has proved abortive. 
 
 PURGING POWDERS for. WORMS, 
 
 Taie of fcamiruiny, calomel, and the hejl Turkey rhubarb, 
 tn. powder, of each eijua^l parts; douhle-refined fugar, the 
 fjei'rht of thf whole; rub it all very well together in a marble 
 Viortar, and keep for ufe. 
 
 The dofe for children is from ten grains to twenty -five, 
 once or twice every week. This is preferable to any 
 quack medicine whatever, 
 
 A UNIVERSAL POWDER for CHILDRENS 
 DISORDERS. 
 
 Take of white inagnejia, jtn drachms; cinnabar of anti- 
 tnony, two fcruplcs ; mix them into dfme powder for ufi. 
 
 This powder will not only prevent the numerous dif- 
 Orders children are liable tp, but will alfo remove many, 
 and ail that arife from acidities in the ftomach.-T^This is 
 preferable to all other remedies yet known, for children 
 in cutting their teeth, ficknefs at their floniachs, &c. &c. 
 The dofe is from ten grains to half a drachm more or 
 Jefs tivice a-day. 
 
 POWDER TO PROMOTE DELIVERY, 
 Take borax in fine powder, cajlor, cinnamon, and myrrh, 
 of each three drachms; fajfronandfavin, of each one diachm 
 and a half; mix them and make a powder for ufe, 
 
 A drachm of this powder facilitates the birth, and pro- 
 
 niRtes the Ipchia and menfes. 
 
 The famous SYMPATHETIC POWDER, 
 Taie of green vitriol eight ounces, of gum tragacanth,, 
 reduced to an impalpable powder, pne ounce ; mix thefe tcge, 
 (her, and lit a fmall quantity of the powder be fprinkled on 
 the wound, and it immediately fops the bleeding. The vi- 
 triol mujl be calcined to vjliitenefi in the fxtUy before it be 
 mixed with the gum. 
 
 The above powder, is ufed by the miners at Gofl<;laer 
 in Gerroany, in all their wounds ; and, I believe, was 
 aever known to fail, This powder, Mpnf. Letiiery and 
 Sir Kenglra Digby tell us, has alfo the following wonder, 
 fill property, that, if it be fpread on a cloth dipped in the 
 blood of a wound lo as to iiicorporate with the bipod, the 
 wound would be cured, though th« patient were miles 
 off, and never faw the medicine. From this rejnarlwble 
 fyrapathetic property it derived its name. 
 
 POWDER FOR A SORE THROAT. 
 
 Take one ounce and a half of purified fat ammoniac, end 
 half an ounce of purified nitre, mix th:/n very well together 
 in a mortar for ufe, 
 
 About fix or eight grains of this powder ii to be fre* 
 quently. held in the moiitli, and to be gently fwallowe*! 
 down tlio throat. This vary often anGveis better than 
 gargles. If necelFary, lofe a little blood artd take a brjik 
 purge before you ufe the powder. 
 
 For VOMITINGS, BILIOUS DISORDERS, Sec, 
 
 Take mint water, fyrvp of lemons,, of each four ounces ^ 
 fait cf wormwood, two drachms. Mix them well together 
 for ufe. 
 
 In vomitings, hiccups, rheumatifms, fevers, and all 
 diforders from a fizinefs in the blood, no preparation 
 can be more innocent nor more efficacious. Two or 
 three table-fpoonfuls are- to. be taken every four or five 
 hours, 
 
 DECOCTION FOR CATARRHS, COLDS, &c. 
 
 Take of compound trfiaceous powder, one ounce; gum ara- 
 ble in powder, half an ounce ; water, two quarts, boil it till 
 one pint of the water is wcjlcd; then add to the turbid de<, 
 coition, of aromatic water, one ounce and a half; white fugar, 
 half an ounce^ and mix the whole weil together for ufe. 
 
 This compofiiion will be found immediately ufefu! Irj 
 defiroying fliarp corrofivo matter in the rtomacli, and ah.= 
 forbingall acidities in the firft paflages. Half a pint of it ' 
 in fevers, colds, or the like diforders, may be taken Uiree 
 or four times every day, blood-warm. 
 
 SWEATING DRAUGHT, for. recent COLDS, 
 Take oflhefpirit minderetis,four ounces; fyrvp of poppies, 
 
 and fimple cinnamon water, cf each one ounce ; volatile- fall 
 of hartfnorn, Italf a fcruple. Mix them together for two 
 draughts, and take one of them when going into bed, Sid tk« 
 remainder ihefecond evening after. 
 
 In rheumatifms, pains in the head, and other parts, 
 the above fweating draught will be found to anfwer every 
 
 intent, 
 
 For an inveterate COLD or COUGH. 
 
 Take a large tea-cup full of linfeed, two-penny-Wortk of 
 
 Jlick liquorice, and a quarter of a pound of fun raifins.-^ 
 
 Put thefe into two quarts offoft water, and let itfmmer over 
 
 a flow fire till it is reduced to one ; then add to it a quarter 
 
 of a pound of brouin fugar -candy pounded, a table 'fpcionful 
 
 of old rum, and a table-fpomful of the bfl white-wine vine^ 
 
 gar or lemon juice. Tie rum and v.inegijr are bef to be added 
 
 only to that quantity you are going immediately te take ; for, 
 
 if it is put into the whole, it is apt, in <t little time, te grow 
 
 fiat, Dnnk half a pint at going t» bed,, and tak «i ttttit 
 
 when the cough is trouble/eme, 
 
 ThJi
 
 FOR FAMILY USE. 
 
 ^ a.-jj 
 
 This receipt generally cures the worft of colds in two or 
 three days, and if taken in time may be faid to be almod 
 an infallible remedy. It is a mod fovereign and balfamic 
 cordial for the Uini^s, without the opening qualities which 
 endanger fiefh colds by going out. It has been known 
 to cure colds that have been almofl fettled in confump- 
 tions, in Icfs than three weeks. 
 
 For a putrid SORE THROAT. 
 
 Take of the brjl Peruvian bark, in grcfs powder, one 
 ounce and a half; Virginian Jnake root, three drachms ; 
 bcil them together in three quarts 0/ water to cne quart ; then 
 Jlrain the liquor, and add two drachms of elixir of vitriol, 
 take a large tea-cupful of it every third hour. To every 
 dofe you may add a [mall quantity of brandy if you chufe it. 
 
 The fteam of the following ingredients received into 
 the throat through a funnel every hour will do a deal of 
 fcrvicc. 
 
 Take vinegar, one pint; honey, half a pound; myrrh, 
 in powder, half an ounce : toil ihem well together, and it 
 is ft for ufe. 
 
 Bliflers applied to the throat, and behind the ears, are 
 equally as beneficial in this difeafe, in cafe the pulfe and 
 fpirits are very low. If a vomiting continues, take four 
 table-fpoonfuls of lemon juice, and put to it one drachm of 
 fait of tartar ; white fugar, half an ounce; mint water, 
 three ounces : mix ihcm very well together. The dofe is a 
 
 table-fpoonful every hour Thisis the famous fuline julep 
 
 fo nuich approved of by the faculty, as an antidote againft 
 vomiting and ficknefs of the flomach. After the difor- 
 der is Aibdued, the patient fhould take a few purges of 
 rhubarb, fena, or the like. But, on the contrary, whilft 
 the putrid ulcers remain in the throat, and a violent 
 loofenefs (hould come on, it mud be checked, by takint^ 
 two tea-fpoonfuls of diafcordium two or three times a-day. 
 
 AI.K FOR THE INWARD PILES. 
 
 Take half an ounce of black pilch, and boil it in a pint 
 ef good ale, till it comes to half a pint, then drink it off 
 blood-warm. 
 
 This, though a finiple remedy, lias proved very ef- 
 fectual in many (hibborn cafes, where other things of 
 much greater expeiice liave proved abortive. 
 
 ALE FOR THE JAUNDICE. 
 Take one quart of ale, and add to it two minces of hemp- 
 feed, and half an ounce of turmeric, in powder : boil them 
 ever the fre about a quatler of an hour, then Jlrain it 
 
 for ufe. 
 
 This may be fwcetened with coarfe fugar. Haifa pint 
 of it at a dofe j to be taken every morning. 
 
 VOMITING DRAUGHT. 
 
 Take of ipecacuanha, in fne powder, twenty -fve nrains ; 
 aUxeterialwatci, half an ounce ; compound fpirit of laven- 
 
 der, half a drachm ; fyrup of orattgt-peet, tnt drachm ,• 
 
 mix them for ufe. 
 
 DRAUGHT FOR Till- DROPSY. 
 
 Take of peppermint water, one ounce; fimple cinnamon 
 water, half an ounce ; fpiriluous cinnamon water, two 
 drachms ; thebaic tinciure, forty drops ; lye of tartar, ttalf 
 a drachm; fyrup of marfk mallows, one drachm: mix them 
 together for a dratight. 
 
 This is the medicine which cured a perfon labouring 
 under an afcites and tympany at the fame time, where 
 the pain was very fevere, attended with great third, and 
 thick, high-coloured, urine, rendered in finall quanti- 
 ties. The (Irong purges increafcd the diflemper. Soap, 
 lixivial falts, balfain of gilcad, nitre, and the like, all 
 proved abortive. This draught brought unexpected re- 
 lief, by procuring red, and caufing a copious difcharge 
 of water. By repeating the medicine for fonie time, 
 every eight hours, and then only twice a-day, and after- 
 wards u(ing corroborants, or medicines that produce 
 ftrength of body, &c. the cure was perfectly completed. 
 
 For CONSUMPTIONS. 
 
 Take leaves of comfrey the greater, Solomon's feal, and 
 pimpernel, each four handfuls; liquorice root, two ounces : in- 
 fufe them cold for twelve days in two gallons of lime-water, 
 and lake off the clear liquor for ufe. 
 
 This is very eafily made, and is much better than if . 
 it were to be didilled. It is of excellent ufe in fuch con- 
 ' fumptions as proceed froin a fharp thin blood ; efpecially 
 in thofe who have been injured by a certain bad difeafe, 
 or have any hereditary remains of icropluiious or leprous 
 humours. It mud be drtmk for about forty days logc- 
 ther, to the quantity of a quart or two every day, if 
 the domach can bear fo much. It «ili alfo be of the 
 utniort fervice to waQi foul ulcers with. 
 
 DECOCTION FOR INWARD DECAY. 
 
 Take ground-ivy, fcabious, and colt's-foot, each two hand- 
 fuls ; hyjfop, one handful; elecampane root, one ounce ; ti. 
 quorice, four ounces ; agrimony, four handfuls l boil tlccni 
 together in nine quarts of barley-water till they come to about 
 a gallon, then Jlrain it for ufe. 
 
 This pectoral can be depended on in coughs and con- 
 fuiuptions of the lungs. 
 
 For the ASTHMA, and SHORTNESS 
 OF B R E .^ T H. 
 
 Take of the milk of gum ammoniac, fx ounces ; fyrup of 
 fquiUs, four ounces and an half: mix tlieni together. 
 
 This promotes cxpeiitoration in a very great degree, 
 and relieves thofe who are diort-breathcd j it is alio 
 judly edeemed for its ferviceablc properties in adhmatic 
 cafes, by rarefying and thinning vifcid cohefions in the 
 pulmonary vclFels. A fpoonful is to be taken four or 
 five times every day, and in particular every mortiAng. 
 3 T INJEC.
 
 254 
 
 CULPEPER's DISPENSATORY. 
 
 INJECTIONS FOR ULCERS is the VAGINA 
 AND WOMB. 
 
 Take quickjilver, ta!fani capiv^, of each half an ounce : 
 beat and work them together, till the quickjilver is extin- 
 guijlied ; then put to the mafs, the yolk of one egg : mix 
 them very well together, gradually adding half a pint of 
 rfe water. 
 
 As well for injcdions in ulcers in the vagina, occafioned 
 from the corrofivencfs of a long continuance of the whites, 
 it is equally as efficacious fur a gonorrhoea, particularly 
 if any ulcers be in the urethra. This fmiple prepara- 
 tion (heaths the excoriated parts from^the acrimony of 
 the urine. 
 
 ESSENCE FOR THE HEAD-ACH. 
 
 Take of French brandy, or reBifed fpirit of wine, one 
 quart, put it into a Jlrong bottle ; and add one ounce of 
 camphire cut fmall; a quarter of an ounce of ejfence of le- 
 mon ; and two ounces of the Jlrongejl volatile fpirit offal 
 ammoniac. Stop the bottle quite clofe, and fhake it three or 
 four times a-day for a week. 
 
 The method of ufing it is to rub the hand with a little 
 of it, and hold it hard upon the part affected until it is 
 dry; if the pain is not quite relieved, repeat it till it is. 
 
 COMPOUND TINCTURE of SENA, commonly 
 CALLED DAFFY'S ELIXIR. 
 
 Take of ike bejl fena, two ounces; jalap, coriander feeds, 
 end cream of tartar, of each one ounce ; coarfe fugar, three 
 quarters of a pound \ brandy, three pints ; let them Jl and for 
 ten or tteclve days ; thenjlrain off what is fine for ufe. 
 
 This is an agreeable purge, and notliing can be more 
 ufeful than to keep it ready-made for family ufe. 
 
 GODFREY'S CORDIAL. 
 
 Take feven gallons of water, raf pings offaffafras, and 
 annifceds, of each four pounds ; powder of carraway feed, 
 eight ounces; opium, fix ounces; coarfe fugar, fifteen 
 pounds ; ioil them all together, till one half the liquor be 
 evaporated: then f rain it through a coarfe bag or cloth, 
 and add three gallons of fpirit of wine reBifed. 
 
 STOUGHTON's BITTERS. 
 
 Take gentian root, two ounces ; dried orange-peel, two 
 ounces and a half; cochineal, half a drachm, in powder ; 
 proof fpirit, or brandy, two pounds; let themjland ten or 
 twelve days, and decant off what is clear for ufe, 
 
 FRIAR'S BALSAM, commonly called TUR- 
 LINGTON'S BALSAM OF LIFE. 
 
 The true and bejl method of making it : take gum benjamin, 
 twelve ounces; gumjiorax, eight ounces ; half am ofTolu (or 
 Peru), four ounces; fuccolrine aloes, two ounces; reBiJied 
 
 fpirit of wine, fve quarts and a pint ; let them Jland to di-, 
 gejl twelve or fourteen days, then decant for ufe. 
 
 PILLS FOR GIDDINESS, PALSY, HEAD-ACH, &c. 
 
 Take native cinnabar, levigated, two drachms ; cajlor, 
 and fait of amber, of each one drachm; oil of marjoram, 
 fifteen drops ; balfam of Peru, one drachm ; fyrup of piony, 
 a fufficient quantity to make the mafs, and form nine pills 
 out oj every drachm of it. ' Tlie dofe is three of thera to 
 be taken three times a-day. 
 
 PASTE FOR THE FISTULA, PILES, &c. 
 
 Take a pound of eUcampane root, three pounds of fennel 
 feeds, and one pound of black pepper ; let thtfe lie made into 
 a very fine powder, feparately ; take two pounds of honey, 
 and the fame quantity of fugar in powder ; melt the honey 
 and fugar together aver a gentle fire, fcumming them conti- 
 nually, till they become as bright as amber: when they art 
 cool, mix and knead them into your powders in the form 
 of a pafie. 
 
 The dofe is the fize of a nutmeg, morning, noon, 
 and night. This has been found a fpecific for the fillula, 
 piles, &c. 
 
 For THE WHOOPING COUGH, by the ROYAL 
 COLLEGE of PHYSICIANS. 
 
 Take fiowers of benjamin, and firained opium, of each 
 two drachms ; camphire, two fcruples ; ejfintial oil of ani- 
 feed, half a drachm; reBified fpirit of wine, one quart: 
 digefi, and firain off the elixir. 
 
 This is original from Le Mort, and vi-as publiflied by 
 Qu^incy, with four ounces of liquorice, and four of ho- 
 ney, which the college have omitted. It is anodyne and 
 diaphoretic, and greatly contributes to allay tickling 
 coughs, to open the bread, to give freedom of breathing, 
 to cure an adhma, but particularly the WHOOPING- 
 COUGH IN CHILDREN. The dofe for children is 
 from five drops to twenty ; and, to grown perfons, from 
 twenty to hundred, at night and mornings in Ma- 
 laga wine. 
 
 Dr. SMITH'S PRESCRIPTION for the WHOOP. 
 ING COUGH. 
 
 Take of the mufk julep, fix ounces ; paregoric elixir, half 
 an ounce ; volatile tinBure of valerian, one drachm : mix 
 them, and take two fpoonfuis three or four times 
 every day. 
 
 Take milk of gum ammoniac, and of fmall cinnamon water, 
 of each two ounces ; tinBure ofcafior, two drachms ; fyrup 
 of balfam, half a drachm : mix them, and adminilter one 
 fpoonful prefently after. 
 
 Towards the decline of the difeafe, a decoflion of the 
 baik, in full dofes, may be preftribed to advantage. 
 
 INDEX
 
 ( 255 ) 
 
 INDEX TO THE MEDICAL PART. 
 
 ABDOMEN, or Belly, the (Iruflurc of, with an expla- 
 
 UJ nation of all its parts, 72, &c. 
 
 Agues, or intermittent Fevers, tlic caiifes, fymptoms, re- 
 gimen, and medical treatment of, 119. 
 
 /ile for the inward piles, 253. 
 
 AU for the jau ndice, 25 3 . 
 
 AlexeUrial Bolus, 245. 
 
 Anatomical Analyfis of the human Frame, both male and 
 female, 191, &c. 
 
 Animal Magnctifm, on what founded, 244. 
 
 Anodyne BalJ'am, 245. 
 
 Anodyne Chjler, 24S. 
 
 Anodyne Liniment, 250. 
 
 Anthony's Fire St. — See Enjifielas. 
 
 Antickolic Chjlcr, 248. 
 
 Antid)Jenteric EleOuary, 247. 
 
 Antifieclic Deco&ion, 246. 
 
 Antipathy, wonderful properties of, Z43. 
 
 Aperient Ale, 246. 
 
 Apoplexy, its caufe and cure, 171. 
 
 Aromatic or Spice Water, 245. 
 
 Arteries, their (iruclure and office, with their names and 
 defcription, 33, &c. 
 
 AJihma, its dift'erent kinds, caufes, fymptoms, and cure, 
 171, &c. 
 
 BalJ'amic EleHuary, 247. 
 
 Bladder, inflammation of tlie, 152. 
 
 Blijlering Plaijler, 248. 
 
 Blood, generation and circulation of, 103. 
 
 Blood, involuntary difcharges of, to cure, 158. 
 
 Blood, fpitting of, 159. 
 
 Blood, vomiting of, 160. 
 
 Bolus of Jalap with Mercury, 245. 
 
 Bones, or (huflure of the human Skeleton, 61. 
 
 Bones, broken, how to treat, 93. 
 
 Brain, inflammation of, its fymptoms and cure, 139. 
 
 Bruijcs, howtotrcat, 188. 
 
 Burns, to heal and cure, 188. 
 
 Cartilages, — See Grijlks. 
 
 Cancer, its extreme danger, and bed method to cure, 181. 
 
 Child-birth, or the procefs of midwifery, 228. 
 
 Cholera Morbus, its danger, and beft mode of cure, 153. 
 
 Cholic, the different kinds, and modes of cure, 150. 
 
 Cold Bathing, cautions previous to, 199. 
 
 Colds and Coughs, how to cure, 144, 145. 
 
 Conception, or Pregnancy, manner of, with the indifpofi- 
 tions common thereto, 225. 
 
 Ccn/umptions, the different kinds, and methods of cure, 
 
 Cvnvulfwn Fits, 198. 
 
 Cough, IVhooping, n6. 
 
 Child in the IVomb, the progreftive formation of its parts, 
 
 227. 
 Cramp of the Stomach, 177, 
 Cephalic Elcituary, 247. 
 Cephalic Ale, 246. 
 Daffy's Elixir, 254. 
 Deco^ion for catarrhs, colds, -^'C. 252. 
 DecoBion, Common, 247. 
 Deco&ion for a putrid fore throat, 253. 
 DecoSlion for inward decays, 253. 
 Defenfive Plaijler, 248. 
 Diabetes, defcription of, and cure, 155. 
 Diaphoretic Bolus, 245. 
 Diarrhaa, or Loofcnefs, i 54. 
 Difeafes in general, their prevention and cure, 1 J2. 
 Dijlocalions, 190. 
 
 Draught, Saline, 249. 
 
 Draught for the dropfv, 253. 
 
 Drink for confuinptions, 253. 
 
 Drinhmg the Mineral Waters, cautions previous thereto^ 
 201. 
 
 Dropfy, how to cure, 163. 
 
 Drowned Perjons, recovering of, 19S, 
 
 Diuretic DecoBion, 24. 
 
 Dyfentery, or bloody Flux, 161. 
 
 Eggs, in the ovaries of a woman, contain the rudimeats 
 of the embryo, 227. 
 
 £/fif/aar)' againfi the piles, 247. 
 
 EleBuary againll fluxes, 247. 
 
 Elixir for the whooping-cough, 254. 
 
 Emetic, or vomiting draught, 253. 
 
 Emollient Cataplajm, 246. 
 
 Emuljion, Common, and Emulficn Arabic, 148. 
 
 EpiUpfy, or Falling Sicknefs, 175. 
 
 Eryfipelas, or St. Anthony's Fire, 138. 
 
 EJJence for the head-ach, 254. 
 
 Fye-l'Vater, 245. 
 
 Eyes, inflammation of, and cure, 140, &c. 
 
 Fat, its origin, quality, and oflSce, 23. 
 
 Fevers, their nature, general tendency, and cure, 117. 
 
 Fevers, inlerinittent, 119. 
 
 Fever, acute or continual, 121. 
 
 Fever, flow or nervous, 128. 
 
 Fever, malignant, putrid, or fpotted, 129. 
 
 Fever, the miliary, 131. 
 
 Fever, the remitting, 132. 
 
 Fever, fcarlet, 137. 
 
 Fever, bilious, 138. 
 
 Fibres, their conltrnction and office, 11. 
 
 Flatulencies, or Wind, 178. 
 
 Flejh of the human Body, its diverfity, fubfiance, &-c. 20. 
 
 Fluor Albus, or Whites, 219. ' 
 
 Fomentation, aromatic, 249. 
 
 Fomentation, ftrengthening, 249. 
 
 Fryar's Balfam, 254. 
 
 Furor Utermus, cautions how to prevent, and cure of, 124. 
 
 Gargle, common, 249. 
 
 Gargle, emollient, 249. 
 
 Generative Parts in men and women, a minute defcrip- 
 tion of, 15, 84 to 97. 
 
 Generation, how performed, 227. 
 
 Godfrey's Cordial, 254. 
 
 Gout, how to alleviate, 165. 
 
 Gravel 3.nA Stone, 156. 
 
 Green Sicknefs, how to treat, 211. 
 
 Grijiles, or Cartilages, their nature and office, 25.. 
 
 Head, defcription of, 3. 
 
 Heart, its wonderful confiru(51ion, fenfation, and office, 
 12. — A particular defcription thereof, 100 to 102. 
 
 Heart-burn, to cure, 173. 
 
 Hiccup, how to prevent, 176. 
 
 Hypochondriac Complaints, i So. 
 
 Hyjleric Complaints, 179. 
 
 Jaundice, fymptoms and cure, i6j. 
 
 Infants, difeafes of, 234. 
 
 Inflammations and Abfceffes, 1 85 . 
 
 Infujion, antifcorbutic, 249. 
 
 ./;?/i(yion of linfecd, 249. 
 
 Injeliions, balfamic, mercurial, 250. 
 
 InjeBions for ulcers in the vagina and womb, 254. 
 
 Intejlines, defcribcd, 75. 
 
 /«/^/nM^ inflammation of the, 148, 
 
 Itch, how to prevent, or cure, 170. 
 
 JuUps,
 
 f*i 
 
 ifiS 
 
 INDEX TQ TMK MEDICAL PAR T. 
 
 Jiilrfit, cordiiil, diaphoretic, diuretic, fetid, fallne, 2ja. 
 
 Ks{/neys, tl.eir (itiiation, (hui5>iirc, and oflice, So. 
 
 Kidneys, inflammation of the, tji, 
 
 K'lg's £v>l, 169. 
 
 J./ivf'der, compound fpirit of, 351. 
 
 Lfirilivf FJeEhiary, 147. 
 
 ijjramcnts, their conliriiifHon and ufe, iS. 
 
 t'i'tr, it; fublhnccand ojVicc, ^'i. 
 
 Livr, infl.iiuni.ition of the, ijz. 
 
 l.ooftncj's. — See Hiarrhcta. 
 
 Lobelia, an American Plant, iifed by tlic natives tg cure 
 
 the Venereal Uifeafe, 215. 
 Jn'ijys, their cuiillrn^lion and office, t03. 
 liiiigi, infl.mmiatlon of, 114. 
 frlari, ph>. lical and alh'ojioniieal defcriplion of, 1, 
 Mcmbranti, their conltrii(5lioo and orfice, jo. 
 Mta//rs, i\ mpionis of, and cure, 136. 
 Meiijirual Dijcliargi, cautions Concerning, ji^. 
 Mercurial Plaijler, 148. 
 
 Mezereon Root, a powerful aflirtant in venereal cafes, J13. 
 , }fii(lurifiry, proceis of.in natural and difHcult labours, zr%, 
 ymiiurs, expofed to injuries from im«holel'ame air, and 
 /'mineral evaporations, 114. 
 '■VtgvAWfr/'cv/Vv, exprellion of, 149. 
 
 , ^Mnftki, their artonifliing properties, andcuriousconflruc- 
 
 tlon. A minute inveHigation and defcription of them, 40. 
 A'f ret.!, a defcription of them, with their properties, fitua- 
 
 tion, and uk", 37. 
 f\civous Difittfcs, their can fe, and cure, 174. 
 l\'ii;ht->iiarc, its caiife and cure. Abfurd notion of this 
 
 diforder among the ancients, 177. 
 
 pccioral Bolus, t^d. 
 
 Palis.— See Gcheralh'C Parts, 
 
 Piles, bleeding; and blind, 159, 
 
 /"/'',?"<■ and Fever ll'atrr, 14^. 
 
 Plaijle-r, common, 348. 
 
 Pleuri/y, its caufes and cure, ijj. 
 
 Poifons, how to repel, 1S3. 
 
 Pulfes, tiie explanation and doftrino of, lofi. 
 
 PurcriitjT See C!}olera Morbus, 
 
 (luinjif, or hijlammalory Hire Threat, 141, 
 Reins-AnA Kidnns, defcription of, 14, 
 Heirii, their fituaiion and office, So. 
 HlirumatiJ'm, how to cure, 167. 
 
 Rhub'jrbvBolus, with Calomel, 140'. 
 
 Ruptures, in«dult5, 195. 
 
 Riif/tures, in children, 235. 
 
 Sarjaparilla,a poweiFiil in^jredierst in venereal cafrs, ajj, 
 
 Scuriy, caul'es of, fymptoui;, and cute, 16X. 
 
 Slonmcli, its parts dcfcribcd, 10. 
 
 Hmmach, inflanmiation.of the, 147. 
 
 Strains, how to cure, 194. 
 
 Stone jnA Gravel, 156. 
 
 Slii'i, or Cuticle, its texture, fubfiahcc, &c. 19. 
 
 Skeleloa, or bones p-opcr to the human Body, their con* 
 
 lhui5tion, names, property, and ofHce, 6i. 
 Sedentary Life, the ill coniequences of it, ti6. 
 Small-pox, its nature, fympioms, and mode of treatment. 
 
 Small-pox, inoculation of, by the nioft approved modern 
 
 nietliod, 1-55. 
 Sore Throat, inflammatory, fyraptonis of, danger, and 
 
 nccefiary treatment, 141. 
 Sore Throat, putrid, malignant, or ulcerous, itj conta- 
 gious quality, fymptoms, and beft mode of cure, 141. 
 SetJ'-polliiiion, its dreadful effec^ts oil either fex, 12 j. 
 Seropluila, how to cure, 169. 
 Sympathy, particular defcription of its effects, 213. 
 Stomach PlaiJUr, 248. 
 Strengthenin-^ Conjeclioii, 246. 
 Strengthening Elcclu/iry of the Bark, 347 . 
 Suppiiratim; Cdaplajm, 246. 
 
 Tendons, tiieir conltruiilion, fub.flance, and office,. 3j. 
 Thorax, or middle Ventricle, its parts defcribed, 93. 
 Venereal i)//fa/J, bad confequencesof being negleded, 20:. 
 The virident gonorrhaja, J03. Gleets, 207. Swelled 
 tedicle, 2.0S. Buboes, 109. ClianCres, sio.' Stran. 
 guary and Phymolis, jii. Confirmed lues, jij. 
 i'eins, particular defcription of, with their nameSj order, 
 
 ottice, and curious conlf ruction, 24. 
 Ulcers, how to treat, and cure, 1S9. 
 Vomiting, how to cure, or prevent, 154. 
 Urine, fupprefllon of, 156. 
 Urine, bloody, 161. 
 I'u'nerarv Dcco^ion, 247. 
 /i'lu/i.vc/rs, contracted before marriage, txt. 
 Whooping OT Chin Cough, how to cure, 14(5, 
 Women, <fifeafes ot, 2i.?. 
 Worm Plaijler, 24S. ' •-' 
 Twinrfj," how tohe.nl, 186., 
 
 DIRECTIONS TO the BINDER. 
 
 In the 
 
 HERBAL. 
 
 Place the Head of Culpeper oppofite the Title, and Cuts 
 of the Plants in alphabetical order, as near to the De- 
 fcription of each Plant as poffible ; and let the Index 
 to the Plants and Mcrbs be placed at the End of the 
 Herbal. 
 
 In tlie MEDICAL Part. 
 
 Place theCelcflial Influx on Man, appofite the Title-page. 
 .Celcllial Infiuj; on Woman, to face - Page 19 
 
 Veins of the limnan Body, oppofite - - . 3^ 
 
 Ar erics of ditto - - - .^6 
 
 Kc vrs of dit'o - - - 40 
 
 Mufcles, Plate I. - - - 59 
 
 Mufcles, Plate II. - - - - 60 
 
 1 he Human Skeleton - - 7J 
 The Organs of Generation, Male and Female, \ 
 and Liver of a new-born Child * J 
 
 Plate of the Human Heart - . loj 
 
 Child in the Womb, jull before Delivery - 329 
 
 Procefs of Delivery - - - 330 
 
 Polition of the Embryos in a plural Conception 233 
 
 In the WONDERS of N.ATyRE REVEALED, or, 
 KEY TO PHYSIC .^Nu>- OCCULT SCIENCE, the 
 Binder is to place this ContinuaticA of the Work at the end of 
 the Medical Part, as far as the Appendix^ inhieh is to ii 
 placet! at the end of the He)itil,.by which means the tVMe u'lil 
 make Two elegant Velwies^ (ntirctj^ cvmf/ete. 
 
 I H, 
 
 S.
 
 D 000 011 936 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed. 
 
 ^ JUN 09 'l§§^ 
 
 JUH05 19tt 
 
 OCT 2 1991
 
 5»' 
 
 
 
 ,:->• 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^v. 
 
 IP^- 
 
 •> •* 
 
 
 
 
 * \ 
 
 > 
 
 _1 
 
 yy ,:.>*y -^^y ,-*yy%,.*- 
 
 
 !^ 
 
 •4»> 
 
 
 * 
 
 :*> * ■•.♦» 
 
 
 
 4i» 
 
 ■M 
 
 r. 
 
 :*»^ 
 
 /*'•* 
 
 *» •* 
 
 fv 
 
 > 
 
 ■♦* '^ 
 
 »» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 > 
 
 •4> 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 J * 
 
 *> V 
 >